operation and maintenance manual sve/air sparge treatment system ...

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALSVE/AIR SPARGE TREATMENTSYSTEMBLDG 1613MCB CAMP LEJEUNE, NORTH CAROLINAPrepared for:DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVYContract No. N62470-97-D-5000Delivery Orders 0011Prepared by:IIA-HOHM RemediationServices Corp.A member of the IT Group5445 Triangle Parkway, Suite 400Norcross, GAMARCH 1999Project No. 920704

TABLE OF CONTENTSIntroduction ............................................................................................................................. i1.0 Safety ............................................................................................................................... 11.1 Protective Devices ....................................................................................................... 11.1.1 Security Fence.. .................................................................................................... 11.1.2 Equipment Guards ............................................................................................... 11.2 General Safety Guidelines ........................................................................................... 11.2.1 Fire Prevention ..................................................................................................... I1.2.2 Confined Spaces ................................................................................................... 21.2.3 Housekeeping ....................................................................................................... 21.2.4 Illumination.. ........................................................................................................ 21.2.5 Personal Protective Equipment ............................................................................ 21.2.6 Safe Operating Practices.. ................................................................................... 31.2.7 Electrical Equipment ............................................................................................ 31.2.8 Hand Tools ........................................................................................................... 41.2.9 Mobile Equipment ............................................................................................... 41.2.10 Signs.. ................................................................................................................... 41.2.11 Medical Service and First-Aid.. ........................................................................... 41.2.12 Noise .................................................................................................................... 41.3 Equipment / System Hazards ....................................................................................... 41.3.1 Mechanical and Electrical Repairs ....................................................................... 51.3.2 Automatic Equipment.. ........................................................................................ 51.3.3 Air Compressor.. .................................................................................................. 51.3.4 Blower.. ................................................................................................................ 51.4 Chemical Hazards ........................................................................................................ 52.0 Description of Air Sparging / Soil Vapor Extraction System .................................... 12.1 Air Sparging Wells ...................................................................................................... 12.2 Air Sparge Well Distribution Piping ........................................................................... 12.3 Air Sparging Compressor-System ............................................................................... 12.4 SVE Well and Piping System ...................................................................................... 22.5 SVE Blower ................................................................................................................. 22.6 Vapor/Liquid Separator ............................................................................................... 22.7 Liquid Holding Tank.. .................................................................................................. 22.8 Well Heads, Vaults, and Instrumentation .................................................................... 32.9 Equipment Compound ................................................................................................. 32.10 SYSTEM CONTROL LOGIC ..................................................................................... 32.10.1 Vapor/Liquid Separator ....................................................................................... 32.10.2 Condensate Transfer Pump .................................................................................. 42.10.3 SVE Vacuum Blower.. ......................................................................................... 42.10.4 Condensate Storage Tank .................................................................................... 42.10.5 Air Compressor.. .................................................................................................. 43.0 Operating Procedures .................................................................................................... 13.1 Start-up Procedures.. .................................................................................................... 13.1.1. Pre-Start Inspection .............................................................................................. 1i

3.1.2 SVE System Start-up .......................................................................................... 23.1.3 Air Sparging System Start-up .............................................................................. 43.2 Operating Procedures.. ................................................................................................. 63.2.1 Daily Operations .................................................................................................. 63.2.2 Weekly Operations.. ............................................................................................. 63.3 Shut-Down Procedures ................................................................................................ 73.3.1 Emergency Shutdowns ......................................................................................... 73.3.2 Routine Shut-down .............................................................................................. 83.4 Trouble-Shooting ......................................................................................................... 94.0 Performance Monitoring ............................................................................................... 15.0 Maintenance ................................................................................................................... 15.1 Routine Maintenance and Spare Parts ......................................................................... 15.2 General Maintenance Procedures ................................................................................ 15.2.1 Mechanical Equipment ........................................................................................ 25.2.2 Electrical Equipment.. .......................................................................................... 26.0 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS ............................................................................................... 17.0 MANUFACTURER’S DATA ....................................................................................... 1ii

INTRODUCTIONBuilding 1613 (known as the PCX Service Station) is located on the south side of West Streetwithin the northern region of the Marine Corps Base (MCB) at Camp Lejeune, NorthCarolina. The facility is the former site of one lO,OOO-gallon gasoline underground storagetank (UST), two 30,000-gallon gasoline USTs, and one 9,000-gallon gasoline UST, whichwere reportedly installed in the 1950’s to the northeast of Building 1613. The four USTswere removed in January 1995, and approximately 2,128 tons of contaminated soils wereexcavated for treatment and disposal. To recover free product, an active product skimmingrecovery system was installed in HPGW-6 in November 1994. No other corrective actionshave been implemented at the facility.Groundwater air sparging, along with soil vapor extraction (SVE) was selected as the bestavailable technology to remediate high concentrations of petroleum-based hydrocarbonsfrom the groundwater. The air delivered to the subsurface will volatilize dissolvedhydrocarbons from the subsurface groundwater, provide oxygen to enhance microorganismgrowth and degradation of hydrocarbons through bioremediation.OHM installed a network of ten 35-foot deep air sparging (AS) wells to inject air into thesubsurface groundwater. Each air sparging well is coupled with one pair vertically screenedSVE wells to extract hydrocarbon vapors from the vadose zone. This remediation systemwas designed based on results of AS and SVE tests and design calculations.The purpose of this document is to provide guidelines for the operation and maintenance ofthe AS/SVE system. It is assumed that personnel operating the system will have sufficientbackground and experience to understand the basic principles involved in the operation of thetreatment system. The Operations and Maintenance Manual for the Building 1613 siteincludes the following sections:1.0 Safety2.0 Description of Air Sparging/Soil Vapor Extraction System3.0 Operating Procedures4.0 Performance Monitoring5 .O Maintenance6.0 As-Built Drawings7.0 Manufacturer Equipment DataOHM/IT O&M Bldg. 1613Project No. 920704. . .111 March 1999

1.0 SAFETYThe Building 1613 AS/SVE system contains various potential hazards similar to those existingin any industrial plant. Due to the presence of these hazards, personnel must exercise cautionin all activities around the site. This section presents the protective equipment at the site,general safety guidelines for the site and equipment/system hazards.1.1 PROTECTIVE DEVICESSeveral structures and devices have been incorporated into the system design for the expresspurpose of providing a measure of safety to operators and the public.devices must be utilized consistently.These structures and1.1.1 Security FenceThe fence, which surrounds the system, is a very important protective device. The fence andlocked gates not only protect the equipment from vandalism and tampering, but also prevententry to the facility by personnel who may be unaware of its potential hazards. The gateshould be kept locked or supervised when not in use, and any breaks or other irregularities inthe fence should be repaired immediately.1.1.2 Equipment GuardsAll mechanical equipment is provided with coupling guards, belt guards and othermechanical safeguards.These safeguards must be kept on the equipment when operating,and must be replaced promptly if removed for maintenance or cleaning.1.2 GENERAL SAFETY GUIDELINESThese general safety guidelines should be followed to reduce hazards at the site.1.2.1 Fire PreventionPersonnel must obey “No Smoking”signs and should be cautioned as to the danger ofsmoking, using open flames, or dropping lighted matches or burning tobacco in or around thesite.Good housekeeping practices are important for fire prevention. The accumulation of rubbishshould be prevented, and all oil-soaked and paint-soaked rags should be placed in coveredmetal containers. Direct access to all fire exits and tire fighting equipment must bemaintained and kept clear of any obstructions. All combustible materials must be kept awayfrom heat sources and other ignition sources.OHM/IT O&M Bldg. 16 13Project No. 920704l-l March 1999

1.2.2 Confined SpacesOne of the greatest hazards to personnel involves working in confined spaces that couldcontain a hazardous atmosphere. Hazardous atmospheres may exist in any enclosed andunventilated structure in which a gas heavier than air, such as carbon monoxide, hasdisplaced the air. Occurrence of this situation is particularly common in below-gradefacilities. Confined spaces associated with the process equipment include; the liquid holdingtank, carbon adsorption vessels and wellhead vaults. Entry into these confined spacesrequires a confined space entry permit and compliance with procedures for confined spacesprior to and during entry.1.2.3 HousekeepingHousekeeping involves maintenance of safe workingconditions during normal operations.This includes the proper storage and maintenance of equipment and chemicals, maintenanceof the site and grounds, and maintenance of all safety and emergency response equipment.Employees should be alert to see that all safety guards and other protective devices areproperly serving their purposes. Any damage to or deterioration of support structures shouldbe immediately repaired. All spills and foreign matter (such as rocks) should be cleaned upto prevent personnel from slipping.All tools and materials should be stored only in designated areas and should always bereturned to the proper storage location immediately following use.All vegetation on the site should be maintained so that no metal, wood, rocks, tools, animals,or other obstruction can remain hidden and be stepped on or tripped over by personnel.1.2.4 IlluminationInadequate lightingcreates a hazard to personnel, since uneven surfaces, equipment, andother items may not be visible at night or in enclosed areas and could cause injury.For thisreason, in those areas in which occasional night work may be performed, provisions shouldbe made for temporary lighting. The amount of illumination should be sufficient to easilyperform the work with no eyestrain.1.2.5 Personal Protective EquipmentSpecial equipment is provided for the physical protection of employees. Equipment, whichshould be used on a regular basis, includes hard hats, safety shoes, safety glasses, protectiveclothing, hearing protection, full-face masks and gloves. Equipment, which must beavailable on an emergency basis, includes fire extinguishers.OHM’IT O&M Bldg. 16 13Project No. 920704l-2 March 1999

1.2.6 Safe Operating PracticesCertain practices should be observed during operations in order to avoid the creation ofhazardous situations.Burning, welding or other activity involving a source of ignition must not be conducted inany enclosed tank or vessel, even if there are some openings, until it has first beendetermined by using explosive gas monitors in accordance with hot work permit proceduresthat no potential for explosion exists. All manholes, chambers, and tanks should be enteredonly after it has been determined in accordance with confined space entry procedures that noflammable, reactive, or toxic gases are present. All such areas must be ventilated thoroughlyprior to and during entry.Personnel should never handle or tamper with any electrical equipment, machinery,chemicals, air or water lines unless such activity is part of their normal job duties and theyhave been properly trained in the use of that particular piece of equipment. The onlyexception is when special instructions have been received from a supervisor.Machinery should not be repaired or adjusted while in operation, and moving parts shouldnot be oiled except on equipment that is fitted with safeguards to protect the worker. Lockout/Tag-out procedures should be followed when repairing or adjusting machinery.Materials, tools, and other objects should not be thrown from any height unless properprecautions have been taken to protect others from the hazards of falling objects.Air lines should not be disconnected at compressors until the line has been bled.The large muscles of the legs should be used instead of back muscles to lift heavy objects.1.2.7 Electrical EquipmentProperly trained and qualified personnel are the only ones who are permitted to operate andmaintain electrical equipment. An extremely dangerous situation exists whenever circuits arebeing de-energized or re-energized. Electrical lockout/tagout procedures must be followedwhen taking electrical equipment out of service for repairs.All electricaliy operated tools should be either double insulated or must be grounded. Alltools, cords, plugs, and outlets should be inspected for sources of electrical leakage on acontinuous basis. Also, care should be taken not to leave power cords where vehicles couldOHM/IT O&M Bldg. 16 13Project No. 920704l-3 March 1999

un over them.present.GFI outlets should be utilized during wet weather or if standing water is1.2.8 Hand ToolsOne of the most common sources of injuries at plants is improper or careless use of handtools. A few basic rules, which should be followed in the use of hand tools, are presentedhere.All hammer faces should be kept in good condition to avoid flying nails and bruised fingers.Pipe wrenches or Stilson wrenches should never be used as substitutes for other wrenches.Wrenches should not be altered by the addition of handle extensions or “cheaters”.1.2.9 Mobile EquipmentUnauthorized or untrained personnel should never use mobile equipment. All suchequipment must be equipped with all required safety devices and with suitable back-upwarning signals.1.2.10 SignsThe instructions outlined on all safety-warning signs must be strictly obeyed. Care should betaken never to block the view of such signs, and any safety signs, which have becomeillegible, should immediately be replaced. Every person should read and understand all signsin the area in which that person is working.1.2.11 Medical Service and First-AidThe names, locations, and telephone numbers of doctors, hospitals, and emergency responseservices should be posted in locations of high visibility.These lists should be updated atleast annually. Personnel working at the site should have had first aid training. All personnelshould know where these signs are and should be familiar with emergency communicationsfrom all areas of the plant.1.2.12 NoiseNoise levels in the equipment compound may exceed 85 dBA when the system is operating.Hence, hearing protection must be worn when entering and working in the compound.1.3 EQUIPMENT / SYSTEM HAZARDSThe following paragraphs describe the general hazards, which are present in certain parts ofthe site and methods to reduce those hazards. Specific hazards associated with componentsof the AS/SVE system are detailed in the vendor data in Section 7.0. This data should bereviewed prior to operating or maintaining the system.OHM/IT O&M Bldg. 16 13Project No. 920704l-4 March 1999

1.3.1 Mechanical and Electrical RepairsAlways disengage and lock, with your own lock, in accordance with electrical lockout/tagoutprocedures the main breaker of the equipment/system to be worked on. Check componentsfor power with a volt-ohm-milliamp meter (VOM). After repair, clear personnel from areabefore closing the breaker, When working on live lines, high voltage safety gloves must beworn and one person must stand by the circuit breaker.1.3.2 Automatic EquipmentThe AS/WE system includes automatic equipment. No repairs should be made on thisequipment until equipment is locked out and tagged.1.3.3 Air CompressorGenerally, the compressor has been designed with controls to avoid safety problems, whichinclude a pressure relief device and air pressure gauge for the air receiver tank. This reliefdevice should be tested periodically to verify it is functioning properly.Care should be takenwhen servicing, and operating the compressor. See the manufacturer’s data in Section 7.0 forspecific safety information prior to operating the compressor.1.3.4 BlowerGenerally, the blower has been designed with controls to avoid safety problems. However,care should be taken when servicing, and operating the blower. See the manufacturer’s datain Section 7.0 for specific safety information prior to operating the blower.1.4 CHEMICAL HAZARDSThe MSDS for the chemicals being utilized at the Building 1613 Site are contained at the endof this section. The chemical hazards associated with the materials being remediated at thissite are discussed in the site Health and Safety Plan. This plan must be reviewed prior toperforming work at the site.OHM/IT O&M Bldg. 1613Project No. 920704l-5 March 1999

Material Safety Data SheetsOHM/IT O&M Bldg. 16 13Project No. 9207041-6 March 1999

_ -_ -- -MATERIAL SAFETY me:DATA SHEETGA-8KProduc: Data: MS2SiO’Effectwe:1 cf 3- ---1/1/!x--DATE.I. PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION. .Manufacturer Sopoller s Name: Atlas Copco Compressors Inc.Streer Adcress:I 61 Lower Westfield Road. Holyoke. MA OloCOManufacturer Suoplter’s Phone NO.: (413) 536-0600Trade Name’Atlas Cooco GA-8KOther Names:NoneChemical Synonyms and Family Synthetrc HycrocaroonHMIS;NFPA: H=O F=I R=O PP = aII. COMPOSITION -Comoonent CAS tt “0 by Vol. PEL 18 hrlSynfhetlc Hydrocarbon 68037-01-jAcdrtlvesNRHazardous Ingredents OSHA: NoneCarcrnogenlc lngrearents OSHA NTP LARC. Nonelngredrents Regulated by SARA Title 3. Sec!lon 313: None> 99 NR 600°FVapor Press. (@ 20°C): < O.lOmm Hg Percent Volatile: 0%Solubrlrty In Water: U Viscosity (Kinemattc): UPour Potnt Enable, U Appearance Odor: Amber with mild odor.IV. FIRE AND EXPLOSIONDATAFlammablllty Classficatton:Flammable Llmlts In Air: (9/o vol.):Flash Point (method used = COC):Auto igrltlon Temperature:Exttngutshlng Medra:Fire and Explosion Hazards:Fire Fighting Procedures:LOW FIRE HAZARDNA> 450°FUWater fog or dry chemical. foam or carbon dtoxtde.Exposure to heat builds up pressure In closed containers. Cool water spray.Burning will produce toxtc fumes. Wear self-contatned breathtng apparatus andfull turn out gear to fight fire. AvoId spreading liqutd and fire by water flooding.NA-Not Required N/A-Net Apoltcable U-Unknown

Procuc! Data: ?“!SCSZC’%5e: 2 2f 2Effecwe: i : 34V. HEALTH HAZARD DATAThreshold Lm:l Values NAToxmy Oara. NAEffects 31 OverexfcsureInna:a:.or: %cn~ec cr rexat& exposure may cause rrritatlon. nausea and v0mlWSkin ant E:iesMtlcly !rn!ating i0 eyes. I D ro longed or repealea contact with skrn Cay cause mllCIrritation.Ingestion Low toxziry on IngestIon.Emergency ant ‘:rsr AC Procecures Informalton:Skin: Remove contamrnated clothrng- launder before reuse. Soap and warer wasnEyes: COPIOUS warm water flush-l 5 rnlnutes-Physician assessment If eyes Inflames.Ingestion Not expected !o be a problem if Ingested. Call physICIan If physical dlScOmfOnoccurs.Inhalation Evacuate !o fresh air Apply cardro pulmonary resusctation If required. Acmlr!steroxygen rf avarlacre. If resuscifatlon rs requrred. pnysrc:an assessment macda:oryP3ysiolog:cal E?ec:s Sunmarj.Acate Eyes Se!leves 3 3e Tlnlmally Irr::atingS;cinBellevec :c Ce ,mnlnmally lrriraring8essrrarorj system. Believed !o De mrnlmally irrltatlngCkronlc:Not DetermInedZtner:None1VI. REACTIVITYDATAThermal Stability’ StableCondlttons :o AVOIC’ NAIncompatlbillty Marenats 10 AVOIC!: Strong oxldlzlng agents (peroxides. cnlcnne. strong acids. et].Hazaraous Decomoositton Proauc:s: Burning ~w1l1 proauce toxic fumes.Hazardous Polymerzatlon: Wtll not 3~31VII. SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURESteps To Be Taken if Material is Released or Spilled: Contatn SZIII Absom wltn fire retardant treated sawdust.clay. sand or alatomaceous eann. commerc:al soroems or recover using pumps. Scoop up used aosorbents andrags Into d:urM.Waste Disposal Method: D~ssolvs waste In a solvent and dispose by supervised lnclnefatlon In compliance withapplicable laws and regulations. Check wRh applicable lurlsdialons for specific disposal requirements.Toxic Substance Inventory Control Act: All components are Included on the TSCA Inventory and are incompliance wltn tne TSCA.Environmental Impact: RePOn ~~111s as reauired to appropriate authontles. U.S. Coast Guard regulations requirelmmeplafe repomng of spills that could reacn any waterway tnciudq lntermrnent dry creeks. Repon spells to CoastGuard loll free numoer 1800) 424-8802. In case of acc:dent or road spill, no@ appropriate local authontles.NR-Not RecUred N/A-Not Applicable U-UnKnowr

Product Data: MSiISOO1Page: 3 ot 3Effectwe: 1 1 04VIII. SPECIAL PROTECTION INFORMATIONRespiratory Protection: Normally not necessary. If mist generated by heating. spraying. etc. wear approvedorganic vapor respirator surtabfe for 011 mist in areas wrth suffflcrent oxygen.Ventilation: LoCal,exhaust and mechanlcal recommended.Protective Gloves: For direct contact with hydrocarbons of more thaII 2 hours. Viton or NItnIP gloves arerecommenced. OtherwIse. PVC gloves may be worn.Eye Protection: Chemical goggles If splashing likely or high pressure systeins used, eye wasn. and safety showerOther Protective Clothing: V.‘SY long sleeve c!othtng to mtr-.:.:te slcln contact.IX. SPECIALPRECAUTIONS~TRANSPORTATIONSpecial Precautions:Store In cool, well ventrlared area. Wash hands abler handlingLauncer work clotnes frecuenrly.Transportation:UN Number. NR P*lmary Classrficatron: NRSubsidtary Ciassrflcatron. NR Compatlblilty Groups: NRand before eating. Avoid rnh?!atlon and skin conrac:.ATLAS COPCC AND ITS AFFiLlATES ASSUME NO RESPONSlelLlTY FOR INJURY TO ANYONE CAUSED BY THE MATERIALIF REASONABLE SAFE7 PRC’CEDURES ARE NOT ADHERED TO AS STIPULATED IN THE DATA SHEET. ADDITIONALLY.ATLAS COPCO AND ITS AFFILIATES ASSUME NO RESPONSi8lLll-f FOR INJURY TO ANYONE CAUSED BY ABNORMALUSE OF THE MATERIAL EVEN IF REASONABLE SAFm PROCEDURES ARE FOLLOWED. FURTHERMORE. VENDEE AN0THIRO PERSONS ASSUME THE RISK IN THEIR USE OF THE MATERIAL.Nfi-Nor Required N/A-Nor Applicable U-Unknown

Product Data: -MSDS002MATERIAL SAFETY hge:1 cf 3DATA WEE7Effective: l/l!‘94GA-FGI1DATE:1. PROOUCT 10ENTlFiCATlCNManufacturer/Supplier’s Name: Atlas Copco Compressors Inc.Street Address: 161 Lower Westfield Road, Holyoke, MA 01040Manufacturer/ Supplier’s Phone No.: (413) 536-0600Trade Name:Atlas Copco GA-FGOther Names:NoneChemical Synonyms and Family: Synthetic HydrocarbonHMfS;NFPA: H = 1 F= 1 R=O PP = BII. COMPOSJTIONComponent CAS tt % by Vol. PEL (8 hr)Synthetic Hydrocarbon 68037-01-4AddttivesNRHazardous Ingredients/ OSHA: NoneCarcmogenlc Ingredients/OSHA/NTP.‘LARC: NoneIngredients Regulated by SARA Title 3. Section 313: None> 99 NR 600°FVapor Press. (@ 20°C): < O.lOmm Hg Percent Volatile: 096Soiubility in Water: u Viscosity (Kinematic): UPour Pornt Enable: U Appearance/Odor: Amber with mild odor.IV. FIRE AN0 EXPLOSJONDATAFlammability Classlficatton:Flammable Limits in Air: (% vol.):Flash Pomt (method used = COC):Auto lgnitton Temperature:Extingulshmg Media:Fire and Explosion Hazards:Fire Fighting Procedures:LOW FIRE HAZARDN/A> 450°FUWater fog or dry chemtcal, foam or carbon dioxide.Exposure to heat builds up pressure in closed containers. Cool water spray.Burnmg will produce toxrc fumes. Wear self-contained breathing apparatus andfull turn out gear to fight fire. Avoid spreading liquid and fire by water flooding.NR-Not Required N/A-Not Applicable U-Unknown - _*_-. . --.. . _ .---_

AW m Orcduc: Data: MSDS002Page:EYectwe: .a2 of 31 f1,‘94V. HEALTH HAZARD DATAThreshold Limtt Values: N/AToxrcrty Data:N/AEffects of Overexposure:Inhalation: Prolonged or repeated exposure may cause Mation, nausea and vomiting.Skin and Eyes:Mildly Irrrtatlng to eyes. Prolonged or repeated contact wrth skin may cause miidrmtatlon.Ingestion:Low toxrcity on ingestron.Emergency and First Ald Procedures InformatIon:Skin: Remove contaminated clothtng- laurlder before reuse. Soap and water wash.Eyes: Copious warm water flush-l 5 minutes-Physician assessment if eyes Inflamed.Ingestion: Not expected to be a problem If ingested. Call physician if physlcal discomfortoccurs.Inhalation: Evacuate to fresh air. Apply cardio pulmonary resuscitation if required. Administeroxygen if available. If resuscrtation IS required, physician assessment mandatory.PhysiologIcal Effects Summary:Acute: Eyes: - Believed to be mrnlmally lrntatlngSkm:Believed to be rninlmally rrntatlngRespiratory System: Believed to be mmlmally lrrrtatingChronic:Not DetermInedOther:NoneVI. REACTlVl-lY DATAThermal StabMy: StableConditions to Avoid: N/AIncompatrbMy/Materrals to Avold: Strong oxidizing agents (peroxides, chlorine, strong acids, etc.).Hazardous Decomposition Products: Burnmg WIII produce toxic fumes.Hazardous Polymenzatlon: Will not occur.VII. SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURESteps To Be Taken if Material is Released or Spilled: Contain spill. Absorb with fire retardant treated sawdust,clay. sand or diatomaceous earth. commercial sorbents or recover using pumps. Scoop up used absorbents andrags into drums.Waste Disposal Method: Dissolve waste In a solvent and dispose by supervlsed inctneration in compliance withapplicable laws and regulations. Check wm applicable junsdictions for specific disposal requirements.TOXIC Substance Inventory Control Act: All components are included on the TSCA Inventory and are incompliance with me TSCA.Environmental Impact: Report spills as required to appropriate authorities. U.S. Coast Guard regulations requireimmediate reportmg of spills that could reach any waterway Including intermittent dry creeks. Report spills to CoastGuard toll free number (800) 424-8802. In case of accident or road spill, notify appropriate local authorities.NR--Not Required N/A-Not Applicable U-Unknown

Product Data:Page:Eff ecwe:MSDS0023 of 31 ‘1 ‘94VIII. SPECIAL PROTECTlON INFORMATIONRespimtory Protectlon: Normally not necessary. If mist generated by heating, spraying, etc. wear approvedorganrc vapor respirator suitable for 011 mist in areas with sufficient oxygen.Ventilation: Local exhaust and mechanical recommended.Protective Gloves: For direct contact wrth hydrocarbons of more than 2 hours, Viton or Nitrile gloves arerecommended. Otherwise, PVC gloves may be worn.Eye Protection:Chemical goggles rf splashrng likely or high pressure systems used, eye wash, and safety shower.Other Protective Clothing: Wear long sleeve clothing !3 mlnlmlze skin contactIX. SPECIALPRECAUTIONS~RANSPORTATIONSpecial Precautions:Store In cool. well ventilated area. Wash hands after handling and before eating. Avotd lnhatatron and skin contac:.Launder work clothes frequently.Transportation:UN Number: NR Prrmary Classlficatlon: NRSuostdlary Classlficatton: NR CompatibMy Groups: NRATLAS COPCO AN0 ITS AFFILIATES ASSUME NO RESPONSIBIUN FOR INJURY TO ANYONE CAUSED BY T:IE MATERIALIF REASONABLE SAFETY PROCEDURES ARE NOT AOHEREO To AS STIPULATED IN THE DATA SHE’3 AOOITIONALLY.ATLAS COPCO AN3 ITS AFFILIATES ASSUME NO RESPONSl8llJl-Y FOR INJURY TO ANYONE CAUSED BY ABNORMALUSE OF THE MATERIAL EVEN IF REASONABLE SAFETY PROCEDURES ARE FOLLOWED. FURTHERMORE, VENDEE ANDTHIRO PERSONS ASSUME THE RISK IN THEIR USE OF THE MATERIALNR-Not Required N.‘A-Not Apollcable U-Unknown,I,4 IP ‘2

,Product Data: MSDS003MATERlAL SAFETYPage: 1 of3DATA SHEET Effectrve:1 1 94-GA-4KDATE:I. PRODUCT IDENTIFICATIONManufacturer: Supplier’s Name: Atlas Copco Compressors Inc.Street Address: 161 Lower Westfield Road, Holyoke, MA 01040Manufacturer Supplier’s Phone No.: (413) 536-0600Trade Name:Atlas Copco GA-4KOther Names:NoneChemtcal Synonyms and Family: Petroleum HydrocarbonHMIS: H=O F=l R=O PP = 8II. COMPOSITIONComponent CAS tt % by Vol. PEL (8 hr)Severely Hydrotreated Paraffinrc 011 (C23-C35)Acrylic Polymer, Defoamer, Anttoxrdants, Rust Inhibitors‘Organo-Zinc Addittve*Contains Zinc Dialkydithlophosphate (0.05% as Zinc)72623-87-l > 98 5mg,m3 (011 mist)N/‘A

%dCc: Data. ‘JSCSJG3Face. d2 of jE,~ecwe: : 1 24V. HEALTH HAZARD DATAThreshold ‘-lrnlt Values: See Sec:!on II-Compos!!onToxic:ty Data: ‘Estimated acute iDso > 5300 g, kg (rat. oral): Prac:lcally non-toxic. Severely hyorctreatedbase 011s are negatrve ,when tested Sy the modified Ames Tesr.Effects of Overexocsure:Inhalation.If sprayed or mlsted. may cause chemtcal pneumonitts.Skin and Eyes, Mildly lrrifatlng to eyes. Prolonged or :epea:ed cor.lact ‘Nlfh skin may cause mria irrltatlonand possibly dermatltrs.Ingestion:Low toxicrty on rngestlon. Has laxative effect.Emergency and First AId ?rocedures InformatIon:Skin: Remove contaminated clothing- launder before reuse. Soap ana water wash. Discardsaturated leather amcles.Eyes: Copious warm water flush-l 5 mlnutes- Physician assessment !f eyes inflamed.lnhalatlon: Evacuate to fresh air. Apply cardio pulmonary resuscitation if required. AdmInister oxygenIf avallable. If resuscitation is required. physIcan assessment mandatory.IngestIon: _ DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. Force flurds. Activated charcoal tablets.‘Based on toxicity of severely hydrotreated paraffinic oil only.Note :o PhysIcIan: Gastric !avage should only be done after endotracheal lntubatlon In vtew of rrsk of aSDiratlOnwhlcn can cause serious cnemrcal pneumonltls for which antibiotIc and cortrcostero;d therapy may be indicated.REACTIVITYDATAStability (@ 15’C):StableConditions to Avoid (@ 1 atm): Excessive heat. formation of 011 mistIncompatIbility Materials to Avoid: Strong oxldltlng agents (peroxldes. chlorine, strong acids, etc.).Hazardous Decomposltlon Products: CO,, NO,, SO,, HZS. oxides of phosphorous and zinc; smoke on combustion.Hazardous Polymerzatlon: Cannot occur.VII. SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURESteps To Be Taken if Material is Released or Spilled: Contain spill. Absorb with ineR absorbent such as dryclay, sand or diatomaceous earth. commercial sorbents or recover using pumps. Scoop up used absorbents andrags into drums.Waste Disposal Method: Dispose in approved, SECURE contaminated waste landfill site or licensed wastereclatmer facility. Check with applicable lunsdictlons for specific disposal requirements.VIII. SPECIAL PROTECTION INFORMATIONIRespiratory Protection: Nc:mally not necessary. If mist generated by heating, spraying, etc. wear approvedorganrc vapor respirator suitable for 011 mist In areas with sufficient oxygen.Ventilation:General ventllatlonProtective Gloves: For direct contact wtth hydrocarbons of more than 2 hours, Viton or Nitnle gloves arerecommended. OtherwIse. PVC gloves may be worn..- Protection: None normally required: Chemical goggles if splasnlng likely or high pressure systems used.other Protective Clothing: Wear long sleeve clothing to minimize skin contact.NR-Not Recutrea N A-Not Accllcacle U-Unknown

Product Data: MSDS003Page: 3 of 3Effective: 1 1 94IX. SPECIALPRECAUTlONSirRANSPORTATlONSpecial Precautions:Store in cool, well ventilated area. Wash hands after handling and before eating. Avoid inhalatron and skin contactLaunder work clothes frequently.Transportation:UN Number:NR Primary Classification: NRSubsidiary Classification: NA Compatibility Groups: NRATLAS COPCO AND ITS AFFILIATES ASSUME NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR INJURY TO ANYONE CAUSED BY THE MATERIALIF REASONABLE SAFETY PROCEDURES ARE NOT ADHERED TO AS STIPULATED IN THE DATA SHEET ADDITIONALLY.ATLAS COPCO AND ITS AFFILIATES ASSUME NO RESPONSIBILIN FOR INJURY TO ANYONE CAUSED BY ABNORMALUSE OF THE MATERIAL EVEN IF REASONABLE SAFE-i-Y PROCEDURES ARE FOLLOWED. FURTHERMORE, VENDEE ANDTHIRD PERSONS ASSUME THE RISK IN THEIR USE OF THE MATERIAL.NR-Not Required N/A-Not Applicable U-Unknown

MANUFACTURER’8 NAME Transportetlon EmergenciewIPS corpwatlon ’ CHEMTREC: (SW) 424-9300ADORE88 Medical Omergenclee: (713) 222-5212~ 17100 S. Moln St., P.O. Box 370. Gerdenr, CA. 90248 (LA. Poison Center 24 Hour No.)I Busherr: (310) Sgg5300 _- --.CMMICAL NAME and FAMILY / TMDE NAME:/ Solvent Cement k+r PVC Plutte Plpr WELD-ON 777 For PVC PIwIlt Pfoe ____-.. _~Ml8h.m of PVC Resin end Ofganlc Sobnb FORMUIA: P~oprtebw --~.SECTION II - HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTSNone of the Ingradhnm blow HI Wed wcrmlnooans by WC, NTP ef 0BI-MAIrPOX % ACOIW.TLV ACOlNdtR OMA-PR OSUA-HCL _Potyvlnyl Chlork Rwln (PVC) tzizw. N/A NIATmamn VW 109988 s-70 ZOO WM 26a PPM 200 PPM 2x) PPMWUtry(K-@(MEK) 76033 10 2mm 300 PPM 2OOPPM 300 POMQCbhOX8WlO lo&w-l 610 2s PPM sklrl 25 PPM Skfnc --.TlUo l/J E)ection 313 Supplier NoMcatkn: This product contel~ tozlc dwmsob subject b the nponlng nqulnmenb 01 Section 313 of the Emergency Plannlhirnd Community Rlaht-t&nufv Act of lB@ and of 4OCFR372. Thlr Inhxmstion mutt be I~c&@ In 811 MSDS’r that w cooled end dlctrlbuted for this mrhr’:l._$WIFFlNO INFORMAT16M FOR OALLO(I CONTAIMCRS OR AgOVg I BPECIAL HAZ4RD DESIONATIOffSDOT ShIppIng Nemo: 4oadw WMIS NFPA HS!ARD RATINOCOT Huud Cbm 3 / HEALTH: 2 2 0 - MINIMALIdenMuUon Numkr: UN 1133 : FLAMMABILITY: 3 3 1 - SLIOHTPwkeglng OKup: II REACTIVITY: a 1 1. MOOERATELebel Requlnd: fhmwubk Llquld / PROTECTIVE 3. SERIOUSj EaUIPMENT~ H 4 -SEVERESHIFFIMO INFORMATION PM COWAlMtRI LtM TbtAW OHC OA’,LoN ,DOT Shfpplng Nemo: Cawumu Comtnadity,/DOT Hazsrd Cku: oRM-0II -.SECTION III - PHYSICAL DATA--_.-.APPIAWCE / ODOR ’ BOILINO POINT (‘FPC)wwte, opaqur gmy of ebw fndlum W-WY WJld &herd 151’p Beeed on tlm Mllnp oomponmt: THFSPECIFIC ORAVtTY 0 73 t 2’F V4FOR PREdWRE (mm Hg,)j PERCENT VOLATILE BY MLUME (‘A)Typkel O.M7 L 0.w 143mmHg.b8edonA~~lU~) Af~~roy. 80 - 86 %cwnponent. THF B WCV4POR OENStlY (Air - 1) EVAFORITION RATE (WAC - 1) ’ SOLIJBILITY IN WATIR2.48 a 1.0 Solvent portion completely wluble in water.Reek7 poftbn swamtea out-SECTION IV - FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD DATAPL4BH POINT FLAMMABLE UMITS LEL : UEIO’F T.C.C. Bud on MF (PEPCENT BY VOLUME) 2.0 j 1:FIRE EXtlNOUlSWlNO MLbL*kuul ‘Purple Ic p&s&m BkMonrte dry chembel. cerbon dlodde, Notto~l AerQ-Foem unlveroel elcohol rulsmnt foem, wtor spray..SPSCUL FIR8 FlOHnNo l noc8waE~Evacub er&oed mea, amy upwfnd. Ctae 01 confined quarten require wtkcontelnmd breethlng oppamb~@. pe~lthfr pressure how meeke or l lrilne mwkcUM vmw rpny to eod oomhus, b lush spllb born wuroo of IgnIflon md (0 dr#m anpon.UNUSUAL FIRE AN0 EXPLOSION HU*RDSFlra hued bmauee d low IWh point end high Wetil’y. Vapors ore hoWor than sir end may lwel tu source of Ignltlon.

ISECTION V - HEALTH HAZARD DATA+ PRIMARY ROUTESOF ENTRY: A InhRlalion -X_ Skin Conlnct - Eye Cor!aot _ ingrrrion-.. _. IiFFECT OF OVEREXPOSUREACUTE: m Saw0 OVOfOXpOSkV3 may re3ult In nausea, dlrr~neox, neadec,ve Can CAULK drowrhrr, IllilAtlOn of ayer And naBAl pasfags;w; Skin Irritant. l-iquld contact may remove nafural skin 011~ fe!Nlthg lr skin ,frkalion Dermatitis may occur with prolonged contact.Prolonged or widespread exoosure may resu4. I+ in tSe absorption Of hrrmful AmOUn!S of mAtrriA\.p-,vbCcnuct: mrrrrpooure may result in 9evere eye injury wifh cornral or conjuctival inllemmation on contact wilh the liquid. Vapors slightlyuncomfortable.m Moderately toklc May c8usA f ausIA, vomiting, Uiarrhed. May CWOQ flentrl sluggishness.CHRONIC: ,vmotoms of rroplratory tract irfltalion and damage 10 reapiretov epllhelium wefe reported II ‘ais exPosed !o 5ooo ppm 7H.F lor 90 asI:---: ‘4EDICAL CONDITIONS AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE: hdivldualo with pre.rxlating djWAsmS of rho l yrs, skin of reepiratofy system may naveI increased auecoptibllly to the toxlclty of ~XCBOSIVB exDOOuf89EMERGENCY AND FIRST AID PROCEDURESIf overcome by vapors, removr to fresh s!r and If breatning o!oppoU, g’ve Prtlflcl~~ rocplrrtlon. I’ bfeathlng 18 dlfllculr. give oxygen. Ca(InhrilPnn:physiclen.m FIbah eyes with plenr,J of WAtW for ! S mlnutar and oall a phyrlclrn.&in w Psmove wntamlnated cloth ng and shoes. Wash ekin with plenty of soap a?d water for at least 7 5 minutes. 1’ Irritation doveloos. QL’.nrdloal attrntlon.m: Give 1 01 2 glsssrr of water or milk. I% not Induce vomiting. CA’1 PhyArCidrl 01 p&On COntlOl CAW?? :mmediA!riy./ STABILIWSECTION VI - REACTIVITY_._.IUNSTABLE / CONOITIONS TO AVOIOSTABLE ( X Keep AWAY from heat, sparkf,, open ft~rcr and o!hsr sou:ces o+ iQnl:iOn..-- ,.-..lNC0MPATlBW-Y:MATERIALS TO AVO0) Caustica, ammonie, ,norgen;c acids, chl&lna!+d corrpo~nds. s!folg oxidizers and taocyanatee.11 h’AZ4ROOUS DECOMPOSlTlON PRODUCTSI when forced to burn, thlr product gives out carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide. hydld,ogen chloride and smoke.’ Mz4RooUS ~ MAY~CUR COtiDiTIONS T0 AVOID~OLYMERIZA~lON , WlLmUH X \ Keso away from heat, spark& open llama and other sources of ignitionSECTIONVII - SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURESIN CASE MATERIAL IS RELEASED OR SPI.LEDEliminate atI lgnitlon sources. Avoid breathing of vapors Keep liquid out of eye9. Rush with lerge 61’1’10unt of mter. CorMin liquid with sand or @an?1 Absorb wlth sand or nonflammable ebsorbent material and transfer Into eteel dfum6 for recovery of dleposal. F’revent liquid from entering drrlnr.) WASTE DISPOSAL MFfH00, Follow loo&, State and federal rrgulatlons. tinsuit dlspossl expert. Can be dlsposrd of by Inclnrratlon, Exorss~vr quantldes should nor bepermItted to bnter drains. Empty oonislnera should be air dried before dlapoalng. Hazardous Waste Code: 214., SECTION VIII - SPECIAL PROTECTION INFORMATION1 AE9PlRATORY PROTECTION (Speclfy type)1 Atmorpheric levels 9hould be mrlnblned below establlshrd exposure limits eontslned In %tlon II. t! alrborne conoenlrrtlons exceed those Ilmlte, usei of a NlOSHapproved organlo vapor cartrIdge rrrplrater wilh full face-plrce Is rrocmmendsd. The l ffeativeneu o! an dr puritylng rerplrntw 10 IlmltedUse It only for a rlnglo short-term l xporure. For emergency and other oondltions where short term exposure guldelinee moy be exoeoded. usa snapproved posltlvr prorrure eelf-conLpimd bfesthing apparatus.VENTliATlONUse only wlth l dequ8te ventllatton. Provide sufficient ventilation in volume and pattern to keep contamlnantc below applloable exposure llmlts set tot+In SootIon II. Use only . rroloslon proof ventilation eauiomem. . .PROfeCTNe QLOVES/ ME PROTECTIONWA aoat8d SplsshprOOf chrmlcal gogglesOTHER PROTECTIVE EOUIPMENT AND HYGIENIC PRACTICESImporviour spron and a 8ource of running wsrer 10 flush or wash the eyes and rkln In oabe of oontaot.SECTION IX - SPECIAL PRECAUTIONSPRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN IN HANDLING AND STORINGStore In thm l hadm baren WF - 1lQF. Keep away from heat, spark& open flame and other eourcer 01 Ignltlon. Avoid prolonged broathlng of vapor.Urr with adequate ventilrtlon. Avold wnt8ct with eyes. skin and elothlng. Train l mployess on all opeohl handling procedures before they workwlth this produet.OTHER PRECAUTIONSFollow all precautionary informatlon given on container label, product bulletIns end our solvent oementlng Ilterature. All hrndllng equipment should)e eleotrloally grounded.. . ..- _. . . .. ._.

,Dal@ Fwsac; Am 183IPSWELDON MATERlAL SAFE-W DATA SHEETSupmedra: APA 199211lnf~rmauon on thh form (8 furnlrhre wlrly for the purpose of ~mpllanes with the OFcupatlonal Safety and Hsairh kr md shall not be ured farother purpow. IPS CorporalIon urges Lhe cuMomer8 recolving this Matsrlal &few tits Shart to etudy It carefully to become awure of the he.ZaK:f my, 01 ma product Invoivvod. In the in&rest 01 wfo?y’, you should notify your employees, rgenta, and a)ntracturs of the informatIon on this II~JLSECTION IhtANUFACTURER’$ NAME I Transportation Emergencies: -’IFS Corpomtlon 1 CHEMTREC: (8fX) 424-mMadlul Emergsndrs: (213) 222-3212ADDRESS (LA Poiron tinter 24 Hour No.)17708 9. Main Sf., P.O. 60X 379, Gardena, C4 90248 6uslnrs8: (310) 36e33cQ,i ,.I CHEMICAL NAME and FAMILY ; fF’.AfXNAMEPrlmrr for PVC/CPVC Plsrtlo Pipe WELD-ON PBB Primer Ic* PVCJCPV~ Plastic Ploe1 Mixturm oi Organic Solvrntr-.Ij FORMULA: Proprle(alyIt SECTION II - HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS’ None of the ingrrdlsnrr below 8ro Wed a3I cafcinota ens by IAAC. NTP or 09HAj Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEWi Tstrahydrofuran VHF)1 Acetone! CyciohrxanoneCAS# APPROX. s6 ACGIY-?I V ACGIH-STEL OSH&DEi CS-C~.,:,-I78-93-3 27. 203 PPM 300 PPM ax PPM -&-& .::7meQ4 15.25 200 PPM 2x) PPM 203 PPM 250 :..6764-l 278 7m PPM 7CSZU PPM 750 PPM ‘PJX”704-94-1 10.36 25 PPM Skin 25 PPM Sk,?>-^-.*Title 111 Section 313 Suppiier Notlfioa11011: This oroduct conlalns :01/c chemicals zubject lo In8 repodng requirem8nl3 of Secllcn 313 3i :re’--1 Emergency Planning and Community Righf-To-Know Act 01 fQS6 urd of 4OCFW72. TN8 InformatIon must be Included i.1 811 WSDS’s trat a’?( and dTs\rib;!ed for this ma1er18~.I.I^.SHIPPING INFORMATION IWky;AL riAZARC&D~SlGNAT!OhSj DOT ShIpping Nsmr: flammable Uquld, h.0 5. ItiAZlR0 f-&i: j.( &ntains: (Tstrahydroluran, Methyl Ethyl Kolonr, ks:cre~2 2 0. MINIMA:, DOT Hazard Class: 31 p$k&ln:3 7 - SLIGHT/ Identification Number: UN 19930”1 2 * MODEPA’ G- Packrqlng Qroup: iI PROTECTNE3. SERIOIJSdbrl Rrquired; flammeble Llquld EOUIPMENT: t-i 4. SEVERESECTION ill - PHYSICAL DATAAPPEARANCE I ODOR 601LING POINT (-F/-C?)Clear or Purple, thin llquld Ethereal 133°F Bawd on flrrt bolllng componcn!SPEClFlC WWIN @ 73 +/- 2°F VAPOR PRESSURE (mm Hg.) PERCENf VOLATILE BY VOLUME (%! _-Typloal 0.846 cl- o

SECTION V - HEALTH HAZARD DATA____I--PRMARY ROUTESOF ENTRY A Inhr!atlon J- Skin Cmta.c4 __ Eye CanLact _ Ingestlen.._...EFFECT OF OVEREXPOSURE) ACUTE m: *err o~~ro~posure may result In nausea, dizziness. headache. Can caus@ drowslnru, lrritallon of eyea and nagal pa-(.I w Skin ffffl8nt. uquid ~of~f~ct may remove natural akln oils rrrul:lng In rkln ifrltatlon. C8rmali116 may de&i i*ittl prolonged eoftt~fl.$&&AQCQ&Q: Pmlonged O( wlde~prwd l xposurr may rr8ull In ‘90 aD?orpTlon Of hafdd amOUnt8 Of fM!dd.w: &~exposura may result in severe eye injuv wlth eorneal or conjuctlvd ln~lammation on contact with IhO lkwid. Vapors rlrgn~lyI uncomfortable. ~~1 m: Moderately toric. May cause nsusos, vomltlng,‘dlarrhea. May cause msnfal slugglshneso.! CHRONIC: HlQh vapor ~nc~ntrrtlons may produce CNS drprrsslon. Cspreulon may be l vldenced By headacne, dizziness and nausea. &piraosmnaterlal may ause sov~ra lung damagr and present a SiQnificont hurrd.’ MEDICAL CONDITIONS AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE: Indlviaual8 with prs-exrstln~ diseases 01 the eyes, skin or rrspiratory system may hati-1 ~ncreasad austeptlbill~ TO the toxlclty of rxcrrrlvr rrposurss., -..I EMERGENCY ANO FIRST AID PROCEOURES’ If ovarcomo by vapors. remove 10 l&h alr rnd If brra!hlng sropprd. Qlvr rnlflclal rs~plrat~on. If brrxfhlrg I alfflcutf, glvr oryger Cng%!REuscanc;cr: Flush l yos wllh plrnb ol w& for 15 mlnurea rnd call a phyrlclan.w: Remove oontaminatsd clolhing and shoes. Waen akin with plenty of aoap and wa!or Ior aI least 15 mir.L;tes. ti irri!a!ion oeve OFJ :;amedleal mention.Im.Give I or 2 glassrs of wale/ or milk. Do no! Induce vcml!J~g. C’rll phqician or poiaon control center ‘mmrd!atriy.SECTl0.N VI - REACTIWN: STABILITY UNSTABLE I I CONDITIONS TO AVOID._..,“/.. . STABLE i X Keop away lrom heat, sparks, open llarne and other soufcea of iQni!lon.i%COMpATlBlLlNv-m.- . ^.V.MTERIALS TO AVOID) Caustice, ammonia. ‘roVgan;c acids. chiorinfired comoounds, s!rong oxidizers and isocyana!ss.; riXM4DOUS DECCMPOSIllON PRODUCTSWhen forcad to burn, thl$ product gives out carDon manoxldr, carbon dloxlde, nydrogen Cn!orld8 nnd smoke.L+bwvKloUS 1 MAY OCCUR i CONO6TlONS TO AVOID~OCYMERKATION i WLL NOT OCCUR : x 1 Keep sway from heat, aperke, open flame and Other 8OurCes ot ignltlonSECTION VII - SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURESLEDEliminate all iOniVan 80urcet. Mold bnathlng of vapora. Kaop llquld out of ayas. Flush with large amount ol waler. CanlaIn llquld with aand cr oarfrom tntorlng drains.Abeorb with eand or nonflammable abaorbsnt materlal and transfer Into strrl drums for retovefy or dlrporrl. pfevenl llquld! WASTE 016POSAL METHODFollow local, State and Fodrral rrgulatlonr. Conruft dlrposal rxport. Cm be dlspowd of by Incineration. Gcd&sbivrs quantltiea ehould not beprrmlnad to l ntor drrlnr. Empty conlrlnrrr should bo plr drlod befon diepoeing. H&UardcW Watts Coda: 214.!r1SECTION VIII - SPECIAL PROTECTION INFORMATIONRESPIRA~RY PROTECTiON @~.clfy GYP*)Atmorpherlo levok should br r&lnt&ed brlow eo~bllrhod expoeure limirs contained In’&ctlon II. tf alrborm ~noentratlons exceed those Ilmits, UIof 8 NImWapprovod organ10 vapor oartrldge respirator with full face-pm8 is recommended. The l ffoatlwnou of WI air purlfylng rerplrrtor Is IlmltrcUse R only for a rlngl~ ahon-term expoeure. For emergency and other ocmdltlonr when rhort term rxporure WidelIner may be sxtoadsd, U(IO anapproved poritlvr prruura aMcontaIned brrathfng appurlur.VENTlmNUse only with adequate ventilation. Provide tuficlrnt vrntllation In voluma and pattern to keep contaminanta below appllcabta expoaure limit8 set !ain Section II. Uw only explosion proof vsritllrtion rqulpmrnt.PRotEcTrJE @LOVES ME PROTECTIONWA cortod Splarhproof chsmloal goggle8OTHER PROTECTNE EOUIPMENT AND HYGIENIC PRACTICESImporvlour apron rnd a eouro4 of running water & flush or wash the ryrr and rkln In o8se Of oonlaot.SECTION IX - SPECIAL PRECAUTIONSPRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN IN HANDLINO AND $TORINC3Starr In the ahado &twmon 4QF - I WF. Keep sway tram heat, sparks, open (lame and other souroes of lgnltlon. Avoid prolonged breathing of vapUee with adequate rrntifatlon. Avoid contact wlth ayes, skin and Jothlng. Train employems on all spOClal handling procedurer btiora th#y workwith thlr product.OTHER PRECAUTIONShollow all precautionary lnformatton @van on contrlner labal, product bclletina and our lotvent cementing literature. All handling equlpmenl shoul30 rleclrl~lly grounded.Thrhl e COnI.- nmvl I. a- on *.I. conruwrd .CCU.,O. kaw.mr. no *unny 10 ex~,rn~ Q lm@kd ng~lng me vruncy d lkh dais DT the rWr lo b obmine~ ltom IIlrwd.RwaM ayoaoqe ewe 0.-. -.-,/.I

2.0 DESCRIPTION OF AIR SPARGING / SOIL VAPOREXTRACTION SYSTEMThis section provides a detailed description of the AS/SVE system at Building1613. Thisremediation system incorporates: a network of 10 below grade air sparging wells, 20 soilvapor extraction vertical wells, piping, and an equipment compound. Equipment includes apositive displacement blower system for soil vapor extraction and an air compressor systemfor injecting air to the air sparging wells. The following provides detailed information onindividual components of the treatment system.2.1 AIR SPARGING WELLSEach of the 10 air sparing wells are constructed using a l-inch diameter schedule 80 PVCriser with a 30-inches long, 2-inch diameter HDPE microporous sparge point for deliveringthe injected air into the contaminated groundwater. The air sparge wells were installed to adepth of approximately 35 feet. Figure 6 shows details of the air sparge wells.2.2 AIR SPARGE WELL DISTRIBUTION PIPINGCompressed air rated galvanized steel pipe is used for the air sparge well distribution piping.The piping is pressure and temperature rated for all air sparge distribution piping from theequipment compound to the air sparge well vaults.A 2-inch diameter header pipe distributes compressed air to the 10 air sparge wells as shownin Figures 4. A l-inch diameter pipe branches off of the header at each well to supply air tothe well. The pipes, valves and instruments for a typical well head is shown on Figure 5.2.3 AIR SPARGING COMPRESSOR-SYSTEMA 15 horsepower (hp) Atlas Copco Model GA1 1P rotary screw compressor is used to supplycompressed air for the air sparging system. The unit is capable of approximately 70 acfm at100 psi, which is based on the design specifications of 5 acfm per well with a total of 10 airsparging wells.Primary components of the skid mounted system iucludes: a continuous-duty cyclecompressor, a 120 gallon steel receiver tank, coalescing filters to remove oil, an automatedcondensate removal system, an after cooler, solenoid valves, regulator, instrumentation,interconnecting piping, and a control panel. Compressed air is delivered continuouslythrough a manifold system to the individual wells. Figure 8 shows the piping andinstrumentation diagram (P&ID) for the air sparging system. Coalesced oil and water isOOHM/IT O&M Bldg. 16 13Project No. 9207042-l March 1999

pumped to the holding tank, which serves as temporary storage for SVE vapor/liquidseparator water.2.4 SVE WELL AND PIPING SYSTEMEach vertical SVE well consists of a 4-inch diameter by 5 feet long schedule 40 PVC slotted(0.020 slot size) well screen laterals joined by a 4x4 inch diameter schedule 40 PVC elbow inthe center of the well screen. The vapor recovery wells utilize vacuum to recover volatilehydrocarbons from the soil during air sparging of the contaminated groundwater. The 20SVE wells were installed at approximately S-feet below land surface (bls).The SVE wells and header lines are designed to accommodate air flows in excess of the airflow generated by the air sparging wells. The piping is sized to minimize pressure drop tothe equipment compound and meet performance requirements.The plan view of the SVEdistribution piping, which terminates at the vapor/liquid separator inlet is shown on Figure 4.The piping sizes are shown on Figures 4 and 8. The SVE well and header are designed tohandle the designed 10 cfm of hydrocarbon contaminated vapors at 72 inches of H20 vacuumfrom each of the extraction wells.2.5 SVE BLOWERA Sutorbuilt Model 5LP positive displacement blower supplies vacuum to the soil vaporextraction system. This unit is capable of 500 cfm at 7 inches of mercury. Primarycomponents of the skid-mounted3-phase, 480 V electric drive motor; instrumentation,positive displacement blower system include a 15 hp,with disconnect, interconnecting piping, valves, and discharge silencer.2.6 VAPOR/LIQUID SEPARATORgauges, controls, main control panelA 24-inch diameter vacuum vessel, which includes a 40-gallon inlet section is used to removeentrained liquids from the SVE vapors. A 1.5 horsepower pump Price CD100 pump is usedto transfer entrained liquids from the vapor/liquidseparator to the liquid holding tank upondemand. The pump operates and shuts down based on set points from a three level switch.2.7 LIQUID HOLDING TANKA 500 gallon polyethyleneholding tank with a high level alarm/switch provides temporarystorage for entrained separator and compressor condensate from the integrated system. Thisliquid holding tank is located on the equipment pad, adjacent to the skid-mounted equipment.A high level alarm/switch notifies the operator when the tank has reached its capacity. The500-gallon polyethylene holding tank is pumped into a tanker truck and liquids are transportedto Lot 203 and treated in the existing Groundwater Treatment System.OOHMiIT O&M Bldg. 1613 2-2 March 1999Project No. 920704

2.8 WELL HEADS, VAULTS, AND INSTRUMENTATIONEach of the ten air sparging well heads and the twenty SVE well heads utilizes 2-feet wide by4-feet long by 2-feet deep steel well vaults designed for vehicle traffic (H-20 live load). Thevaults were sized to accommodate the required instrumentation, valves, and fittings. Allfittings are brassgalvanized steel or PVC depending on material availability and suitabilityof well pressure, vacuum, and flow.Air sparging well vaults contain a flow meter, pressure regulator with pressure gauge, checkvalve, and a ball valve for flow control. SVE well vaults include a ball valve, vacuum gauge,and flow port for measuring air flow rates. Figures 6,7 and 8 show details for the SVE and airsparging well heads.2.9 EQUIPMENT COMPOUNDThe air sparge unit, SVE unit, and vapor/liquidseparator located in the equipment compoundwere mounted on steel skids. A 14 feet by 19 feet, 6 inch thick concrete steel reinforcedslabs was constructed as a foundation for remediation equipment. The remediation equipmentwas anchored using expansion anchors. A secure 8-feet high chain link fence with one accessgates surrounds the entire equipment compound.layout.2.10 SYSTEM CONTROL LOGICInstrumentationand contacts for monitoringFigure 9 provides an equipment compoundand controls for the integrated AS/SVE system are based on control relaysand system control. The process and instrumentation diagrams(P&IDS), shown as Figures 10 and 11, delineate the instrumentationand controls for thesesystems. An autodailer was installed to notify the operator via phone of system critical alarmconditions. Run-time logging is provided for the compressor and SVE blower. Motor run-time logging is enabled upon closure of a normally open contact on the motor starter andconfirmed by a secondary-sensing device such as a pressure or flow switch. Logging doesnot occur in the absence of the confirming flow, or pressure signal. The primary systemscontrols and interlocks follow.2.10.1 Vapor/Liquid SeparatorThe vapor/liquid separator is equipped with a three position level switch. The switch lowand high positions initiate and terminate transfer pump operation while the high-high positioninitiates an alarm condition with AWSVE system shutdown.OOHMAT O&M Bldg. 1613Project No. 9207042-3 March 1999

2.10.2 Condensate Transfer PumpThe condensate pump is controlled by a hand-off-auto switch located on the main controlpanel. In the auto position, the pump is controlled by level switches located in thevapor/liquid separator.2.10.3 SVE Vacuum BlowerBlower operation is controlled by a hand-off-autoswitch located on the main control panel.In the auto position, blower operation is controlled by a discharge temperature switch, adischarge flow switch, and the vapor/liquid separator high-high switch. With the blowermotor engaged, system shutdown occurs with a high-high level alarm condition in the vaporliquid separator. Additionally, a pressure switch is set at 90% of the blower’s maximumpressure capacity and initiates a system shutdown as well as an alarm call back. Followingmotor starter engagement, the flow switch is also used to initiate a total run-time loggingfunction. Discharge flow and temperature indicators are provided. Any SVE systemshutdown automatically initiate an AS system shutdown.2.10.4 Condensate Storage TankThe condensate storage tank is provided with a high level switch to indicate that the tank isfull, which shuts down the AS/SVE system.2.10.5 Air CompressorThe air compressor is controlled by a hand-off-autoswitch, located at the control panel. Apreset low air pressure switch is located in the air sparge well header prior to the branchlines. If air pressure drops below the preset level, the solenoid valve closes and initiates analarm.OOHM/IT O&M Bldg. 16 13Project No. 9207042-4 March 1999

3.0 OPERATINGPROCEDURESThe following provides guidelines for the start-up, operation, shutdown and trouble-shootingof the AS/SVE system for the Building 1613 site. Specific equipment/vendor startup andoperation and maintenance information can be found in Section 7.0 of the O&M Manual.Personnel should review the information in Section 7.0 prior to operating the AS/SVEsystem.3.1 START-UP PROCEDURESThe start-up procedures described below are generally applicable to both cold start-ups andstart-ups following a power outage or a temporary shutdown. Cold system start-ups shouldinvolve all steps, whereas subsequent startups can be abbreviated as appropriate.The equipment and instruments required to properly start-up the AS/SVE system is:..........Water level indicator probeDissolved Oxygen probe/meter (Orion or equiv.)LEL/O2 meter (for measuring presence of explosive vapors)Thermal anemometer (for air velocity measurements, Dwyer or equiv.)Vacuum pump/sampling unit with tygon tubingTedlar bags or Suma canisters for FID sample collectionSampling equipment for groundwater sampling (see Sampling and Analysis Plan)Thermometer (for air temp measurement)Hand held digital manometer (Dwyer or equivalent)FID (for reading ppm of contaminants)3.1.1. Pre-Start InspectionThe purpose of the start-up inspection is to check all equipment and piping for structural andmechanical integrity prior to the start of the AS/SVE system. Any repairs and/ormaintenance are to be completed prior to proceeding with start-up procedures. The steps tobe performed are:1) Check integrity of the piping and equipment including removing pipe strain on inletand outlet connections2) Check seals and connections3) Check operation of valves4) Check anchoring of equipment5) Check accessibility of valves, sampling ports, and gaugesOHM/IT O&M Bldg. 1613Project No. 9207043-l March 1999

6) Check accessibility and operation of on/off power switch, electrical connections,and controls7)8)9)10)11)12)13)14)15)16)17)18)19)20)21)22)23)Check potential for leaks or spillsCheck potential for trip/slip hazards and other potentially hazardous conditionsCheck hoses from the blower to the stack to ensure proper connectionsInspect all SVE well vaults, remove any accumulated debris/rainwater, inspectvacuum gauges and airflow gauging ports, and replace or repair any damagedcomponentsCheck grade of lubricant and oil levels in equipment. Consult the Rotary Blowerand Air Compressor information in Section 7.0 for the manufacturer’s lubricationrecommendationsWith rotary blower motor “ Locked-Out”, rotate blower shaft by hand toverify the impellers rotate freely and there is no internal impeller contact;Check v-belt tension on rotary blower (new v-belts will require retensioning after24-hours)Check v-belt drive alignmentCheck Air Compressor motor drive belts for tension and alignmentCheck and clean-out vapor/liquid pump inlet strainerWith the compressor “Locked Out”, manually rotate the compressor through enoughrevolutions to be certain there are no mechanical interferenceCheck all safety relief valves are in placeCheck all panels and guards are in place on equipmentCheck motors to ensure they are ready for operationVerify all on/off switches are in the off positionClose main electric power breaker for equipment compoundBump drive motors for inlet separator pump, rotary blower and compressor to verifycorrect rotation3.1.2 SVE System Start-upFollowing pre-startup inspections begin with startup of the SVE system. The purpose is tofirst develop subsurface airflow and establish a radius of influence from the SVE wells priorto introducing injected sparge air into the vertical wells. This will ensure capture of any VOCladen vapors released from the AS system. Once the SVE system is balanced, the ASsystem will be initiated.1) Open the dilution (bleed) air valve on the SVE unit to wide open position (Countand record number of turns)2) Close drains on vapor/liquid separator.3) Open inlet isolation valve on vapor/liquid separator4) Open vapor/liquid separator pump discharge isolation valveOHM/IT O&M Bldg. 1613 3-2 March 1999Project No. 920704

5)6)7)8)9)10)11)12)13)14)15)16)17)18)1%20)21)22)23)24)25)26)Close any sampling ports on inlet/outlet of SVE unit and well headsOpen valve on main inlet header of the SVE systemCheck seiLing on vacuum relief valve on the vacuum blower (should be set toapproximately 11 inches- Hg (vacuum)Fully open flow control (ball) valves (two in each vault) in the well vaults for the SVEwellsStart cooling fan in the noise enclosure and verify it is exhausting air to the outsideunder the SVE skidStart rotary blowerOperate the blower under no load for a period of 15 minutes. During this timecheck the unit for hot spots on the casing and other indications of potentialproblems.Record vacuum, flow and FID readings for each well and at the equipmentcompound on Equipment Compound Measurement FormsClose dilution air valve approximately one quarter of the way; observe vacuumlevels on inlet of blowerObserve all instrumentation and verify that blower is operating within specifiedlimitationsRecord instrumentation reading on blower on the Equipment CompoundMeasurement formClose dilution air valve approximately halfway, observe vacuum levels on inlet ofblowerObserve all instrumentation and verify that blower is operating within specifiedlimitationsRecord instrumentation reading on blower on the Equipment CompoundMeasurement formClose dilution air valve approximately three quarters of the way, observe vacuumlevels on inlet of blowerObserve all instrumentation and verify that blower is operating within specifiedlimitationsRecord instrumentation reading on blower on the Equipment CompoundMeasurement formClose dilution air valve, observe vacuum levels on inlet of blowerObserve all instrumentation and verify that blower is operating within specifiedlimitationsRecord instrumentation reading on blower on the Equipment CompoundMeasurement formOpen dilution air valve to approximately one quarter closedObserve blower for one (1) hour before leaving in automatic or unattended. Checkfrequently during first day of operationOHM/IT O&M Bldg. 16 13Project No. 9207043-3 March 1999

Establish SVE Well SettingsThefirsr objective is to establishJlow>om all of the WE wells, and develop a radius of influence; thedesign basis for each WE well is 10 cfm at a target vacuum of approximately 72 ” HJO vacuum. Moreor less vacuum may be required to achieve the desiredflow based upon current site conditions.27) As vacuum is applied, begin to evacuate any static water from the SVE lines in thefield. More than 2,000 gals of water may be generated initially. Schedule a vacuumtruck to empty water storage tank as necessary. Water is to be discharged to theIWTP based on base approval28) Once the water is removed, take velocity and vacuum readings on the SVE wells ateach port and record29) Calculate cfm (vel x area) from each 2” SVE well and compare; adjust valves toapproximately equalize flow30) Turn down dilution air valve further until the vacuum at the blower inlet isapproximately 72” Hz03 1) Repeat steps above and record vacuum, velocity and flow; balance flow from eachof the SVE wells to equal one another if possible. (Note: ground water levels varybetween locations and may require unequal flow to prevent the removal of excessiveamounts of water) Note: inlet vacuum at blower adjusted with dilution air valveshould be used to obtain the corresponding desired well flow32) Record vacuum on blower inlet that achieves the desired flow rate33) Record the other compound readings at this time34) Conduct sampling, if required, in accordance with the Sampling and Analysis Plan.35) Measure and record temperature of soil gas3.1.3 Air Sparging System Start-upThe air sparging system will be initiated following the SVE system start-up. The SVEsystem should operate for a half shift minimum (followingstarting the AS system.baseline air sampling) prior to1) Set flow control (ball) valves in the well vaults AS-l through AS-10 initially in theclosed position2) Verify caps on nearby monitoring wells are secure3) Turn down individual regulators to lowest setting4) Check connections on fittings for tightness5) Inspect condition of valves, pressure gauges, pressure relief valve6) Close valve that allows air flow to the distribution system7) Select mode of compressor operation8) Start compressor9) Watch for excessive vibration, unusual noises, or air/lubricant leaks. If anythingunusual develops, stop the compressor immediately and correct the conditionOHM/IT O&M Bldg. 1613 3-4 March 1999Project No. 920704

10) Check factory control settings and adjust if necessary. Never increase air pressuresettings beyond factory specifications11) Check water level in receiver tank and remove, as required12) Check load/unloading of compressor13) Observe compressor operation closely for the first hour of operation and frequentlyfor the next seven hours. Stop and correct any noted problems14) Turn down regulator on the main feeder line (header) at the compound toapproximately 60 psi. (This should provide sufficient pressure to deliver the desiredflow throughout the system).15) Slowly open valve to allow air flow to the distribution system16) Allow compressed air to fill distribution piping; perform pressure test of the systempiping to check for leaks; utilize mild soap solution to brush on joints to check forair leaks; if leaks detected, shut down the system and repair before proceedingEstablish Flow/Pressure Settings for Sparging Wells AS-1 through AS-IOOnce the above steps have been completed and the compressor is running, continue with thefollowing. The overall objective is to startup one well at a time, with low initial pressure and Jlowwith aradual increases to the desired settings..17)18)19)20)21)22)23)24)25)26)27)Begin first with the wells furthest away from the compound; check to make sureother AS wells are isolated temporarily to bring on one well at a timeOpen needle valve on the Dwyer flow meter all the waySlowly open each of the AS well ball valve in the vault and read pressure onregulatorAdjust regulator slowly until flow is detected or to 10 psi (this is a good startingpoint)Repeat for all wells AS- 1 through AS- 10Following one round of adjustments, complete a second round to equalize thesystem (note: the objective is to establish a fairly uniform injection rate near or atthe design rate at the lowest pressure possible to avoid fracturing the formation ordeveloping undesirable flow paths)Establish target rate for each sparge well at 5 cfm; note system will take severalroundsCheck load/unload time for compressor. Adjust to allow long loading times.Adjust SVE system as required to compensate for the impacts from the AS systemCollect and record a complete set of data on AS/WE System on the EquipmentCompound Measurement formsOnce all air sparging wells have been placed on line and the SVE system isoperating, conduct sampling, if required, in accordance with Sampling and AnalysisPlan.OHM/IT O&M Bldg. 1613Project No. 9207043-5 March 1999

3.2 OPERATING PROCEDURESEffective operation and performance of the AS/SVE system requires routine inspections bypersonnel to ensure the equipment is operating properly and to collect data on systemperformance. During these routine visits personnel should perform operating inspections,performance monitoring and routine maintenance. The operating conditions at the site needto be record after any adjustments are made to the systems operation. The activities to beperformed on a daily and weekly basis are described in the following.3.2.1 Daily OperationsDuring operation of the AS/SVE system personnel should perform a site visit each day. Theactivities involved in these site visits are:1)2)3)4)5)6)7)8)9)10)11)12)Check that the SVE Blower is operatingCheck the Air Compressor is operatingCheck the Air/Water separator is operatingCheck the water level in the storage tank and empty tank if level is above ‘/z fullCheck there are no leaks in header and discharge piping networksCheck exhaust stack for security and proper dischargeCheck security of equipment compound fenceRemove trash or debrisRecord equipment readings on Equipment Compound Measurement formComplete Maintenance inspections discussed in Section 5.2 of this O&M ManualComplete any adjustments, calibration or repairs requiring immediate attentionidentified by above itemsComplete system adjustments necessitated by weather events, such as reducing SVEvacuum after significant rainfall to reduce the volume of water collected.3.2.2 Weekly OperationsOn a weekly basis during operation of the AS/SVE system, in addition to the daily activities,personnel should complete the following:1) Remove accumulated water from well head boxes, as needed2) Collect pressure and flow measurements at each AS wellhead. Record data on WellField Measurement form. Repeat as needed to record the impacts of each adjustmentto the system.3) Collect velocity, vacuum and temperature measurements at each SVE wellhead.Record data on Well Field Measurement form. Repeat as needed to record theimpacts of each adjustment to the system.OHM/IT O&M Bldg. 16 13Project No. 9207043-6 March 1999

4)5)6)7)8)9)Collect velocity, pressure and temperature measurements at the stack. Record dataon Equipment Compound Measurement form. Repeat as needed to record theimpacts of each adjustment to the system.Record SVE bleed valve position on Equipment Compound Measurement form.Repeat as needed to record the impacts of each adjustment to the system.Record SVE system operating conditions on the Equipment CompoundMeasurement form. Repeat as needed to record the impacts of each adjustment tothe system.Record water tank level on Equipment Compound Measurement form. Repeat asneeded to record the impacts of each adjustment to the system.Complete weekly performance monitoring outline in Section 4.0 and the Samplingand Analysis PlanNote, hours operated and determine need for routine maintenance as discussed inSection 5.13.3 SHUT-DOWN PROCEDURESThe AS/SVE system is shutdown under two types on conditions, emergency shutdowns toprotect personnel, equipment or the environment and planned shutdowns to completemaintenance or cease remediation. The actions required to complete shutdown under eachtype of condition are presented in the following paragraphs.3.3.1 Emergency ShutdownsThe procedure for shutdown the entire AS/SVE System or major components of the systemare :Entire SystemEmergency ShutdownOpen the main disconnect to the equipment compound.Air CompressorEmergency ShutdownOpen electrical breaker for air compressorOrTurn Hand/Off/Auto switch on air compressor control panel to Off.Rotary BlowerEmergency ShutdownOpen electrical breaker for SVE UnitOrTurn Hand/Off/Auto switch on SVE control panel to OffOHM/IT O&M Bldg. 16 13 3-7Project No. 920704March 1999

Separator Transfer PumpEmergency ShutdownOpen electrical breaker for Separator SkidOrTurn Hand/Off/Auto switch on Separator control panel to Off3.3.2 Routine Shut-downWhen the AS/SVE system is shutdown to perform routine maintenance or cease remediationfor a period of time the following procedure should be utilized.Air Sparging System S?utdownThe air sparging system should always be shutdown-first to prevent the release of VOC laden vaporsfrom the AS svstem.AS System Shutdown0 Stop air compressorl Allow pressure in discharge line to drop to atmosphericl Close Ball Valve to isolate compressor system from AS well fieldl Drain filters and receiver tankl Close drain valves when finished drainingl Close AS well field valves to isolate each well headSVE System Shutdownl Open air dilution valve to 100 percentl Stop rotary blowerl Allow vacuum to equilibrate with atmospheric pressurel For shutdowns of more than a few days lubricate blower interior to preventrustingl Close the SVE field header valvesl Pump condensate from separator to storagel Close dilution air valvel Close SVE wellhead valves0 Stop noise enclosure fanLiquid Storage Tankl Empty liquid storage tankl Close inlet and outlet valves to isolate tankCarbon Adsorption Units0 Close valves to isolate unitsElectrical Systemsl Open main electrical breaker and lock out to prevent tampering with the systemOHM/IT O&M Bldg. 16 13Project No. 9207043-8 March 1999

3.4 TROUBLE-SHOOTINGOnce on-line, the primary source of operating problems with the AS/SVE system is likely tobe problems with individual components in the system. The manufacturers of thecomponents that could experience problems have provided guidelines for trouble shootingtheir equipment. The manufacturer’s data is contained in Section 7.0, which is arranged bycomponent.OHM/IT O&M Bldg. 1613Project No. 9207043-9 March 1999

Data Collection FormsOHM/IT O&M Bldg. 1613Project No. 9207043-10 March 1999

MCB CAMP LEJEUNE - Building 1613Daily Equipment Compound MeasurementsDATE:TIME:&stem CheckSAMPLER:CONDITIONS:Vacuum Blower StatusIs system working properly (Y/N)Date syrtem was sampled last ? (date)

MCB CAMP LEJEUNE - Building 1613Weekly Equipment Compound MeasurementsDATE:TIME:System CheckSAMPLER:CONDITIONS:Vacuu.m Blower StatusIs system working properly (YM)Date system was sampled last ? (date)Loading Hours (hours)Compressor Load/Unload Cycle (%)Compressor Running OK (Y/N)Miscellaneous ReadingPlastic Tank Level (gallons)Water in Stack Drain (Y/N)SISTEMRECO WRY CONDITIONSHEADER HEADERVACUUM vELocITv(” of H,O) @hidHEADERTEMP.Cd%. F)STACK STACK STACK STACK STACKPRmsURR VEI.OCrrY TEMP. FID LEL(” of H,O) (tvmin) Cd%. F1 @pm) (‘A)OHMPr0ject#919403Building 1613 -Weekly Compound Measurements Page 1 of 3

MCB CAMP LL,dt1NE - BUILDING 1613Weekly Field MeasurementsDATE:TIME:FID READINGOHM ProjectNOTES:# 919403Building 1613 - Weekly Field Measurements Page 3 of 3

MCB CAMP LiasEUNE - BUILDING 1613Weeklv Field MeasurementsDATE:TIME:OHM Project # 919403Building 1613 -Weekly Field Measurements Page 2 of 3

4.0 PERFORMANCE MONITORING-To ensure the satisfactory performance of the Building 1613 AS/SVE System, a sampling andanalysis program has been established to monitor the system. The detail procedures forcollection and analysis of the samples from this site are discussed in the Building 1613Sampling and Analysis Plan which is attached for reference as Appendix A. This section ofthe O&M plan presents an orientation to the sampling requirements.The purpose of the monitoring program is threefold:. to control the treatment system. to monitor the system’s performance in remediating the site. to meet agency discharge monitoring requirementsThe type of sampling event and frequency are presented in the following table. Notes on thelocations for sample collection are provided at the end of the table.Camp LejeuneSampling ScheduleBuilding 1613SAMPLING EVENTDissolved OxygenFID Readings’Groundwater MonitoringFREQUENCYQuarterlyWeeklyQuarterlyNotes:1. FID bag sample readings must be performed at all the SVE well heads and at the systemstack. Log the data on the Equipment Compound Measurements form.2. Groundwater monitoring and dissolved oxygen sampling will be performed by onsitechemist.3. Along with the above requirements any time the system is adjusted new mechanical andFID data must be recorded.OHM/IT O&M Bldg. 1613Project No. 9207044-l March 1999

5.0 MAINTENANCETo ensure the continuous trouble-free operation of the AS/SVE system, an effectivemaintenance program is required. The program will provide regularly scheduledmaintenance for all system equipment. By regularly inspecting and maintaining each pieceof equipment, problems can usually be avoided or at least discovered and corrected beforeequipment failure results in an unscheduled shutdown.This section does not present specific maintenance/repair procedures for the components ofthe system. The manufacturer’s data in Section 7.0 discusses repair and maintenance forindividual components of the system. This section provides a maintenance schedule anddiscusses proper maintenance procedures in general terms.5.1 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND SPARE PARTSA maintenance schedule is presented in Table 5-1. This schedule summarizes therecommended maintenance schedules included in the manufacturer’s data. Themanufacturer’s data should be reviewed to learn the specifics of each item and task on theschedule and should be consulted routinely as required.Since the maintenance intervals shown in Table 5-l are based on general recommendations,it may be necessary to adjust the interval to better suit the conditions encountered at the site.Also, if equipment is replaced or additional equipment is installed, the schedule should bemodified or expanded to include the new equipment.A number of spare parts should always be carried in stock to eliminate or reduce thepossibility of an equipment item being out of service for ‘an extended period of time due tolack of parts. Table 5-2 contains a list of the recommended spare parts for each piece ofequipment based on the manufacturer’s data.5.2 GENERAL MAINTENANCE PROCEDURESThe maintenance program for each particular piece of equipment should be in accordancewith the manufacturer’s recommendations.Daily equipment inspections should be performed, and special attention should be paid to thefollowing:lBearings - temperature and noiseOHM/IT O&M Bldg. 1613 5-lProject No. 920704March 1999

llMotors - operating temperatureControl Equipment - cleanliness and conditionl Pump/Blower/Compressor - vibration and noisel Piping/Valves/Tanks - leakage5.2.1 Mechanical EquipmentThe moving parts of equipment should be regularly lubricated in accordance with theschedule in Table 5-1. Pipes and air lines should be kept open and free from obstructions oraccumulations of any sort. Operating performance data is available for each major piece ofequipment.Periodic checks of equipment performance and efficiency should be performedin order to detect impending maintenance problems.5.2.2 Electrical EquipmentElectrical control equipment should be checked regularly for tightness and to see that movingparts are free, contact pressures are firm, and shunts are unfrayed.Controls should also bechecked to see that they are operating at rated voltage and amperage. Most important of all,electrical controls should be kept clean and dry.After all electrical maintenance, and after any operation in which wires have beentemporarily disconnected, motors should be megged and bumped to check for dryness andproper rotation before equipment is put back in operation.A regular maintenance schedule for electrical equipment should be established as follows:lFrequent, routine inspections for cleanliness, unusual noises, abnormal heating, orother indications of trouble should be made of all electrical equipment.lCheck each motor, especially induction motors, for worn bearing, moisture,overloading, single-phase and poor insulation.. Check all motor starters and other control devices for grounds, insulation resistance,loose or dirty magnetic circuits, burned or dirty contacts, and any other unusualconditions.(Note: that the design of magnetic circuits and contacts varies with different manufacturers, and mayrequire different maintenance procedures. All magnetic contact surfaces must be kept smooth andclean, and shading coils should be checked. Some electrical contacts should be cleaned and dressed,while others should be left alone unless burned down enough to require replacement. It is usually bestto replace the contact springs too, since the contact heat has probably weakened the springs. Magneticcircuits should be checked for firm, smooth closure. Poor closure of the magnetic circuits will causemagnetic hum and contact chattering and eventually will cause the operating coil to fail.)OHM/IT O&M Bldg. 1613Project No. 9207045-2 March 1999

lCheck all terminals and connections for tightness, giving special attention to theterminals of the thermal-overload relays. Poor connections on the heater elementswill cause excess heat and will change the calibration of the relays.lDepending on operating conditions, every motor, power circuit and control circuit atthe facility should be checked at intervals of not more than one year. Such a checkshould incorporate the following procedures:a.b.C.Disconnect each branch circuit and give the complete circuit a megger test forinsulation resistance, including motor windings and all related control circuits.Since alarm and emergency circuits’ only function when some unusualcondition exists, it is important to make routine tests of these circuits. Suchtest can often be made without interrupting normal operations.It is not possible to take any of the main power equipment out of service fortesting. Testing can only be done when a complete shutdown is planned. It isquite important, therefore, to keep this equipment clean, inspect it frequently,and make sure that the proper protection is provided against abnormalconditions such as overloads, system faults, and voltage surges.OHM/IT O&M Bldg. 16 13Project No. 9207045-3 March 1999

Table 5-lMASTER MAINTENANCESCHEDULELineOHM/IT O&M Bldg. 16 13Project No. 9207045-4 March 1999

Table 5-2 II \Spare Parts List1 Part DescriDtionPart NumberPricerVacuum Pump Oil (Qt.)Aeon PD Lubricant$11.00I V-Belts Vacuum PumaI 1vx75n\ r - .__I-- $13.00I mine -- ~--- Filter ElementI Solhew ------= 334P -- ‘- $13.00Vacuum Relief Valve (SVE) 1 VRSVK25P 10 $205.00I Primary Fusesmussman I FLOW1 -\- ~~-- OA$3.50Telemetry Fuse1 Bussman FLM 1 /l OA $10.00Air/Water Se1 3arator Dilution Filter Element 1 Solberg 30P$12.00Coalesing Filter Element 126-2086$145.00Particulate Filter Ele :ment126-2119 $145.001 Adsorber Filter Element126-2156 s145 T- .-.-- nnAir Sparge, Oil Separator Kit2901034300 $247.44Air Sparge, Filter Kit2901000000 $75,90Air Sparging Unloader Valve Kit1901000201 $194.60Air Sparge, Oil Removing Filter Element EK48 _--.-- $38 64Air Sparge; Minimum Pi&sure Valve KitAir Sparge, Moisture Trap Kit. -I Air Suarge. Coalescing Filter ElementAir Spat-gel GA-8K 0; 5-L Cal.I Air Sparge, Adsorber Filter Element2901000500 $78.7029010008900 $180.57EK5 8A I $29.651 I 1310201962 ~~-~- -~ IT EK68v-l C378 .,.- 57 , Is39 9n IOHM/IT O&M Bldg. 1613Project No. 9207045-5 March 1999

RECORD DRAWINGSREMEDIATION OF SUBSURFACEPETROLEUM CONTAMINATIONATBUILDING 1613MARINE CORPS BASECAMP LEJEUNE, NORTH CAROLINANORTH CAROLINAflGURENUMBER1234567a91011121314151617ia192021222324252627LIST OF DRAWING$DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGCOVER SHEET AND SlTE VlCINIlY MAP, BLDG 1613EXISTING SITE UTILITY MAP, BLDG 1613GROUNDWATER AND FREE PHASE PRODUCT CONTAMINATION ISOPLETH, BLDG 1613SITE LAYOUT AND TRENCH PIAN - SVE AND AIR SPAf?GlNG SYSTEM, BLDG 1613TRENCH DETAILS AND SECTlON VIEWS, BLDG 1613AS WELL/SVE WELL DETAILS AND WELL VAULT TRENCH SECTION, BLDG 1613WELL VAULT INSTALLATION DOAILS. BLDG 1613AIR SPARGING AND SVE WELLHEAD DETAILS. BLDG 1613EQUIPMENT COMPOUND AND FENCE DETAILS, BLDG 1613PROCESS AND INSTRUMENTATON DIAGRAM SOIL VAPOR mCTlON SYSTEM, BLDG 1613PROCESS AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAM AIR SPARGING SYSTEM, BLDG 1613SITE ELECTRICAL PLAN, BLDG 1613MAJN ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION DErAlLS. BLDG 1613CONTROL PANEL LADDER DlAGRAM 50 HP COMPRESSOR, 15 HP SVE WITH REMOTE START/STOP, BLDG 1613CONTROL PANEL LADDER DIAGRAM 50 HP COMPRESSOR, 15 HP SVE WITH REMOTE START/STOP, BLDG 1613CONTROL PANEL LADDER DIAGRAM 50 HP COMPRESSOR, 15 HP SVE WITH REMOTE START/STOP, BLDG 1613SlTE CONTROL PANEL 15 HP COMPRESSOR WITH REMOTE START/STOP, BLDG 1613COMPRESSOR PACKAGE 15HP WITH RECEIVER AND OIL WATER SEPARATOR GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING. BLDG 1613BLOWER VACUUM PACKAGE SUTORBILT 5LP. 15HP, 254T FRAME WITH SOUND ENCLOSURE, BLDG 1613BLOWER VACUUM PACKAGE SUTORBILT 5LP. 2541 FRAME. BLDG 1613SEPARATOR ASSEMBLY 24” DIA SEPARATOR WITH EXTRACTION PUMP AND HEADER ASSY., BLDG 1613SITE CONTROL PANEL SO HP COMPRESSOR, 15 HP SVE WITH REMOTE START/STOP, BLDG 1613SITE CONTROL PANEL 50 HP COMPRESSOR, 15 HP SVE WITH REMOTE START/STOP, BLDG 1613SITE CONTROL PANEL 50 HP COMPRESSOR, 15 HP SVE WITH REMOTE START/STOP, BLDG 1613SITE CONTROL PANEL 50 HP COMPRESSOR, 15 HP SVE WITH REMOTE START/STOP. BLDG 1613CONTROL PANEL INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM. BLDG 1613EOUIPMENT COMPOUND MEGGER GROUNDING TEST DETAILS, BLDG 1613SITE VICINITYMAPA- = == OHM Remediation -REVISIONSServices Corp. w DI I--XXT-v > OfSCfNPllON BY ,DAlE APP.* subddly Ol ORM COrpor.tlO~Norcrcm.Geo~~= ODD FitE 0 mn?NPuN I7lW,DPA~W J.mE 1 FscoRo oF.Amffi l3/11/93“n-TED: D*TE: - lJ=m PAUL Id472I-e /ROVED:ME: -S.rrosLlouCnCHECKOD: UJ -Imm?aF7 luuca Mlr - CHECKED: JIM DUNNA I 8 I c I D E F / ;IDXPARTMENT O? TEE NAVY NAVU PACIIlllES ENCMtgRMC COMMANDATLANTICDIVISIONNAVU STATIONNORPOL&CONTR4C7 N62470-07-D-50W DRLIOZR~ ORDRR NO. 0011FIGURE 1MpcINA COVER SHEET AND SITE VICINITYDRAWING NUMBEMAP SHEET ,“;“:DAEOHM PROJRm No. 20704 MARME CORPS BASE. CAMP LUEJJNR. N.C.BUILDING 16 13 3/11/99I H I I J I K I L I +A NA? c- 70”1‘,A,di 7p

12’ RCP+ ?CONCRETE SIDEWALK___---I ----.--_- -- -.---- ----I__ t-..I----_----_-_-- ..--__------------ e--r;PIPPLEGENDWSTING PROPOSED DESCRIPTIONBuILLwc-.-2_---.’GRASS ‘..‘, ’/ ,d I cfkc.-+ ; .’ PM-l-m II WLLnPE ill KLLPLIMPING muHmoPuNcnSURVEY CDNTROC PGiNTalHP-12--_II^_PAb’tUENTPHPGW-6 @P-0 ,3zd0PAVEDPARKINGLOT-s--M-W-Pp-.--UT------F-STORU DRAJNAGESTEAM UNEWATERLINE W/VALVEUNDERGRWNDFIJDm WEUNETELEPMMPP-A-AIR LINEccwxETE me &uJl-ERWY A-FIRE HYDRANT@1613-4WESTSiREET12’ RC%‘-;;lNb25.37a-.

i _._.-_... --.----_ .-.lr:CCWRETE QDEWALK___.__-_-__.___ I __-__ ..___I__________ --_- _._.-. .--_.--------------.---.--- ;- ...?- ‘.- ~_ --A ‘-.:,- - --. ..__...,” . .._. ,--_.- -- ._- ,,._. .--,:--.-.--.- - .:-~--. - -.. -. ‘Mw_. :,‘y?P1~.4---.---~-.~‘GOLLJL CONCRETE SIDEWALK-._--.._-INTERPRETED EXTENT OF ANYINDIMDUAL BTEX COMPOUNDGREATER THAN NCAC T15A: 02LSTANDARDSLEGENDEXlSllNG PROPOSED DESCRlPllC+ia •j BUlLDiNGcaSTORU DRANAGE UNEi- HP-12 SXAM LINEPAMDPARKINGLOT? DCMNO’SPIZZAGc5g9kWATERLIMW/VALVEAERIAL POWER LINEW/POLEUNDERCROVNDFUEL UNEAIR UNE./ i,.i_______ WY ANcnoR>-- FIRE HYDRANTBAIR UNERECEPTACLEUC2 MANHDLEz TO-EPHONE RISER0 MEA UGHT-?. .-CATCH BASWc ;:CATCH BASINa- DROP lM.ET.-CATCH EA-SIN< CLEAN DUTRCP-jrTELEPHONEREINFORCED CDNCRETE PIPESO!& VAPORECTRACTIW WELL0AIR SPARGE WEU- - - ESTIMATED EXTENT OFFREE PHASE PRODUCTCONTAMINATION76_ ? ‘, _-. / PI-5PK NAIL__ yEa&’ -;!,‘,&,il------7.--.-----^- ’ - INTERPRETED MENT m ANYINDIMXIM BTEX COMPOUNDGREATER THAN NCAC T15*:02LSTANDARDS_nELD SAMPLES_--. ..* .j. GRASS-..-.0 25 50= A--REVISIONS DgPARTWiNT Or TQ! NAVY NAVAL FACIIJTES CNGINERRINC COMMAND DlUWlNG NUMEEF== OHM Remediation FIGURE 3ZONE REV. DESCR!PTlON 81 DATEIAPP.\mServices Corp.N-900- cwDFn.5 0 WORK PLAN l/lo/a(* subddiary 0, OBY c4rponuonATLANTIC DIVISIONGROUNDWATER AND FREE PHASENAVALS”ByTTpoD:STATIONNORFOIX. VIRGINA PRODUCT CONTAMINATION ISOPLETH-- o*TE: Dam PAUL MT2bPpRovED:CONl’RACT N62470-97-D-5000MTE: - C"EMD: KAI wD2LWRP.Y 0RDE.P NO. 0011zn.-r-WPROMD: BUILDING 1613SCALE IN FEETDRAW J.w 1 RECORD DRAWNG w11199 SHEET NUUBER:DATEIMpl -DATE: - CHECKED: JIM NN OBY PROJECT No. 20704 MAIUNR CORPS BASR. CAMP LRJRUNR. N.C. 3/l l/99A Ia C D I E IFIGI H I J I K I L u I N I 0 I P-- - ‘. . . 1.

I._.._. I . li..~;---..-...-.~-------- .._# ~~.-.------~.-.----.-c--c- .__-,.___ -4 /4” RYE HEADER‘.-I -.-_ - .___4.‘ n4. LANGEATLANTICDIVISIONFIGURE 4SITE LAYOUT AND TRENCH PLAN-WE AND AIR SPARGING SYSTEMDRAWNG N"MBElsHEETN"HBEBUILDING 1613Y I ” n -A,...o- 7 \I I P

“_ ._ I” .,_,.A 0!c 0 E F 0 H I J I( L Y H 0 PWELL VAULTSVE WELL HEADERTRENCH - EXCAVATEAS WIDE AS REOUIRED~36’ - 42’ APPROXEXCAVATE AS WIDE AS REQUIRED2+” ’ *“I ,-,2L:PARGEIMAIN HEADERTRENCH - EXCAVATEAS WIDE AS REQUIRED\NE HEADER PIPE(4’ PVC NP)b7M WELL 2” WCSCHQO (r(p) EDER %DERII J Iy&H%&) sM 5\ I /I I I I/ II d2” WCSCH40ClYP)SPARKWELL-/MHEADERTYPICAL AS/SVE WELL VAULT ANDPIPING TRENCH DETAILS - PLAN VIEWN.T.S.AIR SPARGEHEADER PIPE(2’ GALVANIZED SCH4’J r(P)NATIVE SDIL /SEC'MON A-AJON-TRAFFIC (NO CONCRETE SIDES STEEL VAULT)/SVE VAWm TRENCH DETAIL (TYP)N-r-s1EXISTINGPAVEMENT f-PAVEMENTCOLD PATCHEXCAVATE AS WIDE AS REQUIRED‘,,,,,I/,,;;/.,y;:‘,, i, .!.L..,-‘-‘;l*,‘,/,.,,‘, J,l .f A =aj-‘4 -iSEE‘4 cy/;,5;..;,jI ,4I A’ .!-i 1NOTE 1 FIG-6SPARGE WELL-NATIVE SOIL /SECTION B-BSECTION C-cPAVED mA AS/SITECTION D-DPAdD AREA TRENCaWITH SVE PIPING (TYP)NTSDEPARIWNT OF TliE NAVYNAVAL FACIUTESWGlNEtMNG CO-DRAWlNG NUMBER:fCRlPllON-- - --- -. - ---- -.- - - -FIGURE 5---__-.-- - -- -- - __--;ECTION VIEWS sHEm w,,em:ofBUILDING 1613DATE:I WI - 1.-- .--. I , I 1 I I I ----- --_-- -_. - ---RL, R.L. S/ l/99A 0 I c I D E F 0 H I I J K L Y N1 Qrr9711fR 7.c-j p ,. “., .., ,,.

AI 0 cI 0 E F 0 H 1 JIlc‘ L1 N 0 PCOLD PAVEMENTCOLD PAVEMENTPATCHf- ,24” x 48”WELL VAULT18”,’ XI .-‘, .;;_ .,.”i ,16-18”._TTO SVEHEADER1b_,. ;. .._ ‘. -!1;:‘/ I ‘,5. .: .’iERLLSPARGE4”x4” (SxSxS) PVC SCH40 90’ EL. .BETONITE SEAL$LENT/GROUTl”0 SCH 80 PVC WELL CASING/RISER PIPE4”0 NOMINALBOREHOLESOIL VAPOR EXTRACTION WELL (TYPICAL)N.T.S.BENTONITESEALi ICOUPLING2 l/2’ l”0 ID SPARGEPOINTMICROPOROUS DIFFUSER @-l..# -L FILTER PACKAIR SPARGE WELL (TY~KAIJN.T.S.A-.--REVISIONS= - OHM Remediation 1 ATFULL- --1.Services Corp.

A 9 c 0 I E F c ” 1 J K I. I ” I N 0 IPi(H-20) TRAFFIC RATED WELLVAULT WlTH FLUSH MOUNTEDSTEEL ACCESS COVERMOUND UP SLIGHTLYTO PROVlDE DRAINAGEAWAY FROM VAULTEXISTINGrGRADEPPROXl/2”EXISTINGPAVEMENTAPPROX 4”-6 4SAW CUT\IIr(H-20’) TRAFflC RATED WELLVAULT’ Wlm FLUSH MOUNTEDSTEEL ACCESS COVERAIR SPARGERISER PIPECONCRETEPPROX l/2”7,COMPSOILTWO SEPARATEfJI,_1DRAIN PIPEBASEww3’ SLAB-MIN.NON-TRAFFIC AREA VAULT* INSTALLATION PROCEDURE TRAFFIC AREA WELL VAULT INSTALLATION PROCEDURE1. A HOLE LARGE ENOUGH FOR THE BASE SLAB AND THEWELL VAULT WAS EXCAVATED TO THE APPROPRIATE DEPTH.THE DEPTH TAKES INTO ACCOUNT THE SURFACE CONTOURSIT IS DEEP ENOUGH SO THAT THE BASE SLAB WAS POUREDON A STABLE COMPACTED BASE OF NATIVE SOILS. ANDTHE WELL VAULT WAS SET ON FINISHED BASE SLAB ENDINGUP APPROXIMATELY l/2” ABOVE THE EXISTING GRADE.THE NATIVE SOILS UNDER THE BASE SLAB WERE COMPACTED ANDTHE BASE SLAB WAS POURED FINISHED AND ALLOWED TO SET.THE SLAB WAS POURED AROUND ME RISER PIPE AND A 1”PVC PIPE WAS PLACED IN ME SLAB TO SERVE AS A DRAIN.THE WELL VAULT WAS PLACED ON THE BASE SLABALL OF THE FORMS WERE REMOVED AND NATIVESOILS WAS FILLED BACK IN AND COMPACTEDAROUND THE VAULT.THE SURFACE WAS RE-GRADED TO TAPER AWAYFROM THE VAULT. GRASS SEED WAS PLANTEDTo CONTROL ERosioN AND RESTORE THEEXISTING SURFACE.*TRAFFIC RATED VAULT WAS USED, HOWEVERTHE CONCRETE SIDE WALLS AND APRON ARE NOTINSTALLED.1. AN OPENING IN THE CONCRETE OR PAVEMENT SLIGHTLY LARGERTHAN THE WELL VAULT AND CONCRETE APRON WAS SAW CUT THROUGHTHE EXISTING PAVEMENT OR CONCRETE.2. A HOLE LARGE ENOUGH FOR THE BASE SLAB AND THEWELL VAULT WAS EXCAVATED TO THE APPROPRIATE DEPTH.THE DEPTH TAKES INTO ACCOUNT THE SURFACE CONTOURS.IT WAS DEEP ENOUGH SO THAT THE BASE SLAB WASPOURED ON A STABLE COMPACTED BASE OF NATlVE SOILS.AND THE WELL VAULT WAS SET ON RNISHED BASE SLABENDING UP APPROXIMATELY l/2” ABOVE THE EXlSTlNG GRADE.3. THE NATlVE SOILS UNDER THE BASE SLAB WERE COMPACTED ANDTHE BASE SLAB WAS POURED FINISHED AND ALLOWED TO SET.THE SLAB WAS POURED AROUND THE RISER PIPE AND A 1”PVC PIPE WAS PLACED IN THE SLAB TO SERVE AS A DRAIN.4. THE WELL VAULT WAS PLACED ON THE BASE SLAB.5. THE SIDE WALLS WERE FORMED. POURED ANDALLOWED TO SET.6. THE FORMS WERE REMOVED AND NATlVESOILS WERE FILLED BACK IN AND COMPACTEDAROUND THE VAULT. 4-6 INCHES OF CRUSHER RUNGRAVEL WAS INSTALLED AS A BASE FOR THE ASPHALTPAVEMENT.7. THE SAW CUT ASPHALT PAVEMENT WAS REPLACEDAS REQUIRED.DEPARTMENT Or TEE NAVY NAVAL PA- ENCnrCBRMC COMMANDATLANTIC DIVISIONNAVAL STATION NORPOLK. vntcrnkFIGURE i’WELL VAULT INSTALLATION DETAILSORAWGNUMBERCONTRACT Nd2470-97-D-6000 DRLNERY ORDKl? NO. 0011OAK.OEM PROJRm No. 20704 MARINE CORPS BASE. CAMP LWRUNE, N.C.BUILDING 16 133/11/99JK L I u NI 0 P

I” GALVANIZED PIPE-SHEETSTEEL24’h YELL VAULT WITH PADLOCK (ITEM A & Z)NnFROM SVEHEADERI 48”AIR SPARGING WELL DETAILPIPING LEGENDPLANmVIEWDESCRIPllONPIPING LEGENDTAGDESCRIPTIONNUMBERM 1 l/4’ BRASS STREET ELBOWN 1 l/4” x 2’ . MREMED BRA!ZS NIPPLE 125#n ” , I 4 ,,.v/A”TYDCA arvw.-DED BRASS TEE 125#P 1 l/4’ BRASS TANK SAFEIY - 75 psi0 1 l/4’ Y 4- . lHREMED BRASS NIPPLE 12560 I\ I 1 n v -*cn ~ n.sv ,,a. ..*i REGULATOR (l/2-), ,--18’ HOSE PUSH-ON FilllNGCLAMPI FlTllNG RUBBER HOSE, E’ HOSE PUSH-ON FlTllNGOk7F *POLL0 @ALL VALVE3ftASS REDUCING BUSHING 125#iLE HOSE PLUGTYPICAL AIR SPARGE/SVEWELL VAULT DETAIL l- GALVANIZED PIPEN-E= ;-- == OHM Remediation *TREVISIONS_c Services Corp. w*n I’-=xcLDIDou) - DESCRlPllON BY DATE APP.Norcrom.~ 000 FILE: 0 WORKPLAN 1/w _* S”bd4luJ 0, ONM Corpor~aon 1 RECORD ORWlNG 3/llA92 lo~: J. mDKPAWMENT OT TEJ! NAVY NAVAL PACIUlUS CNGINEKRINGATLANTIC DIVISIONCOKMANDFIGURE 8I AIR SPARGING AND SVE WELLHEAD l-NAVAL SWtlON NORTOLK. vmcmADETAILSCONTUC7NdZlfO-07-D-5000OHM PROJECT No. 20704 YARMB CORPS B&X. CAMP LKJEUNE. N.C.BUILDING 16 13I J I K I I A....-.A _ 1 ,..*1. . .’.DFWlt40 .!:I.’SnEq-.

IA B cID E F G H I J K L I H N 0 PI CHAIN_ LINK FENC_E 79 dB (SEE NOTE #l)CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PADT4' WC PIPEmm------GR*vEL---t+P1 l/2’ GALVANIZED M-1 TNRrYJcn M-lo*. Bm-- ST&I1 l/2' MA HOPE HFAOER ToAs-l THRaJGN As-10\ COMPACTED SUBGRADEGRAVEL & CONCRETE PAD DETAILN.T.S.UNDERGROUNDCONDUIT1” GALVANIZED . ’FN$NSS.ORMERCIRCUITBREAKER -MAINCONTROLPANEL -‘c -*2’ WC PIPE w/VALVE & CAMLOCK FITTINGCOMPRESSORcCIRCUITBREAKERPANELAND MAINDISCONNECT -DISCHARGESILENCER,CORNER POST2 l/2’ DIA.? I_- 10’ MAX:-PRIVACY FENCE I\’ SLATS (TYP),STRETCHER BAR- // w IL CONCRETE// /FASTENERS Q 14”C. TO C. (Typ.) GROUND UNE .IEND VlEW\GRAVEL80.5 dE (SEE NOTE #l)6CHAIN LINK GATE AND FENCEDETAILSN.T.S.v\/ \/10’ GATEvEQUIPMENTNOT TO SCALECOMPOUND1. ALL SOUND LEVEL READINGS TAKEN ATFENCE UNES WlTH AU EQUIPMENT RUNNING-2. - OHM Remediation *IPROVED:DE?, “Yrnmm -DESCRlPllONORA*N: J. LANCE IATLANTIC DIVISIONA 8._. .-... . I H-_I DEPAllTmm 0 Q l?IE UAW NAVAL QA- ENGINESRING COMMAND 1 DIn,*nl7 A IDRAw~NG NUMBrl~uIGJ.3YNAVAL STATION NOWOU VIRGINACONTRACT NO?A70-07-D-5000 DELlV5ZV ORDER NO. 0011OW PROJECT No. 20704MARINE CORPS BASE. CAMP LXJEUNE. N.C.J_ I J K I L. . -. _.IEQUIPMENT COMPOUNDAND FENCE DETAILSBUILDING 1613

A I 0 1 c 0 E F 0 H I J K L N ! N I0 I pl/2’RECYCLE LINEWC HEADER‘0 TREATMENTCOMPOUNDCONDENSATESTORAGE TANKT-120SPdSEPARATOR SKID '=SVE SYSTEMCOMPONENTS- VEU SKID-~. _..- ._ . ..- .-- .--. -.._ _ .._PITOT TUBEwD6 BALL - VALVEm CLOSED BALL VALVEN BUllERFLY VALX (OPEN) @PRESSUREPRESSUREN BUTTERFLY VALVE (CLOSED) @ ;;F$foyALSWITCHN CHECK VALVETEMPERATUREW GATE VALVE 0 INDICATOREFCgEHRATUREH GATE VALVE (CLOSED) 0LOCAL MOUNTEDREeRMzRT$TH @ INSTRUMENTSPANEL MOUNTED@ INSTRUMENTSELF CONTAINED REGULATOR HAND-OFF-AUTO$3 2-WAY SOLENOID&+Q0mSAMPLE PORTCOMPRESSORMOTORAIR FILTERFLOW TOTAUZER630@0LEVEL SWITCH LOWLEVEL SWITCH HIGHLFVELALARMFLOW MIXRFLOW SWITCHSIGHT GAUGE022 PUMP@SAMPLE PORTSVE WELLWE WELL= ;-REVISICNS DEPARTMENT Or TfU NAVY== OHM Remediation 1 ATFlxLsc4.f -IBy MTEIAPP.:&iE Corp.cc lu I’-rxT romp* ZONE REV.DESCRPTlON\#WDDFnE 0 WRK PUN ?/l/SA Subddly of OBY Corporalonomm: J. w 1 RECGRO ORAMNG J/!mtrmmD:-uwmtXE- D -* PAUL hulz‘??ovED:3. PRxt,r arym MEE: - CHECKED: !@l Mhk‘PROVED:m vuxl.-.- “_^.._..CONTRACFN82470-07-D-5000NAVAL PACIIXl-IlB ZNGINEBRINC COMMANDFIGURE 10DATE:MET- CHECKED: JM DUNN OEM PROJXT No. 20704 MARIN' CORPS BASE. CAMP LEJEUNE. N.C. BUILDING 1613 3/l l/99A I B I c cl E F c I n I I J KI. u N10. - - -. - - - - . 1 .pDFUWINGNUMBEI :

-------Q%YSOUND ENCLOSURE1iCOMPRESSOR EQUIPMENT . . . . . _l-p-p----.. _. .- -- l.-~ .- _I - I - _ ,_- -- - .%W-r. _,I I IRECEMRTANK2’ GALVANIZED PIPEHEADER TO81SPARGING WELLSI l/2’ 1’ /11 I w b-cU”ARutl- GALVANIZEDIc=lBALL VALVEkl CLOSED BALL VALVE COALESCING FILTERN BUTTERFLY VALVE (OPEN)N Ew-rrmF~Y VALVE (CLOSED)N CHECK V*LVEDa GATE VALVEb4 aE VM* (CLOSED)&+#XIRMLIRT$lTHPRESSUREINDICATORPRESSURE SWlTCH@AJR PRESSURE REGULATOR0 RmPREZ-WAY SOLENOID5Ew”IT’EH”ATURE0SAMPLE PORTGJLOCAL MOUNTEDINSTRUMENTSEQUXPMENT SKID/l/4”1CONDENSATE TO T-120SEE FlG.-10AIR SPARGING SYSTEM COMPONENTSSPARGINGWELL VAULTSEE FIGURE - 8FOR DETAILS ;AIR PRESSURE REUEFh-VACUUM SAFEPlVALVE (PSV)COMPRESSORAIR FILTERzzl FLOW TOTALIZER 080@LEVEL SWITCH LOWLEVEL SWITCH HIGHLEVEL ALARMFLOW MEI-ERFLOW SWITCHAIR SPARCING WJZLL= ;--__ OHM Remediation 1REVISIONS DRF’ARTKRNT 01 l’El3 NAVYATFUUSW + NAVAL PACIIITUE RNCINRRRRfG COMMAND DFAWlNG NUMBERFIGURE 11\#Services Corp.(Iwr,‘-XUDDIDPVI) ZONE REV. DESCRIPTION EY ONE APP.Norawm.Gwecu two FILE: 0 WORKPLN l/W ATLANTIC DIVISIONA Sub.id(y ol OBY Corpon‘,.n mw J. L4dGE 1 RECORD DRAWNG 311 l/N PROCESS AN~IDIW&UMENTATIONSHEET NUUBER:“EMIllED!NAVAL STAnON--Ml-c - oE$r;NEo PNJC b44l-2NORPOLK VIRGINAAIR SPARGING SYSTEM of‘PROVED: pD*TE:--.CHlrCI(ED: KJJWXCONllUCT N62470-07-D-5000 DRLIVRRY ORDER NO. 0011‘MD:xtsl. YMME: - NECKS: JIM DUNN OEM PROJRm No. 20704 MARINR CORPS RASE. CAMP WJEUNR. N.C.BUILDING 1613DATE3/l l/99

1..GRASS__. --- -.-- _.. . - i -.. _-1613-17@ rcp!z.PALJ/.Lf-2.. -_ / ,’. _ __-,,-LEGENDEXISTING PROPOYD csawncfd; ,> )--.: CONC.PAD‘-. _ .- ,I .---. 2,’ \1\‘\--i*--..arip-12HPGW-6 / ,/’/-P a3 P _,’A’-;--- OHM Remediation;a,Sf&vizvi Corp.2’ SOIL PIPE DRAINj: :s CONCRETE 1613-lo- wISP-l FORMER UST %% :BASINWEST STREETI,NVa.25.06@%+f2I:12” RCP-,,‘,\P-PPAM0PARKINGLOTDOMINO’SPIZZAi1’ ‘_/- ELECi: TIE-IN LOCATIONAVAILABLE POWER IS 12.47 KV-480/277 VOLTS.-d’SET NEW POLE WlTH REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONTRANSFORMERS.PAMDPARKINGLOTGUY ,- -.---e---(.----.____031613-2 GRASS ISLANDNOTES:-_-.-1. MlSllNG 45/3 POLE 3 25 KVA TRANSFCRMERSFEEDMG BullDING 1813. REWORK m ADDINGDE-XFB TO FEED NEW POLE UllTH NEW 1247PRMARY. PRIUARY SHAU BE #2 AAAC 31FOUR WRE.2 THE METERING EWIPMENT S&MC-E MSCONNECT.SHAU BE TRANSFERED FROM EXlSTlNG SITE Sl-T-69MAlEfWL PC42 CAA TREATUENT V-ARMS-CCASWTHERN YELLOW PINE C+l PRIMARY-#2 MACTRANSFCUMERS 25 KVA 12.47 277/*sOV 3GUY WlRE S/8’ WlTH PREFORM ATTACHMENTSSCREW ANCHORS 10-x6’.3. AU SEFMCE EWlPMENT. WRE. CONOUIT etc. MLBE THE UuE AS EXlSnNG STE Sl-T-69.aiiBUlLDiNGlwEII WELLTYPE III KLLIa PUYPINO wLLaHYDRoPuNcHA SJRMY coNma POINTEv‘T:i?

200A 48OV MDPCIRCUIT 4 -BREAKER 1 1 1 I2OA3P5- ifi% “t’OZPR,MARY‘-l-‘-’ 24O/120. 10 SECONDARY30A2P2Ok 1Pf- f- fA0 iEMA’ pIzz3~;~~3 - 25 KVA 12.4?k-V/277V3 PHASE TRANSFORMERSNE BLOWER AIR COMPRESSOR TRANSFER PUMP SVE HOUSING FAN15 HP. 48OV 15 HP. 48OV1 SHP l/4 HPx12 THWN #l THWN 112 AWG 112 AWG3/4’ CONDUIT 3/4” CONDUIT 3/4’ CONDUlT 3/4” CONDUIT#i2 AWG, 3/4’ CONDUITWEATHERHEAD --,iONE LINE DIAGRAMN.T.S.-WEATHERHEAD3-25 WA 12.47 UV/22?‘f 30POLE MOUNTED TRANSFORMERACONNECTIONTRANSFER PUMP1.5” HP. 23AMAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL,MAIN CONTROL PANEL ANDMINI POWER ZONE TO BEREMOTE MOUNTED ON 6 INCHGALVANIZED C-CHANNEL FRAMESET IN CONCRE------ONEONE 3” CONDUIT#4 AWGGROUNDPROVIDE CONDUIT SUPPORTSEQUALLY SPACED BUT NOFURTHER THAN 10’ APARTMETERIBLOWER,AIR COMPRESSOR715 HP7JUNCTION BOX7Y-Iv--WAiT-HOURMETERr-lMAINCONTROL/DlST;;~B&lON48OY/48OV3!J,4w-lr #4AWG GND.0 101ONE 2” CONDUIT WITH(3) 3/O MCM THWN CONDUCTORS(1) 3/O MCM THWN NEUTRAL(1) 14 AWG THWN GROUNDCONCRETE PAD1#4 AWG GROUND (p(P)’GROUNDING ROD (TYP) 1ONE2-l/2’ CONDUITt#4 AWG GROUND\_ GROUNDING RODPOWER DISTRIBUTION BLOCK DIAGRAMN.T.S.MAIN DISTRIBUTION PLANN.T.S.2 .-t A SllbddluJ of *By corpor*tlon DPAWN!cbmFL5 0 WORK PLAN l/WJ. LMGE 1 1 RECORO 0iwwlNG lmv9lDBP- Or m NAVY NAVAL FAC-SATLANTIC2 S”B48TED -UWWWZ ME- 0 m PwJL l44Tz NAVALMm- /CONTRACT N62470-07-D-50005 ;z; =.--CHECKED: w h@M I“. XPI - o*n: - C,,E~CYED: JIM DUNN OEM PROJRCF No. 20704 MARINRA I a -1.. c I 0 E F G-_,,___,___. - I ” ,.,., ?.-I- _ .L __ I J --. _.-- JDIVISIONENGINERRINC COMMANDsr*nou NORFOLK. VIRGINACORPSFIGURE 13DRAWING NUMBER:MAIN ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SHEET Nu)*BER:DETAILSofDATELRJRUNR. N.C.BUILDING 16 13 3/l l/99DRLIVERY ORDRR NO. 0011BASR. CAMP_ _ .-. .-K -_, ..-_. I .._ .-.-. c., ._.IAI N. ,^ 1 0. .- . .- 1 p

cmmunmr------iw4fLI 1 iI L20-Ce-20AI 2 POCEL-------lT-4u ‘2xIr:;lTl- -1T2 M MOTOR15 HPx e =1T3Ix, I =ZTlx, s 9T2x z $273‘%%’FAN MOTORl/4 HPYh%%FCUEKIE(SEE COUPRESSOPWRING DIAGRAM)50 HFJ1OD101CB-SA10.31041055^ OFF I-i Wj-SCYENOID VALYEsv-1172, 2106‘SU.ENCiD VALVE WEN’1072“SOCENOID VALVE OPEN”108109110“CoMPRESScwHOAGENEPA.FM11111 2“COMPRESSORENABLED’112114IPRESSUf?E SWITCHALARY REYTnlcl’-t l32CA3“LOW SPARCEAIR PRESSURE”115I116117118- GENERAL COMPRESSOR FAULfyl-Igi14‘SEPARATOR HIGH LEML SMTDOIVN-18A ji2 1OA ,, 18A z2 19A ,I18rL- ~---- ‘-----. _---. .I119p---&-~~~L--------J$j----&y;umpREM)IIsTu6En ,” CmcLEL--------J“K HlCti DISCHARGE TEMP’Z\~NI-MTI\/~W+I

cl--c22Jx120121I22123124125126127I28129Ll3 : 14c~i~;ys‘HIGHVE VACUUM”HAND 0 2D -20 21 y:222 c$? 2Ml M32 OFFM UaToFl_ 23 *, 24,,25 4, 20IP IP IP 0 m 112AUTO ’ CR5 CR6 CR1120 2/I‘KU20 2viu ON’I28 1 2ON’7130131I32133s30 OL2IPhi2C OFFExTrwTloH FWPo 31 , , 32 4, 29 0 IKmx ml7 118I 1 I*AUTOCR8 CR10STDIWE TANK ” 292,-IML SWIM(By Onim)-EXTRACTION PUMP ON’13429“EXTRACTION PUMP ON”135213633 33 2II137I 1 34 2&I N02 g44L--23+l1 po~~2 LEML 1LSlRF LEVEL SwlTCW&OC~;;mi VAPOR/uOUID”I38IO.lA 35--LL139140I &yJ 23L:-12 4AUTDDRA!N1I &gjJJ L--l22,AlJlODWN2w-c-141142143144cilII36 2I ,ultYl12&13cc?I I 371 1“MUMOTOR OMRLOAD’-EXTRACW PUMP MOTOR OMFKOAD’oL.3,138 2IIu3-ENCLOSURE EXHAUST FAN OMRLOAD’cIN SIoRIIxTANK145CR10214639q‘HIGH LIWID STORAGE TANK LEML”-147sI ,uIRuh240 41 41 pg 2ITENci.osuRF. ExH4JsTFtN UolDft\

Ll148 3 ,142 42 21 ICR3151152153LowsP!JKxPFxsSURE 1NOZ\3Nfl3l

10010110210310410510610710’3109DISCONNECT #lo AWG MHN blkI3-2HAND0412DV112 AWG THHN red=ID AWG THHNgreen-4 23 2 OFF 15 SOLENOID VALM4,0 sv115AUTOcmsv-115‘SOLENOID VALVE”HOAIJHAND 703 OFFaAUTO“COMPRESSOR’HOA4 4, 6lr‘CR4“SOLENOID VALVE OPEN’22LEGEND:110Ta111112#I2 AWG MHN red CR3Set For 2 Mtn.12 2ADI AVTOMUIN POWERclTERUIWL BlaX-113ALARM RESET) 13 2\/ aPILOT LIGHT it- REDC - GREENAm: THHN Red “LOW AIR PRESSURE”-I114115s 2COMPRESSOR GENERALSHUTDOmJ S%lTCHETU0 CRUSJ’ED llME METER“COMPRESSOR GENERAL SHUTDOVYN”u116-mClWJITBREAKER117!A“SPARE-“RPRESSURE SWTICH. N.C.118119FLMO.lA2Y/t2 Am; TWIN red 0TIUED SWITCH. N.O.T.C.MORU.ULY OPENMD CLOSEwCPTCONTRDL PMRTWWSFDRUER120--P121122123J ,I 17 _ 17 2IICR41 COMPRESSOR CONTROL CUBICLEELECTRONICONTB 2X4CR3I----+-”-mCOMPRESSOR CONTROL CUBICLERELAY EXPANSION MOOULE COMPRESSOR CONlROL CUBICLETB 1x1-#I2 AWG HTW yellow

G 1 2 1 VLVI 14 1 AUTOMATIC DRAINu I 1 I TIlYrm7 I I IIICOMPRESSORCOOLING AIR OUTLETDRIVE MOTORCOOLING AIR OUTLETT 1 MO35 SWITCH, PRESSURE, 0-15PSI RANGEW 1 SK022AOOOO SKID WELDMENT, 96 X 36 X 6 WllH SHELTERLLL Y4XB C D3/4-11 JACKING BOLT- SHELTERCOOLING\ESTIMATED WEIGHTS:ITEM A 859LBITEM E 23LB DRYITEM H 211LBITEM W 538LBMISC 188LBt I, I Il/2" FEMALE NPT ELEVATION\_ MOTOR COOLING -i-AIR INLET -4x s3= ;= == OHM RemediationServices Corp.NomrnrsWa* sl4bsldiy 0, DKM corpor9uon’ r\TFuLLsm.E -iREVISIONS(,DT~-wL-~ ZONE RN. MSCRIPTION BY ONE APP.CAM) FILE 1 RECORD ORAWlNC yllf39DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY NAVAL rM?lLmRs RNCMERMC COMMANDFIGURE 18ATLANTIC DIVISION COMPRESSOR PACKAGE 15HP WITH -NAVAL flATION NOmm-MA RECEIVER AND OIL WATER SEPARATORDPAW L. SHUUUNUBUlllEO:ME: - DSw;ND PAUL MAT2--------CONTFACT N82470-93-D-3032 DRUWXV ORDER NO.0011 GERNERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWINGPPROKD:ME - CHEWED: Ku wP. MC&l WNQll-...-.PPROMD:Ml-E: -mLduumA_ .-B1c- I... D, .---E F G H IJ I( L! JIY w 0 P- ~-CHECXED J’u DUNN PROM cPOO7mlnM ORM PROCBCT No. 20704 MAtUNE CORPS EAST!. CUT’ MJRUNR. N.C.BUILDING 1613 3/1 l/99

4”C 0 E F G H 1 J K L u N 0 PITEM Or( PART NO. 1 OFSCRIPTIONDESCRIPTION 1 FXT EXT iU/Mi MATI MATL. NO.1 A 1 1 1 ELWGAELCPAIVACUUMRLWGAELCPAPUMP. PUMP, PD. PD, SUTORRILT 5LP-LHC SLP-LHC 1 1 18 1 MOTOR, AC, 15HP. 460/3P/SOHZ, 1600 RPMMALE NPT c 1FILTER, RLTER, INLINE, CSL-234P-400D 1 SILENCER, DISCHARGE,RMSS-41 1 1 1 JUNCTION BOX NEMA 7I 1 I1 ENCLOSUREACCOUSTICAND WEATHERG 1 VACUUM GAUGE ASSEMBLY,30-O” HGGH 1 flLTER DP GAUGE. 0-2OW.C. 1w.c. I I1 1 1 1 EXHAUST FAN ASSEMBLYK 1 I 1 1 FLOW SWITCH(INSIDE HOUSING)L 1 TEMPERATURE SWITCHI IM 1 TEMPERATURE GAUGE, 50-3DD.FN 1 VACUUM RELIEF VALVE, 2’71t\.“SUll-lEDPPROMD:- -“**.- --* - -* - -*- -1. ices Corp.NorO-G4W&* subdlllln 0, OEM corw”tlom I 4~.PRMCloKIvlil-REVISIONS DEPARTMENT OF TEE NAVY NAVAL FA'AcILpTlts CNGmuluNG COMHNUDFIGURE 20arID FKE:ATLANTIC DIVISIONoR*I*N: 1. -a.“..t.lcr I I I ,A nm!!!!!eILBLOWER VACUUM PACKAGENAVAL StATIONNORFOLK VI5 LCMA ISUTORBILT 5LP. 254T FRAMEME - omy*rm PAUL LlATZD- ORDEU NO.ME - PYCFyrn. WI WM _-I I I 1FFZOY Bvo28Aooo1 I OEM PROJElT No. 20704 MAfIlM CORPS BASE CAW LWEUNFi. N.C. I BUILDING 1613 1”“: J/l l/99OOlll

A 8 C D E F G H I J K I. Y N 0 PITEM ON] PART NO. 1 DESCRIPTION 1 EXT IU/MIMATL. NO.A /I 1 SEPARATOR, 24"OIBI h 1 RF SENSOR LML PROBE ASSEMBLY 1 1 1cl 1EXTRACTION PUMP ASSEMBLYDI 1CHECK VAVLE, l-l/Z'Ei IFLOW TOTAUZER4” WAFERGI 1 VACUUM GUAGE. JO-O-HGGHI 1 JUNCTION BOX, NEW 7Ji 1 DILUTION FILTER. 2'I FI h 1 CHECK VALVE.I K/ h I TEMPERATURE GAUGE. 0-25(rF I 1-1L 1 l/4" SAMPLE PORTH 1 4” HJlTEmY VALVEN 1 SIGHT GbISSP 1 STRAINER. 4'_ 4” PLATE FLANGE,150X ANSI PATTERN l/207 l/2KAINLET & DISCHARGE FLANGE4” 150# DRILLED FLANGE9,jj t 10iP5; b17>:;-; ;-- REVISIC5; = - OHM Remediation k ATmJ.swE -Id ,,~~-uI:-I) ZONE REV. DESCRIPTION BY ME APP.RERDEPAitlWWT OF IliE NAVY NAVAL F&ZUTlLS WGINURINC COUUANDFIGURE 21I 7 Services Corp.NO-m UDO FILE A REVISED INLET 8 JUNCTKlN BOX1ATLANTIC DIVISION SEPARATOR ASSEMBLY. SubsIdly 0, om c.arpanUoaDRlm: L SleJ~ 9 RECORD DRAWING )/I!/%!-i : *IsNAVAL. STATION NORFOLK. VIRGINA 24” DIA SEPARATOR WITHofCONTPdT N&%70-93-D-3032 D-Y ORDZR NO.0011 EXTRACTION PUMP AND HEADER ASSY.RTTTT.nTNc5 LPPROXD: ME - c,.,

z(3) jl0 AW BLK(3) 112 Am; ELK’ (5) 112 AW REO(1) 112 AN GRO.L-8 438b(1) 110 AWG CRD(3) 110 Am; ELK(3) #4 AWG EU(1) #a AWG GRO,= = == OHM RemediationDEPARTMENT OF TEE NAVY NAVAL PACUITIES RNGINRKRlNG COMMANDFIGURE 22ATLANTIC DIVISION SITE CONTROL PANELNAVAL SrAnoNNORPOLE VIRGINA 50 HP COMPRESSOR,““I y.- NonmmGeo~UnDFllL 1 RECORD DRAWINGMury o* OnM c-J+TI-8uon DR)JRI: J.UNGE SHEET15 HP SVEUByllTEV -1-CATE: - o=m PMJL MA 'm99 Q REE?ofCON'I'MCT N62470-97-D-5000 DELIVERY DRDRR NO. DollPPROVED. ME - C”Ecj(E& w wxWITH REMOTE START/STOPDATEPPROMD:DAl’Ez - C,,EC~ JIM NNMPl wvcclPROM Yco36Roooo ORH PROJECT No. 20704 MARl?dE CORPR RASR. CAMP’ IZJRUNE. N.C. BUILDING 1613 S/ l/99A I B c I D E I F I G H I I J K L I M I H 0 I PHIMACORAWNG NNUMBER:

ENLARGED 5XFM FL0 FLMuuuCATALOG #B300BT213JK0SENSAPHONE 2000CB-3Ay///1 CR6 CR7 CR8 CR9 CR10 CR11 CR12SERIESClt

ElAUTOCOMPRESS0nnYw--cl0-ENLARGED 5Xmt -I

---- -_.- -- ._ 4 I ,SEPARATOR JUNCTION BOX - JB118ENLARGED 5XVEU JUNCTION BOX - JB112ENLARGED 5X

SEPARATOR JUNCTION BOX - JB118ENLARGED 5XVEU JUNCTION BOX - JB112ENLARGED 5XzI m I 10 I h IID n I tIn3MO %z-313\11mB-sv\~~

---INt13 NHHl 3MV S# (1) ’ C\I IYl8 NHHl 3MV P# (‘2) 1 31I I I- f II MOllX NHHl 9MVZ I# I- -&xrJIllCl3tl NHHlI3MVZ I# IJI nlI$1 J I -1I “IXl8 NHHl 3MVZ L# I5 I-,IiiI7 5Xl8 NHHl 3MVOl# u)50 I m I 9 I r- I 0 I n I . I n !Mo’u9zol~\nlne-sv\dm\

a----0zIJxE-II NW NHHl 3MV 8# (L) I 1 tt’II III-7--I I I _II I I-- 3N&l3 NHHl 3MV Ol# (1) 14a --km )118 NHHl 3MV 0 l# (E)1 -LI2l-5I-0-LLI JIdI-I (El&i trO> M0113A NHHl 3MVZ L# 1 13-Cl3tl NHHl 3MVZ l#2-Yrl- r)Cl3tl NHHl 3MVZ l# -I -I I -IdElk.4 NHHl 3MVZL# 12’fl-00O3tl NHHl9MVZ L# II -1zI D$ I -z-IGI-II”““““““’--1 2.1Xl8 NHHl E)MVOL#m5>nEl NHHl 3MVZ l# ’5-FXl8 NHHl 3MVZ 1# rJI=.N~- I=Xl9 NHHl 3MVO L# c\I

T-O 19’4” 2*-oI, z z _AIR/WATER SEPARATORGROUND 0.7 OHMSCl-IAN_ I-INK FENCE _ _ _4” PVC----mePIPEGRAVEL---.-0CONCRET EQUIPMENT PADT-a0500 GALLONLIQUID HOLDING- AIR COMPRESSORGROUND 0.7 OHMSTRANSFORMER%“ciRBREAKER -MAINCONTROLPANEL -sVALVE & CAMLOCK FITTING1 COMPRESSOR 111CIRCUITBREAKERPANEL-AND MAINDISCONNECT -VE BLOWERGROUND 0.7 OHMS10’ GATEEQUIPMENTNOT TO SCALECOMPOUNDREVISIONSDCPARIUCNT OF TEC NAVY NAVAL FACILITQS CtiGlNURlNC COMMANDFIGURE 27\m ~emce.5 Uorp. ~_ -. ____.. .-~-, - DESCRtPllON BY DATE APPN-GcoW CADD FkE 0 WORK PLAN ?/l/N* SUM- 0, DIiM CorponuonATLANTIC DIVISIONDRAW J. LA= 1 RECORD DRAWING J/11/99 EQUIPMENT COMPOUND SHEET NUMBER:.NAVAL STARON NORQOLFL VIRGINAe IMlnEDz DATE: - DES,~~: PAUL MAX--.-.MEGGER GROUNDING TEST DETAILS ofDATE: - KAI UAKUUFI.I.~LT N62470-07-D-5DDO DBLlVXFX ORowl NO. 0011DATE:OW PROJCCT No. 20704 YABMB CORPS BASE. CAKF' LWCUNC. N.C. BUILDING 1613 3/l/99DRAWlNG NUMBEF

_..r- ,.

Let Atlas Copco Innovation ReduceYour Operating Costsrugged construction equipment environment,where its performance has earnedoverwhelming acceptance in industrialapplications. The compressor element isdirectly mounted against the air/oil separatortank. This advanced design minimizesexternal connections and further reduces thepossibility of leaks. The triple V-belt drivesystem with semi-automatic belt tensionerguarantees continuous trczble-free operation.SuperiorPackagingOur SolutionCompressedto YourAir NeedsWhen you invest in an air compressor,you’re looking for more than equipment thatjust produces compressed air. You expectquality and demand reliability. You require ana/r compressor package that offers the properquality of air, is easy to run, and most of all,simple to operate. You want to be guaranteedthat your exacting air demands are met -always! Compressor down time is not anoption.The GA1 1-22 Series assures you ofperformance. This smart generation aircompressor, complete with an optionalintegrated dryer, has been engineered to bereliable, easy to maintain, and reduce youroperating costs.Designedfor ReliabilityAt the heart of the Atlas Copco GA1 1-22 isour time proven compressor element, globallyfamous for trouble-free operation andreliability. It was originally developed for theThe GA1 l-22 Series is available as bothopen and enclosed units. The enclosedpackage is completely integrated within acompact, sound attenuated cabinet. It’s ratedat 76-79 dB(A), so it can be installedanywhere. All panels are fabricated from sheetmetal and are coated with scratch resistantbaked-on textured paint. Panels on each sideof the compressor can be easily removed forroutine service and component access.For those installations where noise is lesscritical, open units offer 81-83 dB(A) noiselevels. Installation requires only the hook-up ofutility connections conveniently located at oneend of the cabinet. A factory supplieddischarge valve further reduces yourinstallation costs.IntegratedDryer OptionTo.make GA1 l-22 compressors even morecost-effective, we offer a complete packagewith an optional integrated dryer. The dryerand compressor are completely integratedwithin the compressor cabinet, with allinterconnecting piping and wiring installed. Asa result, you incur no additional engineeringcosts, while dryer installation costs areeliminated. Floor space is also saved due tothe elimination of the external dryer.- __-_._.-___ .----_-- __--- -..---- -

The Benefits of Advanced Technology:Efficiency, Reliability and Ease of MaintenanceThe Elektronikon@ Control SystemAtlas Copco’s patented Elektronikon systemis an advanced elecrrcnic system thatautomatically monitors and controlscompressor operation. The microprocessorinterprets data from sensors located at keylocations in the compressor, and optimizesoperation based on preprogrammedparameters for maximum efficiency andreliability.The Elektronikon system provides energyefficient load/no load control. During periodsof prolonged operation in the unload mode,the Delayed Second Stop (DSS) stops themotor to eliminate-wasted power consumption.The unit is then in an auto re-start mode,ready to supply air when demand increases.The Elektronikon system automaticallyindicates when service is required for filters,separator and the oil system. This simplrfiesplanning for routine maintenance andminimizes downtime.Compressor operating conditions, setpoints, and configuration parameters aredisplayed by the clear, easy-to-readalphanumeric read-outs. System adjustmentsto meet varying application requirements canbe easily accomplished from the controlpanel. The Elektronikon can also beprogrammed in 13 different languages and intne Li.S. or metric units.--:’ Compressors with Electronic Intelligence.LCD DisplaysOperating pressures and temperaturesAdjustable set points’ ~~ltnK~~7E~~~esq 0’LED IndicatorsVoltage onAutomatic operationGeneral alarmControl and RegulationProgrammable start/stopAutomatic and manual load/unloadProgrammed stopControlled stopEmergency stop-.-”-, .,Comprehensive data on the compressor’s status IS easily monitored through the tleKvOnlKon sysrem

The Ultimate Compressor,It’s So Advanced, It’s SimpleEfficient Cooling.Comoac: wldec alumlr,~m csmcir,atlon cooler :,~~th,2o~vnstream rncrsiure separator keeps your air system3301 and moisture-free.Quality Air in.G pste-;ted regularlng \/awe cortrols coo! Intake a:lr ‘Nn;ie2-e 2r\i-Type Iniet Alter ;racs at,mcsoneric o~si andoarilcies that would otherwse ~s~quce zvera~lL2.e ^?‘-Qfessor ‘,beific:znc\d.Cptimal Drying.1 comoac: fuliy ,;7sial/ec :n:egra;ec zr;/er ~lsiric;e?‘,/;ronmentally iriendiyi 2: 3LA ;r ?!22 leirigeranr cocls321 pressed air irom the a?er:cscler ano

Make Your Compressor InstallationEnvironmentally Responsible with theAtlas Copco OSD-22 Oil-WaterSeparatorDischarging oil-contaminated condensatefrom compressed air systems is not onlyenvironmentally irresponsible, it is probablyillegal in your area. The OSD compact oilwaterseparator raises condensate quality tosurpass EPA requirements. Separation is fullyautomatic. with no use of activated carbon orother costly filter medias. The OSD is virtuallymaintenance-free with a filter lifetime of 6000working hours. The OSD-22 unit can beinstalled within the GA1 1-22 compressorenclosure for continuous and trouble-free oilseparation.

Enhance Your System Withthe Integrated Dryer OptionBecause moisture in plant air can damagecompressed air tools and equipment andcontaminate products, there is an increasingdemand for dry compressed air. Drycompressed a/r keeps plant air systems andproduction operations runnrng smoothly. Bychoosing the integrated refrigerated dryeroption, you can ensure a constant supply ofclean, dry air to your system.The dryer is designed to match compressorperformance, and will achieve a 3539°Fpressure dew point. Atlas Copco’s patentedliquid separator ensures constant dewpoint,regardless of load condrtions, and elrmlnatesthe need for troublesome hot-gas bypassvalves. The dryer also features a Pressostatthat senses condensed refrigerant pressureand turns off the cooling fan during lowdemand periods. The precooler-reheaterreduces the load to the refrigeration cycle,providing energy-efficient operation.All Atlas Copco refrigerated dryers useeithtr R22 or R134A refrigerant in compliancewith the EPA’s Clean Air Act.Flow diagramAir flow1. Air intake filter2. Arr intake valve3. Compression element4. Oil separator element5. Minimum pressure valve6. After cooler7. Air-refrigerant heat exchanger9. Water separator with drainOil flow10. Oil reservoir11. Oil cooler12. Thermostatic bypass valve13. Oil filter14. Oil scavenge linem Refngerant liquidi Refngerant gasilrqutdDmlnsulatronWatermmIntake arrAtriotl mrxtureRefrigeration flow15. Refrigerant compressor16. Liquid separator17. Condenser18. Refrigerant receiver19. Refrigerant-refrigerantheat exchanger20. Automatic expansion valve3 Refngerant gasmWet arrm Compressed refrrgerant gas@gjJOilmDry arr

.Protect Your System With- Atlas Copco FiltersEven dry compressed air can containmicroscopic amounts of dirt, oil and aerosols.As much as 80% of these contaminants aresmaller than 2 microns, yet they can increasemaintenance costs or cause extensive reworkof finished products.Atlas Copco DD and PD filters use a filterelement of borosilicate microfibers, as smallas 0.5 micron to trap particles as small as0.01 micron. Yet the element has enough freespace within the filter material to permit highflow rates with low pressure drops and longservice life.The QD filters use an activated carbonelement to effectively remove particulates.liquids and vapors as small as 0.01 micron(0.003 ppm vapor).DD FilterParticulate:1 .O micronLiquid:0.5 PPMPD FilterParticulate:0.01 micronLiquid:0.01 PPMQD FilterParticulate:0.01 micronLiquid and Vapor:0.003 PPMComplete Your InstallationWith Efficient System ManagementMultiple unit installations benefit fromcentralized control systems whichcoordinate the operation of individual

About Atlas CopcoThe world Leader in CompressedAirAtlas Copco has engineered andmanufactured air compressors for theindustrial and construction markets for morethan 75 years. This experience, plus adedicated program of research anddevelopment, has made Atlas Copco theiargest manufacturer of compressed airsystems in the world. lnnovatlve advances Inthe GA1 1-22 Series have evolved from thistechnological leadership.TechnicalSpecificationsSupport from Atlas Copco equipment isavailable through a comprehensive network ofauthorized distributors strategically locatedthroughout the United States. Their personnelare factory trained and certified to provide theapplication ass/stance. service and partsresources required to ensure maximumefficiency and reliability for your compressedair system./ Working!1 Sound Level(‘) dB(A) ) Net Weight Lbs. /Motor Pressure 1 Capacity 1I Full jI1 Model HP PSIG ACFM”’ Open Pack 1 Feature ; Open Pack I FeZire 100 71 81 76 II76I,’ GA11 15 125’ / 64 I 81 1 76 ; 76 / 809 ’ a59 1 992 /L150 57 81 76 i 76 I I i175 i 52 81 1 76 / 76 1 I II 100 95 a2 I 78 I 78 IIGA15 20 125 j aa 1 82 I 78 78i ?54 I 904 ‘c5d150 I80iI 82 / 78 / 78I /175 ’ 73 j a2 I 78 i 78 1I1 GA18 / 25 i 100 125 108 111 1 a3 83 79 79 920 970 1124 /I150 97 a3 79 I / 79175 a9 82 79 j 79100 131 a4 80 80GA22 30 150 125 116 128 83 a4 79 80 79 80 940 990 1146 jI175 106 a3 79 79il) Unit oerformance measured accordtng to CAGI-Pneurop PN2CPTC2(2) Maximum notse level measured al a alstance of 3 feet accoralng IO CAGI-Pneurop PN8NTC2 !est codeDanger: Compressed air should never be supplied as breathing a!r unless air IS properly punfied for breathingAtlas Copco assumes no responslbtl$y or liability related to the purchaser’sker’s brealhlng air systemOpen UnitMember:&P-sCAGfAtlas Copco Compressors Inc.161 Lower Holyoke RoadHolyoke. MA 01040Tel. 4 13-536-0660 Fax. 4 13-536-0091This Information contatned hereln is general rnnature and IS not Intended for specific construction,lnstallatlon or application purposes.FAB 1 l/95 20M 1310905204

Parts Iii forSEatknafy compressorsGA11 - GA15 - GA18 - GA22PN 13109051 89 Ed.0 199510

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR STATIONARY COMPRESSORS & EQUIPMENTRead and understand these precautions before installing your unitand observe them during operation and maintenance.This instructron book describes how to handle and operate thesubject machine(s) to ensure safe operation, opbmum workingeconomy and long service life.Raad this book bafora putting tha machine into oparationto ensure correct handling, operabng and proper marntenancefrom the beginnrng. Keep this book available fortbe operator(s).Make sure that the unit is operated and that the marntenanceactrons are-earned out according to the rnstructions.Record all operating data, marntenance work, etc. In an opemtot’slogbook available from Atlas Copco. Follow all applicablesafety precautions.Repair operations should be performed by qualified personnel,available at authorized Atlas Copco distributors and RegronalService Centers.In all correspondence, always reference the unit type and thecomplete serial number, shown on the units data plate. Theserial number is composed of three letters followed by sixdgits.For specific data not mentioned in the text, consult sectionsPreventive Maintenance Schedule” and Pnncipal Data”.Atlas Copco raaarvaa the right to make changaa withoutprior notice.If any statement in thia book, aapacially with regard toaafaty, doaa not compty with locd ragulationa, tha stricterof ule two ahd apply.Thea0 pracautiona are ganaraf in naturq and cover l ev-~nuthinotyprmd~uipm~t;h~~~~atr&manta may not apply to the unit(a) daacribad in this book.Alf maponaibithy for uty damaga or injury raautting fromrngkctingth~opracaution~ or by nor+obaarvnca ofordfnay caution and due CYI raquirad in handling, oparatI=maintananoe or rapair, avan if not expraaaty mar+tionad in thia book, will ba dtadaimad by AtJaa Copco.For braathing air applicationa. l aaoial fittaring aquipmantand puriftara are raquirad, with monitors, to aaaure thatUl0 braathing air qutiity is in complimca with local, l tataand fadar4 standarda such aa. but not limitad to OSHA29cFR1910.134.Should the purchaaar and/or uaar of this compraaaor failto includa filtering and purifying equipment and procaadato uaa the compmaaor for braathing air service. thepurchaaar/uaer aaaumea all liabilitiaa from resultingconaaquancaa with no raaponaibility to be aaaumad byAtlas Copco.In addition to general safety rules which should be observedmth arcompressors and associated equipment. the followingsafety directions and precautions are of specral importance.When operating this untt. the operatorrsexpected to employsafe working practices and to observe ail related local worksafety requrremants and ordinances.The owner is responsible for maintaining the unit in a safeoperaong condition. Parts and accessories must be repfacedif unsuitable for safe operation.Installation, operation, maintenance and repairshouldonly beperformed by authorized, trained, competent personnel.InatrllationApart from general engrneering practice in conformity with thelocal safety regulations, the follomng direcbves are speciallysttwsed:1. A compressor must be lifted only with adequate equipmentin conformity with local safety rules.Loose or pivoting parts must be securely fastened beforelifting. Do not, undar any circumatancaa, antar tha riskzone undar a lifted lo& Lifting acceleration and retardationmust be kept wthin safe limits.2. Any blanking flanges, plugs, caps and desiccant bags mustbe removed before connecting up the pipes. Distributionpipes and connecticns must be correctly sized and suitable forthe working pressure and flow.3. Place the unit in a cool and clean environment. Ifnecessary, install a suctbn duct. Never obstruct the air inlet.4. The intake air shall be free from flammable fumes orvapors, e.g. parnt solvents. that can lead to Internal fire orexplosion.5. Install arr-cooled units in such a way that an adequate Rowof cooling arr is available and that the exhausted air does notj&irculate to the inlet.6. Arrange the air intake so that loose Items. such as clothing.cannot be sucked in.7. Ensure that the discbarge pipe from the compressor to theiconrmued on DdCI COMr,

eParts Iii forstatjonaty compfe-GA11 - GA15 - GA18 - GA22PM 1310 9051 89 Ed0 1995-10AUas Cqm Compessors Inc.161 Lower Wesffkkl Road

OWNERSHIP DATA:

AklnletCorvlection-Om ....................................................Air Inlet cicmdon - Pack and Full Feature .........................................OriveArrangemerrt ..........................................................MotorLi!a ...............................................................ufpdhgRquwlgcan;dib;ld:&‘::::::::::::::::::::::::::vahte...........................................................Regulatirg~-Padc ..................................................f4qpmg~-FullFea!ure ................................... ..- .......Airotyef ................................................................cubicleAssembly ..........................................................Baiywoh-opeil ..........................................................Bodywwk - Padc and Full Feature ...............................................TankMount ................................... . ..........................serviceKits ..............................................................LlJhmts .-....., ......................................................................................................57911131517192123252729303132. ‘.

1160u-'oo()O-1065.’ poI4 . . ”

m3mw oalg03ola3sw WMIUcalll~a3 *sarr,,+ ' 19l397s9l -pd19l93799w Bdt19l3794lw Rmlm9l471~03 ~9aa03333p1w lrrrowla44w wamr0147140103 nm9mBdwalm9w wyrr19l37999w FbgB9l471325m HmjpBdlwolmw wrhr1 cimnaw m1 08933law oag19l379Mw VJurtbtdg09994w400)lagpnPbJgaml1@300~wmu1 mn34w OFcp1 19l9906900oag9l47135503 HaqonBd1223613334414411111114

.*:, . .- - p& 0”

ai ’I1olD!iuia iiIlW0IlQ3610401014 6I1QBDI 1066IlW01m107Ulo75low 11OMloo0lass1lW1Mb11101115lla 1111113D1135I 114911411391155I 1180 5AirlnietC~-PackandFulFWIYmb9aMaB w oyUllDdrw1tmmn4zoO omg19lu195m "9a 4wl2339w wllhr 4g992llow Mu '119l373low Pm 119l3aMwsd 119l37942w Harko(Jly9l471sla3~9aowl5w w19l912mw MfmEmm19t3794aw w(3wml500 wawm9lllOap mpka19799unll Npormloww Aim19l999law shkdoy19l93m99lwubgo1rio0897s7ew Fym19137993w cmmdmm3lsw amg19l37994w vqww3lww e9lUl~ob HlpoDnBdom3l29w oagazIlls15as cssamwowl500 wnr19f37999w Ha,bndlym3lL)w OIcp1YmaahtNo11a ml5w wmu 2ll79 aoIll~.a @San 21W m48mw npp 119l397929l -Rd 3iii ,,i 19l92mw m 63wo 19l37941w Frmm 1m 9lUla293 -909 3w40 03333211w w 3m 039la44wwww 3m 0147149493 -9dl 4wo wolz3sw wyrr 43m 19l379u9w Fhg8 1m 9l47132593~9cu 43030 wl2msw w 439391 ow3n3sw o+ 1jDlo1 m3lww 04ag 1m 19l37994w vJnHolm9 13060 09m-w m#?o 1m a99l1933W~HNr 13DWl oemn3aw ORno 1ml 19l99c69wQFho 1WI9 m4713x)m~9dl 41 zwlw82w ELnrntya+lglds tlllwaw 08aqmwY8 aoloDoIw mvlll,ld13lo9w917Rw.ootr*poI7- .,. . _' .,

19l37913w m19lsRDIa TawMgWl aolo3uw lmbhgR11la19i3'7#ow SW19l3794lW m9lu132bm -lb9alm5wyylkmu19300 mm19l37919w lhecIm7199l97 -009omw94w PrJvKqlSlS~a3 mdr9u71309aInqaM19l379l2w mJr9l47147793 mm1913737l w sparMl3501 va19l3n17w GA1116137919W QAlS1913731s 00 cuta qApmasDfZnrrW= 1) 19l35993wo1m379maz-2) --4 --2)19137911 w10131311 01519137999 0119l35aZama -1) Tobmhd~rOYqlm900033l(AR)a 3amabrY4 a9loaaw mu1310901018Flrr.0whir 2m'"ll.GAls 1Fm 1WV- 1mv- 11'QAll.oAl5QAlbQbz1w1,aA15QAlaa=1

.pgr'lP *

c -.-10501045 --a4311055,I03510401100-BJ

111121111111111IYlmslhMNolmo 0 . 1513wl100 spcloloos l wl36mQ) Vksw1100 l 13l37mao RmnRod1106 8 l 13l3wmm spkp1110 6 l 1613mnao Vk1115 3 l omaola6oIhpltp l m6tawpLoll% l maEwwpbg1ljD l vlarnw spho1136 l 1613757300 pluo6 aolwww -v&mm1310 9040 19 Rw. 0olr.1111113111‘_. PpoI 13". .

“pp 14 . .

aDaD3wsmaa0m30103w3m43wbmaor30064m307543w30053mm51003la431103llS31163lP3%-73m3m3140112614111111114411112'111111144111111112SW4oaQzs403040s40404046a0aa64wa64070an400am4wo4w64mo ,,t4lo64110411s4la4ts4uo41s4laII414144146415041s4lao13109040aoRw.0111111. 111_’ .* ~15 *.

20503195s2lJoI Iku -Ia 1* 204541802-- \I 24052080 2090‘poil6 ’ ’’

ib31901111112111111111ARAR11111122111AR111AA111111211,I. pgDi7

so2sSOS0So21Jl60Slss / II I

1111:111111111MAR11111221153moslob3llo3llS3m3w31503ls3lw3ta63I704139SW'‘1 sroprrd-2) Toeohmdwimhmn~~19170191T=1:2AA111AA1111111212112111211. . . . poIl#- '.' ..:

- - -. -- -- --

l‘079910’4omlla3W0674mll12lQls9oOQmm 1mw'a9515m2m463lama74olwwm6amlowa1(00@00041313a38Q3OW?slDlW13lomD4730%3DFD3ws5ims=w13l37064ol 3%0o6mwoo33 13%w7oawo)omww%m41wslaalaotul1079oooI60MAR111111111211111111l3loooy12lb.o-a’ ‘. ‘_. . ‘,

416Q-- 3200'070--L1080II,105O102011Y)1lW1tm1100IlW-----------------JL. .poIP’ . -

...m..............-Mm- 1im7-w Hrlbdrpr 116lrambW~Slpdr 1wwnwa olho 10%3m9lwoulq 210)osnll PmmRQIllp 1a6NWO% TFsrrPr 1omaow34 mnconndm 2OmlQIpwm~ 1owwww OproLlo 1owwww n AROWWWOr Tlrbr ARlm7m4W81, 116l7o7swBambehrpr 1im79799w pT 1lsl7maW~~ 1im707mw uewhh~ 1im707ww cadrrpr 1...pQ,23SD0%lo4010M61rag40631n0904025m.0imssw9m FM- 118lemDl4 b9nJonvJn 1im7aawaz ~ConpnoaBoQ 1im7mom Frnkrnbly 1im7owot km16l7QazbolFmim7umot wlaD8Qu~Fa~ 1imtww cakah81~~ax 1lsl7~aoB9woa%w smvbw 1'3'03wlw Tlmaamu 1. '. : *

:=6-23..aA .-i(-1015-3: -.-12,13/17,13/1613/17I.-43I3-C-13/19-13/19-13/w-13,'182--9110-21-20t-24. . . -.

13 l14 l1s .16 .17 .19 l18 lloS9M901l6999lwosla991sa10)9lwo7mwmwalw99lwal6w9lwsPl2ll111lamml47iPlll6lss9woo19l3153sW11II.. mpw’.. . . .,

.-I I I‘(A Ia Ia

xii5la6loa1ljD114011mE555553w55M5aas10105551)...1111cd111AR1Afi2AR111111111111AAAA15 lsaaanaoD RpyaAmr5 1905079900RdlpnmwFoplad1WMas CM1119l39mlO QAlS,I'l6na9611 GA19wua9612QmFoe516l2maooIm16lsnmm mhwwy5 l 16l3moo~llw9msmii2l 10799mm l&d1) lm37smso PmaAmluy5 l 18l21911ao Fmd5 l lumml9wahgLaJ5 l lm3BuoosIJ1) lolNhmd~hll~ml@170191f=1-.wol471206aa Bdusx12owl24603 009M9x14 *16l8279900 mmx20ml 13202 Qo&auhmx16mm800 vryrr 053x10x1am5a~ wrhr l a4xl6xls1111111ARAAARARARARAA

3040“‘6-v‘0353220\29--mm52040.

Bodywod-PackamiFullFeatm5555’553oa3M655540305loI555ii55dolo1)1)1)........16U76l6Qo16l27Sl6616U~ODlm~ll16l*aa,16l3Ip)I)16l2'19)oO16l65QoraDo646600m6s690016I65O16666l64op16t376SW16l35661676W6loSMl67180016a16Mo116125 1116113'759 W16lSmZa,16Um,a,1676666la16lSBgQ)16I661660616l3755)0616lJlQ460161375#Q)16l6lsllQ)16l137S7661613 7STOO1676916OlmSlS@1613 7S2 66l6lamo6511160116U66M66l6l6arr6016l681)oOl6umm16U50016I6W6ll616l6S630016l37W6616l376U66lS246700lW6l66lOl1905QllloQ166267660016UmaS16l366mlO16l3mllMl6666612QlOHol6OwlmQIou7la603Ml6566ORll#pzO001als66om5001) TobomrlhIprpYCmsl76l6lr=r.13lO964624Rw.ODowhId 1nourn 1lhd 1pbg 2Doam 1-- 1z&Lxba 1AREl1m 1ARiizlgmk1mkra 1Rpymkra 1Iad 1a11QAlS0Al6mm 1mmx12AAMu6x14AAD&YIPAAmWMIxl6ARVlMr l 63x10x1 MYlMr .6.4x16x1.6 AR

Tank YamtWWG6aMnolOlS ulo531 51gpon 2log) olCI14olm M 4lao) 005)3151ao lrrr 4la30 026l25LI)QD mh 61aDd m62ll200 Me 41010 olu13a0m 41046 -3p9ao - 4180 03ola4400 vryrr 61666 aM2llloo IJY 41060 amll9ol lad 1lOC6 13lool4oaa Qinodt 11070 13lOll6'10 sllyv3vr 1atR3f’M3b6aPoltNoQw1076 0666-11 Bbar 2las0 mlooma~ 1lW6 13l6m666 mvrk 1lQs0 osloalolo~ 11666 54uQD n#r 11166 os6omtla, Eba 11106 13lO2wls? HarmWDFF 113lO25(166 vAmmyqmnwt 11110 15103l6746 Tnlr 11310 9040 50 Rw. 0, , .-;-.

2 mm466m2lo7alSl6~0016WWoOawallQO75mma06Mll667606a2lo7~mm67m4moosmztQss7161667s103 mamam6moooaol6006m5wuwmaoaMl37636 01121111111411111112422111134.moo166mssJo0m7l3600mm60uumolau3mool6l44seaol6u404600l6l24ouoo5n1100-atqpo6 m66mam2l4600om2l66uul3woomnol9sm3mool6usmaola29swm1suQDIlWl6uQIs60mn3sooaat(gao0152lW63m1Qssoom11loao16l3nlooomn42m?n4151WlO.1m16l36W15130651YSM.193636.193066Map5TllWWI65613W613Ho3513n1161YlllOlYllc613n666lYlW6WI676lYl6761naDzflYl6661YlW~06 moldsnuza7noz521111211111211121111111121111.. . . .. pqm‘..( .

uwaur13loalsm1SOpnQ13loals6l13lOaOnW13lOala~13f0amwlsIO?sDsI1n03ms4#.‘ ‘.. poI.&.. *-.” .;-

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR STATIONARY COMPRESSORS & EQUIPMENT(continued)Read and understand these precautions before installing your un?and observe them during operation and maintenance.aftercooler or arr system is free to expand under heat and thatIt IS not In contact mth or close to flammable matenal.8. No external force may be exerted on the illr outlet valve;the connected pope must be free of stress and strain.9. If remote control IS kstalled, the unit must bear an obvioussign readmg:DANGER: This machine io remotely controlled and maystart without warning.As a further safeguard, persons smtchtng on remotely controlledunrts shall take adequate precaubons to ensure thatthere IS no one cheoklng or workmg on the machme. To @ISend, a suItably worded nobce must be affixed to the statttngequipment.10 In mulbple compressor systems, manual vah/es must beinstalled to isolate each compressor. Non-return valves(check valves) must not be relied upon for isolating pressuresystems.11. Never remove or tamper mth the safely devtces. guardsormsulabons fitted on the unrt. Every pressure vessel orauxlllary installed outslde Me unrt to contain air above atmosphencpressure shall be protected by a pressure-rellevrngdevice or dewces as requtredI 2. External ptpework or other parts with a temperature tnexcess of I 75°F (60°C) and whtch may be accidentallytouched by personnel in normal operabon must be guarded orInsulated. Otherhrgh-temperatur pqework should be cleatlymarked.13. If the ground IS not level or can be sublect to vanablemcknabon. consult AtlasCop.14. The electrical connecbons must be in accordance mth thelocal codes. The umts must be properly grounded and protectedagainst short arcurts by luses.Opu8tion1. Air hoses shall be of correct srze and surtable for theworkmg pressure and flow. Never use frayed, damaged ordetenorated hoses. Use only the correct type and size ofhose fittmgs and connecbons. When Momng through a hoseor au kne. ensure that the open end IS held searrely. A freeend will whip and may cause mlury. Make sure that a hose isfully dopressurized before disconnecting it.2. Never operate the unrt when mere IS a possrbrkty of takingIn RammaMe or toxic fumes.3. Never operate the umt at pressures below or in excess ofIts limrt ratings as prescribed on the Prinapal Data Sheet.4. All canopy doors (if provided) must be dosed dunngopembon.5. Personnel In envtronments or rooms where the soundpressure level reaches or exceeds 90 dB(A) must wear earprotectors.6. Penodically check that:a. All guards are in place. rn good condition and securelyfastened.b. All hoses and/or popes mde the unit are in goodcondition. secure and not rubbing.c. There are no leaks.d. All fasteners are bght.e. All electrical leads are secure and in good condition,f. Safety valves and other pressure-rekef devices arenot obstructed by dirt or paint.g. Air outlet valve and air system, I.e. pipes, couplings.mamfolds. valves, hoses, etc. are in good repair, freeof wear or abuse.MaintenanceMamtenance and repair work shall only be camed out undersupervision of someone qualified for the job.1. Use only the correct tools for mamtenance and repairwork.2. Use onfy genuine Atlas Copx spare parts.3. All maintenance work must only be undertaken when theunit is stopped and the main power supply is switched off.Take proper lockout precaubons to ensure that the unit cannotbe started madvertentfy.4. Before removing any pressurized component, isolate lheunit from all sources of pressure and relieve the entire systemof pressure.5. Never use flammable solvents or carbon tetrachloride forcleamng parts. Take safety precautions against toxK: vaporsof cleaning liquids.6. Marntam a clean envkunment dunng maintenance andrepair. Keep dirt away by covenng the parts and exposedopenings with a dean cloth, paper or tape.7. Never weld or perform any operation involvvng heat nearthe orl system. Oil tanks must b:, completely purged, e.g. bysteamcleaning, before canying out such operations.8. Make sure that no tools, loose parts or rags are left in or onthe unit.9. Before cleaning the unit for use after maintenance oroverhaul. check that operating pressures, temperatures andtime settings am correct and that the control and shutdowndevices function correctly.10. Protect the motor, au filter. electrical and regulating components.etc. to prevent moisture from entenng them, e.g.when steam-clearing.11. Do not remove any of, or tamper with, the sound-dampingmaterial.12. Never use causbc solvents which can damage matenalsof the air system, e.g. polycarbonate bowls.13. Always co, IsuIt local, state and federal regulabons whenhandling refngerant.

Instruction book forStationary CompressarsGA11 - GA15 - GA18 - GA22PM 1310 9051 88 Ed. 0 1995-08From Following serlal number onwards:All 217 792Ii*.PIlEIdNlINARYAtlas Copco Compressors Inc.161 Lower Westfield RoadHolyoke, MA 010414431

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR STATIONARY COMPRESSORS & EQUIPMENTRead and understand these precautions before installing your unitand observe them during operation and maintenance.Thus instrucbon book describes how to handle and operate thesubject machme to ensure safe opetat!on. opbmum workingeconomy and long service life.Read this book before putting the machine into operationto ensure correct handling, operating and proper maintenancefrom the begmnwg. Keep Ihis book avalable for the operator(s).Ma& sure that the unit IS operated and that the mamtenanceactionsare carned out according to the instructions.Recordall operating data, maintenance work, etc. In an operator’slogbook available from Atlas Copco. Follow all applicablesafety precautions.Repairoperabons should be performed by qualified personnel.available at authonzed Atlas Copco distnbutors and RegionalService Centers.In ail correspondence, always reference the unit type and thecomplete serial number, shown on the untt’s data plate. Theserial number IS composed of three letters followed by SIXdigits.For specific data not mentioned In the text, consult secbons“Preventive Maintenance Schedule” and ‘Pnnclpal Data”.Atfaa Cope0 rsoervos the right to make changse withoutpriornotlw.If any statement in thio book, ea-ially with rsgard tosafety, does not compty with local regulations, the stricterof tha two ah& apply.Thre precautions am genw~l in nature, and cover severalmachine types and aquipmennt: hsnce some statemontsmay not appfy to the unit(s) described in this book.Ail rosportsibility for ny damagoor injury rasulting fromnogkting thae pracautfon8, or by non-observance Ofordinary caution and duo ewe required in handling, operating,maintenance or repair, m if not expressly mantionodin this book, will be diiclaimad by Atlas Copco.For breathing air applications, special filtering equipmentand purifiers are required, with monitors, to -8ure thatthe breathing air quafity is in compliance with local, stat0and federal standards such as, but not limited to OSHA29cFR1910.134.Should the purchaser and/or user of this compressor failto in&da filtering and purifying equipment and proceedsto use the compressor for breathing air ssMce, thepurchaser/user assumes all liabilitie from resultingconsequences with no responsibility to boasaumed byAtlas Copco.In addition to general safety rules tilch should be observedwtth ur compressors and associated equtpment, the followlngsafety direcbons and precaubons are of special Importance.When operabng this unit. the operator IS expected to employsafe working pracbces and to observe all related local worksafety requirements and ordinances.The owner is responsible for maintammg the unit in a safeoperating condition. Parts and accessones must be replacedif unsuitable for safe operation..Installation, operation, mamtenanceand repair shouldonly beperformed by authonzed, trained. competent personnel.In8tallationApart from general engmeenng pracbce In conformity with thelocal safety regulations, the following directives are speciallystressed:1. A compressor must be lifted only wtth adequate equipmentIn conformity w~fh local safety rules.Loose or pivoting parts must be securely fastened beforelifting. Do nof under any circumstances. enter the riskzone under a lifted load. lifting acceleration and retardatronmust be kept wthin safe limits.2. Any blanking flanges. plugs, caps and desiccant bags mustbe removed before connecting up the pipes. Distributjonpipes and connecbons must be correctly sized and suitable forthe workmg pressure and Row.3. Place the unit in a cool and clean ennmnment. Ifnecessary, install a sucbon duct. Nevsr obstruct the air inlet.4. The Intake air shali be free from flammable fumes orvapor% e.g. pamt solvents, that can lead to Internal fire orexploaon.5. Install air-cooled units in such a way that an adequate flowof cooling av 1s avallable and that the exhausted air does notrearculate to the inlet.6. Arrange the air Intake so that loose Items. such as clothing,cannot be sucked IIT.7 Ensure that the discharge pipe from the compressor to the~conrm”6d on d&TX CoMrl

OWNERSHIP DATAI1II 1IUnrt model:Electric motor type:Delivery dale:Service plan:Selected LubricantsCompressor:Bearing grease type. electnc motor:Printed Matter Nos.Atlas Copco rnstructlon book:Atlas Copco parts list:Local Atlas Cqxo RepresenoltiveName:Address:Telephone:Telefax:Owner’s machine no.:Unrt service no.:Motor senal no.:First start-up date:Capacity:Atlas Copco logbook:Motor parts list:Contact persons: Serwe:Parts:

Contents1 Leading partrculars ......................................................1.1 General description ................................................... d1.2 Unloading/loading system ............................................... :1.3 Electrical system .................................................... t1.4 Electronic control module ................................................ i1.5 Air dryer on GA Full-feature .............................................. 1C2 Installation ........................................................... 142.1 Dimenston drawings ................................................... 142.2 Electric cable size, settings of overload relay (F21) and maln fuses .................... 182.3 Installation proposals .................................................. 192.4 Electrical connections .................................................. 202.5 Pictographs ........................................................ 223 Operating instructions .............................. ...................... 233.1 Before initial start-up .................................................. 233.2 Initial start-up ....................................................... 233.3 Starting ........................................................... 2:3.4 During operation ..................................................... 243.6 Stopping .......................................................... 254 Maintenance ........................................................... 254.1 Compressor motor .................................................... 254.2 Preventive maintenance schedule for the compressor 1) ........................... 264.3 Oil and oil filter change interval ........................................... 274.4 Oil specifications ..................................................... 274.5 Oil and oil filter change ................................................ 274.6 Storage after installation ................................................ 274.7 Service kits ........................................................ 285 Adjustments and servicing procedures .......................................... 285.1 Air filter ............................................. . ............. 285.2 Coolers ........................................................... 285.3 Safety valve ........................................................ 285.4 Belt set exchange ..................................................... 285.5 Fan control switch on GA Full-feature ......... .’ ............................. 285.6 Expansion valve cn GA Full-feature ......................................... 286 Principal data .......................................................... 296.1 Readings .......................................................... 296.2 Setting of safety valve ................................................. 296.3 Dryer control switches and refrigerant specifications on GA Fuil-feature .................. 296.4 Compressor specifications ............................................... 296.5 Conversion list of SI units into USlSritish units .................................. 317 Problem solving ......................................................... 32

1 Leachdig particulars1.1 General descriptionGA is a stattonary, single-stage, o&rn)ected screw compressordriven by an elecrnc motor. GA1 1 up to GA22 are air-cooled.GA Open (Figs. 2)The front panel comprises an electronic control modulelncludtng the start and stop buttons. An emergency stopbutton is also provtded. An electnc cabtnet compnstng themotor starter IS located behtnd this panel. An automaticcondensate drawn system IS provided.1.1.3 Coolir,g and condensate drain systemsThe cooling system comprises air cooler (Ca-Fig. 1) and 011cooler (Co). The cooirng arr IS generated by fan (FN).A moisture trap (MT-Fig. 2a) IS provided in the atr outletsystem. The trap IS equipped Wti a Valve for aUtOfrBtlCcondensate dratmng during operation (Da) and a manuallyoperated valve for draining after stopplng the compressor(Dml).1) For 175 psr compressors. these temperatures are 14O’F(SOC) and 167°F i75’C) respectivelyGA Pack (Figs. 2)The compressors are enclosed In a sound-insulatedbodywork. The front panel comprises an electromc controlmodule including the start and stop buttons. An emergencystop buttor IS also provided. An electnc cabtnet comprrslngthe motor starter IS located behrnd this panel. An automaticcondensate drain system IS provided.GA Fult-feature iFig. 1)GA Full-feature are GA Pack compressors addtttonallyprovtded with an air dryer integrated in the bodywork. Thedryer removes moisture from the compressed arr by cookngthe air to near freeztng point and automattcally drarnrng thecondensate. See section 1.6.‘A1.1.1 Air fbwReference Fii 3Air drawn through filter (AF) and open inlet valve (IV) intocompressor element (E) is compressed. The compressed airflows through oil separator (OS), mtnimum pressure valve(VP) and air cooler (Ca) to outtet valve (AV).1.1.2 Oil systemReference Fig. 3Air pressure forces the 011 from air receiver (AR) through 011cooler (Co) and filter (OF) to compressor element (E) and thelubncahon points.The system comprises a by-pass vaive (BV). When the 011temperature IS below 104°F (4X) l), there IS no 011 flow tothe oil cooler. At approx. 131°F (5%) l), the valve ISclosed so that all the 011 passes through the cooler.calcoDP2EFNMlOFVP12348Fig. 1 GA22 FulHeatureAlriOil coolerOil drain plugCompressor elementCompressor cooling fanMotorOil fitterVent plug, oli ckcuitDryerControl panelArrow. direction of rotation of drive motorMotor voltage supplyBolt

- 3 ‘p’AFBVDaDmtDP2EMlOFSVVI34JAir filterBy-pass valve, 011 ctrcuitAutomatic condensate drain outletManual condensate drain valveOil drain plugsCompressor elementMotorOil filterSafety valveAir filter service IndicatorArrow, direction of rotation of drive motorMotor voltage suppiyFig. 2a GA Pack motor sideARDPlFCFNGIsvAir recewerOil drain plugsOil filler plugCompressor cooling fanOil level indicatorSafety valveFig 2b GA PacWFuCkature, receiver sideVP Minimum pressure valve5 Belt tenslonrng bolt6 Transport spacer/bolt9 Bolt10 Arrow, direction of rotation of drive motor

1.2 Unktadingbading systemRefenna Fig 31.2.1 UnloadingIf the air consumptton IS less than the air output of thecompressor, the net pressure increases. When the netpressure reaches the unloadtng pressure, solenoid valve (Yl)is de-energized. The plunger ;I the valve returns by spnngforce:1. The control pressure present in the chambers of loadingplunger (LP) and unloading valve (UV) is vented toatmosphere wa solenotd valve (Yl).2. Loadtng plunger (LP) moves upwards and causes Inletvalve (IV) to close the arr Inlet opentng.3. Unloading valve (UV) is opened by receiver pressure.The pressure from air :xetver (AR) IS released towardsunloader (UA).Air output IS stopped (0 ‘61, the compressor runs unloaded.1.2.2 LoadingWhen the net pressure decreases to the loadrng pressure,solenoid valve (Yl ) IS energrzed. The plunger of the valvemoves agarnst spnng force:1 Control pressure is fed from air receiver (AR) vtasolenotd valve (Yl) to loading plunger (LP) andunloading valve (UV).2. Unioading valve (UV) closes the air blow-off opening.Loading plunger (LP) moves downwards and causes inletvalve (IV) to open fully.Air output IS resumed (100 O/o), the compressor runs loaded.1.3 Electrical systemThe system comprises::1. Compressor motor i,Ml -Fig. 2a)2. Electronic control module (Fig. 6a)3. Compressor start button (I) and stop button (0) (Fig. 6ar4. Emergency stop button (S3-Fig. 6a)5. Electnc cabinet (Fig. 4a)6. Sensors for the compressor element outlet temperature(7711) and for the air outlet pressure (PT20)7. Dewpotnt temperature sensor (7790) for Full-featurecompressors5 Belt tensioning bolt9 Bolt11 Bracket12 BracketFig. 2c BeR tensioning equipmentpage6

Fig 3 GA Pacfu’FutHeatura during loadingAFARAVBVCacoDaDmlDPlDP2EElFCFNAir filterAir recerverAir outlet vavleOil cooler by-pass valveAir coolerOil coolerAutomatic condensate drainoutletManual condensate drainvafveOil drain plugsOil drain plugsCompressor elementControl moduleOil filler plugFanGlIVLPMlMTOFOSPT20svl-r90UAuvVIVPYlOil level indicatorInlet valveLoading plungerCompressor motorMoisture trapOil filterOil separator elementPressure sensro,air outletSafety valveTemperture sensor,dewpointUnloaderUnloading valveAir filter service indicatorMinimum pressure valveLoading solenoid valve1 Oil scavenging line2 Flexible, control arr3 BeltsOn Full faaatura ako:FNl Fan, dryer condenserMl Refrigerant compressorM2 Motor, condenser fan4 Expansion valve5 Air/air heat exchanger 6Air/refrigerant heatexchanger(evaporator)7 Liquid separator8 Condenser9 Liquid receiverpage7

1.4 Eleclronic axdrd moduleThe control module consrsts of an electronic regulator and acontrol panel.1.4.1 Electronic regutatorReference El-F-g 5aThe regulator has followrng functrons:cm the compressorThe regulator maintarns the net pressure betweenprogrammable lrmits by automatically loading and unloadingthe compressor. A number of programmable settings, e.g.the unloading and loadrng pressures, the mrnrmum stop timeand the maxrmum number of motor starts are taken intoaccount.The regulator stops the compressor whenever possible toreduce the power consumption and restarts It automatrcallywhen the net pressure decreases. In case the expectedunloading penod IS too short. the compressor IS kept runningto prevent too-short standstill penods.Protecting the compressorIf the compressor element outfet temperature exceeds theprogrammed shutdown level, the compressor will be stoppedThis will be indicated on the control panel (Fig. 6a). Thecompressor WIII also be stopped in case of overload ofcompressor motor (Ml).If the compressor element outlet temperature exceeds aprogrammed value below the shutdown levei. this wtll a;scbe rndicated to warn the operator before the shutdown levelis reached.Mocrltorhg components subject to setviceThe regulator continuously monrtors the oil, 011 filter. otlseparator and arr filter. Each Input IS compared toprogrammed time intervals. If these limits are exceeded, amessage will appear on the display (Fig. 6a) to warn theoperator to replace the Indicated component.Automatic restart after vokage failureFor compressors leavrng the fac!ory, thus function IS madeInactive. If desrred, the functron can be activated. ConsultAtlas Copco.If activated and provrded the module was in the automaticoperation mode, the compressor WIII automatrcally restart 11the supply voltage to the module is restored within aprogrammed time per&.

2 GJg----- - -.---0 ..--_---. r.‘,----..--” , I-----. _Fig 4 Electric cabbet cd GA Pack/FulCfeatm

fiIII_ iF’i 5a Ekbicaldiagram, GA Open, Pa& and FulCfeatue

fg. Sb EWrical digam, dryer on GA FulCFeatureSe-dhg sobnd valvePT20 Pressure sensor, arr 3utfetl-l-11 Tempperature sensor, compressor element outletl-T90 Temperature densor, dewpont 1)Yl Loading solenotd valveMOtUSMl Compressor MotorM3 Fan motor 2)ElecGic cabinetE2 Relay expansron box (optronal)FtIF5 FusesF21 Overload relay, compressor motorKll Auxiiiary contractor for dryer 1)K21 Line contractorK22 Star contactorK23 Delta contractorTlfT2 Transformers1x1 Termrnal stnp1X2 Termrnal stnpControl Modub (El)I Start buttonKOl Blocking relayK02 Auxiliary relay, star contactorK03 Auxrliary relay, delta contactorKO4 Auxrkary relay, loading / unloadrngK05 Auxrliary relay, higMow arr pressureKlO Aux\liary relay, dryer0 Stop buttons3 Emergnecy stop button2X116 ConnectorsOn GA F&feature also:FO Fuses (customer’s rnstallatton)Cl CapacrtorMl Retngerant compressor/motorM2 Motor, condenser cooling fans3 Control switch, condenser cooling fan1)2)Only for Full-feature compressorsInstalled electnc cabinet of compressors desrgnedfor nigh-temperature conditions.

: --.I.1.4.2 Control panelReference Fig 6aTo control the compressor and to read and modifyprogrammable parameters, the regulator IS provrded with apanel including:Ref. Designation Function1 Automatic operation Indicates that tfre regulator ISLEDautomattcally controlling thecompressor: the compressoris loaded, unloaded, stoppedand restarted depending onthe air consumption and thelrmrtatrons programmed tn theregulator.Ref. Desigrarion Function9 S!op button Push button to stop thecompressor. LED (1) goesout. The compressor willstop after running munloaded condition for 30seconas.S3Emergency stop button Push button to stop thecompressor rmmedrately incase of emergency. Musr beunlocked before restartrng.__-__- ..-.---j-2 Voltage on LED Indicates that the voltage ISswrtched on.3 General alarm LED Is normally out. Is alight orblinks in case of an abnormalcondrtron. See below.4 Display Indicates:- the name of the sensor ofwhich the actual reading ISdisplayed- the unit and actual reading- messages regarding theoperating status, a sensorerror, a servrce need or afault5 Function keys Keys to control and programthe compressor. The actualfunction of each key isabbreviated and indicated onthe bottom line. The mostcommon ones are listedbelow.6 Scroll keys7 Tabulator keyAs long as an arrow 1sshown on the right side ofthe display, the key wrth thesame symbol can be used toscroll through me display.Key to go to the next field ofthe display.Fj 6a CcMol panel of Ga Packhlkfeam10 Pictograph, emergency stop11 Pictograph. automatic opertion12 Pictograph. voltage on13 Pictograph. alarmDeliiry airbar 7.0Auto loadedMenu MoreFlF2UnldF3Fig. 6b Exampb of the main displayaStart buttonPush button to start thecompressor. LED (1) lightsup inditing that theregulator is operatrve (inautomatic operation). TheLED goes out after unloadingthe compressor manually.statue data1Main Sk!Fl F2 F3Fig 6c Example of a main menu

General a&m L.ED (3-Fig 6a) 1)- The LED blinks in case of a shutdown (due to either toohtgh a compressor element outlet temperature oroverload of the compressor motor): at the same time theshutdown screen appears. Remedy; see section 6.After eiimnating the cause of the trouble and when theabnormal condition has disappeared, press key Rset (5).- The LED blinks and the compressor is shut down if thesensor of the compressor element (lT11) is out of order:at the same trme the display will show a fault message.Switch off the voltage, depressunze and check thesensor and its wtnng.- The LED IS alight In case of a shutdown warning; at thesame trme a wamrng message appears. Remedy: seesectlon 6.- The LED IS alrght if the dewpornt sensor (TT90) is out oforder (on Full-feature compressors); at the same time afault message IS shown. Stop the compressor, swatch offthe voltage, depressunze and check the sensor and itswmng.Selecting a menuTo facrlitate controlling the compressor, menudnven programsare Implemented in the electronic module. Use the functionkeys (5) to select the menus In order to program and monitorthe compre&or. The ‘User manual for electronic regulatorfor GA5 up to GA45 compressors’ deals elaborately wrth allregulator functrons.Frmctfcm keysAbbe De&q Fund&rviatbn nationAbbe- Desip Fundionviathl nationml Hetum To return to a prevrously shown optloor menuSkt Select To select a submenu or to read moredetails of a selection shown on dispia!Unld I’nload To unload the compressor manually1) Consult the User manual for the electronic regulator,section ‘Status data submenu’.1.5 Air dryer on GA Full-featureReference Fig, 3GA Full-feature are provided wtth a dryer which removesmoisture from the compressed air. See Fig. Sb for theelectticrr diagram.1.5.1 Compressed air circuitCompressed air enters heat exchanger (5) and is cooled bythe outgoing, cold, dried air. Water in the Incoming arr startsto condense. The air then flows through heat exchanger (6)where the refrigerant evaporates and withdraws heat from theair. This cools the air to close to the evaporatingtemperature of the refrigerant. More water in the arrcondenses. The cold air then flows through moisture trap(MT) where all the condensate is separated from the air.The condensate is automatically drained through outlet (Da).The cold dried air then flows through heat exchanger (5),where it is warmed up by the incoming air.AddCantDelLimListLoadMainMenuAddCancelDeleteL!mnltsListLoadMarnMenuModifyMoreTo add compressor statistopcommands (day/hour)To cancel a programmed setting whenprogramming parametersTo delete compressor startlstopcommandsTo show limits for a programmablesemngTo list programmed start/stopcommands (day/hour)To load the compressor manuallyTo return from a menu to the maindisplay (Fig. 6b)Starhng from the main display (Fig. 6b),to initiate the marn menu (Fig. 6c) whichgives access to submenusStarting from a submenu, to return tothe marn menu (Fig. 6c)To modify programmable settingsTo have a quick look at the compressorstatusProgram To program modified settrngsReset To reset a timer or message1.5.2 Refrigerant citcuiitCompressor (Ml) delivers high-pressure refrigerant gas whichflows via liqurd separator (7) through condenser (8) wheremost of the refrigerant condenses. The cooled refrigerantthen collects in receiver (9).The liquid flows to expansion valve (4) where it expands toevaporatmg pressure. The refrigerant enters evaporator (6)where it wrthdraws heat from the compressed air by furtherevaporatron. The vapour refrigerant leaving evaporator (6).flows into llqutd separator (7) and is sucked in by compressor(Ml).

2 lnstalhtktn2.1 Dimension drawingsReference Figs.10Fii 7a General Anagament for GA Open

-ifx/rfP

Fig 7d General Amgment for a Tank Moun+d GA Pack and Full Feature3

2.2 Electric cable size, settings of overload relay (F21) and main hiseeAMtiOIl- Local regulations remain apphcable If they are stncter than the values proposed below,- The voltage drop must not exceed 5 % of the nominal voltage. It may be necessary to use cables with a larger section thanthose stated to comply wrth this regutrement.- Max. cable length = 82 ft. (25 m), max. ambient temperature = 104°F (40°C). cables In free air or In raceway, copperconductors.Elecbiccabk size 1)FRquencY supply voltageWI (WCabk sheGA1 1 GA15 GA18 GA22Dhct-o~+line starter60 2201230 AWG4 AWG4 AWG3 AWG260 4401460 btl’c;a AWG6 AWGG AWGG60 575 AWG 10 AWG8 AWGG AWGGSetMg of motor overload relay and fuse value 2)GA1 1 GA1 1 GA15 GA15 GA16 GA18 GA22 GA22F21MaxFL&l?F21MaxFIJQF21MaxFuSeF21MaxFuSeUnit452317aoffo6016060/60643225129125&Ii7060&O753729150/1500ol?o8OffO07433320011750ol70BonoAmpAmPAmP1)2)The indicated value is the maximum fuse value with regard to short circuit protection of the starter. The cable size of theused supply cables may impose fuses of a lower value.Figures before the slant appfy to CSA HAC fuses, figures behind it apply to UL class K5 fuses. Non time delay.

1310 3147 20 Rev 1

Rcf Oekliptiorrrremmendalfoll123Install the compressor on a levei floor suitable for takingthe werght of the compressor, and wtth a mrnrmumclearance of 4 ft. (1.2 m) above the unit except forventilatron proposals 2 and 4.Position of compressed air outlet valve.The maximum total pope length (including InterconnectIngprptng between compressor and recerver) can bec&ulated as follows:1470AP x dj X PL = ----1.---.QC' a5LAPdPOC= pipe length in feet= maximum allowaole pressure drop(recommended 1.45 psi maxrmum)= Inner dlameler of pipe in Inches= aosolute pressure at compressor outlet (pslar= free air dellvery of compressor In cfm4 Ventilation: the Inlet grids and ventilation fan should beinstalled in such a way that any recirculation of coolingair to the compressor or dryer IS avoided. The airveioctly to the gnds must be limrted to 15 tis. Themaximum allowable pressure drop over the cooling airducts IS 0.12 inch H,O. If this pressure drop ISexceeded, a fan IS needed at the outfet of the cooling arrducts. The maximum atr temperature at the compressorIntake opening is 104°F (40°C).The required ventilation to limit the compressor roomtemperature can be calculated as follows:For akematrves 1 and 3: Qv = 2875 NATQVNAT= reqused venttlatlon capactty tn cfm= shaft input of compressor in HP= allowable temperature Increase In compressorroomFor altematrves 2 and 4. the fan capacity should matchthe compressor fan capacrty at a pressure head equal tothe pressure drop caused by the cooling air outlet ducts.5 Posrtlon of condensate dram flexibles. The flexrblestowards the drain collector must not dip into the water ofthe drain collector. Attas Copco has 011 separators (typeOSD) to separate the major part of oil from condensateto ensure that the condensate meets the requirements ofthe environmental codes (see also reference 13 below)6 Position of control panel.2.4 Ekctncai CO~II&OMGeneralThe installation must include an Isolating swrtch near toand vrsible from the compressor. Make sure that thisswitchbopentoisolatetheatrnprerrvwfrwnhrnainrbefore carrying out any cormecticn.See sectron 2.2 for the size of the electnc cables.The instalbtion must be punded (the grounding stud ISprovrded In the electnc cabtnet) and protected againstshort circuits by fuses of the Inert type In each phase.See section 2.2.The electrical connecttons must correspond to the localcodes.The lndicabons on rhe data plate o! the drive motor mustcorrespond to the mains supply voltage and frequency.Check the fuses and the setting of the overload relay.See sectron 2.2.Lay-out the power suooly cables under the compressorframe and then lhrougn Ine bottom of the electnc Cabrnelvia a 90” elbow (IS delivered loose).On GA OperVPa&Connect the power supply to terminals (Ll. L2 and L3) ofterminal stnp (1X2-Fig. 4a). Consult sectton 2.2.On GA FulCfeature- Connect the power supply to terminals (Lt , L2 and L3)of terrnnal strip (1X2-Fig. 4.a). Connect the neutralconductor to termmal (N). Consult section 2.2.- The v&age to the dryer IS supplied over the contacts ofrelay (Kl 1 -Fig. 4a), which close when the compressor ISStarted.. Thevobgesupplytolhedryermustbe~ae230 V. The voltage may be branched off direct& fromthe mains supply or via an optional voltage transformer.1.2.The dryer voltage sup@ is branched off from themains supplyFor a compressor supply voltage of 3 x 230 V iB-Fig. 9):The dryer supply voltage IS branched off betweentwo phase conductors.For all other suppfy vobges (C-Fig. 9):A separate single-phase 230 V voltage supply mustbe provlded. Use wlnng of mrnimum 14AWG. Thedryer must be protected by fuses of 8 A for GA1 1115and 12 A for GA1 8122.Thedryervoltageisbnchedofffmrnlheophalvoltage &MumerThe correct connections are shown on diagram D-Fig. 9.7 Position of mains cables entry. See section 2.2 for therecommended electnc cables. See section 2.4 forconnecting the power supply.

_-----__‘, 2-,*’ /--AAA --fig. 9 Dryer connections on GA FWeature

I2.5PicrographsFig. 10 shows typical examples of prctographs lused for GA compressors.Fig. 10 PictogmphsWater outletWater inletManual condensate drainAutomatic condensate drainBefore connecting compressor electrically, consuttinstruction book for motor rotation directron6 Torques for steel (Fe) or brass (CuZn) bolts7 Consult InstructIon book before greasing8 Switch off voltage before removing protecting coverinside electric cubicle9 Swttch off vortage and depressurize cmpressorbefore repairing

3 Operating irstnxhs3.1 Before initial start-up/0 3.1.1 Safety precautions;lb‘\ O lThe operator must apply all relevant safety precauhons.rncludt~lg those mentroned in this book.3.1.2 User manualRead the ‘User manual for electronrc regulator for GA5 up toGA45 compressors’ to familianze yourseff with all regulatorfunctions.3.1.3 OutdoodaWde operationII tiie compressor IS Installed outdoors or 11 the arr Inlettemperature can be below 32°F (O’C). precautrons must betaken. In thts case, and also If operating at hrgh altitude.consult Atlas Copco.3.1.4 HandlingThe bottom-frame of the compressor is desrgned for easyhandling wrth a pallet truck. The compressor can passthrough a standard door (w~cfth 31.5 in)3.1.5 Extemal compressor StatLis i&w&A relay box for external compressor status indication @‘-Fig.4a) is available as option. It can be connected to theelectronic control module (El). The relay box has relays forindication of:- manual load/unload or automatic operation (K06)- wamtng condition (K07)- shutdown conddion (K08)Maximum load for these contacts: 1 A / 240 V AC. Stop thecompressor and swttch off the voltage before connectrngexternal equipment.3.1.6 Compressor control modesThe electronic regulator has two swrtches (CMSlI2) at theextremity of strip (1 Xl -Fig. 4a) to select followrng compressorcontrol modes (0 = open / 1 = closed):CMSl CMSP coqxessor made0 0 Compressor off1 0 Compressor In local control mode (remotecontrol IS made Inactive).Compressor in remote control mode (localcontrol is made inactive).CMSl CMS2 cunprem mode0 1 For remabc start@ and stopping: Connect ;remote start button (normally open contact)between terminals 2 and 3 of connector 12~1) and connect a remote stop button (nom;closed contact) between terminals 2 and 4 (connector (2X4) 1).Bridge terminal 28 of strip (1 Xl-Fig. 4a) antterminal 6 of connector (2X4) 1). In thismode, the outlet pressure is still sensed bypressure transducer (PT20). resulting Inloading and unloading of the compressor atthe pressures programmed in the electrowregulator. If terminals 28 and 6 are notbridged, the compressor is swrtched out ofautomatic load/unload operation and remainsrwwg unloaded.For remote badhghnbadirg (via externalpressure swikh): Bridge terminal 28 of strip(1 Xl -Fig. 4a) and terminal 7 of connector(2X4) 1) and connect a load/unload switchbetween terminal 28 of strip (1 Xl -Fig. 4al anttermrnal 6 of connector (2X4) 1). This resultsIn loading and unloading of Ye compressor a!the closing and opentng pressures of theexternal pressure switch respecbveiy.Have the modifications checked by Atlas Copco. Stop thecompressor and switch off the voltage before connectrngexternal equipment. Only voltage-free contacts are allowed.3.21.2.3.8.Initial start-upRemove the transport bolts and spacers (6-Figs. 2 and3).Check that the electrical connections correspond to thefocal codes and that all wires are clamped tight to theirtennlna~,. See sectron 2.4.Check the setting of compressor motor overload relay(F21), and that overload relay (F21) is set for automatrcresettrng.Fit air outlet valve (AV-Figs. 2 and 3). Close the valve.Connect the air net to the vafve.Fit valve @ml-Fig. 2a). Close the valve. Connect thevalve to a drain collector.Connect the automatic dram outlet (Da-Fig. 2a) to adrain collector.The drain pipes to the drain collector must not dip intothe water. For draining of pure condensate water, lnstalan ok/water separator which is available from AtlasCopco as option. If the pipes have been led downoutside the room where freezing is possible, they mustbe insulated.Check the oil level. The pointer of level indicator (GI-Figs. 2 and :; st,,uld register in the green range orabove it.

9. Slickers dealing In short wti the operating instructionsand explalnlng the plctographs are deiivered with theliterature set. Affix the stickers next to the control panel.Make yourself familiar wti the instructrons ande p&graphs explained, as well as with those mentionedin section 2.5.10. Check the motor (Ml -Figs. 2 and 3) for correct directronof rotation.The rotation direction can be checked through thegrating of the compressor cooling fan. See Fig. 2b.The directlon IS Indicated by an arrow (10) stuck on thefan (FN).The correct direction of rotation of the motor IS counterclockwisewhen facing the cooling fan.Swrtch off the voltage and reverse two of the voltagesupply lines if the directlon of rotation IS wrong.11. Check the programmed settings.12 Start and run the compressor for a few minutes. Checkthat the compressor operates normally.3.3 start@Reference Fig 6a1.2.3.i . 95.6.3.41.2.1)2)3)Check the oil level: the pointer of level indicator (GI-Fig.2b) should regsfer In the green range or above it.Swttch on the voltage. Check that vottage on LED (2)lights up. The message cunpres101 M appears.If the red part of service Indicator (VI-Fig. 2a) showscompletely red, replace the air fitter (AF-Fig. 2a).Close condensate dram valve (Dml-Fig. 2a).Open air outlet valve (AV-Fig. 2a).Press start button I (8). The compressor starts runningand automatic operation LED (1) lights up. At the sametime 2) the compressor starts running loaded. Themessage on display (4) changes from Auto unloaded toAuto loaded.During operationCheck the oil level dw bmded qeration: the pointerof level indicator (GI-Figs. 2 and 3) must be in the greenrange. (Fig. 6a)If automatic operation LED (1) is alight, the regulator ISautomatically controlling the compressor, I.e. loading,unloading, stopplng of the motors and restarting.Consult the User mznual for the electronic regulator,sections regarding the submenus ‘Measured data’,‘Service’, *Modify settings’, ‘Timer’ and *Programmablesettings’.Programmable. See the User manual for the electronicregulator, section ‘Programmable settings’.An automatic condensate drain system is available asoption.3.4.1 chec&ing the display 4)1. Regularfy check the display for readings and messages.Normally the maln display (Fig. 6b) is shown, lndicattngthe compressor outlet pressure, the status of thecompressor and the abbreviatrons of the functtons of thekeys below the display. See section 1.4.2. Always check the display (4) and remedy the trouble 11alarm LED (3) IS allght or blinks. See section 1.4.3. The display (4) wtll show a serwce message if one ofthe momtored components is to be serviced; replace thecomponent and reset the relevant timer.Notes:- Whenever a shutdown, shutdown warning, servcerequest. sensor error or motor overload message ISdisplayed, the free spaces on the display betweenthe function keys (5) are filled with blinking indicators(‘7.- When more than one message needs to bedisplayed (e.g. both warning and service). themessages WIII be displayed one after the other for 3seconds.4. Regularly press the key More (5) 5) to call upInformation about the actual compressor condition:- the status of controlling the compressor (automaticor manual, local or remote)- the status of the compressor start/stop timer (on oroffI 6)- the maximum allowable unloading pressure- the outlet pressure- the compressor element outlet temperature- the dewpoint temperature (on Full-featurecompressors)- the status of the motor overload protection (normalor not)- the total running and loading hours3.5 Manual controlReference Fip 6aNormally, the compressor runs in automatic operation, i.e. theelectronic regulator loads. unloads. stops and restarts thecompressor automatlcally. LED (1) is then alight.If required. the compressor can be unloaded manually. Inthus case, the compressor IS switched out of automaticoperation, i.e. the compressor remains running unloadedunless it is loaded agarn manually.Manually unbadkigPress the key UnM (unload) (5). LED (1) goes out. Themessage Manual Unloaded appears on the display.i (’ ._page 24

Manually loed@Press the key Load (5). LED (1) lights up. The commandLoad does not force the compressor in loaded condition, but11 WIII switch the compressor to automatic operation again. I.e.the compressor will be loaded if required by the air netpressure.4.1 compressor motorReferenw Ml-F*+ 2 and 3The motor beanngs are greased for Ilfe.Manually. startin~number of motor startsIn automattc operatton, the regulator limits the number ofmotor starts. If the compressor IS stopped manually, 11 mustnot be restarted arthrn 5 minutes.3.6 StoppingReference Fig 6a1. Press stop button 0 (9). LED (1) goes out. Themessage Programmed stop appears. The compressorruns unloaded for 30 seconds and then stops.2. To stop the compressor h case of emergency, pressbutton (S3). Alarm LED (3) blinks. After remedying thefault, unlock the button by turning rt antrclockwtse andpress key Rset (5) before restamng. The message AIfconditions are OK appears. Press keys Menu and Main.3. Close air outlet valve (AV-Fig. 2a) and switch off thevoltage.4. Open condensate drawn valve (Dml-Fig. 2a).4 MaintenanceAtkdUlBefore stamng any maintenance:Stop the compressor.Press button 0 @-Fig. 6a), watt until the compressorhas stopped (approx. 30 seconds) and press buttonW-Fig. 6a).Switch off the voftage. If a separate voltage supply ISprovided for the dryer of GA Full-feature (see sectton2.4), make sure that the voltage to the dryer IS alsoswitched off.Close arr outlet valve (AV-Figs. 2 and 3) anddepressunze the arr system.Apply all relevant safety precautions, including thosementioned n Ihis book.The air outtet valve (AV-Figs. 2 and 3) can be lockeddunng matntenance or repair as follows:Close the valve.Remove the bott fixing the handle.Lift me handle and turn it until the slot of the handle fitsover the blocking edge on the valve body.Lock the handle using the special bolt and wrenchdelivered loose with the compressor.

4.2 Preventive maintenance schedule fur he ampressor 1)Atk?flblFor overhauling or carrymg out preventive mantenance, seMce kits are available. See seckon 4.7. AHas Copco offers several typesf Service contracts, relieving you of all preventive maintenance work. For more details, consuft your nearest Atlas Copcorepresentative.The schedule comprises a summary of the maintenance Instructtons. Read the respective section before taldng mainbpnancemeasures The tiger interval’ checks must also indude the “shorter intenral’ chedcs. When servtclng, replace all disengagedpackings, e.g. gaskets, 0-rings.. washers.Period 2) Running Operationhours 2)Daily...I.8a0t-rnonthty -....500.500-lyearly-ld -...I50010008000L-Yeaffy 8000St!t?sedioflSeenoteBefore starlingCheck 011 level3.3During operationCheck readings on display or gauges3.4i7.1Check that condensate IS discharged dunng loading (Da)11113Check 011 level (GI)3.4After SoppingDram condensate (Dm 1)3.6 13Operate safety vaive (SV)Carry out a LED/display testCheck for-possible leaks5.390Check condition of beltsInspect coolers (Cd/Co); clean if necessaryRemove air titter element (AF), inspect5.2 110II7On GA FulCfeabra, brush or blow off the finned surface of condenserHave safety valve tested5.3Have operation of electrical components testedTest temperature shutdown protechonRemove, dismantle and clean ffoat vatve of moisture trap (MT)1013Replace oil fifter (OF)4.4J4.5 2lIf GA-4K or GA-FG is used, change oil4.44.5 3lY6Replace air filter (AF)5.1 6For 175 psi comprtesorsIt 01 as specifii in section 4.4.2 is used, change oil and oil titter (OF) 4.4i4.5l4.6 26For 100 psi, 125 psf and 150 psi compressorsIf oil as specified in section 4.4.2 is used, change 011 and oil fitter (OF)Have all flexibles inspectedSwitch off voltage. Check terminals In electnc cabinet for ttghtness4.4I4.5l4.6 2642.5Replace belts54Change oil (GA-8K)Have od separator (OS) replaced 61121, Use onfy authorized park. Any damage 01 malfunction caused by ti use of unauthorized parts is not covered by Warranty orProduct uhility.2) Whidwer indcnml axnes fist The local Sales Company may overrule the maintenance schedule, especially the serviceintervals, depending on the envtronmental and working conditions of the compressor.

Notes1. More frequently when operating in a dusty atmosphere.2. Use an oil filter as specdied in the Parts list.3. Specral Atlas Copco oil for screw compressors keeping the compressor n excellent condition.4. Damaged flexibles must be replaced immediately.5. It is strongly recom;;rended to use Atlas Copco GA-4K6. Consuft the User manual for the electronic regulator for resetting the serwce timer.7. Replace the filter rf damager.8. Any leak should be attended to Immediately.9. Consult the User Manual for the electrontc regulator. sectlon ‘Display test’.10. Consult the User Manual for the electromc regulator, sectron ‘Modify settrngs submenu’, before modrfylng the temperatureprotection settings.Decrease the shut-down warning level and shutdown level for the compressor element outlet temperature to the mlnrmumsettings. Run the compressor: when reachtng the setting, the unit must shut down. Afterwards, reset the warning and shutdownlevels to their ongrnal values.11. Atlas Copco has 011 separators to separate the major part of 011 from condensate to ensure that the condensate meets therecjutrements of the enviicnmental codes.12. 6000 hours In severe c;rloltlons4.3 Oil and oil fitter change in&&Consult section 4.2 for the change intervals and section 4 4for the 011 speaficattons.4.4 Oil- specificationsThrough precrse formulation, Atlas Copco has developedthree lubncants for the GA line of rotary screw compressors.Each GA lubricant has the necessary anti-oxrdant, anti-wear,and demulsibility properties that yield a consistent wscosrtyover an extended serwce life. For detailed changing orlubricant conversron procedures, refer to GA lubncantliterature Atlas Copco part number 1310 9050 78.4.4.1 GA-4KA super-refined double hydrogenated and dewaxedcomc’essoi lubncant. Under normal operattng conditions,1%200°F discharge temperature, lubncant life of 4,000 hourscan be expected.4.4.2 GA-FG4.5 Oil and oli fitter change1. Run the compressor until warm. Stop it and close vai’(AV-Figs. 2 and 3). Wait a few minutes. Depressunz:the 011 system by opening oil filler plug (FC) one turn !permit any pressure to escape.2. Remove plug (VP-Fig. 1). Dram the 011 by unscrewlnoplugs (DPl/DP2-Figs. 2 and 3). Collect the 011 n acollector and deliver it to the local oil collection serVtceReinstall the plugs.3. Remove 011 fifter (OF-Figs. 2 and 3).4. Clean the filter seat on the manifold. Oil the gasket sfthe new element. Screw the element into place andtighten firmly by hand.5. Remove filler plug (FC-Fqs. 2 and 3) and fill with 011 urthe level reaches the plug. Reinstall and tighten plugW).6. Run the compressor for a few minutes. Check the levduring loading: the pointer of level indicator (GI-Figs. 2.and 3) must be in the green range.7. Reset tht! 011 and oil fitter servtce wamng. 1)1)Consult the User manual for the electromc regulator,section ‘Service submenu’.For applications in the food industry, GA-FG is authorized bythe USDA for use In federally inspected plants, GA-FGcomplies with FDA 21 CFR 178.3570 for lubncants wrthincidental contact. Under normal operatmg condittons. 190-200°F discharge temperature, lubricant life of 4,000 hours canbe expected.4.4.3 GA-BK4.6 Storage after instalbtionRun the compressor twice a week until wan.unload the compressor a few times.Load andIf the compressor IS stored without running from time to ttmprotective measures must be taken. Consult Atlas Copco.A specialty blended PA0 (polyalphaolefin) based lubncant.Under normal operattng conditions, 19O-200°F dischargetemperature, luoncant life of 8,000 hours can be expected.page 27

4.7 Service kitsService kits are avarlable offering the benefits of genuineAtlas Copco parts whrle keeping the maintenance budget low.e kits comprise all parts needed for servicing. Consult thewParts list for the contents of all service kits.Service ld! for oil fifter and air fitter Ordering numberGA11 up to GA22 2901 0000 00scfvim Id for oil separator ordarilg numberGA1 1 up to GA22 2901 0343 005 Adjustments and servicing procedures5.1 Air filterRati AFGgs. 2 and 31. Stop the compressor. Remove the atr filter element.Discard damagec elements.2. Fe the new element.3. Reset the air filter setvrce warmng. 1)1) Consult the User manual for the electronrc regulator,section ‘Servrce submenu’.5.2 CooksRekrena CdCa-Fig 1Keep the coolers clean to matntarn the cooling efficiency.ii aft srde plate (7.Fig. 1) from the bodywork after unscrewingbolts (&Fig. 1) which are accessible through the gratingabove the cooler block (CaICo).Remove any dirt from the coolers with a fbre brush. Neveruse a wire brush or metal objects. Then clean by air jet inreverse directron of normal flow. If rt should be necessary towash the coolers with .a cleansing agent, consult Atlas Copco.5.4 BetI set exchangeReference Fii 2b and SCThe betts must be repfaced as a se& even if only one ofthorn snrns wotn Use A&IS Cqxo beL only.1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.Lift side plate (‘l-Fig. 1) from the bodywork afterunscrewrrg bolts (&Fig. 1) which are accessible throughthe grating above the cooler block (&/Co).Loosen bolts (9). Unscrew bolt (5) to loosen the spnngforce on the belts. Bolt (5) can now be pushed Inwardsto facilitate taking out of the belts.Take the belts out of the pulley grooves.Install new belts.Fully screw In bolt (5) until bracket ‘( 11) touches bracket(12).Tighten bolts (9).Refit side plate (7.Fig. 1).Retension after 25 runnrng hours: Loosen bolts (9). Ifthe belt tension IS Insufficient, brackets (11 and 12) WIIIcome apart. In this case, fully screw m bolt (5) untilbracket (11) touches bracket (12). The belt tension ISnow correct. Tighten bofts (9).5.5 Fan control switch on GA FulCfeatureThe switch is factory-adjusted and must be replaced if theswrtch-on or cut-out pressure deviates from the values givenin section 7.3.5.6 Expansion valve on GA FuMeatureThe valve is a regulator which keeps the evaporator pressure,and consequently also the tempe,ature, stable. The valve iscontrolled by its own outlet pressure. The valve is factory-setto keep the effective evaporator pressure at no-load at amrnimum of 59 psi (4.1 bar), which corresponds to 34°F(1 “C). If necessary, have the valve adjusted.5.3 Safety valveReference SV-Figs. 2 and 3Operate the safety valve by unscrewing the cap one or twoturns and retightemng it (or by pulling the valve lifting lever, ifprovrded).Te&gThe valve can be tested on a separate compressed air line.If the valve does not open at the pressure marked on thevalve, consult Atlas Copco. No a@abnaM are akmd.Never run ti compressor wi@oul safety valve.-0

6 Principal data6.1 Readings6.1.1 Resdhgs on di@yReference 4-Fig 6a 1)6.2 Setting ol safety vatveJme part number and set pressure are stamped on the vAlso consult the Parts list. If the valve is malfunctronrng,replace it by one with the same number. No adjjntrallowedRef.: Air outlet pressureReadng: Modulates between programmed unloading andloading pressures.Shown: On main drsplay (Fig. 6b), when:- swrtchtng on voltage- selecting main display WIUI keys Menu andMain @-Fig. 6a)Sensor: PT20Ref.: Compressor element outlet bamperatureReading: 90-106°F (3242°C) above cooling air temperatureShown: When using key More (5-Fig. 6a) on the marndisplay (Fig. 6b)Sensor: lit 1On FulLfeature also:Ref.: ocwpoint teqJefatlxeReading: Approx. 39°F (4°C)Shown: -When using key More (5-Fig. 6a) on the maindisplay (Fig. 6b)Sensor: IT906.3 Dryer control switches and refrigerantspecifications on GA FulCfeatureFan conti witch Cut-out SM Unitpressufe pressurt?Fan control switch 189Refrigerant 2)DifluonnonochlormethaneR226.4 Compressor specifications6.4.1 Reference condiis232 Ps’gNomnal workrng pressure as stated belowAir inlet pressure (absolute) psia 14.5Air inlet temperature “F 68Relatrve humidity . . 96 06.4.2 Limitations1) See User manual for electronic regulator, sectrons Maximum Inlet temperature‘Modify settings submenu’ and ‘More function’.- Full-feature desrgned for high ambient temperatures“F 104Minimum inlet temperature “F 32Minimum working pressure psig SE

6.4.3 Specific data of 100 psi ampsscmCompressorGA11requency . . . t . Hz 606 aximum (unloading) pressure- Open/Pack . . pslg 107- Full-feature pslg 104Nominal workrng pressure pslg 100Poxer input at reference condltrons- Open/Pack HP 19.2- Full-feature HP 20.8Temperature at outlet valve- Open/Pack “F 82- Full-feature “F 73Motor shaft speed r/mm 3530Oil capacrty Gal (US) 1.8Maximum sound Pressure level db(A) 76GA15 GA18 GA2260 60 60107 107 107104 104 104100 100 10025.5 30.0 37.527.1 32.2 30.182 81 8273 73 733535 3535 35252 2.2 2.270 79 796.4.4 Specific data of 125 psi wmpressorsCompressor GA1 1 GA15 GA18 GA22FrequencyHzMaximum (unloading) pressure- Open/Pack : psig- Full-feature pslgNominal workrng pressure psigPower input at reference condrtions- Open/Pack HPFull-feature. HP@ emperature at outlet vatve- Open/Pack . “F- Full-feature . “FMotor shaft speed . . r/mmOil capacity . . . . . . . . Gal (US)Maximum sound pressure level db(A)6013212812519.220.8827335301.8766.4.5 Specific data of 150 psi compressors60 60 60132 132 132128 128 128125 125 12525.9 32.3 38.627.6 34.3 41.082 81 8273 73 733535 3535 35252 2.2 2.278 79 79Compressor GA11 GA15 GA18 GA22@FrequencyHzMaximum (unloading) pressure- Open/Pack pslg- Full-feature pslgNominal working pressure pslgPower input at reference condltrons- OpeniPack HP- Full-feature . . . HPTemperature at outlet valve- Open/Pack “F- Full-feature . ‘FMotor shaft speedr/mmOil capacityGal (US)axlmum sound pressure level db(A)60 60 60 6015715315015715315015715315015715315019.2 26.4 32.0 38.420.8 28.0 34.2 40.881 81 81 8172 72 72 733530 3535 3535 35251.8 2 2.2 2.276 78 79 79

6.4.6 Specific data of 175 psi CompressorsCompressor GA11 GA15 GA18GA22Frequency . . . . . . . . . HzMaxrmum (unloading) pressr,i’e- Open/Pack pstg- Full-feature . . . psrgNominal working pressure psigPower input at reference conditrons- Open/Pack HP- Full-feature HPTemperature at outlet valve- Open/Pack “F- Full-feature “FMotor shaft speedrlminOil capacrtyGal (US)Maximum sound pressure level db(A)6.5 Conversion list of Sl units into US/British units1 bar = 14.504 PSI1 g = 0.035 021 kg q 2.205 lb1 km/h = 0.621 mrle/h1 kW = 1.341 hp (UK and US)1 I = 0.264 US gal1 I = 0.220 Imp gal (UK)1 I = 0.035 cu.ft1 m = 3.281 ft1 mm = 0.039 in1 m’/min = 35.315 cfm1 mbar = 0.401 in WC1 N = 0.225 Ibf1 Nm = 0.738 Ibfftx'C = (32 + 1.8x) ‘FAt 1°C = At 1.8 “F60 so 60 60181 181 181 181178 178 176 178175 175 175 17519.3 26.1 32.0 38.120.9 27.8 34.2 40.582 82 81 8272 72 72 733530 3535 3535 35251.8 2 2.2 2.276 70 79 79

7 Problem solvingAt!l?dOflBefore starting any marntenance:- Stop the compressor:Press button 0 (g-Fig. 6a), wait untri the compressorhas stopped (approx. 30 seconds) and press button(.%-Fig. 6a).- Switch off the voltage. If a separate voltage supplyIS provided for the dryer of GA Full-feature (seesection 2.4) make sure that the voltage to the dryeris also swttched off.- Close the arr outlet valve and depressunze the airsystem. The outlet valve can be locked tn closedposition. See section 4.- Apply all relevant safety precautions, including thosementtoned rn this book.- The chart helps to solve mechanical problems. Anelectrical fault must be traced by an electricran. Checkthat the wares are not damaged and that they areclamped tight to their terminals.- To facilitate solving some problems, a number ofmessages may appear on the control oanel. Examples:MessageSystem failure 10or 106System failure 11System failure 104ACliOllSwitch off the voltage. Checkthe tennals on connector(2X1) and emergency stopbutton (S3) for correctconnectmn.Switch off the voltage. Checkfor possible connection with theground of one of the digitalinputs at connector (2X4).Swrtch off the vottage. Checkthat the contacts to the digttalInputs at the connectors of themodule are voltage-free.Connector (2X5) must only be used for connecting theAtlas Copco Relay expansion box (optional) which allowsIndication oi manual/automattc operatton. wamlngcondition or shut-down conditton.- Consult the User manual for the electronc regulator if aservice message or fault message appears on the display(dfig. 6a) or when alarm LED (3-Fig. 6a) is alight orblinks.Me&anicaJ faults and suggested remedies (Fig, 3)1. Campressor darts fu~hg, but does not bad after adelay thea.a.b.b.C.Solenoid valve (Y 1) out of orderHave valve inspectedInlet valve (IV) stuck In closed positionConsult Atlas CopcoLeak in control air linesHave leak repaired;: Minrmum pressure valve (VP) leaking (when net ISdepressunzed)d. Consult Atlas Copco2.a.a.b.b.Corqnessor does not unload, safety vaiw! bbwsSolenord valve (Yl) out of orderSee lainlet valve (IV) does not closeSee lb3. Condensate is not dfsoharged from moistum trap 1)du- bad@a. Discharge hoses cloggeda. Check and correct as necessaryb. Float valve malfunctlonlngb. Consult Atlas Copco4.a.iY:b.C.::d.e.F‘1.9.9.h.h.I.I.5.a.a..b.b.C.C.Compressor ai output of pressure bebw mlAir consumption exceeds atr output of compressorCheck equipment connectedChoked air inlet filter element (AF)Replace fitter elementSolenoid vafve c/l ) malfunctionrngSee laLeak in control air linessee lcInlet valve (IV) does not fully openSee lbOil separator element (OS) cloggedHave element replaced. Consult Atlas CopcoAir leakageCheck and correct as necessarySafety valve (SV) leakingHave valve replaced. Consult Atlas CopcoCompressor element IE) out ot orderConsult Atlas CopcoExcessive oil consumption: oil carry-over throughdfscharge liiOil level (Gl) too highCheck for overfilling. Release pressure and drain oil tocorrect levelIncorrect oil causing foamChange to correct 01Oil separator element (OS) defectiveHave element checked. Replace. if necessary.

6.a.;:b.C.C.d.d.7.a.a.b.b.C.::d.e.t ’1.safety valve (SV) blow rlbr adhsInlet valve (Iv) malfwhqSee lbMinimum pressure valve c/p) matfunctionmgSee IdSafety valve (SV) out of ordersee4hFor Full-feature: dryer pipes clcgged by formabon of ceHave refrigerant system dwked. Consult Atlas c0pa1Ebmntoutkt1)oratouWWnpratmabmmnumalInsuffiuent cooling air or mhg air temperature too highCheck for cooling air restriction or improve ventilation ofcompressor room. Avoid recirculation of cooling air. Ifinstalled, check capacrty of compressor room fanOil level too low (Gl)Check and cum as necessaryOil cooler (Co) doggedClean coolerBypass valve (BV) malfun&2ntngHave valve @acedAir cooler (Ca) cloggedClean coolerCompressor element (E) out of ordersee4i1) A wammg message will appear on display (4-Fig. 6a).

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR STATIONARY COMPRESSORS & EQUIPMENT(continued)Read and understand these precautions before installing your unitand observe them during operation and maintenance.aftercooler or arr system IS free to expand under heat and thatit IS not In contact wtth or close to flammable matenaf.6. No external force may be exerted on the air outlet valve;the connected pope must be free of stress and strarn.9. If remote control IS Installed, the unn must bear an obvioussrgn readmg:DANGER: This machine is remotely controlled and maystut without warning.As a turther safeguard, persons swrtchlng on remotely controlledunits shall take adequate precaubons to ensure thatthere IS no one checking or workmg on the machlne. To th!send, a sunably worded nobce must be affixed to the startingequipment.10 lnmulbple compressor systems. manual valves must beInstalled to Isolate each compressor. Non-return valves(check valves) must not be relied upon for rsolating pressuresystems11 Never remove or tamper Hnth lhe safety devicas. guardsor msulabons fitted on the umt. Every pressure vessel orauxlhary installed outside the umt to contain air above atmosphencpressure shall be protected by a pressure-relievtngdevice or devices as requiredI 2. External p~pewoN or other parts with a temperature Inexcess of 175°F (60°C) and wt~ch may be accidentallytouched by personnel In normal operabon must be guarded orInsulated Other high-temperature p~pework should be cleatlynaked.13. If me ground IS not level or can be subject to vanablewlmahon. consult Atlas Copco.14. The electrical connections must be in accordance mth thelocal codes. The umts must be property grounded and protectedagainst short arcuits by fuses.OpUdOIl1. Air hoses shall be of correct size and surtable for theworbng pressure and flow. Never use frayed, damaged ordetenorated hoses. Use only the correct type and size ofhose fittings and connecbons. When Momng throu~ a hoseorarr kne, ensure that the open end IS held securely. A freeend will whip and may cause Injury. Make sure that a hose ISfully deprossunzedbefore disconnecting It.2. Never operate the unrt when there IS a possrbikty of rakrngIn flammable or toxic fumes.3. Never operate the untt at pressures below or In excess ofits limit ratmgs as prescribed on the Principal Data Sheet.4. All canopy doors (if provided) must be closed dunngoperation.5 FWsonnei In enVlrOnments or rooms where the soundPressure level reaches or exceeds 90 dB(A) must wear earprotectors.6. Penodicaliy check that:a. *ill guards are In place, In good condition and securelyfastened.b. All hoses and/or pipes InsIde the unit are In goodcondition, secure andnot rubbing.c. Them are no leaks.d. All fasteners are bght.e. AlI electrical leads are secure and in good condition.f. Safety valves and other pressure-relief devices arenot obstructsd by dirt or paint.g, Air outlet valve and atr system, 1.8. pipes. couplings.mantfolds, valves, hoses, etc. are in good repair, freeof wear or abuse.MeintenenceMaintenance and repair work shall only be camed out undersupervlsron of someone quakfied for the fob.1. Use only the correct tools for mamtenance and repair worx2. Use onty genuine Atlas Copco spare parts.3. All mamtenance work must only be undertaken when theunit is stopped and the matn power supply is smtched off,Take proper lockout precautions to ensure that the unrt cannotbe startedinadvertenUy.4. Before removmg any pressurized component, isolate theunit from all sources of pressure and relieve the entire systemof pressure.5. Never use flammable solvents orcarbon tetrachlonde forcleaning parts. Take safety precaubons agamst toxic vaporsof cleaning Iqurds.6. Malntam a clean environment dunng maintenance andrepair. Keep dirt away by covenng the parts and exposedopenings with a clean cloth, paper or tape.7. Never weld or perform any operation involvmg heat nearthe 011 system. 01 tanks must be completely purged, e.g. bysteam-cleaning, before carrying out such operations.6. Make sure that no tools, loose parts or rags are left in or onthe unit.9. Before cleaning the unit for use after maintenance oroverhaul. check that opetahng pressures, temperaturesandtime settings are correct and that the control and shutdowndevices funcbon correctly.10. Protect the motor, an filter, electrical and regulating components.etc. to preventmoisture from entenng them. e.g.when steamcleaning.11. Do not remove any of, or tamper with, the sound-dampingmaterial.12. Never use WUS~C solvents which can damage materialsof the air system, e.g. polycarbonate bowls,13. Always consult local. state and federal regulabons whenhandling refngerant.

User manual forELECTRONIC REGULATOF!GA5 up to GA75 compressorsImportant1, This Manual applies exclusively to the compressors equipped with an electronic regulatorwith a llquld crystal display as shown below%girtration codeZollectlon:APC G5-10rat: 38hquence: 9802. Thts Manual must be used together wdh the relevant Instruction books for the compressors.Zollectlon:APC Gil-22Tab: 38Sequence: 990~ollect~on:APC G30-45Tab: 38Seauence: 972Zollection.APCG55-75Tab: 38Seouence 996Zollectton:APC G55-75/'96Tab: 38Seousnce. 999Replaces2920120702and2920116901No.29201207031996-09&.h~f3p~Industrial Air Diwsion - B-2610 Wilrijk - BelgiumI lllll III1 Ill1 IllI II11+2920120703~III1 IIS1 II8 Illilllll ll I llli

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR STATIONARY COMPRESSORS & EQUIPMENTReed and understand these precautions before installing your unitand observe them during operation and maintenance.This instruction book describes how to handle and operate thesubject machme to ensure safe operabon, optimum worfongeconomy and long servtce Itfe.Road this book before putting the machine into operationto ensure correct handling, operating and proper marntenancafrom the begmntng. Keep lhs book ava4able for the operator(s).Make sure that the unit is operated and that the maintenanceactions are carried out according to the Instructions.Record all operating data. maintenance work, etc. 113 an operator’slogbook available from Atlas Copco. Fo~fow aff applicablesafety precaubons.Aeparr operations should be performed by qualified personnel,avahble at authorized Atlas Copco distnbuton and RegionalService Centen.In aft cormspondence, always reference the unit type and thecomplete serial number, shown on the umt’s data plate. Theserial number is composed of three letters followed by sixdigits.For specific data not menboned in the text, consult sectionsPlevenke Maintenance Schedule” and’Pnncipat Data”.Atlas Copco rssarveu the right to make changa withoutprior notice.It sny stawt in this book, sspscidly with rsgsrd tosafety, doa not comply with locd regulations, the 8trictsrof ths two shdl apply.lhao prscauttons l rs gmwal in nature, and cover savsrslmachins typos and equipmsnt; hsncs some statementsmay not *ply to tha unit(s) describad in this book.AlI raponsibilll for ny dmnw or injury raulting fromnsgktlng thao prscaution* or by non-observance ofordirieq oaution snd dus cus raquirsd in handling, operatlng,maintsnancs or rspatr, even if not expressly msn-Uonod in this book, will k disclaimsd by Atlas Copco.For brssthingair applications, spociat filtering equipmentand purtfim are raquird, with monitors, to assure thatths breathing air qudity is in compliance with local, stataand fedorai 8tandards such as, but not limited to OSHA2ScFR1910.134.Should the purchaser and/or ussr of this compressor failto include filtaring and purifying equipment and proceedsto use the comprsssor for brssthing air ssrvice, thepurchaser/user assumesall liabilities from resultingconsequences with no raponsibility to beassumed byAtlas Copco.In addition to general safety rules which should be observedmth arrcompressom and associated equtpment, the followrngsafety dtrecbons and precautions are of spectal importanceWhen operabng thus unit, the operator is expected to employsafe working practices and to observe all related local worksafety requirements andordinances.The owner is responstble for matntaining the unit In a safeoperating condition. Parts and accessories must be replacedif unsuitable for safe operabon.Installation, operatton, maintenance and repair shoukf only beperformed by authonzed. trained. competent personnel.InstallationApart from general engineenng practice in conformity mth thelocal safety regulaticns. the following directives are specialtyStressed:1. A compressor must be lifted only with adequate equrpmentin conformity with local safety rules.Loose or pivoting parts must be securely fastened beforelifting. Do not, under any circumstances, enter the riskzone under a lifted load. Lifting acceleration and retardationmust be kept wtthin safe limits.2. Any blanking flanges, plugs, caps and desiccant bags mustbe removed before connecttng up the pipes. Oistnbutionpipes and connections must be correctfy sized and suitable forthe woting pressure and flow.3. Place the unit in a cool and clean environment. Ifnecessary, insta!l a suction duct. Never obstruct the air inlet.4. The intake air shall be free from flammable fumes orvapors, e.g. paint sofvents. that can lead to internal firs orexploson.5. Install air-cooled units in such a way that an adequate flowcf cooling atr IS avallable and that the exhausted air does notrectrculate to the tnlet.6. Arrange the arr intake so that loose Items, such as clothtng.cannot be sucked In.7. Ensure that the discharge pope from the compressor to thelconrlnuea on DbCR cover

Jlfkrs* Indus:rtal Air DIVISION Instructton bookContentsPage1 General description .......................... 31 .l ControllIng the compressor ...................... 31.2 Protectrng rhe compressor ................... 31.2.1 Shut-down and motor overload ............ 31.2.2 Shut-down warning ...................... 31.2.3 Control of motor rotatron drrectron ........... 31.3 Monrtonng components subject to servrce. .......... 31.4 Automatic restart after voltage failure .............. 3L ? Control panel ................. 42.1 Indicators. Keys and buttons ................ 42.2 Pictographs ............................ 4345678Display - keys ......... ............... 53.1 Display ........................ 53.2 Scroll keys .............. 53.3 Tabulator Key ... 53.4 Functron keys .......... 5Menu-driven control programs ................ 54.1 Functron of control programs ....... 54.2 Selecting a menu ............. 64.2.1 Main display ........ .......... 64.2.2 Calling up other menus ......... 64.2.3 Returning to the maln menu or main drsplay tiMain display: compressor status in short/gatewayto all functions ........ ..................... 65.1 Functron ............................... 65.2 Procedure. ................................. 6Main menu: gateway to other functions. ............. 106.1 Function ................................... 106.2 Procedure ............................... 10Status data submenu: calling up status of protectionfunctions and resetting ........................ 107.1 Functron.. ................................. 107.2 Procedure. ............................... .. 107.2.1 No shut-down wamrng message or shut-downmessage exists ..... :17.2.2 A shut-down message exists ......... ~17.2.3 A shut-down warning message exrsts 117.2.4 A warning message exists. ............. 117.3 Shut-down reset ............... .......... 127.4 Reset of motor overload. ....... ?2Measured data submenu: calling up measured data 128.1 Functron .................................... 128.2 Procedure ................................... 12Hours submenu: calling up running hours, loading hours,regulator hours and motor starts .................. 139.1 Functron .................... ......... 139.2 Procedure ................................ 13Service submenu: calling up and resetting servicemessages ....................................... 1410.1 Funstlon .................................... 1410.2 Calling ~0 service messages .................... 141112 Modify settings submenu: modifying settings forregulation, protection and service ................. 1512.1 Function ....................... 1512.2 Procedure ................................... 1512.3 Modifying compressor regulation settings ........ 1512.3.1 Modrfyrng the loadrng pressure .......... 1512.4 Modifying protectron settings ............... 1612.4.1 Element outlet temperature ........... :612.4 2 Dewootnt temuerature ‘712.4.3 Cooilng water outlet temperature. .... ‘712.5 Modrfy!ng servfce settrngs ............... :Fl131415161718Page10.3 Calling up runntng hours and set-we level ........ 1410.4 Serwce reset ............................. 14Test submenu: display test ...................... 1411.1 Function .................................. 1411.2 Procedure. ................................. 14Timer submenu: programming compressor stahtopcommands ......... ......... 1913.1 Function ......................... 1913.2 Procedure. ......................... 1913.2.1 To program start/stop commands ......... 1913.2.2 To acbvate/deactnate the timer .......... 1913.2.3 To display the list of commands ............ 1913.2.4 Tomodrf-,acommand .................. 1913.2.5 To add a command .... ................ 20132.6 To delete a command. ................... 20Zonffguration submenu: reprogramming time,fate, display language, units, motor start modelnd date format. ........................... 2114.1 Functron ................................ 2114.2 Procedure ................................ 21Saved data submenu: calling up compressordata saved by regulator ......................... 2115.1 Functton .......................... 2115.2 Procedure .............................. 2115.2.1 Examole of the last shut-down data. 21More function: quick look at actual compressorstatus .......16.1 Function ..... : .........................................................222216.2 Procedure ................................... 22Manually loading/unloading ..................... 2317.1 Functron ................................. 2317.2 Manually unloading ......................... 2317.3 Manually loadrng ............................. 23tiroglammable settings .... ...................... 2318.1 Regulation settings. ........................... 2318.2 Protection settings ............................ 2516.3 Service settrngs ...................... 252 2920 120703

Instructron booklndustflal AV Division fltlcu&1 GENERAL DESCRIPTIONThe electrontc regulator autornatrcally controls the compressor, i.e.:- Loadmg and unloading the compressor_ Stopplng the compressor whenever possible- Restarting the compressor wnen requiredIn order to control the compressor and to read ana modifyprogrammable parameters, the regulator has a control panel providedwith:- LEDs mdicatrng the status of the compressor- A display lnarcatmg the operating condrtions, a service need or afault- Keys to control the compressor and to have access to the datacollected by the regulator. Buttons to manually start and stop the compressor. An emergency stop buttonIn general, :he regulator has following functions.. Controlltng the compressor- Protecting the compressor- Monrtonng components subtect to service. Automatic restart after voltage farlure (made InactIve)1 .l Controlling the compressorThe regulator maintatns the net pressure oetween programmaole hmitsby automatically loading and unloadrng the compressor depending onthe arr consumptton.The regulator takes into account a number of programmable settings,such as:- Unloadrng pressure_ Loading pressure- Minimum stop rtme- Maxtmum number of motor startsThe regulator stops the compressor whenever possible (when theexpected unloading penod exceeds a programmed value) to reducethe power consumption and restarts It automatically wnen the netpressure decreases. In case the expected unloadtng penod IS belowa programmed value, the regulator keeps the compressor runntng toprevent too-short standstill penods.When the compressor has stopped automatically and the net pressuredecreases, the regulator WI/I start the compressor before the netpressure has dropped to the loading pressure to prevent the netpressure from falling under the programmed mInImum level.1.2 Protecting the compressor1.2.1 Shut-down and motor overloadIf the compressor element outlet temperature exceeds the programmcsnut-down level, !he compressor WIII be stopped. Thrs WIII be Indrcatson the control display.1 he compressor WIII also be stopped in case of overload of the dnvmotor or fan motor 2)1.2.2 Shut-down warningIf the compressor element outlet temperature exceeds a Programmervalue just below the snut-aown level, thts will also be mdicated !o war::he operator oeiore !ne snut-down level IS reaches.1.2.3 Control of motor rotation directionLater oroauc!lon regulators for GA30 up IO -45 are provldea with acontrol function for correct rotatron directron of the motor a messagewill appear on the alsplay of the regulator If the rotation drrectron swrong. In this case. switch off the voltage and reverse two Incomir~lines.1.3 Monitoring components subject to serviceThe regulator continuously monitors critical components (oil, 011 filter.011 separator and atr filter). Each Input IS compared to programmedirmlts. Exceealng these llmrts causes a message on the control displayto warn the operator to replace the indicated component.1.4 Automatic restart after voltage failureThe regulator has a bulk-tn function to automatlcally restart thecompressor of the voltage IS restored after voltage farlure. Forcomoressors !eavlng the factory, this function IS made Inactive. Ifdesirea. the furc:lon can oe actnated. Consult Atlas Copco.When stopping the compressor ,nanually, the regulator will unload thecompressor for 30 seconds and then stop the compressor. 1)1) If tne comcressor was runnrng at that moment in automatic unloadingcondrbon for 10 seconas. It WIII remain runntng unloadea for 30 . 10 =20 Seconds before sroooing.2) FY GA30 LID to GA75 my2920 1207 33 3

,HtLarcbpoo lndustnal Air Divrsion If7StrUCtlOn DOOk2 CONTROL PANEL (Fig. 1 a)2.1 Indicators, keys and buttonsRef. Designation Function 11 1 2 12 4 61 Automatic operatronLED2 Voltage on LED3 General alarm LEDlndrcates that the regulator ISautomatrcally controlling the compressor:the compressor IS loaded,unloaded, stopped and restarteddepending on the air COflSumpttOn andthe limrtatlons programmed rn theregulator.lndrcates that the voltage IS swttchedon.Is allght 11 a warnmg or snut-oownwarning condrtron exists or If dewoolntsensor (TT90) IS out of order (on Fullfeaturecompressors). See sectlon 7.4 Display5 Functton keys6 Scroll keysSlrnks If a shut-down condrtlon exsts.rf the sensor (TTl 1) of the comoressorelement is out of order or after anemergency stop. See section 7lndrcates messages concerning thecompressor operating condrtlon, aservice need or a fault. See section3.1.Keys to control and program thecompressor. See section 3.4.Keys to scroll through the display. Seesectron 3.2.Fig. 1 a. Control panelTabulator keyStart button9 Stop buttonKey to go to the next field of thedisplay. See section 3.3.Pusn button !o start the compressorLED (1) lrgnts up rndrcatlng that theregulator IS operative (in automateoperation). The LED goes out afterunloadrng !he compressor manuallyPush button to stop the compressor.LED (1) goes out. The compressorwill stop after running in unloadedcondition for 30 seconds. See alsosectron 1.1.Emergency stop button MaintaIned-action push button to stopthe compressor rmmedtately in caseof emergency. After remedying thetrouble, unlock the button by turnqit to the left.2.2 PictographsRef.Designation10 Emergency stop11 Automatic operation12 Voltage on13 AlarmDelivery arrbarAuto loadedMenuFlMoreF2Fig. 1 b. TypIcal example of a dlsolay7.0UnldF34 2920 ‘207 03

Instructron book--lndus,nal Air Dtviston ticb,3 DISPLAY - KEYS3.1 Display (4-Fig. 1 a)The display has four lines of 16 characters. A typical dlsptay IS shownn Fig. 1 b. It Indicates:1 On the first three Imes:- The name of the sensor of wmcn the actual readrng ISdrsplayed- The unit and actual readrng of the sensor- Messages regardtng the compressor operating condrtion(compressor loaded, off, etc.), a service need (e.g. for the 011filter and air filter) or a fault (e.g. shut-down)2. On the fourth line, just above the three functron keys (Fl/FZ/F3),the actual functions of these keys.3.2 Scroll keys (6-Fig. la)These keys, labelled with vertical arrows, allow to scroll through thedrsplay.As long as a downwaras Pointrng arrow IS Shown at the utmost rightpositron of the display. !he key (6) with the same symbol can be usedto see the next item.As long as an upwards pornring arrow IS shown at the utmost rightposrtron of the display, the key (6) with the same symbol can be usedto see the previous item.3.3 Tabulator key (7-Fig. 1 a)This key, labetled with two honzontal arrows, allows the operator to goto the next field of the display, e.g. dunng modifyrng of programmaoleparameters.3.4 Function keys (5-Fig. la)4 MENU-DRIVEN CONTROL PFIOGRAMSIn order to facilitate programmrng and controlling, menu-dnven cantprograms have been Implemented rn the regulator.4.1 Function of control programs (Figs. 2)Program SIX FunctionsectionMAIN DISPIAY 5MAIN MENUSUBMENUSStatus dataMeasured data 6Hours679Shows In short the operation statLof the compressor.Is the gateway to all functions.Is the gateway to other functions VIsubmenus.Callmg up the status of :h!compressor protection functior!(shut-down and shut-down warning1Resettmg of a shut-down and motooverload.Callrng up the actual measurectemperature at the comoresso:element outlet, the actual aewpoir:(on compressors with Integrated airdryer) and the status of the motoroverload protection. On GA55 up to-75 also the actual pressure dtfferenceover the oil separator, the status of thefan motor overload protection and onwatercooled compressors also !heactual cooling water outlettemperature.Calling up the runntng hours, loadinghours. regulator hours ano number oimotor starts.The keys are used:- To manually load/unload the compressor- To call up or program settrngs- To reset an actrve motor overload, shut-down or serv!ce messa+,or an emergency stop- To have access to all data collected by the regulatorThe function keys allow to make the required selection from a menu ofpossibilities. The functrons of the keys vary depending on the displayedmenu. The actual function IS abbrevrated and ndrcated on the bottomline of the dismay just above the relevant key. Only the active andrelevant functions at a moment are shown.Service10Test11Modify settmgs 12Timer 13Configuration 14Calling up and resettrng the servicemessages for the oil. 011 filter. 011separator, air filter.Display test.Modrfying the settings for regulation(e.g. loading and unloadingpressures), for protection (e.g.temperature shut-down level) and forservice (e.g. for the 011).Programmrng the compressor star%stop commands.Programming the trme. date, displaylanguage, units, motor start mode anddate format.2920 1207 03 5

Atloslbpro OILS:- 2. A!rD.won Instruction Dookc-------------------------~MainII /jr+;tTJ tRJ @j Scrolling upardsL- 9 I TIMER‘-1 IO CONFIGURATiON j;- 11 j SAVED DATAimaFig. 2a. General menu flow6 2920 120703

IrlstrLctlon booklndustnal Air DIVISION Rclas(iyGA5 145-I1MAIN DISPLAYDehvely arrI Auto coeralt~bar 7.0 , Local cnnlrolAuto loaded l-lnmr actrve i 3Menu MOW ““H ‘

&lad$m lncumal Air Dmon lnstrucaon Dook,‘7r,GA 55 (W) i Y-5 (wMax!munl unload pressure-0lAktpSSWer;l MAJN WPIAU-i- . Pressure :“mre over OII separaror. Compressor element 0uUet temperature1 oeiivefy alr Aulo cQeratlon- Coolmg water oullet temperalum 1): bar 7.0 Lot 3i control, Auto loaded T+ .er active * -----+ . Overload dnve motor. Overload fan n’mfor~ Menu Mom Unfd ; Scmllu-q upwards. Penn-e suul Iii/- Cooring w&r ouuetSEE SECTION 12.5 !’ +h/ for water coobd cornpres~psSEE SECTION 12.3l-0 1) DPOS47ENSEE SECTION 12.4Fig. 2c. Menu flow fc: regulator of GA55(W)n5(W)P 2920 120713

lnstructlon bookIndus,,‘lai Air Dtvlston JLtlas&~IProgram SW FunctionsectionSaved data 15MORE 16Callrng up the saved data: last snutdown,last emergency stop, longestload, longest unload.Quack look at the actual status of thecompressor: automahc or manualcontrol, local or remote control, start/stop trmer on or off, max. systempressure, outlet pressure andtemperature. motor overload status,running and loadrng hours, on GA55up to GA75 also the pressuredifference over the 011 separator.MANUAL LOADi ’ 7 To manually load/unload theUNLOADcompressor.5 MAIN DISPLAY: compressor status inshort/gateway to all functions5.1 FunctionThe matn display shows In short the compressor operation status arIS the gateway to all functions implemented in the regulator.5.2 ProcedureThe main display IS shown automatrcally when the power IS swltcheon.If the functton keys or arrow keys (5.6 and 7-Fig. la) are not used I(4 minutes, me regulator will automatlcally return to the maln displayException IS made. when the screen IS left untouched when modlfvlndata in the regulator !n this case. !he screen wtll remain unchahgecsince the regulator aoes not take a decision whether to accept or reQ,s,the new data.4.2 Selecting a menu (Figs. 2)4.2.1 Main display‘When the voltage IS swrtched on, the MAIN DISPLAY ,s snownautomattcally, showtng In short the operatton status of the comoressor.The other menus are selected by pressrng one of the function keys (5-Fig. la).Dellvery airbarAuto loadedMenuFlMoreF2Fig. 3. Example of the main displayLine Indicates Remarks70UnldF34.2.2 Calling up other menusMAIN MENUPushing the key lmttates the MAIN MENU, gtvrng accessto most other funcrlons via submenus: the submenus can be selectedby pressing the key c&iIct>> (select); see section 6.MOREPushing the key gives the operator a quick look at the actualstatus of the comoressor: see section 16.UNLOAD or LOADThe keys c&Id>> (unload) and are used to manuallyunload and load the compressor respectively. See sectlon 17.4.2.3 Returning to the main menu or main displayMAIN MENUWhenever dlsplayed on the bottom ltne of the screen (4-Fig. 1 a), pressthe key to return from a submenu to the MAIN MENU.MAIN DISPLAYWhenever displayed. press the key > to return from a menuto the MAIN DISPLAYSensor which ISacttveUmt-actual readingCompressor statusMotor overioad. shutdownor warningThe unit for pressure can be bar, psor kg/cm2 dependmg on thsprogrammed selection. The unit foitemperature can be ‘C or “F Setsectton 14.Examples:- Compressor Off- Manual UnloadedIf the timer IS activated (see secttor13). the message ‘timer active’ WI/also be shown (not on earlieproduction regulators).If the untt IS shut down, the regulatoWIII automatically call up the statu:dtsplay (sectton 7) on whtch the causefor the shut-oown IS Indicated. Iremains posstble to have a closer looat other parameters related to thlshut-down by means of the menus.2920 1207 C3 9

hcbpcoIndustrial AIM DIVISIONInstruction bookLine Indicates Remarks3 Service required lndtcates that one of the monltortidcomponents needs semcrng. Consultsectron 10 to find out the exact causefor this message.3 Sensor error lndrcates that a sensor IS out of order:On GA5 up to GA45- Temperature sensor at the outletof the compressor element- Outlet pressure transducer_ On Full-feature compressors,the dewpolnt sensorOn GA55 up to GA75:- Temperature sensor at the outletof the compressor element- Outlet uressure transducer- Pressure difference sensor of the011 separator- On water-cooled compressors,the water cutlet temperaturesensorStop the compressor. Swltcn off !havoltage and depressurize thecompressor as described tn therelevant rnstructron book. Check thesensor wmng. Replace the sensor ortransducer, If necessary.3 Remote control Indicates that the compressor IS set inremote control. Consult Atlas Copco.6 MAIN MENU: Gateway to other functions6.1 FunctionThe matn menu grves the operator access to most other functions VIMsubmenus.6.2 ProcedureThe marn menu IS actrvated by pressing:- The key on the marn drsptay (Fig. 3)- The key on whatever submenu drsplayStatus dataMarnFlSIC!F2Fig. 4. Example of a maIn menuThe drsplay tndrcates the name of the submenu wnlch can oe selec!ea‘only one name IS shown. use the scroll keys (6.Fig. lal to find theother names).In thts example, the dlsolay shows:That the submenu can be selectedThat other submenus are available using the scroll key iThat the key c> can be used to return to the main dtsolayThat the key ccSIct>> (select] can be used to select the submenu- 10 get more detailed lntormatlonF3v4 Functrons of keys See sectron 4.2.below displayNoteWhen more than one message fXedS to be dtsolayea (e.g. ooth wamlngand servtce). the messages wtll be dIsplayed one after the otner for 3seconds.7 STATUS DATA SUBMENU: Calling up statusof protection functions and resetting7.1 FunctionThe status data submenu grves informahon regarding the status ofthe compressor protectron functrons (shut-down, warning and shutdownwarning) and allows resetting of a shut-down and motor overload.7.2 Procedure1. Actrvate the main menu by pressrng the key (6Fig.la).2. T-a fir? optron shown on the second line of the drsplay IS .3. Press the key ccSIct>> (select) (5Fig. la).10 2920 :20703

lnstructlon booklncustnal Atr DIVISION ti&~f 47.2.1 No shut-down warning message or shut-downmessage existsIn this case, LED Q-Fig. la) IS out and the message on the asprayindrcates that a I condrttons are normal (Fig. 5a).Ali condltronsare OKMenuF2Fig. 5a. Erlmple of a status data screenDellvery airbar‘ShutdMenul ’Warn’More7.0‘* UnldFl F2 F3Frg. 5c. Example of a shut-dcwn warning screenclement outletShdw“CMenuMax 1001061. l .Fl F2 F3Ii7.2.2 A shut-down message existsLED (3-Frg. 1 a) blanks and the shut-down screen (Ftg. 5b) automaricallyappears on the display If the compressor IS shut down.In case of a shut-down due to too high an element outlet temoerature,a screen stmilar iO that In Fig. 5b WIII appear’Element outletShd Max 110i- d “C ‘1”‘..Meru** RsetFlF2Fig. 5b. Example of a status data screenThe top lme of the display, the actual temperature () andthe mdtcators (“) are blinking.It remains possible to scroll through other menus and then return tothe status data menu. In this case. the first Ootion of a Suomenu wit!be shown, i.e. . Thts optlon can be selected bypressng the key &SIct>> (select) to return to the shut-down screen(Fig. Sb). The other optrons (i.e. and ccstartfarlures>>) can be selected by scrolling until the desired OptIOn aopearsand then pressing the key c&Ict~= (select) to collect other nformatlon.If the message appears when selecting and , thrs means that:. BesIdes the existtng shut-down conditton there are no otner alarms- There are no start failuresSee sectlon 7.3 to reset the srut-down message7.2.3 A shut-down warning message exists1. LED (3-Fig. 1 a) IS alight and the main drsplay screen wtll changeInto a screen similar to the one In Fig. SC if a shut-down warnmgexists.F3Fig. 5d. Examole of a shut-down wamlng screen2. The IndlCatOrS i*‘) are olinktng ano the warmng message apoearsalternately with the messages IfIdiCatlng wnether the compress.runs unloaded or loaded.3. Press the key : the main menu appears (Fig 41 ‘N I*blmklng tndtcators (“).4. Press the key tcSlct>> (select), use the scroll key until the OD:‘CI s snown ana select ths optton. A screen sm :a:to the one In Frg. 5d appears, tndicattng that the temoerature a:the outlet o‘!he comoressor element (1 OS’C) IS too hlgn Cars, !the Instruction book to WWdy the trouble.5. If necessary, stop the compressor by means of button 0 (9-Fig1 a) and wait until the compressor has stopped.6. Switch off the voltage and Inspect the compressor.7. The warning message will disappear automatlcally as soon asthe wamtng conditton disappears.7.2.4 A warning message exists1, LED (3&g. 1 a) IS alight and the main dtsplay screen WIII changeInto a screer, similar !o that shown In Fig. 5e.Delivery airbarWarning ’Menu** More7.0‘* UnldFt F2 F3Fig. 5e. Example of a wammg screen2. The indicators (“) are blinking and the warning message appearsalternately with the messages indtcating whether the compressorruns unloaded or loaded. This warning Indicates that:- On water-cooled GAS/75 compressors. the cooling wateroutlet temperature exceeds the programmed warning level.- On Full-feature compressors (compressors with integrate0air dryer), the dewpomt temperature exceeds the programmecwarnrng level.2920 120: 03. ~

AtlMcbpclo lndustrtal Air DIVI;IO~ lnsrruct~on boo3. Looking for more detarls IS carned out in a simrlar way as descrlbeain steps 3 and 4 of sectron 7.23 If necessary, stop the compressorand remeay the fault.7.3 Shut-down reset1 Suppose that the shut-down screen as shown in Fig. 5b exists.2. The drsplay Indrcates:- > the compressor IS snut down due to too htgh acompressor temperature- c&lax>>: the maxrmum level IS c< 110 “CW. The actual temperature IS CCC 112>>The fourth line of the screen shows the avarlable functton keys,I.e.:- to return to the submenu allowrng lo choosebetween , and . c&set>> (reset)3. Swatch off the voltage and remedy the trouble. After remeaylngand when the shut-down conditton has disappeared, switch onthe voltage and press the key cc&et>> (reset). Press the keys and ccMatn>> to return to the marn drsplay and restanthe compressor oy means of button I (&Fig. 1 a).7.4 Reset of motor overloadIf the dnve motor overload relay (F21) or fan motor crrcult breaker(015) 1) tnps. the compressor WIII be shut down and LED (3-Ftg. 1 a)wll blink. FolIowIng screen appears:Motor overloadShdNot normalMenu.*NCl * RsetFl F2 F3Fig. 5f. Examole of a motor overload dsolayThe example Indicates that:- The compressor IS shut down due to motor overload- The contacts of the motor overload relay are normally closed- The conartron IS (I.e. the contacts are actuallyopen)The lop line of the display and the rndcators (“) are blinktng.1. Switch off the voltage and remedy the trouble. The overload relay(F21) resets Itself after coolrng off but the crrcurt breaker (Q1.5) 1)must be reset manually. The message WIIIchange Into ccNormal>>2. Switch on the voltage and press the key c&tset>> (reset) andthen the keys 4+4enu>> and to return to the maindtsplay.3. Restart the compressor by means of button I (E-Fig. la).8 MEASURED DATA SUBMENU: Calling upmeasured data8.1 FunctionTo call up the measured data:The actual pressureThe actual temperature at the outlet of the comoressor elemen!The programmed shut-down and warning temperatures for thecompressor elementThe actual dewpomt temperature (only for Full-featurecompressors wrth Integrated air dryer)The slatus of the motor overload protectronon GA5975 also:. The actual oressure difference over the 011 separator- The status of the fan motor overload protectionon water-cooled GA5375 also the actual coolrng water outle:!emoerature8.2 Procedure1. Activate the maln menu by pressing the key

lwructlonbook-The display rndlcates that:The disolay lnalcates that a shut-down warn/n; (>) leve- The reading shown IS the compressor programmed. e. iO0 “C maxtmum (). Press the qtemperature c> to return lo the screen of Fig. 6b.- A shut-down (>) level IS programmed, I.e. ccl 10 ‘C>>maximum ()_ The actual temperature IS a C 85- The key can be used to look at the wamlng level, seestep 75. On Full-feature compressors v:tth Integrated air dryer only, thescroll keys can be used to show the dewpornt temperature. SeeFig. 6cDewpoint“CWarnMenuMax415Fl F2 F3Ftg. 6c. Example of a measured data dtsplayThe display indcates that:- The readrng shown IS the !emperature. A wamlng () level IS programmed, I.e. ‘Cmaxrm;im ()_ The actual temperature IS c>6. The vemcal arrow at the nght-hand side lndlcates that the disolaycan De scrollea aownwaras to snow other measurea data. e.g,the motor overload condition: see Fig. 6d.Overload motorNormalShdMenuPestNCFl F2 F3Fig. 6d. Example of a measured data dlSplay*9 HOURS SUBMENU: Calling up running-L hours, loading hours, regulat?: i~crurs andmotor startsr9.1 FunctionTo call up the runnrng hours and loadtng hours of the compressor. :r::hours the regulator has been in operatlon as well as the number 2motor starts.9.2 Procedure: Acttvate the marn menu by pressing the key (5-F 9.la).2. Scroll through the avarlable options by using the scroll keys (6-Fig. la) unttl the optton ccHours>~ IS shown on the second lineof the drsplay.3. Press the key ccSIct>> (select) (5Fig. 1 a).The dtsplay ~111 snow the runntng hours. By using the scroll keys 16-Fiq. 1 a), other optlons can be selected to call up the data of the othertamers, i.e. IOadlng hours. motor starts and regulator hours.The dtspiay rndrcates that:Typical example (Fig. 7)The contacts of the motor OVerlOad relay are normally ciosea()In this example the oNIon IS selected:The condttton of !he relay IS (i.e. contacts closed)Opening of the contacts of the relay WIII shut down iccShd>>)the compressorLoadrng hoursPeSt (permtssive stat? function): the compressor wtlt not Stan ,n Hrs 1000case of a motor overloadMenuMod7. After pressing the key on the screen shown in Fig. 6b, F,a screen similar as In Fig. 6e IS shown:F2F3kElement outlet‘CShdwMaxRtm85100Fl F2 F3Fig. 6e. Example of a measured data displayFig. 7. Example of loading hours drsplayThe display lndlcates that the compressor has run loaded for 1OOChours.The bottom ltne of the screen shows the available function keys, 1.e to return to submenu and to mod@ the value 01the Indicated timer: if this should be required, consult Atlas Copco.2020 1207 13 “:

f&&u- Inciustnal Air Dlvtston lnstrmon boo,1 OSERVICE SUBMENU: Calling up andresetting service messages10.1 FunctionTo call up and reset service messages for followlng momtoredcomponents: 011, oil filter, 011 separator and air filter.Running hcursHrsSewilMax‘* RtrnF2Fig. 8b. Example of a service drsolay20502000** RsetF310.2 Calling up service messages1, Activate the mam menu by pressing the key (5-Fig.la).2. Scroll through the avarlable options by uslflg the scroll keys (6-Fig. 1 a) until the option > IS shown on the second llneof the display.3. Press the key > (select) (5-Fig. la)The display will show the name of the monitored component and rhemessage whether service IS needed or not. A verttcal scroll arrowappears on the display Indicating to scroll through the display to checkthe condition of the other comoonents sublect to service.011 filterSence reqMenu ** Slct l * RsetThe bottom line again shows the available function keys, I.e.:- &?tm>> (return) to return to the message whether service isrequired or not- cc&et>> (reset) to reset the service item: see section 10.410.4 Service resetTo reset the service timer’1 If the air filter IS zacatea: stoo !he comuressor, war! z:’ r-ecompressor has stooped and replace the element.2. If the oil, 011 separator or 011 filter IS indicated: stop the compressorwait until the comoressor has stopped, unscrew the oil filler pii;gone turn to depressunze the receiver and change the 011 or reo!acethe component as :he case may be.3. Call up the setvtce menu for the related component as descrloeaabove.4. Press the key c&et>> (reset): the timer IS reset to 0. Theregulator will ask for confirmatton (Yes) or cancelltng (NOI(pot crearlier production regulators).Fl F2 F3 NoteEach serwce Item must be reset Individually.Fig. 8a. Example of service displayThe display Indicates:- The component which \s monItored: the - That the filter needs servtce ( (select) to read more details; see sectlon 10.3- > to reset the service item; see section 10.410.3 Calling up running hours and service level1. Call up the related service item. See section 10.2.2. Press the key (select) to get the runnng hours andservlce level (see Fig. 8b): the related service timer has countedfor 2050 runnmg hours since previous filter change. Theprogrammed lltetime IS running hours: as aconsequence. the filter must be replaced and the service messagereset as aescnbed in section 10.4.11 TEST SUBMENU: Display test11 .l FunctionTo carry out a display test. I e. to cneck whether the alsplay and LEDsare still Intact.11.2 Procedure1. Activate the main menu by pressing the key (5.Fig.la).2. Scroll through :?,e options by using the keys (b-Fig. 1 a) until theoption is shown on the second line of the display.3. Press the key ccSIct>> (select) @Fig. la).The display shows the option ccDlsplay>>. Press the key>.During testing, the regulator will generate a series of patterns onthe display which enable the operator to check that each pixelstill functions normally: at the same time the LEDs are Ilt.4. Press the key to return to the submenu.14 2920 120703

Instruct!on booklnduslrlal Air DIVISION ti12 MODIFY SETTINGS SUBMENU: Modifying 12.2 Proceduresettings for regulation, protection andservice12.1 Function1, Activate the main menu bv Dressing the key (_!la).2. Scroll through the avatlable options by using the scroll kelFig. la) until the optron IS shown OIsecond ltne of the drsplay.To modify a numoer of programmaize parameters, inciudlng, 3. Press the key > (select) @-Fig. la).1 Regulation settings:- Unloading pressure. Loading pressure- Motor runmng trme in starLoad delay t/me- Number of motor starts/hour_ Minimum stop time (I.e. the time period during which thecompressor of stopped automatlcally, remains stoppedwhatever naopens with the air net pressure)- Required stoo period ithe ComDressor NIII roi ze s:oooedautomatically by the reguiator unless a standsr;iI 3erIOd equalto the sum of the mlntmum stop time and reaulrea stop penodIS expected). Power recovery time (If ;litomatic restart after voltage failureIS activated) 1)- General permlsslve start time (not used !or these GAcompressors)2 Protection settings:- Shut-down level for lhe comoressor element outlettemperarure .-A submenu IS started, allowtng the operator to select herdfollowing optlons:- RegularIon- Protections. Service4. Scroll through the optlons by using the scroll keys (&F!g.until the desired option IS shown on the display.5. Press the key c> (select).12.3 Modifying compressor reguiation settings,2,3.Call up the modify settmgs submenu and select the 03. See section 12.2.The first option (i.e. unloading pressure) of a list of programTzparameters IS snown. Use the scroll keys 16-ilg. :a) !o sethe parameter to be modified.For each parameter, the screen and modrfyng proceac:esimilar to lhe example below.- Shut-down wammg level for the compressor element outlet 12.3.1 Modifying the loading pressuretemperature- Delay time for slgnal (i.e. the time period dunng which the 1. Consult sections 12.1 up to 12.3 for selecting the ootlon tcloaclshut-down signal must exist before the compressor IS shut pressure>>.down)2. When selecting the loading pressure, a display similar to iFor GA Full-feature (Integratea air dryer) also:shown In Fig. 9a will appear:_ Dewpomt warning level- Delay time for signal (i.e. the trme perrod during which theLoading presswarnmg signal must exist before the warning messagebarappears)6.6- Delay time at starting (I.e. the iime oenod Ourlng wmcn thewamlng signal IS ignored after starting to allow the dryer toMenuModreach the dewpolnt temperature) Fl F2 F3On water-cooled GA5975 compressors also:_ Warning level for the cooling water outlet temoerature Fig. 9a. Exsmole of a modlfylng screen (regulation settings)- Delay time for slgnal (I.e. the time penod durrng which thewarning slgnal must exist before generatlng the wamtng) The example in Fig. 9a indicates:- Delay time at start (i.e. the time penod after starting which - On line 1 the related parameter, I.e. c>must expire before generating a wamlng)3 Service settings:Servce level for the:- Oil- Oil filter_ Air filter- Oil separator1) If requtred. the automatic restart funtion after voltage iallure caractivatea by Atlas Copco. The power recovery time(the oenod WIWnlCh :he voltage must be restored to have an auromaflc restart)be set between 1 and 254 seconds or to symbol OO!. If the porecovery time is set to OO!, the compressor will always restart aa voltage failure, no met& how long it takes to restore the voltiProvide a label near to the control oanel wamlng the ODeratOr thatcomoressor automatically restarts If the voltage 1s restored.2920 1207 03

JEclas&a~ Industrial Air DIVISKX Instruction oooK3.On llne 2 the unit and the actual value, i.e. Note: On Full-feature compressors with integrated air dryer aOn the bottom ltne the avallable selectrons. I.e. to secono optlon. i.e. dewpoin! !emperature. can oe se!ec:eareturn to the submenu and to modtfy the parameter. See sectton 12.4.2.On water-cooled GA2375 compressors, a second optran.After pressing the key (modify) the value of thei.e. cooling water outlet temoerature. can be selected. Seeparameter starts blinking and the functrons of the keys (5-Ftg.sectlon 12.4.3.1 a) change into:Fl ccProgz> (program)F2 , (Ilmltatrons)F3 ccCanc>> (cancel)Loading pressbarProgFlLtmF2‘7.0’CantF312.4.1 Element outlet temperature2. Press the key to program the new value or lhe keyccCanc>> to cancel the modiftcation operation (the original valuewill be retarned).NotesThe regulator WIII not acceot new values Deyond the llmltatlons.See sectron 18.It IS possible to check the limrtatrons wnich are valid for theparameter to be modified by selecting ccLim>> (limits). A typicalexample IS shown In Fig. 9c.Prog llmltsmmmax407.4RtmFl F2 F3Fig. 9c. Example of a moa@lng screen (regulation settings)12.4 Modifying protection settings1. Call up the modify settmgs submenu and select the optionccprotect!ons>>. See section 12.2. A screen as shown In Fig.1 Oa appears.Element outletTemperatureMenuFlSlctF2Fig. 1 Oa. Example of a modifyrng screen (protectlon settngs)F3LFtg. 1 Ob. Example of a modifying screen (protection sertings)The example in Fig. 1 Ob tnorcates:. On line 1, the name of the sensor rCompi,ssor c>)On llne 2. the type oi parameter ( or shut-down1 i?elevel type ( or maximum level) and the ac:uaNorogrammed value i)- On lrne 3, the unit ,)3. To mod@ the shut-down level, press the key ,,nodify)and then use the scroll keys (g-Fig. 1 a).4. Use the key to program the new value or the keyc&ax>> to cancel the modlftcation operation (the onglnal valuewill be retained).NotesThe regulator wll not accept new values beyond the llmltations.See section 18.It IS possible to check the lrmitations whtch are valid for theparameter to be moalfled by selecting > (limits)5 The arrow on the modlfylng screen (Fig. 1 Ob) Indicates to use thescroll key j. (6.Fig. ’ al to show the relevant shut-down warning(>) value re g >); see Fig. 10~.Eiement outletShdw‘CMenuMaxModFl F2 F3c10085 s-Fig. 10~. Example of i modifying screen (protection settings)6. To modify the shut-down warning level, press the key (modtfy) and then use tne scroll keys (6.Fig. 1 a).7. Use the key ccProg>> to program the new value or the keyccCanc>> to cancel the modification operatton (the onglnal valuewill be retalned).‘6 2920 !20701

InstructIon book8. The arrow L on the screen (Fig. 10~) lndlcates to use the scroll -key L (&Fig. 1 a) to show the programmed delay for the shut- _down; see Fig. 10d.Element outletDelay at signalsetMenuFlModF2Fig. 10d. Example of a modifying screen (protectron settings)0F3+145.On line ’ , the name of the sensor ()On line 2. !he type of parameter ( or wamrng), thetype ( or maximum level) and the actual programvalue (>)On line 3, the umt (>) and the actual measured v()Modifying IS carned out In a simrlar way cs descrtbed In stetand 4 of sectlon 12.4.1.The arrow on the modifying screen (Fig. 11 b) indicates to usescroll key -1 (6-Fig. la) to show the relevant delay at srgnarthe ttme period dunng which the wammg stgnal must exist befthe warning message appears (e.g. cc3 set>>). See Fig. ! 1i’- ,The example tn Fig. 10d rndcates:- On line 1, the name of the sensor (Compressor )- On line 2. the type of parameter ( shut-down)- On line 3, the untt (ccsec>>) and the actual value (>)9. If it should be necessary to modify the nominal setting of 0seconds frrst consult sectron 18 before pressing the key (modify) and then using the scroll keys (6-Fig. 1 a) for modrfying.10. Use tne key to program :he new value or the key> to cancel the modtficatron operation (the ohginal valuewill be retained).12.4.2 Dewpoint temperatureDewpotntDelay at signalsetMenuModFl F2 F3Fig, 1 lc. Example of a modrfyrng screen (protection settrngsl6. Moarfyrng IS carrled out in a simrlar way as described m SE?:and 4 of section 12.4.1.7. The arrow i on the modrfyrng screen (Fig. 1 lc) lndrcates tc Jthe scroll key i (6-Fig. la) to show the delay at start (I.e. the :‘rpenod dunng which the warning signal IS Ignored after stan!rgallow the dryer to reach the dewpoint temperature); see Fig. ’ *3For GA Full-feature (compressor wtth Integrated air dryer), adownward pointtng arrow appears on the third line of the screen (Fig.1Oa) indicating that a second option, I.e. dewpoint temperature. canbe selected:1. Press the scroll key i (6-Frg. 1 a). FoIlowIng screen appears:DewpolntDelay at startSeC 255MenuModFl F2 F3,.DewpointTemperatureMenuSlctFl F2 F3Fig. 11 a. Example of a modtfying screen (protectton settings)2. Select the opbon by pressing the key > (select).3. A screen similar to the one shown below appears (hg. 11 b): 9rF,ig. 11 d. Example of a modifying screen (protectron settings)The example In Fig. 11 d indicates:On line 1 the -,ame of the sensor ()On line 2. the type of parameter ()On line 3. the unit (ccsec>>) and the actual value (‘18.Mjdlfylng IS carrred out in a similar way as described In steosand 4 of section 12.4.1.Use the key and the key T to return to the initial screlas shown In Fig. 1 Oa.WarnMax 15“C4 1MenuModFl F2 F3Fig. 11 b. Example of a modtfyrng screen (protection setttngs)The example In Fig. 11 b Indicates:12.4.3 Cooling water outlet temperatureFor wster-cooled GA55/75 compressors, a downwards porntiarrow appears on the third line of the screen (Fig. 1 Oa) lndrcating tra second option, i.e. cooling water outlet temperature can be SeleCtc1. After pressing the arrow key on the screen shown in Fig. 1 oascreen similar to that in Fig. 11 e is shown:2920 ‘257 03

Bla~~cbpcroIndustrial Atr DlvlsionInstructron bookCool water outTemperatureMenuSlctACool water otitDelay at Startset 0MenuModFl F2 F3 Fi F2 F3hFig. 1 le. Example of a modtfytng screen (protectton settings)2. Press the key (select): a screen slmllar to the one ShOWnbelow appears (Fig. 11 f).Cool water outWarn“CMenuMaxModFl F2 F36045 1Fig. 11 f Example of a modrfylng screen (protectron settrngslFig. 11 h. Example of a modifying screen (protection settrngs)9. Consult steps 6 and 7 rf modrfytng IS desired12.5 Modifying service settings1. Call up the modify settings submenu and select the option> See section 12.2.2. The first optton of a 1st of programmable servtce settrngs IS shownSee section 12.1 for the lrst of all programmable parameters. Usefhe scroll keys f6.Q ’ a) to select the parameter to be mootf8ed.e.g. 011 lrfettme (Fig. 12a).The example tn Ftg. 11 f Indicates:. On lrne 1, the name of lhe sensor (). On llne 2, the type of parameter () and tneprogrammed maximum ()- On ltne 3. the untt and actual value (>)3. To modify the warning level. press the key imodIfy\and use the scroll keys (6-Fig. 1 a).4. Use the key > to program the new value or the key> to cancel the modtfication (the ongtnal value will beretained).NotesThe regulator wtll not accept new values beyond the limitations.See sectlon 16. It IS possrble to check the llmitattons by selecttng (ltmrts).5. The arrow on the screen (Fig. 11 f) Indicates to use the scroll keyi (g-Fig. 1 a) to show the programmed delay for the warning signal;see Fig. 11 g.Cool water outDelay at SignalSeCMenuFlModF20 LFig. 11 g. Example of a modtfytng screen (protectton settngs)‘J?q 6 If necessary, use the key and the scroll keys formodtfyng.7. Use the key > to program the new value or the keyccCancs> to cancel the operatton (the original value WIII beretarned). See also step 4.6. The arrow on the screen (Fig. 1 lg) tndtcates to use the scroll key1 (6-Fig. la) to show the programmed delay dunng start: seeFig. 11 h.F3011 lifetimeMenuFlsictF2Ftg. 12a. Example of a modrfvng screen (service settings)3. Select the parameter to be modified by pressing the key c&Ict>>(select). If serecttng the 011 lifetime, a screen stmtlar to the one InFig. 120 appears:Running hoursServHrsMenuFlMaxModF2F34030477Fig. 12b. Example of ? moaifytng screen (servtce setttngs)4. To modify the serttno of the running hours, press the key (modify) and then use the scroll keys (6-Fig. la).5. Use the key ccProg>> to orogram the new value or the keyccCanc>> to cancel the moarficatton operatfon (the ongtnal valuewill be retaned).Notes- The regulator WIII not accept new values beyond the limitations.See sectton 16.- It IS posstble to check the IimitatIons which are valid for thepazrretor to be modified by selecting ccLtm>> (limits).F3Y'8 2920 1207 03

lnslructton oooklndustnal Arr Dlvlslon /itlaah13 TIMER SUBMENU: Programming 13.2.3 To display the list of commandscompressor start/stop commands13.1 FunctionTo program up to 56 start/stop commands for the compressor.13.2 ProcedureActtvate the matn menu by pressing the key (5Fig.1 a).Scroll through the avarlable opttons by usrng the scroll keys (6-Fig. la) unttl the optton IS shown on the second ltne ofthe dtsplay.Press the key (select) (5Fig. la).Intttally, the 1st with start/stop commanas IS emoty hence the:Imer iuncbon :s swlrched off (c>) Wowingscreen appears:Timer not activated1. Press the key on the timer screen. A typrcal dlsora)shown In Fig. 14a.Mon06:OO startIMon 17:oo stop cTue 07:OO start vFl F2 F3Fig. 14a. Example of start/stop command screenThe ventcal arrows at the right-hanct side Indicate to use ::verbcal scroll keys to select the next and prevtous startisiccommands. The norizontal arrow indrcates the command wr cIS accessible at that moment.2. Use the key to return to :he submenu or :ne is !o mooify the start&too commands.3. After pressing the key :hree selecttons are showr _the bottom line of the dsplay (Fig. 14b)Menu Lrst Mon 06~00 startFlF2F3Mon17.00 stopTue07.00 startFtg. :3. Timer screenMoa Ado DelFl F2 F3*L-13.2.1 To program start/stop commands Fig. 14b. Example of start/stop command screen1. Press the key ccLlst>>. The dtsolay will show a message that 4. Use:the list IS emoty (). The bottom line WI/I now Include - to modify the command Indicated by the honzontzthe key (mod@).arrow2. Press the keys and then The command - to add a new command at the location of thccMON 0O:OO stop>> ~111 be shown.honzontal arrow3. Ustng the scroll keys (6-Fig. 1 a), mod@ thts command as required, . to delete start/stop commandsas described In sectton 13.2.4. Add and delete commands asrequrred. as described In secttons 13.2.5 and 13.2.64. Acttvate the tamer as described In section 13.2.2. 13.2.4 To modify a command13.2.2 To activate/deactivate the timer1. The timer can only be activated if at least one start/stopcommand is programmed.2. Select the menu . Press the key (modify);the message will blink.3. Use the scroll keys (6 Fig. la) to change the message Into.4. Press the key > (program) to program the Timer activefunction of key > to cancel the mocttfy operation. Ifactivated, the regulator will execute the programmed commands.5. The timer can be deactivated again. In this case, theprogrammed start/stop commands will not be executed (butremain in the memory of the regulator).1. Suppose the command ccMon 17:OO stop>> IS to be modifiecI.e. StopDIng at 1 El 0 clock Instead of 17 o’clock.2. Press the key > and scroll through the compressor starstop commands until the command to be modified is indicatea tthe horizontal arrow on the screen. Press the key > agarn. The day indicatton will blink (Fi!14~). The day can be modified using the scroll keys (6-Fig. 1 a3. Press the tabulator key (7-Fig. la) to go to the next field to tmodified (the hour tndicatton). See Fig. 14d. Modify using ke)(6).4. Proceed in the same way to modify, if necessary, the minute, tndtcatton and the start/stop indicatton. See Figs. l4e and 1415. Press the key ccProg>> (program) to program the new commaror the key ccCanc>> (cancel) to quit without reprogrammlng.6. The regulator will ask if it is desired to change more command2920 1207 03

J&&&XXI lndustrtal Air Olvlslon Instructjon bOOKII‘MonProgFl06.00 stat-t13.2.5 To add a command17:oo stop07.00 startF2Fig. 14~. ProgrammIng the dayMOllMonTueProgstart‘18’ stopstartCantFl F2 F3Fig. 14d. ProgrammIng the hoursMonMonTueProgFlstart‘00’ stopsrartCantF2Fig. 14e. Programmlng the mrnutesF3CantF31, Press the key and scroll through the commands unrl!ihe command after which a new command IS to oe added appears.followed by a hcnzontal arrow2. Press the keys c > (moa~fy) and . 1) Thecommanawhich was indicated by the horrzontal arrow WIII be copled anathe day Indcatlon of the copied command will blrnk.3 The way of modlfyrng this command IS smllar to the descnpoonIn sectron 13.2.44. The regulator WIII ask If it is desired to change more commanas.13.2.6 To delete a command1. Press the ‘.?;J and scroll through the commands unto;the command to be deleted appears, followed by a homontararrow.2 Press the keys imodIfy) and (delete) 1) Thebottom llne of the screen, shows followmg selectIons:> to delete all commands> to delete the command indicated by ihe honzontal arrowccCanc>> (cancel) rf !he delete SelectIon must not be carried ou:3 When seiectlng cMonMonTueProgFi06:OO1 a:00 ‘stop’07:ooF2CantF3Fig. 14f. Programmrng the start/stop modeImportant:It IS necessary to program the Stah/StOD Commands in Successive ordertimewwe. PrograIl the commands from Monaay till Sunaay, e.g..Monday 07.30 startMonday 18.00 stopTuesday 08.00 startTuesday 17.00 stopetc.q.,The rE?gUlatOf does not accept a new compressor start/stop commandunless it IS situated between the next and previous start/stop commandtlmewlse If not. the new command IS not accepted and the commandline remains blinking. In this case, either moalfy the command or usethe key ccCanc>> (cancel) to quit the modlficatlon operation.Make sure that the timer function IS actrvated (). Ifnot, the programmed start&top commands wtli not be executed.1) If the key >. the display ~111 mclude the oprions andc (delete). In this case. one of these keys can be pressed w~thou:usmg the key (modify) first20 2920 1x703

InstructIon bookInd~~stnal Air ._ IVISIO~ JU~J.&fli14 CONFIGURATION SUBMENU:Reprogramming time, date, displaylanguage, units, motor start mode anddate format14.1 FunctionTo reprogram a number of parameters. These parameters are:- Time- Date- Language on dtsplay (two languages are provided)- Auto restart 1)_ Umt for pressure (bar, psi or kg/cm2)_ Umt for temperature (“C or “F). Motor start mode (star-delta or dtrect-on-line)- Format of date (day/month/year or monthfdayiyear or year/month/day)On GA!%/75 also:_ Starts/day or starts/hour14.2 Procedure12.3.4.5.6.Acttvate the marn menu by pressing the fxctlon key (Wg. 1 a).Scroll through !he available optlons by usrng the scroll keys (6-Fig. 1 a) unttl the optton ccConfiguratron>> IS shown on the secondline of the display.Press the key ccSIctx+ (select) (5-Fig. la).The first option shown IS . If another optton IS desired,scroll through the display (using scroll keys B-Fig. 1 a) and select(using key =xSIct>>).In case of optton , the second line on the screenindicates the actual settrng. e.g. 14:30.if it is desired to modify the trme, press functton key (modify) (S-Fig. 1 a). If not, press key to return to thesubinenu.After pressing the key (modify), the first field (I.e. 14)will blmk. Modify the hours using the scroll keys (6-Fig. : a). Thenpress the tabulator key (7-Fig. 1 a) to go to the next field (i.e. 30).The setting of this fteld can now be modlfled with the scroll keys.The bottom line of the display WI/I show two opttons:- ccProg>> to program the new setting- ccCanc>> to cancel the new settingProceea in the same way for the other parameters to be modified.Use the scroll keys (6-Fig. 1 a) to modify the parameter.15 SAVED DATA SUBMENU: Calling upcompressor data saved by regulator15.1 FunctionTo call up the compressor data saved by the electronic regulator. Thedata are:- Last shut-down data (indicated )_ Last emergency stop data (Indcated (select) @-Fig. 1 a).If desired, reoeat steps 4 and 5 to look at the other optiors15.2.1 Example of the last shut-down data1. Select optron . Followmg screen maappear:Motor overloadShdNot normalMenuFlNCF2Fig. 15a. Examole of a saved data screenThe display (Fig. 15a) Indicates:- The last shut-down (>) was a - The contacs of the overload relay are normally closed (>, i.e. open due to overcurrer- On the bottom line the key to return to the submenlF3wwjNoteFor most setttngs only one reprogrammable field IS used; In thts casethe tabulator key (7-Fig. 1 a) to jump from one field to the other one ISnot needed.2. By using the scroll key 1 (6-Fig. la) followtng data are show(the data reflect the condition of the compressor at the mometof shut-down):- Time- Date_ Duration of longest load or unload penod (if these data alselected)1) To be acttvated by Atlas Copco only2920 120: 03

.J&&&JUI lndustnal Arr DIVISION Instructron book- Number of runntng hours- Number of loadrng hours- Number of motor starts. Outlet pressure- Compressor element outlet temperature_ Condition of the motor overload function3. Press the key to return to the submenu and selectanother optron, e.g. ) was due to too htgh a comoressor temperature- The shut-down value IS programmed at 110 “C ()- The temperature increased to - On the bottom line the key to return to the suomenuBy using the scroll key & (&Fig. la), other data related to the shut.down can be called UD.16 MORE FUNCTION: Quick look at actualcompressor status16.1 FunctionTo have c* quack look at:- The control status of the compressor. I.e. automatrc or manualcontrol, local or remote control, start/stop trmer on or off- The maxlmum allowable unloading pressure- The actual outlet pressure- The actual temperature at the compressor element outlet- The dewpornt temperature (on Full-feature compressor wrth butlt-In dryer)- The status of the motor overload protection- The running and loading hoursOn GA55ff5 also:- The pressure drfference over the 011 separator- The status of the fan motor overioad protectton- On watercooled compressors also: the actual cooling wateroutlet temperatureIv16.2 Procedure1 If necessary, activate the marn drsplay. See sectlon 4.2.2. Press the key . A screen simrlar to Fig. 16 appears:Auto operatronLocal controlTimer activeMenuFlMoreF2Fig. 16. Example of a more alsplayUnldc> lndrcates the automatic or manual operation statusof the regulator. means that the regulator automatically adapts!he operatron of !he comoressor, I.e. loadfng, unloadrng, stoppingana automahc resrartmg according to !he programmedTarameters. means that the automatic pressure controlfunction of the regulator IS Interrupted after manual lnterventronthrough the function keys on the keyboard (see section 17).Line 2 indicates wneIn?r Ine regulator operates In local conrrolor remote control moae. means that the start/stop ana load/unloadbuttons on the keyboard are activated.c&emote control>> means that these functions are controlledremotely. Consult Atlas Copco.Line 3 Indicates whether the timer which generates tlme-basedstart and stop commands is actrvated or not. See sectton 13.3. Press the key ccMore>> agan: the next screen shows the max.pressure, I.e. the max. allowable unloading pressure4. Press the key to get followrng Information (the dataret&t the actual condrtron of the compressor):_ The outlet pressure. The compressor element outlet temperature. The status of the motor overload functionI The numoer of runnrng hours_ The number of loaotng noursOn GA5975 also. The pressure difference over the oil separator. The status of the fan motor overload protection- On watef~ooled compressors also: the actual cooling wateroutlet temperature5. The last item shown IS always the loading hours.F322 2920 1207 53

InstructIon booklndustrtal AIM DIVISION acbpclo17 MANUALLY LOADING/UNLOADING17.1 FunctionTo load and unloaa the comuressor manual11Normally. the comuressor IS running II-I automat/c ooeration. i.e. theelectronic regulator loaas. unloads, stops and restarts rhe compressorautomatlcally. LED (’ -Fig. 1 a) IS then alight.If required, the compressor can be unloaded manually. In thts case,the compressor IS swltched out of automatlc operatton. I.e. thecompressor remains runntng unloaded unless tt IS loaded agatnmanual,,17.2 Manually unloading1. If necessary aWare the maln alsplay. See sec:lon 4 2.2. Press the key > (unload) @-Fig. la) LED (l&g. la)goes out. The message appears on thedisplay.17.3 Manually loading1 If necessary activate the main dtsplay See sectlon 4 22. Press me key > (5Fig. la). LED (1 -Fig. 1 ai i;gnts up.Note that the command does not force the compressorIn loaded condltlon. but It WIII switch the compressor IO automaticoperdtlon again, i.e. the compressor WIII be loaded of required bythe air net pressure.18 PROGRAMMABLE SETTINGS18.1 Regulation settings MinImumsettmgNominalsettingMaximumsettmgMotor running trme In starLoad delay ttme.Number of motor stans for GA30 up to -75Number of motor starts for GA1 1 up to -22Number of motor starts for GA57Mintmum stop time for GA30 up 10 -75Mimmum stop time for GAS-7.Required stou period 2)set 5 10 10set 0 0 10starts/hr 0 10 10startyhr 0 10 30startsihr 0 15 15set 1) 20 30SeC 1) 25 30set 0 20 601) Once the cOmoreSSOr 3 auromatically stopped. it ~111 remain stoooed for the minimum stop time. whatever haopens with the air net pressure. It ISrecommeraea :O 3:cgram :hS SetVng at mInImum 20 Secoras :o arevent Too-shon stocptng perrods If a lower semng should be required, ccmult Atlasccpco2) In automattc operation, the comoressor WIII not be stopped by the regulator until a standstIll penod of at least the sum of the minimum stop time anarequired stop period IS expected. However, 11 the decrease II air net pressure should require a new Stan of the compressor, the regulator WIII start thecompressor after Fe minimum stop time.2920 120703 21 _I

J&&yxxlndustrlal Air Dlvtslon-- ._--‘nstructrofl &J&MnlmumsettingNomlnalsettingPermIssIve start penod 10) ...............................Power recovery trme for GA55 -75 ...............................Power recovery trme for GA5 up to -45 ............................Unloading pressure 3)13 bar Pack. ................................... bar(e)13 bar Full-feature. ............................................ bar(e)10barPack .................................................. bar(e)10 bar Full-feature. ......................................... bar(e)7.5 bar Pack ........ ................. ............ bar(e)7.5 bar Full-feafure ........................................ bar(e)100pslPack ............................................ bar(e)100 psi Full-feature .......................... bar(e)125pslPack.. .. ... .... bar(e)125 PSI Full-feature ........... bar(e)150 psi Pack ..................................... bar(e)150 psi Full-feature ............................. ....... bar(e)175 psr Par% ...... .................. ....... bar(e)175 pst Full-feature .................... bar(e)Loading pressure 3)13 bar Pack. ... ... ..................... bar(e)13 bar Full-feature. ........................ bar(e)1ObarPack. .. ... bar(e)10 bar Full-feature. .. .................. ........ bar(e)7.5 bar Pack ....... ................................ bar(e)7.5 bar Full-feature ....................................... bar(e)100pslPack .................................. . . . ........... bar(e)100 psi Full-feature .................................... bar(e)125psiPack ............................................. bar(e)125 PSI Full-feature ....................................... bar(e)150 pa Pack ..... ..... bar(e)150 PSI Full-feature. ... ........................ bar(e)175 pa Pack ........ .......... .................. bar(e)175 ps Full-feature bar(e)setsetset011414.14.14.14.14.1414.1414:4.14.1414'44444444444441201036012)12)12.5 1312.5 12.79.5 109.5 9.77 7.57 7.26.9 7.46.9 7.16.6 9.18.6 0.010.3 10.810.3 10512 12.512 12.211.9 12.911.9 12.609 9.90.9 9.66.4 7.46.4 7.16.3 7.36.3 70 90 6.79.7 10.79.7 10.411.4 12.411.4 '2.13) The regulator aoes not acceot lllOglCal settings. e.g. If the unloaalng pressure IS programmed at 7 0 bar(e), the maximum llmlt for the loaamg pressurechanges Into 6.9 bar(e) T+e recommended mmlmum pressure difference between loadmg ano unloading IS 0.6 bar.10) Is the penoa during wnicn :ne San conaliions are cnecked.12) Is cnly accessible if :he &~OmatlC reStiM IS activated. The power recovery time (the penoo withIn wnlch the voltage must be restored ;o tave anautomatic restart) can be set between 1 and 254 second8 or to symbol OO!. If the power recovery time is set to OO!, the compressor will alwaysrestart after a Voltage failure, no matter how long it takes to restore the voltage. To activate the automatic restart function, consult Atlascopco24 2920 ‘20733

InstructIon book-In@W~al Air Dtvlslon ticb18.2 Protection settings Mtmmum Nomlnal Waxlmumsetting setting settingCompressor element outlet temperature 4) ‘C9) 100 !09(shut-down warning level)Compressor element outlet temperature 4) ‘C101 110 120(shut-down level)Delay at shut-down signal ll), set 0 0 7For Full-feature also 13)Dewpoint wamlng temperature, “CDelay at slgnal6)setDelay at starting 14)set3 15 500 3 100 255 255On water-cooled GA!%75 compressors also:Coolmg water outlet temoerature (wammg level) ‘C 0 60 99Delay at warnmg slgnal6) set 0 0 255Delay at star! 15) set 0 0 25518.3 Service settings Mtntmum Nominalsetting settingMaxImumsetting_-Oil filter lifetime (runmng hours) for GA1 1 up to -22Oil falter lifetime (runmng hours) for other GAhr 0 4000 5)hr 0 2000 5)Oil lifetrme (running hours) hr 0 4000 7)Air filter (runnmg hours) for GA30 to -75 ............. ........... hr 0 2000 8)Air filter (running hours) for GA5 up to -22 .......................... hr 0 4000 8)Oil separator (runmng hours) for GA30 up to -75hr0 6000 8)011 separator (running hours) for GA11 up to -22 hr0 8000 8)Oil separator (running hours) for GA5-7hr0 4000 8)Oil separator (pressure dtfferencel bar 0 1 16)Oil separator (delay at signal) 6) set 0 10 204) The regulator does not accept llloglcal settings, e.g. If the wamlng level IS programmed at 95 “C. the mlnlmum limit for the shut-down level changes in96 “C. The recommended difference between the warning level and shut-down level 1310 “C5) Use Atlas Copa, oil fllten. Also consult the relevant lnstructlon book for the correct change Interval.6) Is the time penod dunng which the wamlng slgnal must exist before the wamlng message appears.I) Recommended 011: Atlas Copco Rota-qectfluld. Also consult the relevant lnstructlon book for the currect change Interval.8) Also wnsult the relevant lnstructlon oook for the currect change Interval.9) Recommenaed mlmmum settmg: 70°C For testing the temperature sensor, this setttng can be decreased to 50°C. Reset the semng value after tester11) This IS the oenod during which tne slgnal must exist before the compressor IS shut down. It IS strongly recommended to program this time at 0 sccomIf It should be reoulreo to orogram this setting at another value (e g. !o deal with transient high !emoeratures when ustng an energy recovery systerconsult Atlas Cooco. ‘=13) Full-feature version IS the Pack version with Integrated air dryer14) Is the time penod during which the warning signal IS ignored after starting to allow the dryer to reach the dewpoint temperature,15) Is the period after starting wnlcn must exoire before generatlng a wamlng. This semng should be less than the setting for delay at sIgnal.16) The recommended change mterval IS 6000 runnmg hours or exceeding 1 bar pressure drop over separator,2920 120'03

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR STATIONARY COMPRESSORS & EQUIPMENT(continued)Read and understand these precautions before installing your unitand observe them during operation and maintenance.aftercooler or atr system IS free to expand under heat and thatIt IS not tn contact with or close to flammable marenal.8. No external force may be exerted on the ur outlet valve;the connected pipe must be free of stress and sttaln.9. If remote control IS Installed, the untt must bear an obvtoussign readmg:DANGER: This machine is rsmobly controlled and maySM without warning.As a further safeguard. persons smtchmg on remotely controlledunits shall take adequate precau0ons to ensure thatthere IS no one checking or working on the machlne. To thisend, a suItably worded nobce must be affixed to the startmgequipment.10 lnmulbple compressor systems. manual valves must beInstalled to Isolate each compressor Non-return valves(chedc valves) must not be relied upon for isolatrng pressuresystems.11. Never remove or tamper mth the safely dwces. guardsor msulabons fitted on the unit. Every pressure vessel orauxlllav installed outside tie unit to contain air above atmosphencpressure shall be protected by a pressure-relievingdevtce or devices as requrredI 2. External p~pework or other parts with a temperature Inexcess of 175°F (80°C) and which may be accidentallytouched by personnel tn normal opetatmn must be guarded orInsulated. OtherhIgh-temperature p~pework should be clearlymarked.13. If the ground IS not level or can be subject to vanablemclmabon. consult Atlas Copco.14. The electncal ConnectIons must be in accordance rvlth thelocal codes. The uncts must be property grounded and pmtectedagainst short c~ru~~ts by fuses.OpSdiOfl1, Air hoses shall be of correct size and suItable for thewoting pressure and flow. Never use frayed. damaged ordetenorated hoses. Use only the correct type and size ofhose fittmgs and connecbons. When blomng through a hoseor ar he. ensure that the open end IS held securely. A freeend will whip and may cause injury. Make sure mat a hose ISfully depressunzed before disconnecting it.2. Never operate the unit when there IS a possibility of takingIn flammable or toxic fumes.3. Never operate the unit at pressures below or In excess ofits limit rattngs as prescribed on the Principal Data Sheet.4. All canopy doors (if provided) must be closed duringoperation.5. Personnel In environments or moms where the soundpressure level reaches or exceeds 90 dB(A) must wear earprotectors.6. Penooically check that:a. All guards are in place, in good condition and securelyfastened.b. All hoses and/or popes lnade me unit are In goodcondition, secure and not rubbing.c. There are no leaks.d. Ail fasteners am bght.e. All electrical leads are secure and in good condition.f. Safety valves and other pressure-relief devices arenot obstructed by dirt or paint.g. kr outlet vatve and air system, I.e. pipes, couplmgs.manifolds, valves, hoses, etc. are in good repair. freeof wearor abuse.MaintenanceMamtenance and repair work shall only be carried out undersupervIsIon of someone qualified for the job.1. Use only me correct tools for mamtenance and repair work.2. Use only genuine Atlas Copco spare parts.3. All maintenance work must oniy be undertaken when theunit IS stopped and the main power supply IS srntched off,Take proper lockout precaubons to ensure that the unit cannotbe started inadvertently.4. Before removing any pressurized component, Isolate theunit from all sources of pressure and relieve the entire systemof pressure.5. Never use flammable solvents orcarbon tetrachlonde forcleaning parts. Take safety precautions agamst toxic vaporsof cleaning liquids.6. Maintam a clean environment during maintenance andreparr. Keep dirt away by covering the parts and exposedopenings with a clean cloth, paper or tape.7. Never weld or perform any operation involvmg heat nearthe oil system. Oil tanks must be completely purged, e.g. bysteamcleaning, before carrying out such operahons.8. Make sure that no tools, loose parts or rags are left in or onme unit.9. Before cleaning tie unit for use after maintenance oroverhaul. check that operating pressures, temperatures andtime settings are correct and that the control and shutdowndevices function correctly.10. Protect the motor, ar filter, elecmcal and regulatrng components,etc. to prevent moisture from entenng them, e.g.when steamcleenmg.11. Do not remove any of, or tamper with. the sound-dampingmater&12. Never use caushc solvents which can damage materialsof the air system, e.g. polycarbonate bowls.13. Always consult local, state and federal regulatrons whenhandling refngerant.

FEATURESl .9 micron elementl Low pressure dropl Long element lrfe ..l Pop-up lndlcator lndtcates abnormalconditron such as plugged element orexcessive flow. Crltlcal protectlon requrreschangmg element at regular Intervals.l 10 oz. or 20 oz. black coatedmetal bowl with liqurd level sightl Manual hwst drainOPTIONSadd suffrx to part number in alpha orderFloat DrainF Internal float drawn F473FWM Metal bowlwithout sight glass F473MSite AS 822Arrow Model: F484WP&ID Ref.: FLT120REP P/N:FLT183SPECIFICATIONSMetal Bowll Zinc, black ccatedl Max. supply pressure 250 pslgl Operating temperature range40°F to 200°FMetal Bowl with Sightl Zinc, black coatedl Max. supply pressure 250 psrgl Operating temperature range40°F to 160°Finternal Float DrainNote: limits bow temperature andpressure rating.l Operating pressure range 30 to 175 psrgl Operating temperature rangeJOT to 12O’FBody black coated aluminumBaffle plashcSeals Buna NABCElementsl .9 micron borosilicate glass filterD.O.P. Efficiency: 95%, Particle sizeremoval, Remaining 011 contenr by !vi :2.5 PPMKITSl Internal float drain. 5200Bowl Kitsl 10 oz. with sight.l IO oz. wrthout srght.l 20 oz. with sightl 20 oz. wrthout sightElement Kitsl .9 micronOrange nettrng or oatRepair Kitsl Repair k/tl Replacement sight kit. Indicator pop-up kitMounting Bracket see page 60. FBK70 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 scfmAir Flow - scfm Q 100 psigSKF-li’NBKF-lTMBKF38WSKiJ6MA. F473B. F474C. F476Cl. F483E. F484F. F486AGfMEN;IGNS (dN&HES)IIWEIGHT(LBS.)%” F473W 66 10 oz. 3V1 l’/a 8’14 3 2.7%” F483W a4 20 oz. 3314 1 ‘/a 11’12 3 3.6lj2” F474W 83 10 oz. 331~ iv6 as : 3 2.7‘1211 i F484W j ii6 i 20 OZ. j 33/4 j ws / 1111~ j 3 j 3.6 cy4” ! F476W 98 10 oz. 33/J l’is : a114 3 2.714 b Coalescing Filters: ‘lr” j F486W 172 20 oz. 33/a 1 1 ‘is I 11 ‘/z I 3 ! 3.6 j* Flow scfm based on 2.5 psi 4 p Q 100 psig inlet.

LFEATURESl .03 mrcron fiber elementl Pop-up indicator indrcates abnormalcondrhon such as plugged element orexcessive flow. Crrtrcal protectron requrreschangrng element at regular intervals.l Low pressure drop -~l 10 oz. or 20 oz. black coated metalbowl wrth liquid level sightl Manual dramOPTIONSaad suffix to part number in alpha orderA .Ol micron element F573AWFloat DrainF Internal float drain F573FWK Overnight drainF573KWM Black coated metal bowl F573MSite AS 822Arrow Model: F584AWP&ID Ref.: FLT121REP P/N:FLT184SPECIFICATIONSMetal Bowll Zinc, black coatedl Max. pressure 250 psigl Operating temperature range40°F to 200°FMetal Bowl with Sightl Zinc, black coatedl Max. pressure 250 psigl Operating temperature range4O’F to 160°FInternal Float Drain Note: lrmrts bowltemperature and pressure ratrngsl Operating pressure range 30 to 175 psigl Operating temperature range30-F to 12O’FBody Black coated aluminumBaffle plasticSeals Buna NElementsl .03 micron borosilrcate glass fiberD.O.P. Effrcrency. 99 97% Particle sizeremoval. Remaining 011 content by wt.:2.5 PPM3.01 ,I 7 !2’o; Recommended ,l.Ol micron borosilicate glass firer, D.O.P.Efficiency: 99.999% Parhcle sizeremoval, Remanning 011 content b:; wt.,.0005 PPMKITSl Internal float dram krt 5200. Overnight Metal (K) .CKFKBowl Kitsl 10 oz. with srght 3KF47Wl 10 oz. wrthout sight. BKFJihll 20 oz. wrth srght. BKH8Wl 20 oz. wrthout sight BKF38hlElement Kitsl 03 mrcron EK57Clear net no colorEK58l .Ol mrcron EK57,:Red net or dotEK58,:Repair Kitsl Reparr kit RKiI7 ?KFJZl Replacement srght kit WK37. Indicator Pop-up kit .DPK-35 di0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 SCflAir Flow - scfm Q 100 psigF573F574F576F583F584F586r ;’ ;!z’; : MODEL NO. M~~~;~WjC~~~~A D’MEy’oNS (;cHEs)DF573W 48 10 33/4 1’14 8’14 3 2.7F583W 72 20 ’ 3314 1 ‘I4 ll’/z 3 3.6/ 33/4 j 1’/4 I 8’14 3 2.7 ,20 b Coalescing Filters

...3.FEATURESProtects end processes from gaseous 011contamination and rids compressed air ofoffensive only odorsRemoves hydrocarbons for $e Inanalytical instrumentsLow pressure drooPop-up indicator indicates abnormalcondition such as plugged element orxcessrve flow. Critical protection requires,hanglng element at regular intervals.IO oz./20 oz. black coated metal bowlwith liquid level sightBlack coated aluminum housingManual drain..OPTIONSadd suffix to part number In alpha orderM Metal bowlwithout sight glassF673MSite AS 822Arrow Model: F684WP&ID Ref.: FLT122REP P/N:FLT182SPECIFICATIONSMetal Bowll Zinc black coatedl Max. pressure 250 psigl Operating temperature range40°F to 200°FMetal Bowl with Sightl Zinc black coatedl Max. pressure 250 psigl Operating temperature rangeJOT to 16O’FElementl Multi-wrapped layers of rmoregnaredactivated charcoal particles to increasepurification qualities. If the compressedarr has been prepared by a sultablerefrigerated dryer and FJ Ollescer filter.the F6 Absorber G~v~/I insure 011 concentrationsof .Ol PPM by weight. In all cases,an F5 Oilescer must precede an F6Absorber. To prevent any partrclemigration downstream an F3 l,vlth 3micron element should be installeddownstream for total system protectionBody Black coated aluminumBaffle plasticSeals Buna NBowl Kitsl Metal bowl without sight. BKF47Ml Metal bow wtth sight BKF47WElement Kitsl Charcoal wrapped 2-pack EK67. EKGClear net no colorRepair Kitsl Repair kit RKF47 RKF:,?l Replacement sight 4lt Y/K37l Indicator Pop-up krt EPK-135Mounting Bracket see page 60l FEK;APPLICATIONSl Food plantsl Pharmaceutical. Ins:rumentahon0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 scfmAir Flow - scfm @ 100 psigA. F673B. F674c. F676D. F683E. F684F. F686--- ---331~-~--I 11~ as 3 2.7~--.3/a1' F683W 72 20 oz. 33/4 l’/a Ill/z 3 3.8F674W 56 10 oz. 331~ I ‘is 8s 3 2.7F684W 90 : 20 oz. ! 3314 l’/s 11'/2 3 3.8F676W 60 10 oz. 3V1 l'la as 3 2.7- is: n 3, - /- --=- ‘I 3lr” F686W 110 20 oz. 3315 1 ‘la II’/2 3 3.8* Flow scfm based on 2.5 psi il p @ 100 psig inlet.Coalescing Filters b 25

EMULSIQNREMOVALSome lubricants create emulsions that will pdually grow untii they begin to adversely affect theperformance of the unit. Most of these emulsions are water in oil emulsions and are predominatelylubricant. To restore the unit to proper operation, the emulsion wilt need to be removed.To remove the emulsion, first shut off the water discharge from the unit. Then slowly add fresh waterinto the ConDePhaseR1 through the water out discharge at a rate equivalent to no more than onecomplete volume displacement per hour, i.e., if the unit is a ConDePhase-30 (30 gallon) unit, then 30gallons per hour. The emulsion will exit the unit through the lubricant discharge coupling and should becollected for proper disposal. When the emulsion has been removed, open the water discharge from theConDePhaseTM unit and place the unit back in service.The informatIon contained !n thts document 1s the result of careful testing II-I our laboratories, complemented by selected literature. Itdoes not nn any way constitute a guarantee, nor does it serve as a license to operate any patent. Due to widely varying conditions ofproduct use, which are beyond our control, it is strongly recommended that the product be tested for suitability.SUMMITOIL CO, INC.PO 80X 131359 . TYLER. TEXAS 75713 . 903/534-8021

UNUSUAL CONDITIONSSUMMIT OIL CO., INC.UNUSUALCONDITIONSProblemIWater is building up in the unit and wrting through the “oil out” line.PossibleSolutionsA Check to make sure the ‘water out” line is not obstructed or has been inadvertentty elevated.EL Examine the carbon fitter and make sure it has not become obstructed with lubricant or other debris. Bypass the fitter andsee if the unit returns to normal levels. If it does, replace carbon fitter.C. Check the “oil out” adjustable level tube and make sure it is in proper adjustment.0. If the condition persists, contact your local distributor..~ProblemIIWater is exiting the unit through both the “water out” and “oil out” lines.PossibleSolutionsA Check the “011 out” adjustable level tube and make sure it is in proper adjustment.B. Check to make sure the ‘water out” line IS not partialiy obstructed or has been inadvertently elevated.C. Examine the carbon filter and make sure it has not become partialty obstructed with lubricant or other debris. Bypass thefiker and see if the unit returns to normal levels. If it does, replace the carbon filter.0. If the condition persists, contact your local distributor. it may be that the unit is not large enough for the application.ProblemIIIFilter life is very short and oily water is exiting from the carbon filter.PossibleSolutionsA Check the “oil out” adjustable tube to make sure the oil level is not excessive and lubricant is reducing the water separationtime. Adjust the tube to a more horizontal position.8. Make sure the “oil out” line is not plugged or obstructed in some manner.C. Check to see if a stable emulsion has formed and the unit needs to be purged of the emulsion. Follow instructions underemulsion removal.D. When the above malfunction has been corrected, replace carbon filter.--. The informatIon contained in this document IS the result of careful testfng rn our laboratories, complemented by selected literature. Itdoes not 10 any way constttute a guarantee, nor does 11: serve as a license to operate any patent. Due to widely varying conditions ofproduct use, which are beyond our control, it is strongly recommended that the product be tested for suttability.SUMMIT OIL CO, INC.P 0 80X 131359 . TYLER. TEXAS 75713 . 9031534-8021___ _- .~ ..-.- .-.- --.

The ConDePhase”’ carbon filter can be q uicldy changed using the following procedure:I. The ConDePhasew carbon filter must be pre-wetted thoroughly before being connected to theConDePhasew unit. Use a waterf;;;se to fill the unit with water until water flows from theopening on the side of the filter. Discontinue filling and shake the filter to allow any trapped airto escape from the carbon. Refill the carbon bed with water. The carbon filter is now ready tobe connected to the ConDePhaseTn unit.2. If the male quick connect hose barb is not already installed, screw it into the inlet (top) of thecarbon filter.3. Disconnect the old carbon bed and connect up the new carbon bed.4. Remove the discharge hose barb from the old carbon bed and attach it to the new carbon bed.The new carbon filter should now be in service.(See diagram on reverse side.)The informatlon contained in rhls document IS the result of careful testing In our laboratories, complemented by selected literature. Itdoes not in any way constitute a guarantee, nor does if serve as a license to operate any patent. Due to widely varying conditions ofproduct use, which are beyond our control, it is strongly recommended that the product be tested for suitability.SUMMITOIL CO, INC.P 0. BOX 131359 . TYLER. TEXAS 75713 . 903/534-8021

PIZASE ~~ When att+hi,ng any hose, pipe, or fitting to the tinDePhasem Uixi&. care should be ’taken to avoid applying excessive torque to the polyprop_vene fittings which are welded into the tag&. .Please use a backup wrench to insure no damage is made to the ConDePhase~ separator when attach@it to the appropriate lines.;7

‘$iJMMiTConDePhaseIINSTRUCTIONS FOR InitialSTART-UP OF ConDePha.seTn UNITSCAUTION - The GmDePbasc? Unit was designed as a gravity-fed unit only. Ifautomatic drains are usedwhere the lines connected to the ConDePhase~ are delivering more than 30 PSI, a Summit Ekpansionchamber or some other air release device is required ti prevent air pressure fkom entering theConDe.Phase”.1. Make sure the ConDePbase= Unit and the carbon filter are on a completely level surface.-. 3 If the unit comes with a valve for taking water samples, make sure it is properly installed and in theoff position. Be careful not to over torque the valve and damage the plastic titting.3. iMake sure the carbon iilter has been pre-wetted thoroughly and properly installed before adding waterto the ConDePhaseM Unit. (See separate ConDePhase~ Filter installation instruction sheet.) Both theConDePhase? unit and falter must sit on the same level surface.4. Connect a Iine.from the carbon iilter outlet to the sewer or collection tank. Do not reduce the line sizeless than the fitting size. It is important for the flow to be downward and that nothing impede the freeflow of water from the ConDePhase~ or carbon filter. If reverse pressure is allowed to build up in theline, it will cause the ConDePhasern Unit to overflow.0. Connect the fitting labeled “oil out” with a flexible hose to an appropriate receptacle for the collectionof oil. This needs to be a flexible hose the same size as the fitting size. Again, it is important for theflow to be downward. Consult the manufacturer of the lubricant being collected with regards tomaterial compatibility.6. Pure water should be used to fill the unit until it begins to pour through the connection labeled “waterout.” Flow should continue until all of the air is displaced from the carbon filter. (See separate carbonfilter instruction sheet.)7. Connect the condensate line to the fitting labeled “oil/water.” The unit is now ready to receivecondensate.8. The air outlet tube located inside the ConDePhaseM Unit has been adjusted at a 45” angle for initialstart-up. Check to be sure it is at the 45O angle before starting. There is an oil outlet tube connectedto the main tank and an oil outlet tube on the black secondary separation chamber. These should beadjusting according to the base stock of the lubricant or lubricants being used in the compressor. (Seediagram on back.) If a petroleum, semi-synthetic, or PA0 base stock is being used, both oil outletsshould be pointed straight up. If a diester-based lubricant is being used, both oil outlets should be setat a 45’ angle. After three or four inches of oil has begun to accumulate in the tank, the outlet tubewill need to be adjusted to insure that a slow trickle of oil is leaving the ConDePhase~ Unit. This isdone by twisting the outlet to a slightly more horizontal position. Should you find that water is leavingthe outlet in addition to the oil, the outlet should be twisted to a more vertical position. This will allowa wider strata of oil to form and should prevent the water from leaving through the oil outlet. Shouldwater continue to leave through the outlet, it could mean that the unit is backing up. Consult “UnusualConditions” for the solution to the problem.The information contained I” this document IS the result of careful testing in our laboratories, complemented by selected literature. It ”does not in any way constitute a guarantee, nor does it serve as a license to operate any patent. Due to widely varying conditrons ofproduct use, which are beyond our control, it is strongly recommended that the product be tested for sunability.SUMMIT OIL CO, INC.P.O. BOX 131359 . TYLER. TEXAS 75713 . 903/534-8021

:~heSoa~anScientrficC~DVisaCompletelynewwaytoremoveunwantedwater from mocern industrial pneumatic systems. The age old problem of condensa-tion in compressed air systems has plagued lhose usipg the !ools and machinery formore than 75 years. Compressors which convert mechamcal power into fluid power,by nature, elfic:ently saturate air and wa!er as a mix dunng the compression cycle.Outside air is drawn through the compressor Inlet filters. As the air is heated duringcompression, it’s ability to hold water In the form of vapor and mtsl is increased. Thiswater filled air 1s normally held in a tank placed al the outlet of the compressor. ‘Waterbegtns to precipitate out of the compressed air anyttme it travels from a warmer area!o a colder area. This IS the reason compressor manufacfurers recommend regulardramage of compressor tanks. Dependent on the humidity outside, tne amount of loadplaced on the compressor, and taking Into account what arr is being used for, yourdecislcn of just how much IS !OO much becomes imoortant. A jack hammer has a muchhigher tolerance lo ‘water in the air than does a pamt sprayer, for example.Indefm~ng!heproblemcf howmuchwalerrstoomuchforyoursystem. lakeInto account the requirements and thelobs you plan to accomplish. There are two formsof water !n atr systems. mist and vapor. 95% of water in mist form can be removed bysgecially deslgned filters. Water in ‘vapor form IS a gas and as such can !ravelunimpeded lhrcughoutyourcompressed alrsystem. Airdryers are needed lo removewater in vapor form. Air dryers are placed somewhere after the atr is compressed.between :he compressor and !he application. ‘Water dnp legs placed st5teglcallythrough the air sys:em also help remove unwanted condensabon from your system.The versatile Spartan CROV. (condensatjon removal drain valve). can helpremove water from any one of theboints along ycuralr system. The CRDV IS made up21 two mam comoonep:s, ‘valves and !Imers. The fimers use elecmclty lo accuratelydelay and recycle an elec!ncal Impulse. The solencld valves convert electrical impulse‘nto mechanlcal motlon to control Ihe flow of air and condensate cu! of the a!r system.To best describe the concept, Spanan surveyed hundreds of customers gslng oneolece. one for all !ype 01 electromc drains. ‘Ne felt that In many cases cus:omers made3 with drams and when they did not work quote as ‘well as they hoped, they would just,ry something else. Our solution allows a chotce of standardized components that are10036 interchangeable between :!mer and ‘valves.Spartan timers feature ail solid slate design, CSA approvals and quickdisconnect electrical connectIons. AvaIlable In several package styles, Spartan engcneeredit’s timers spec!fically for condensatfon removal. There are two mam szes of:imers. The smallest IS the CRT Timer. A compact, feature filled electrcnlc module, theCRTcomes with a DIN 43650 Interface at one end and a 15A wall cordset at the other.Installation. and retrofit of our CRT timer requires a screwdriver and one mmute. Thetimers include an indicator light that can be seen from all angles and IS used to depictwhen your valve is draming. The two recessed, :amper reslstant adjustment screwsallow for tine tune accuracy over the entire timmg range. Standard time ranges are .5P Air / Water Separator Intercoolerr- 25 seconds ‘on’ and 1 to 45 minutes ‘off’. Spartan can make special :imlng rangesto meetyourneeds. The t!merelectronrcsare housed in ployamld fiberrelnforcad nylcq6-6 and is NEMA 4 rated against the ingress of water, ContZmlnants and corrcsfcn.Another timer type IS the Spartan Sandwtch CRT. The Sandwich has all the featuresof the connector CRT but IS avallable in a compact, upright. Or rear-facing plug design.The Sandwich lives up to it’s name by ‘sandwlching’in between a DIN 43650 cordsetand the Spartan solenoid valve. Advantages to this type of design inc!ude retroflf wi!na screwdriver in less than one mnlnute wlthout disconnecl~on from the power scurcz.This water resistant. nylon shell timer has easily adjustable knobs 0lacei.j and markedstrateg~callyfcruserfnendly results. Two status indicatorlignts depict the llmersrares:When oower IS attached or removed from the timer, or wnen the valve IS dralncng. Tieindustnes first membrane elec!ncalovernde IS wtthm easy touch of the adjustments !crtroubleshoofmg and test.The second vanabie In the dram valve equation is the valve Itself. S;aclrsfromtheprovensolenoldoperator, Soarianvalvesusequalitymatenalsand’workmansh10.The all stamless operator uses Viton elastomersealing matertats and 15 imper,\ccsto synfhetic comoressor lubncanls. Soartan’s solenotd ooerators offer nigh c’yc!e :I:.:and iow matntenance are used at Ihe heart of all Spartan drain valves.The ‘(aives usea !n !he CRDV series vary greatly aeoer.dent :ccn :Pcappiicstion and should be chosen by functlcn of their cnfice s1.20. :lcw cacacj?j ?ncreststance to foretgn panic!es In Ihe condensate. Smaller, c!eaner. and less ,vaf?v~iclumes taken !rcm iliters need only a direct acting 2.way valve rvlth a 1.Jrrm c,nf~cz;Idvantages lo :h~s are less cos:. co mInImum pressure ana comoac! srz8. The la:c?s:number of acolication specific requirements fall wlthln the 7;:6’ :o ::2’ lr:fice ranr;eThese valves use our stainless operator, ‘Jiton seals and a \/itcn ziaohrasn. Largennficesi~eandcpenflowcapac~ty,wnenccupledw~thshon tlmelnrerials~Nlth!his typ?qf valve can remove up to 5 gallons zer mmute of condensate from atr sys:ems F;:larger,iolume removal of condensate, Spartan has deslgned 36. 53, and 255 ;al!crsper mmute !low range valves. Pressure ranges handled range !rcm 3 lo 575 “,T.;AddItionally. for speclflcallyaggressive condensate Spartan has added a olr,cn ,:al,i?with enema1 pilot. This valve type has proven lo be Imper?!ous to hlgn contamlna::cr!hat would clog most standard valves.The basic premise of modulanty wherein the valve and iimer are separateInterchangeable components offer the user a higher degree of customlzatlcn. Mcdulantyalso promotes ease of servlceabllity. Valves, timers and ‘wire connec!ions aresecure yet eastly interchanged.Spanan Scientific’s CRDV product lines are the most extensive andversattle combination of timing and flow capacities offered in the mdusfry today.Site AS822nnMfg.:Spartan ScientificP&ID Ref.: SVlOO & SV111REP Ref.: VLVl14Airfine Low SpotsIAir Dryers v CRDV v CRC-IV/H52 SPARTAN SCIENTIFICP.O. Box 9792, Boardman. Ohio 44512Telephone: (216) 758-8446 Telefax: (216) 758-3314

The Series CRDV (Condensation Removal Drain Valve) is a compact, modular combination specificallydesigned for air line condensation removal. With two timers and three valve sizes to choose from, an optimal systemcan be attained for most condensation problems.,, ‘Ja’ve ‘ON’ Light i Ower Lightl Three valve sizes: ;/4’, 3/a’, 112’ NPTl Orifice ranges: a&l2mml Time ranges: 25 - 25 seconds on1 - 45 minutes off1l Envtronment resrstant package1 “OFF . Time Adjustl Modular . Ail valves and timers areInterchangeable 10 improve servrceabMyl Indicator lights show valve and power statusl1 Year ‘warranvl Easy instaila:rcn: ‘lug-into ,wall sccketand connec! :o air lineIcE!ectrical Cvernde‘CN’ Time AdjustmentlElectncal d Clanual overndeCSA ‘version availableSandwichCRDVFunction: 2 way, 2 posrtion Voltages: 12,24 and 46 VDC / 12, 24, 120 and 240 VACNormally closea or normally openPilot Operated Diaphragm Power Consumption: IO Watts max.Port Sizes: l/4’, 3/a’ NPT - 8mm orifice (0.315 in.)112’ NPT - 1Zmm onfice (0.500 in.)Pressure Range: 10 to 300 psiFlow Factors: 8mm - 114’ NPT 0.840 Cv (3.2 gpm)3/a’ NPT 1.12 Cv (4.2 gpm)12mm - 112’ NPT 2.45 Cv (9.2 gpm)Temp. Range: -20 to 50” cInterface: DIN 43650 / IS0 44006 ft. cord with grounded wall plugTemp. Range: (Fluid 90°C max.) Ambient - 10 to 50°CResponse Time: 20 to 80ms complete cycleMaterials: Operator: AISI 300 & 400 Series StainlessShading Ring: Copper (Silver on request)Orifice:BrassSeals:Viton standard (Buna N. EPDM, Silicone onrequest)Valve Body: BrassManual Override: Standard. Less manual overnde available. Consult facroty for partnumbers and details.Media:‘ounting:Jil Data:Air, Oil, Gas, Water, EmulsionOn pipe or Xl O-32 mounting holes on valve base.10 Watts (See electrical data for voltaqe information.)SPARTAN SCIENTIFICMfg.:Site ASS22Spartan ScientificP&ID Ref.: SVlOO & SV 11REP Ref.: VLVI 1-IP.O. Box 9792, Boardman, Ohio 44512Telephone: (216) 758-8446 Telefax: (216) 7.58-3314 53.-

Valve and ConnectorTimer Combination,’ -----AL 7 2_i6ft. Cordset /imIng Adjustments-ii--- ---~ -:&I” Rotatable-1--/-Connector/~-____ ,--- -,!-'id', 316' or ;I;)' ?r,rts;~ ~ Valve and Sandwich Timer Combination!--FI E 3.50 3.50 jI 1 I 1F 5.75 6.00 ;Mfg.:Site ASS22Spartan ScientificP&ID Ref.: SW00 & SVll IREP Ref.: vLVl1-L/ 180” RotatableSandwich Timer(View Shown Without Wall Flug)iDetail G1-A --i54L*MANUALOMSRIOESPARTAN SCIENTIFICVALVEBASEP.O. Box 9792, Boardman, Ohio 44512Telephone: (216) 7.58-8446 Tel&x: (216) 758-3314

Connector TimerStyle 16 ft. Cord and Male ReceptacleGasket1,,,,,;_y”--MountingScrewSandwich TimerStyle 26 ft. Cord and Male Receptacle\\ Gasketi \\ \\ -MountingScrewII/ iMolded or Standardn-----I-.LorinecrorPort Size I Orifice I Pressure I Wattage1 - l/4’ NPT / 8.0mm / 300psi / 1 OW *2 - 3/8’ NPT / 8.0mm / 300psi / 1 OW~3-1/2’NPT/12.0mm/300psi/10WCRDV -U El Cll--r-r-r ’ ’1 Voltage hZ- 12VDC3-24VDC6-24VACI60Hz7- 120VACi60Hz’8 - 220 VAC l60,iz9-240VACl50HzTimer Style1 - Connector timer2 - Sandwich timer *(Connector with cord included)3 - l/2’ Conduit Connector timer4 - l/2’ Conduit Sandwrch timer5 - CSA Approved (Sandwrch Timer,Connector, Cordset and Valve)LSPARTAN SCIENTIFICIOrder Example: CRDV - 127 l/4’ NPT,Sandwich Timer 120 VAC 50/60Hz’ Normally StockedMfg.:Site AS822Spartan ScientificP&ID Ref.: SW00 Sr SVI 11REP Ref.: VLVl14P.O. Box 9792, Boardman, Ohio 44512Telephone: (216) 758-8446 Telefax: (216) 758-3314 55.--_.--_-__. _ .~ - I._

WI-AWE CODE SCCI.vIIl tJnJ.1DESIGN PHESSUHE: SEE WUHls OHIJCRUlNlUUU DESIGN TEuP: SEE WORK [Jf

Brass Body;Plated Steel Sp; ng;Silicon Seal, Standard:Viton Secls, Suffix “V” (Cpticncl):Relief Crifice .250”,Temoerature -65” F to 250” FNPT PART LIST CTN.SIZE NO. PRICE CITY. HEIGHT HEXl/J” C’JHZ-’ 59.40 IO I 85” 58”* Ces;~rc:es - Pressure Setting of Valve: Example: CVHZ- 150 = l/4’; CVHZ 0 150 PSIG 134 SCFMASME. NB, UV & CRN ttO3378.0-9UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELSCVH2-’ 135 140 1 150 165 175 190 200 210 225 250 260 270SCFM ‘21 ::5 :34 ‘26 154 ‘66 ;;5 :*?3 1% 210 ,fLl 232SC’\“/ ?.,3yc. >I ;,,--o, -1ccur~.c:~cr- (SET PRESSURE x 1.1 ) t 14.7 x 1.74 = FLOW (SCFM)icctcry Set. ‘“CP” Sertrr; =3%, ~2 “SiG celow ;C ‘SIG’LVcrk;rq +essure 10% Less :ixn Get pressure 21 5 PSIG %r Settings Selow 50 PSIG.Brass Eo.2y:Plated Steel Spnrg;Silicon Sect, Stcndcrc:Viton Sect. Suffix “V” (Cpricrxl);Relief Grlfice .375”,TemDercture -65°F fo 250°FNPT PART LIST CTN.SIZE NO. PRICE QTY. HEIGHT HEX112” cv4-’ 923.45 2 2.05” 7:g”* Designates - Pressure Setting of Valve: Exumple: CV4-65 = l/Z’; CV4 Q 65 PSIG 133 SCFMASME, NB. UV & CRN #03378.0-9UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELSSCFM ‘107i1331141 1150 175/192~34~43h51 1260 1277 1294 /302l319i361 1378 ;;;5 1/ ISCFM or CO” C - IG% iIccumu/ctron (SET PRESSURE x 1.1) + 14.7 x 1.54 = FLOW (SCFM)ioctcry Set; “POP” Settmg -3%; rr2 “SIG celow 70 PSIG,Working Pressure 10% Less then Set Presswe or 5 PSIG for Settings Belcw 50 PSIG.Site AS822Mfg.: Universal ComponentsP&ID Ref.: PRVllOREP Ref.: VLVI 13

EmI Liquid-filled Gaugesii fl Type 213.53 2%” & 4”- COPPER ALLOY WE-I-T-ED PARTS- STAINLESS STEEL CASE- GLYCERINE-FILLEDWIKA Type 213.53 gauges feature a stainless steel case for protection inharsh environments. The glycerine filling helps dampen the effects of vibrationand pulsation. It also lubricates the movement which extends the life ofthe gauge.Mfg.:Site AS822Wika Mfg.P&ID Ref.: PI1 10REP Ref.: GGE022STANDARD FEATURESSize: 2%’ (63 mm)4” (100 mm)Case: Stainless steelRing: Polished SS, cnmpecWetted Parts: Copper alloyWindow: PolycarbonateDial: White aluminumPointer: Black aluminumO-ring: EPDMLiquid Filling: GlycerineAccuracy: F 1.5% of spanOptions Available from InventoryStainless steel front flange (FF)Stainless steel rear flange (RF)U-clamp bracket for panelmounting (UC)Brass restrictorABBREVIATIONSLM - Lower MountCBM - Center Back MountLBM - Lower Back Mount* Items shown with part numbers are avadablefrom stock (subiect to pnor sale).l Items shown without part numbers areavailable on special order. Minimum orderquantities may apply.!1ITypeSizeConnectionConn. SizePress. Scale30 “Hg30”-O-15 psi30”-O-30 psi30”-O-60 psi30”-O-100 psi30”-O- 160 psi30”-0-200psi15 psi30 psiI 50 psi100 psi160 psi200 psi300 psi400 psi600 psi800 psi1,000 psi1,500 psi2,000 psi3,000 psi5,000 psi10,000 psi15,000 psiSTANDARD RANGES AND PART NUMBERSPSI9767002LM ?PSI/BARIPWKCXM:9691957 1 96936839767010 9691965 96936919767029 96ti1974 969a705976703797670459767053976706 19767070976108897670969767100976711896920 1596920249692032969204096920589692066369374736937559693764969377296937809693798213.53Liauid-Filled?,L”L ic114”PTPSI976718597671933767202376721.5376722397672319767240Cl3MPSUBARl-‘SVKGICM’9692139 969386 1369214736921553692164369217296921809692198969387996938879693895969390996939179693925 ~3768947 9692202 9693934 19767126 9692075 9693802 9767258 9692210 96939429767134 9692083 9693810 9768165 9692228 96939509767142 9692091 9693828 9768939 9692236 96939689767150 9692105 9693836 9767266 9692245 96939769767169 9692113 9693845 9767274 9692253 9693985 :9767177 9692121 9693853 9767282 9692261 9693993

STANDARD RANGES AND PART NUMBERSTypeSizeConnectionConn. SizePress. Scale30 "Hg30"-O-15 psi30"-O-30 psi30"-O-60 psi30”-O-100 psr30”-0-160 psi30”-O-2OOpsi15 psi30 psi60 psi100 psi160 psi200 pst300 psi400 PSI600 psi800 PSI1,000 psi1.500 DSI3,000 psi3,000 DSI5.000 psi10,000 DS,15.000 pst--LV213.53;_rowd FIlled4”jLBM1:4" NPTPSI ’ PSVBAR i PSl/KCi!CM2 1 PSVBAR I PSI/KGICh9699028 9734427 9694000 9734533 96942399699036 ! j 9694018 19699045 96940269699053 1 / 9694035 /9699061 96940439699079 j 1 9694051 / .9699087 96940699699095 / 9734320 1 9694Oi’i’9699109 9734338 96940859699117 j 9734346 / 96940949699125 9734355 96941079699257 ; 9734363 ; 96941159699134 969412r969914296991509c29168969917596991859699iC396992069699215969922396992319699249 .___973437197343389973s-11996941329694140969415897344359734444973445297344609734478973448697344959694166 9734508 / 96943109694175 97345: 6 96943259694183 j 96943369694191 9734525 96943459694205 / 96943539694213 3634361L96542479694255969426496942729694280969429836577'39694302213.53 2 l/2-4” LMICBMILBM‘- -- 7 iwal-E-213.53 2 l/2-4” LM/RFeA'-Site ASS22Mfg. : Wika Mfg.P&ID Ref.: PI1 10REP Ref.: GGE022NOMINALSIZEWEIGHT KEY A' B C E S T W213.532%" mm 63 53 31 13 ~ 6 ~ -- 14 /LM / 0.50 Ibs.in 2.5 2.10 1.23 , .51 ~ .24 ~ 114”213.53c'&,j 1” 0.50 ibs.I1’ //’213.53 2 1 /Z-4” CBM/LBM/FFWEIGHT KEY ,n : 2.5 A* ~ 2 B 44 1.25 C 1.85 G I : .24 S 114' T .-. ~tcK;;@ pii;mm 63 :62 32 47; 6 -- 14TOW)213.53 1 WEIGHT KEY 1 A’ B i C , E : S I T W Wm.)4" mm / 100 86 i 47 / 16.3 1 8 j -- i 22LM i 1.72 Ibs.j #In / 4.0 3.40 / 1.85 1 .64 / .30 i l/2” / .86 213.53 2 1 /Z-4” CBM/LBM/UC213.53 ~ WEIGHT KEY A’ ~ C ‘D/G/HlSiT W4"LBM213.532%"CBMIFF’; 1.72 Ibs. Imm 1100~47j99/8Oj331 8 / -- 22in i 4.0 j 1.85 j 3.89 / 3.14 / 1.30 / .31 ! l/2" / .861 KEY j A’ j BIC/G/J/LIM N S!TIW:mm ~ 63 / 62 1 29 1 47 / 3.5 i 2 1 85 75 2 / -- 1 14in j 2.5 / 2.44 ~ 1.14 1 1.85 / .14 / .08 / 3.35 2.95 .08 1 l/4” i 55P-42--

Tr= ri c E DIAL THERMOMETERSBIMETAL TYPE ADJUSTABLE ANGLE5” DIAL SIZERotates360’\Dial faceIS adjustablefor easy vlewrng.HOW TO ORDER: State quantity, catalog number,followed by the Range Number.EXAMPLE: 25 88560405 (Range IS 20 to 240°Fa -10 to 115OC.):sThe TRERICE 5” Adjustable Angle Bimetal Thermometer case may be rotated360’ and angled over 180°, providing eaco of viewing.DESCRIPTIONCASE: Type 300 Senes StaInless Steel, hrghly polished. hermetically sealed.RING: Type 300 Senes Stainless Steel, highly polished.WINDOW: Double strength glass IS standard. Plastic is available on special orceron ranges up to 500°F.DIAL: White finished aluminum with black 8 blue marktngs. Dual scale ‘F & ‘C ,sstandard.POINTER: Balanced alumrnum with black finish.RECALIBRATOR: An external recalibrator for indicator adjustment IS furnrshedstandard.ACCURACY: 1% of full scale.CONNECTION: Type 300 Senes Stainless Steel, fixed %” NPT is standard. Aswivel type %” NPT union connection is available on special order. Union connectedthermometers must be installed in a well. To order with swivel connectionadd SW to order no.; e.g.. B8560405SW.STEM: Type 300 Senes Statnless Steel, ‘A” O.D. The internal bimetal coil IS s/Iiconedampened for maximum temperature sensitivity and minimum pornter vtbration on ranges thru 3OOOF.CAUTION: On pressure or corroston applications, a proper thermowell should beselected to protect the stem from damage and to facilitate the removal of :hethermometer from the process without shutting it down.Liquid filling is recommended for vibrational applications. Silrcone llquld iii!available on ranges up thru 500°F. When ustng a 2%” stem length thermometer.maxrmum Immersion of the stem is essential for correct temperature indication.CASE TEMPERATURE: Must not exceed 2O0OF (93%). Higher temperatures maycause failure of the wrndow.! CATALOG NUMBERSNOTE: These thermometers may be supplied in 3” dial faces. See next page.RANGES SHADED ARE STOCK RANGES.3STANDARD RANGESIIRANGE 1NO. /DUAL SCALE“F SCALE 1 “C SCALEIo DIV. Fig. Inl. 10 DIV. 1 IFIg.01 1 -100 to 100°F 8 -75 to 40°C 2 / 20 1 ! 1002 1 -40 to 160°F a -40 to 7ooc 2) 20 1 / 10103 / t 25 to 125OF & -5 to 50°C 1 j 10 % I 504 I 0 to 2OO=‘F & -20 to 95% t 2 I 20 1 I 10.405 1 20 to 24O’F &. - 10 to 115°C / 2 1 20 / 1 / 20 I27 0 to 250°F & -20 to 120% 2 50 2 2006 50 to 300’F a 10 to 150% 2 50 2 2008 50 to 500OF a 10 to 260% 5 50 2 5009 t 150 to 750°F a 50to4000c 10 100 5 50j 10 1 t-200 to 1000OF a 100 to 550% 1 10 1 100 1 5 1 100 1tMinimum stem lengths for these ranges is 4”.‘Not recommended for continuous service above 800°F or 425%.Single scale of special ranges are available on special order.Over temperature Limits: Ranges up to 250°F 100% of span, ranges above250°F 50% of span.Site ASS22Page 4Mfg.:Trerice Inc.P&ID Ref.: TIllOREP Ref. : GGE047ht.iDIMENSIONS

Operating Pressure DlfferenllalMax. ACips11Max. DCmnax.FlUIdTemp.‘F.andard Salenald Enclosuresnc”-ndL-,ype 0-A !A^. Y,,“” 1 /Red-iial II-Types 1.2.3.3S.J and 4XBrass BodyS.S. BodyWatt Rating/Class of Callinsulation_Constr.;Constr. :‘ipcs Urltice c,rRet.I Ref. ;Sizt’ 1 Size FIOW Air-Inert! Light Oil Air-inert Light Oil Catalog No. UL Catalog No. ) UL[ins.1 (ins.) Factor Min.. Gas Water @ 300 SSU Gas Water @ 300 SSU ~ AC DC Number 2 Listing 1 Number 1 P Listing : AC--.- -DCNORMALLY CLOSED (Closed when de-energized), Buna “N” or Teflon 2 Seating--.- :.$ :ig 1.3 i.50 i25 - JO 40 - '80 ! 50 821CGi3&321CG36,3 IP i . 6.1 F '1 6.F:'$ i/s 3:.g isg 3 150 :50 - 10 10 - !@I 150 62'0G33200 Y50 i35 i 25 150 '321OG:10.:/F Il.6'00 ioo *f?060 o - - - i $.:,F A? 5,;I :$ ii$ 300 300 ) 200 - - - '75 - a2!CGi, -- in 0 - - ,- - :'i.LF -T1.3 2. 2 T 150 125 - 10 40 - '80 150 82'0G;5~ 2P 3210G3Y'Bi,$ 1 0 150 i50 - JO JO - :80 150 82!0G34 _I 50; _ "i'5:s 1 '7 150 !50 '25 JO 10 - :75 150- - 32'CGFli 70 .50 J ‘- -z--.- :,,:fdIi,1’4Ii)zig 1 5 200 : 150 i35 125 '00 :CO ‘80 150 32!OGi#$ 1 5 300 300 300 - - - :75 - a2:OGi 53 0 1 '_'_5’3 5 0 :50 :50 125 JO 10 - 175 150 321oGa817 ?,F ;1 5,:ii, I/r!j L1 : "0 - 125 150 1 I :50 17.5 : 125 - 100 40 90 75 180 :80 '150 ,8210G'? 50 -, T - i-f- '0 i -T- 6.1/F i ;l.!s/F-150 ,821OG35 80 0 -lO.i,F ! :l.S,FIi, 6.5 5 1 250 150 100 :25 125 125 180 150 '32'0G3 110 - - - 6.1;F 11 6/F--.- _ 3, ; j 0 ! 350 300 ; 200 200 ~ 180 180 : 200 77 '8210@6@Q1 ‘OP / $I - - j - ! 15.4,F ;30.&H; 1 ; ! 1 i3 13 - 01 150 i '50 125 :oo i25 125 !bO / 125 100 125 80 I :80 180 i7 k210Gd 82108540 31D ~ 3 i 32!0089 / 150 j 9 '15.4,F ,30.&Hi 1 , '3.5 ; 300 225 '15 - - - 200 150 i8:1082i ;20 0 l / - - ; - ) 6.1 F 11 6,F--.-!-:4P- - - / 2OIF -r :', 1'3 15 0 150 125 ;25 :oo 100 30 180 77 821Oi35j~$8 320 3 - - - 15.&F ,30.&Hb L j1;25 :X 150 !82'OGa 16D / o ! - - i ; - 1 ~ 6.1,F i 11.8F; ; ::.'; l',r / 2:5- 22 25; 51 1 150 ;,5," 1 3: :50 100 9: ;;a ;.2,' a0 it30 1 7i 82108566 330 3 - ' - ~ - / :5.4/F ,30.6/HI :25 125 125 :a0 : i50 8210Gi2 18Dj l - -j 6.;,F i i1.6,FI--, --.-,ii--.-. i"r!-ij j, 150 1 125 i 90 50 50 : 50 180 150 :8210GlCO 2OP ( l ' - - I - ~ 6.1,F ' il.&F--._! 2’ 2 i"4 ~ 1.5 5 ! i50 1125; 90 50 50 : 50 i ie'2 150 8210GlOl 21D ( l 1 - - j - j 6.:!F I i1.5,F--- .__-- _._29

SPECIFICATIONS (continued)L-. .:., ‘;..; ., ,,,‘..i.l. , ,_ -: :.’ _-_._. c,.,,: , ,. :. .. ‘,‘I-:“., ‘ Standard Solenoid Enclosures ,__ “I:-: ‘ : OperatlnpPressuce-Differentia~.(psi)Red-Hal-Type 1Max:.I.FluidRed-Hal II-Types 1. 2. 3. 3s. 4 and JX : Watt Rating: IClass of CodMaxrAG; ..- Max. DC Temp.‘F. ~ Srass SodyS.S. aodykulationIj 1 Constr.1 I Constr. i ;LightOil , 1 Light OilRef.Ref. ;@ 300 Air-Inert j ~300 1 jCatalog No. / UL Catalog No. UL ’Gas Water: SSU ( AC OC Number 3 Listing/ Number 3 Li!itrng( AC DCDIMENSIONSF - 20 -13 24 09257 - ?C257 -H 300 - - - - FlOi3 - -Jo;3-- - -(in inches)Site ASS22Mfg. : ASCO Mfg.P&ID Ref.: SVll5REP Ref.: VLVOS 1hStr. Ref. 5. 6. 7, 8. 9.11. 12. 16. 18. 20. 21. 23. 25. 37. 38 Constr. Ref. 1, 2

.., DIMENSIONS (in inccles)1Constr. Rels. 10. 14, 15. 24. 26-36---- _-- -.--- ~_Constr. Ret. 39- ,2 ‘,?-IMPORTANT: Valves may be mounted in any powon.except as noted.#Valve must be mounted with solenotd vertical anduprignt.-X almenslons slightly !arger.-,232-d ,-e/32 31ai-,a-,,:-cJ*iOPTIONAL WCUNTING f3RACKET2 UCLES“CR MCCNTi\NGMfg.:Site ASS22ASCO IWg.P&ID Ref.: SW15REP Ref.: VLVO5 1, 1.31

L-FEATURESl Micro finished brass seat to ensureno reduced pressure creepl Rernforce diaphragm forrepeated accuracyl Minimal pressure droop due.~toefficient asprrabonl Three posrtton non-risrng adjusimefitknob; push to lock. pull to adjust.detach to make tamper resrstant3l Relieving sbjle standardIn-line or modular Installation-.. Easrly panel mountedTamper-proof cap includedl High scfm flow due to efficrent asprrattonOPTIONSadd suffix to part number in alpha orderG Gauge (O-160 psi)R354GH High pressureR354H0 to 250 pst adjustmentI Instrument pressure . R35JI0 to 20 psi adjustmentL Low pressure R354L0 to 60 PSI adjustmentN Non-relievmgR354NP Panel mountR354P(1 Panel mount ?Y” bonnet R354QT Tee handle adlustment R354TSPECIFICATIONSBodyl Die cast alummumBonnetl Glass filled nylonSealsl Buna N Elastomer standardSeatl BrassSupply Pressurel 250 psigOperating Pressure Rangel 0 io 125 pslgOperating Temperature Rangel 1O’i to 120;Gauge Port. 1” full flowKITSRepair Kitsl Diaphragm kit relrevrng DK35l Dlaohragm .krtNon-relievmgDK35Nl Valve kit ‘lK35Mounting Kits see page 60l Bracket kit RBK5l Panel mounting krt ring onI:/panel hole srze 1’f.i” PKR35l Panel mountbracket and ringP?AKR35Site AS 822Arrow Model: R354GLP&ID Ref.:REP P/N:REGllOREG002-. -. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS3 g-100,6-j- - 80 & ..,...*....... . . . . . . . . . d3.2' .I.._ -:.-.-...j I 60' --- ; --...-T--I -a 1 A353 , ".:. . . . , . . . . ......n...~........~.~-d----~MS33--Jo, -.I /2 - . .I.. . . . . ____--~.-.,~.~b~,,;’. . . . . ; 3354 !,~-zo~--1354- 0' 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 sctm0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 JO 45 dm B/setAir Flow--___-----=cccoccccocccI-IT--0I_LI=-.-IrCI. - I _ 1 _ .-~ - ..D,MiiVS,dNS ._.. _- :L. -, . .-. _. ^ _ ._ . ..--r.. . I .,-. - ^_ A _PIPESIZEMODEL NO.MAX. FLOWSCFMAD~MiiSIiN$INCtiE;)‘/dtl R3.52 50 2 2’132 1 ?I32 5% 23/J--.--_.--- __.. .--_---- --....__‘la” R353 80 2 ?h2 1 7/32 5% 2311.TEEHANDLEI kc 7 ,IT Optfan'I ~Add3/16toC -- , 100 22’132 17/32 53/n 23/J 2 ‘14 1.0W;IGHT(LBS.)1.01.0Regulators b 33

ic * -.PRESSURE AND DIFFERENTIALPRESSURE SWITCHES,eries pressure, differential pressureand vacuum switches utilize two differentactuators, depending on set point requi-ements.For set points between 2 and 3000psi, the simple, rugged diaphragm sealedpiston actuator is used. This designfeatures high reliability and choice ofactuator seal materials for virtually everyapplication. An optional welded design isalso available for set points up to 600 psi*for maximum reliability. This design is*Consult lactofy for special models up to 1000 psi.PRESSURE/ VACUUMS WITCHESavailable in AISI 316 or Monel. Differentialpressure models utilize a uniquedual diaphragm sealed piston designthat features very high static operatingpressures and small size.For set points between 4.5 and 150inches of Hz0 a large diaphragm is usedfor increased sensitivity in both pressureand differential pressure designs withgood choice of materials of construction.All standard models feature 2~ 1 percentof range set point repeatability and aminimum of 400 percent of range proofpressures.These standard designs perform well inapplications where shock and vibrationcould be a problem and may be used inconjunction with Ashcroft diaphragmseals in extreme services such as slurriesor abrasive process fluids,I Overpres re Ratingspproximate Deadbandla Switch Element INominal Range”’ Proof psi Burstpsi i 20,26,27 21.24.31150 22 32TI-760mm Hg -100 kPa250 --1.5-3.0 .5-2.2 .4- 1 .o 2.1-4.2fc-1‘5” H20/ -’ -375mm HzO/ -3.7 kPa/15” Ha0 375mm Hz0 3.7 kPa-30” HzO/ -760mm H20/ -7 5 kPa/30” Hz0 760mm Hz0 7.5 kPa-30” Hg/ -760mm Hg/ -100 kPa/15psi 1.0 kg/cm2 100 kPa-30” Hg/ -760mm Hg/ -100 kPa/30 psi 2.0 kg/cm2 200 kPa-30” Hg/ - -760mm Hgl -100 kPa/60 rxi 4.0 kg/cm2 400 kPaYessureIO:’ Hz030” Hz025Omm Hz0750mm Ha01500mm Hz025OOmm Hz03750mm Hz01.0 kg/cm22.0 kg/cm24.0 kg/cm’7.0 kg/cm214kg/cmJ_ 28 kg/cm?42 kg/cm’70 kg/cm2.210 kg/cm225 kPa7.5 kPa15 kPa25 kPa37kPa100 kPa200 kPa400 kPa700 kPa.2020250250250202020220085354004004003535353535-500 1500500 1500.- 500 15001000 30001000 3000._ 2400 3ooo2400 300012000 1800012000 18000.15-.75/ 1.5-25/ .45-2.0/.15-.75 1 S-2.5 .45-2.0JO-,601 1.5-2.5/ .45-2.0/.30-.60 1 S-2.5 .45-2.0.5-1.01 2.0-3.0/ .75-2.5/.3-.7 .5-1.5 s-1.0l.O-1.5/ 3.0-6.0/ 1.2-4.5/.3-.a 1 .o-2.0 .7-1.52.0-3.01 5.0-9.01 2.5-7.0/.7-l .5 3.0-5.0 1.1-4.0.2-.5 1 .o-2.0 35-l .5’.3-.6 1.5-2.5 .45-2-O.5-1.3 1 s-3.5 .9-2.5.6-l .6 25-5.5 1 -1-4.01 .o-2.5 4.5-8.5 1.7-6.5.t -.35.l-.50.3-l .o.5-l .7z.54-117-3015-60.5-1.5 .2-1.0.5-1.5 .3-l .o1 .o-3.5 T-2.51.5-5.0 1.1-3.55-13 2-95-24 5.5-l 59-30 7-2030-l 1080-235i a-7037-l 60-‘-.2-l.O/ - 21-3.51-2-1.0 2.1-3.5.4o-,851 2.1-3.5/.40-.a5 2.1-3.5.7-1.41. 2.8-421.4-1.0 .7-2.11.4-2.11 4.2-8.41.4-1.1 i .4-2.82a-4.2/ T.O-12.0/1.0-21 4.2-7.0.3-.T i .4-2.8__.4-.a521-3.5.7-i .a 2.1-5.0.,:.X-23 3.5-7.7.1.4-3.5 6.0-120.14-.50 .7-2.1=14-.70 -: .7-212;.4-114 1.4-5.0.7-2.5 2.1-7.0I1 A-4.5 ~7.0-18.25.6-10.5 :. 7.0-33.65.6-15.4.:. 1 O-4212.6-42; 742-j 54.21-84 112-329DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCHESNominal Range”’30” Hz0 750mm Hz0 7.5 kPa60”HaO 15OOmm Hz0 15 kPa100” Hz0 2500mm Hz0 25 kPa150” Hz0 3750mm Hz0 37 kPa15 psid 1 .O kg/cm2 100 kPa30 psid 20 kg/cm* 200 kPa60 psid 4.0 kg/cm’ 400 kPa100 psid 7.0 kg/ cm2 700 kPa200 psid 14.0 kg/cm2 1400 kPa400 psid 28.0 kg/cm2 2800 kPa600 psid 42.0 kg/cm’ 4200 kPaValues shown are for zero static working pressure.PressureStatic WorkingPressure5.45.45.45.45005005001000100010002000Ratings ( roximate Dc dband Buna-N Diaphrag m (2)21.24.31 50 I 22 321.5-2.51.5-3.52.5-5.54.5-8.52.0-5.020-5.03.0-6.011 .o-20.012.0-40.020.0-60.080.0-i 50.0.45-2.0 .4-.a.9-25 .7-1.82.1-3.5U-5.03.5-7.76.3-l 2.02.8-7.02.8-7.04.2-6.516.0-28.017.0-56.028.0-84.0112.0-210.0-s:lbtches may generally be set between 15%and 100% of nominal range on increasingpressure. Consult factory for applicationswhere set points must be lower.2 All deadbands are given in English units asshown in the nominal range column.Deadbands shown are for switches withBuna N diaphragm. Approximatedeadbands for optional diaphragms:Viton:Multiply Buna N value by 1.4Teflon: Multjply Buna N value by 1.2;ta;p Steel: Multrpiy Buna N value by 1.7Multiply Buna N value by 1.7‘J&J

ORDER INFORMATION1/’ B-SERIES PRESSUREAND DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH MODEL NUMBER:To specify the exact switch desired select entries from appropriate tables as shown in example below.‘.~~~~~- .““~ .I--: ‘I’ :‘,I ._’ I-.-Di.fferentfaf pressure switch, type 400, water-_ D&-C- Jight enclosuremeets NEMA3.4; 4X and 13. _:.-:-’/ Dir.-... I.., requirem&h&’ ::-.- : _.,:‘.T-_....--‘_Differential pressure switch, type 700, explosionproof enclosure meets Div. 1 & 2, NEMA 7,9 ..- requirements. --‘. _..’20”’ *Narrow deadband AC. 1 SA~l25/250 VAC21~:~.:- .Ammonia service .‘.. .5A:125/250 VAC22!?.: Hermetically sealedswitch;.-1-.xL narrow deadband .:z- 5A;12!?/25O.VAC.:‘..Heavy duty AC. - .-- :- -. ‘.20A, 125/250 VACGeneral purpose .15A; 125/250/480 VAC--‘h&l 25.VDC:%A;250.VDC25’a Heavy duty DC’ lOA,.l25VAC or DC,._’‘Y’e.HP,.125.VAC or DC2617’ Sealed environmentproof 15x,.125/250 VAC27 High temperature 300°F 15A. 1251250 VAC’ 128”’ Manual reset trip on 15A. .125/250 VAC..-- increasing ‘-29 B” Manual reset trip on 15AJ 25f 250 VAC.decreasing - I..- .. ,&:_

: TYPE400 DIMENSIONS‘SSURE SWITCH -PSI RANGESPRESSURE SWITCH -INCHES OF WATER RAEiGES-c-l .8 lb..81 kg.%N.PT.--’rDIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH -INCHES OF WATER RANGES-c- ,E-A 8 C D i F G H I J_ 5'/ '6 4 3% 39,8 5% 12932 1 2% 2!/8 5!,,,(144) (102) (83) (84) (130) (44) (25.4) (70) (73) (138)TEMPERATURE SWITCH - DIRECT MOUNT TEMPERATURE SWITCH - REMOTE MOUNTRESET BlJ-mOH UANUAL AESET ONLY -r---F-RESEr Wl-rON U*N”*L RESET OHLId.-c -3.5 lb.q/(117) (102) (84) (83) (41) (124) (59) (30)

INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE B400 AND B700 SERIESASHCROFT@ SNAP ACTION SWITCHES FOR PRESSURE CONTROLB700 17,INTRODUCTIONThe Ashcroft pressure switch is a precision built U.L,C.S.A., and F.M. approved control device which features amechanical snap action switch. Controllers are avatlablefor oper# n on pressure or vacuum with fixed or variable%entla ?.Also, manual reset types are avatlable forstion on increasing or decreasing pressure. The.clal reset t pes remain tripped until reset bybutton on the Y op of the enclosure. The standar 8 ressing electricalaswitch is SPDT and is available with various electricalcharacteristics. Two SPDT switch elements mountedtogether are available except on variable deadband andmanual reset types. Various wetted material constructionsfor compatibility with a wide range of pressure media maybe obtained.The Ashcroft switch is furnished inproof NEMA 7 and 9are epoxy coated

.I__--INSTALLATIONThese controls are precision instruments and should neverbe left with internal components exposed. Duringinstallation insure that covers are in place and conduitopenings are closed except when actually working on thecontrol.MOUNTING 6400 AND 8700 SERIESThreeholes external to the enclosure for surface mounting.Location of these holes is shown on the general dimensiondrawing. They may also be mounted directly on pressureline using the pressure connection. When tighteningcontrol to pressure line, always use the wrench flats or hexon the lower housing.ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONSRemove cover8400 Series -two screws hold cover to enclosure8700 Series -cover unscrewsCONDUIT CONNECTIONSNOTE-It is recommended that Teflon tape or othersealant be used on conduit, bushing or plug threads to ensureintegrity of the enclosure.8400 series standard-one 3/q“ NPT conduit hole rightside.8700 series standard -two 3l4 U NPT conduit holes with onepermanent plug. NEMA 7 & 9 enclosures’require properconduit seals and breathers as per the National ElectricalCode.B400 & B700 series - XJL variation - two %I ” NPT conduitholes with two 3/4 U to t/2 ’ NPT reducing bushings.8400 series -XJK variation - two % U NPT conduit holes.8400 SERIESSPDT-Wire directly to the switch according to circuitrequirements. On controls with pilot lights wire lights accordingto circuit diagram on inside of cover. See specialwiring instruction tag for single switches with two pilotlights and dual switches with one or more lights.2-SPDT-Dual switching elements consist of two SPDTswitches mounted together in a bracket. Switches arecalibrated to have simultaneous operation within 1% ofrange either on increasing or decreasing pressure but not inboth directions. Wire directly to the front and rear switchaccording to circuit requirements. Leads are provided onrear switch color coded as follows:Common-WhiteNormally Closed - RedNormally Open - BlueSee SPDT instructions for pilot light hook-up.When hermetically sealed switch elements (s) are supplied,the lead color coding is as follows:Common-WhiteNormally Closed - RedNormally Open -Blue8700 SERIESSPDT-Wire directly to the switch according to Circuitrequirements.P-SPLIT-Wire to front switch terminal block (left) and rearswitch terminal block (right) as marked. Strip inSUlatiOn %e”,insert in proper terminal connector and tighten clampingscrew to secure.NCNOC‘“O =CTERMINAL BLOCKFRONT SWITCH1 L!- TERMINAL BLOCKREAR SWITCHADJUSTMENT OF SET POINT8400 & 8700 Series - A single set point adjustment nut(%“) is located centrally at the bottom on the inside of theenclosure.For accurate set point calibration, mount the switch on acalibration stand, a pump or catalog No. 1305 deadweightgauge tester. A suitable reference standard such as an AshcroftDuragauge or Test Gauge is necessary to observe convenientchanges in pressure.As received, the pressure switch will normally be set toapproximately 90% of the indicated range. Pressurize thesystem to required set point and turn the adjustment nutuntil switch changes mode. Direction of turning is indicatedon a label affixed to the inside of the control enclosure.When set point has been achieved raise and lowerpressure to insure that set point is correct.After installation of the control replace cover to inscrelectrical safety and to protect internal parts from the e!vironment.8450 and 8750 VARIABLE DEADBAND SWITCHESDeadband is varied by rotating the wheel on the precisionswitch. When viewed from the front of the enclosure,rotation to the left increases deadband-rotation to theright decreases deadband. Letters on the wheel may beused as a reference. Deadbands obtainable will vary from0.5% to 9% of pressure range depending on range segmentand type of diaphragm.ADJUSTMENT OF SET POINTAs received, the pressure switch will normally be set to approximately90% of range. Rotate the wheel on the MICROSWITCH all the way to the right; this will provide smallestdeadband. Pressurize the system to the required set pointand turn the adjustment nut until the switch changesmode. Lower the pressure to reset the switch. Rotate thewheel on the MICRO SWITCH until the desired deadbandis obtained. The upper set point will be changing upwardwith this adjustment. Lower the pressure to reset theswitch. Then increase the pressure to the desired set pointand turn the adjusting nut until the switch changes mode.Lower the pressure and check reset point and deadband.NOTE-As indicated above, adjustment of set point ismaae by use of ‘Is” nut. Precision switch element mountingscrews and bracket adjusting screw are factory sealedand should not be tampered with.INSTRUMENT DIVISIONDRESSER INDUSTRIES INC.STRATFORD, CONNECTICUT 06497FormNO. 250.2246-E

BLDG 1613Equipment Data&B=-Km=OHM RemediationServices Corp.A-d--Component Group: Air Sparge WellComponent NameManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberDescriptionGroutDSIShur-GmutuShur-GroutOEM Vendor DataOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorHarm Well DrillingNAService/Maintenance VendorMann Well DrillingNotesAn quinknt product may be substitutedl

:.:.Bl.- IDrillers Service, Inc.ENVIRONMENTAL PRODUCTS (800)334-2308FAX (7041322-7675MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET(OSHA 29 CFR 1910.1200)FORPORTLAND CEMENTSECTIONI - IDENTITYDistributor’s Name and Address:Drillers Service IncP.O. Drawer 1407Hickory, NC 28603Information Telephone Number:(800)334-2308DRILLERSSERVICEINCChemical Name and Synonyms:PortlandCementPart Numbers and DescriotionSECTION II - CHEMICAL DATAChemical560CEMENTl Portland Type I Cement560CEMENT2 Portland Type II CementFamilv:PORTLANDTYPE ICEMENTCalciumSaltsInoredients:Tri Calcium Silicate 3 CaO.SiO,Tetra Calcium Alumina Ferrite 4CaO.Al ,O,.Fe,O,Gypsum CaS0,.2H,OSmall amounts of CaO, MgO, NaSO,. K,SO, may be present.SECTION III - PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICSSolubility in Water: Slight(O.1 - 1.0%)Specific Gravity: 3.15Gray colored powder with no odor.The following properties are not applicable as portland cement is a solid in powder form:Boiling Point, Vapor Pressure, Vapor Density, Meting Point, Evaporation RateP. 0. DRAWER 1407 - HICKORY, NORTH CAROLINA 286031792 Highland Avenue, N. E.‘Servmg The Drtiimg lndusrry Smce 1954’

WELL SEALANTSWill ( 1 s 10 cI11,1St?c.)mSHLR-GROUT can be mi\c?d ,Ind placed usin g nlusl ,ii.ciilitt)l~! pumpingequipment. Although paddle t>,pe mixers and positl\,tt displacementpumps lvork best, mixin, 0 can also be done through rt?c:lrr:ulating SVSterns.Maximum performance is achieved at a ratio of I bag to 14 gallons ofwater (30% solids). Since pumps such as double di,lphragm or gearpumps may not produce enough pressure to place highly viscous mixtures.the ratio can be adjusted up to I bag per 16 gallons of ivater andstill achieve a good grout “set”..As SHUR-GROUT is added to the make-up ivatc:r. a “pancake batter”consistencv is generated. Pumping at this time is roc:ommended as itminimizes migration into formations and allo\vs for continued hipdrationto take place down hole.Provided local regulationsltllOW. it is allva\.s recommc?ntlt~clto ~vithdrarv thetrc:mie lint: as grout is beingpumped. This permits thegroul lo continue its “set”undisturbed. reduces pumppressure and minimizesuniit’cess;ir\* migration intoforiri,ll ions..\I Ii K-t ;KOl I ::.i\ jwl.!i :I~\ll,ll t1\ ii, ki’.\ , ,.rllll

BLDG 1613Equipment Data>?EZEZ OHM Remediation$,-, Services Corp.A-d--Component Group: Air Sparge WellComponent Name I”Wcll p#ManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberDescriptionDSI or Boat longyearShur-Seal orNAPipe-linch, schedule IO, PVC, well riser pipe, flush thd,lo’ longOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorHam Well DrillingNAServiceJMainteaance VendorMann Well DrillingNotes

w Drillers Service, Inc.\ ENVIRONMENTAL PRODUCTS (8001334-2308FAX (7041322-7674SHUR-SEALPVC FLUSH JOINT RISER PIPE & SCREENAVAILABLE IN 2” - 8” SW 40 & 80SPECIFICATIONSRESIN & MANUFACTURING - Manufactured with Type 1, Grade 1 virgin PVC(Polyvlnylchloride) calcium carbonate resin for high impact. Extruded at a slow rateto assure concentricity and high quality of pipe. Pipe shall exceed standard schedule40 and 80 thickness to allow for deeper threads. Pipe must meet ‘or exceed ASTMD1784, D1785, 02665 and F-480. Pipe must have NSF approval.THREADING - The flush. joint threads shall be a 4 thread per inch modified ACMEthread. a square shdulder at the base of the threads to assure a positive seal.Machined groove at the base of threads for the seatJng of a Nitril O-Ring,SLOTTED SCREENS - The slot size of the screen will be ,010 (10 slot), .016 (16slot) or .020 (20 slot). slotting will begin 6” from each end of the pipe. The vertical- rows will be 4-3/4” long with l/4” interval between the slots for added strength, anda 3/8” spacing between the vetical rows. The 2” screen will have 3 horizontalI rows, and the 4” will have 6 horizontal rows. After the slotting process, the screenwill be scrubbed both inside and out to remove all loose cuttings.CLEANING & DECONTAMINATION - Each piece of riser pipe and screen shall beindividually scrubbed with isopropyl alcohol and scaled separately in a 6-millpolyethylene bag to *insure cleanliness and free of contamination.PACKAGING - Individually sealed pipe and screen placed in a heavy cardboard boxand strapped for shipment.TESTING - Threads on both riser plpe and screen shall be pressure tested by anindependent certified laboratory to insure accurate pressure ratings.SHUR-SEAL IS A TRADE NAME OF PVC, STAINLESS STEEL AND TEFLON FLUSHJOINT RISER PIPE AND SCREEN MANUFACTURED BY DRILLERS SERVICE, INC.,HICKORY, NC.-- -

PVC Moniior PipeTriLoc@ and ASTM F 480 (2 tpi):all diameter PVC screens, pipe and fittings2 in PVC slotted screens, pipe and fittings4 in PVC slotted screens, pipe and fittingsLarge diameter PVC slotted screen, pipe and fittingsvrrcumSlotr”screenASTM ThreadWe offer two alternatives in PVC thread profiles: 2 or 4 threads per inch (tp~).Both threads fully comply with ASTM F 480.-l2 tpi(ASTM F 480)ASTM ThreadlEasy start. Quick to make up:TriLoc? ThreadlllTight threadLeakproof to 325 psiSee page 6 for details4 tpi(ASTM F 480)t> BOART LONGYEAR

is thebest choiceFast And Easy Make-upl Machined by CNC “computer lathe” equipment for exact replications.StrongJointsl Close tolerances on threads prevent unnecessary looseness.l Tapered threads reduce stress at thread base and add strength.Shoulder-to-Shoulder Lengthl No guessing. Stated length is the length after assembly.LeakproofJointsl Two interference fit shoulders prevent leaking.l “0” ring adds a third seal for leak protection up to 325 psi.l Prevents grout or bentonite intrusion.Superior Packagingl Visually free of dirt, oils, and grease.l Individually plastic-wrapped and packed in durable,moisture-resistant, corrugated shipping packages.l Each piece is individually date-stamped.Qualitymaterialsl Consistent formulation achieved by fully automated extrusion.l 200-mesh calcium carbonate is used as an inert filter.SpecialtyComponentsl Boat? Longyear manufacturing facilities can meet special requirements.. Compatible with all major well materials, including stainless steel, forhybrid installations.l TriLoc9 CircumslotW available for high intake applications.Availabilityl Readily available from nationwide locations.l Next day service available to most sites.l Boart Longyear offers one-stop shopping locations for all instal:ationmaterials and sampling tools.fa BOARTLONGYEAR8

ApplicationsforSmall Diamer)er PVC.)( ,yJerc-‘Uli’l u at-d Ott- ev.:j;ist-i [3icme ap~licatiot~~~~‘r~:rnn (13 F’lpe; )i ?ZOfi’C?tf?f:;‘ii Spa:girxl Applicatior- :;Schedule 40TLS.75151 %inx5ti PVC Screen .OlO 28 2.0 lbTLS.75-152 4; in x 5 fi PVC Screen .020 28 2.0 lbTLS.75-201 % in x 10 It PVC Screen ,010 28 4.0 lbTLS.75.202 % in x 10 It PVC Screen .020 28 4.0 lbSchedule 80TLS.75-8151 4; in x 5 ft PVC Screen ,010 28 2.0 lbTLS.758152 % in x 5 ft PVC Screen ,020 28 2.0 lbTLS.75-8201 X in x 10 ft PVC Screen ,010 26 4.0 lbTLS.758202 % in x 10 ‘t PVC Screen ,020 28 4.0 lbSchedule 40nsl-151 1 inx5ft PVC Screen ,010 16 2.0 lbnsi-152 1 inx5ft PVC Screen ,020 16 2.0 lbnsi-201 1 inx10tt PVC Screen ,010 16 4.0 lbnsi-202 1 inx10tt PVC Screen ,020 16 4.0 lbSchedule 80nsi-8151 1 inx5ft PVC Screen ,010 16 1.6 lbTLSl-8152 1 inx5ft PVC Screen .020 16 1.6 lbnsi-8201 1 inx10ft PVC Screen ,010 16 3.2 lbTLSl -8202 1 inx10ft PVC Screen .020 16 3.2 lbSchedule 40TLS1.25-151 1.25 in x 5 ft PVC Screen ,010 11 1.6 lbnsi.25-152 1.25 in x 5 ft PVC Screen ,020 11 1.6 lbX%1.25-201 1.25 in x 10 ft PVC Screen ,010 10 3.2 lbTLSl.25-202 1.25 in x IO ft PVC Screen ,020 10 3.2 lb. Small diameter ppe has 6 fhrf?ad:j per ~ncP" 1 Inch screen slotted on “8 I”

PVC Monifor(continued)PipeSchedule 80TL.75-150TL.75-200%inx5ff PVC Pipe 28 1.5 lb3~ in x 10 fl PVC Pipe 28 3.0 lbSchedule 40ni-150 1 inx5ft PVC Pipe 16 2.0 lbTLl-200 1 inxlOf7 PVC Pipe 16 4.0 lbSchedule 80m-8150 1 inx5ft PVC Pipe 16 1.6 lbm -8200 1 inx loft PVC Pipe 16 3.2 lbSchedule 40TL1.25-100TL1.25-150ni .2c200L ._1.25 in x 2.5 ft1.25 in x 5 fl1.25inx 10flPVC PipePVC PipePVC Pipe22 1.8 lb11 2.2 lb10 4.3 lbSchedule 80n-75-8350TL.75-8355TL.75-8400Schedule 40TL.75-350TL75-400Schedule 40% in Threaded Male Cap (top) 1.0 lb% in Adapter, Male LY Threadto Male NPT1 .O lb% in Threaded FemalePlug (bottom)1 .O lb4: in Threaded MaleCap (WV% in Threaded FemalePlug (bottom)1 .O lb1 0 lb. - .- .TLl-350 1 in Threaded MaleCap (top)TLl-355 1 in Adapter, Male LY Threadto Male NPTTLl-400 1 in Threaded FemalePlug (bottom)TL1-455 1 in Adapter, Female LY Threadto Male NPTSchedule 40TL1.25-350TL1.25-355TL1.25400TL1.25-4551 .O lb1.0 lb1.0 lb1.0 lb1.25 in Threaded Male Cap (top) 1.0 lb1.25 in Adapter, Male LY Threadto Male NPT1 .O lb1.25 in Threaded FemalePlug (bottom)1.0 lb1.25 in Adapter, Female LY Threadto Male NPT1 .O lb* Small dtareter C’W ?a5 5 :hreaas per nchra BOART LONGY&AR10

Schedule 40TLSS-101TLS2-102TLSZ-151TLSZ-152TLS2-201TLS2-202AS2-101AS2-102AS2-151AS2-152AS2-201ASZ-202: : ,s:- Screw .>I0 cn; : .,I 5 zresn ;?O Int . : ,, Sxsn IO InI. : ,I, Sm! m ‘:!o I”1 :. S ::em :I0 in.’ c-r-1>,, urt.. .: ?O in10 2.0 lb10 2.0 lb5 4.0 lb5 4.0 lb5 7.0 lb5 7.0 lbSchedule 80TLS2-8101 AS2-810 2. ., :; /i: S:re-217 I’C In 10 3.0 lbTLS2-8102 AS2-810. 2 1 :, ,811 s ::p.z,. I”0 ‘. in 10 3.0 lbTLS2-8151 AS2-815 5’ :‘/(I S::e?rI j’0 In 5 5.0 lbTLS2-8152 ASZ-815. 5 1 1.:: S:re~n j’C!O In 5 5.0 lbTLSZ-8201 AS2-820 1 : ‘1:: S:rex 1;’ 0 in 5 10.0 lbTLS2-8202 ASZ-820., 1 : ‘.I S :re :r, t:;!O In 5 10.0 lbSa 1 Lane Ctty UT l (800)453-8740 Ralesgh l (8OOj575.1272S::re t.lcurta~n l (8OOJ24 7 -946811

PVC Monitor(continued)PipeSchedule 40i-U-100TU-150TL2-200A2-100A2-150A2-2002 x 2.5 ft2X5ft2xlOftMomtor PipeMonitor PipeMonitor Pipe1011111.75 lb3.5 lb7.0 lbSchedule 80TL2-8100lL2-8150TL2-8200A2-8100A2-8150A2-82002 x 2.5 tt2x5fl2xlOftMomtor Pipe 10 2.5 lbMonitor Pipe 11 4.75 lbMomtor Pipe 11 9.5 lbSchedule 40TLZ-350 A2-350TL2-351 -TL2-400 AZ-400T-118 -TL2-3501 -TL2-455 -TL2-355 -TL2-5 -TL2-11 -- AZ-500- A2-5012 in Threaded Male Cap (top)2 in Slip Cap - 1 .O lb2 in Threaded Female Pointed Plug (bottom) 10 1.0 lb2 in Wash Thru Valve - 1.0 lb2 in Hoisting Plug - PVC - 1.0 lb2 in Adapter, Female TtiL& to Male NPT - 1.0 lb2 in Adapter, Male TriLoc? to Male NPT - 1 .O lb2 in ‘0” Rings, S/pack - 1.0 lb2 in “0” Rings, II/pack - 1 .O lb2 in 2 T.P.I. Box to TriLoC Pin- 1 .O lb2 in 2 T.P.I. Pin to TriLoF BOX - 1 .O lbAll 2 Inch PVC ,s mdividually packaged tn clear poiy sleeves. lhen shwpedI” special carnage-reslstanl containers AddItional cleaning by request.Ali Bean Lznqea: ‘.lon~:or Pipe and Screen meet ASTM Fd80r$ BOART LONGYEAR12

TrilocOPVC Monitor Pipe and Screen Speclficatlons1. All casing pipe and screen shall be PVC, fiush threaded, TriLoc?brandas manufactured by Bcart Longyear Company, Salt Lake City, Utah, andStone Mountain, Georgia.2. The PVC ftush-threaded casing pipe and screen shall be manufacturedfrom Type 7, Grade 1 PVC resins as specified in ASTTU 01784. PVCfiller material must consist only of #200 mesh marble dust to providehigh-impact strength, uniform dimension, and a consistent, known metrtxmaterial, The casing pipe shall also meet ASTM D2665.3.4.5.6.7,a,To assure easy make-up, the PVC monitor pipe and screen must bethreaded wrth a single-start, modified-stub acme thread, faur threads-perinch design. The lead thread must be chamfered, and all threads mustbe beveled to reduce stress at the base of thread cut and to reduce fric-Uon during field assembfy.All shoulders are to be beveled to provide a fully-butting, interferencecompresston fit, to increase the compressional strength of the pipe atthe threaded joints, and to provide a leakproof seal.When tighteoed, the interior and exterior shoulders should meet andcompress to beveled shoulders.An ‘0” ring groove must be turned into the male threadedmanufacturer will supply ‘0’ rings.end. TheAll threaded connectlons shall conform to ASTM F 480. Further. theyshall be manufactured using computercontrolled lathes for precision ofcut and consistency between manufacturing lots.The manufacturer shall supply, at the specifier’s request, vertflcationfrom a certified, quaMod independent materials testing laboratory thatthe PVC casing and screen flush thread connections meet or exceed thefollowing c&aria. Document&Ion of test procedure must also be avallableon request.70llSih3 stfWt@h External Pressure Internal Pressure(no leaking)(no leaking)2In-2650Ib2 in - 300 psi2 in - 280 psi4in-84QOIb4in-175psi4in-2SOpsi9.10.11.12.13.All PVC flush threaded monitar pipe shall make-up in stated lengths,shoulder to shoulder.The pipe shall be free of ink matings unless otherwise specified. Whensupplied without martdngs, the manufacturer shall provfde wrfttan certificationthat the mate&l meets ASl%I D 1784 and 0 2665, that the wailthickness, concentricity and surface are in conformance wilh ASTM F 480.The monitor pipe and screen shall be individuallyplastic-sleeved.The monitor pipe and screen shall be packaged in new, heavy.wall,wax.coated, corrugated boxes, clearly labeled with the brand name andcontents.The (inlshed monitor pipe and screen must be received in visibly cleancondrtron, free of art, grease, dirt, fingerprints, or markings other thanthose specified herein.78

BLDG 1613Equipment DataComponent Group: Air Sparge WellComponent NameManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberDescription&nton&DSIshur-PlugNAShur-Plug Chips, or High yield BentoniteOriginal VendorSpare Part Vendorliann Well DrillingNAService/Maintenance VendorF!ann Well DrillingNotesAn quivalent product may be substituted3/15/99C

HIGH YIELD BENTONITEl High ! it~ltling bentunite i.rscosifir:r:220 barrel I~ir+lcl.l i&fixes rapidli’ for fast h\,drationl Carries cuttings in mud with lolvttr solitcontent.l Enhances fluid loss (:hnr;lcteristic:s. r(:(i!r( f’\seeping into permeable formations.l.Assists in bow hole stabilizationl Helps eliminate loss circulation conditrons.l Mix 15 to 25 pounds per 100 gallons of m,~he-up water.l Increase to 20 to 40 pounds per 100 gallons in areas of unstable formations.l Packaged in 50 pound multi-Lvalled paper bags.This product is designed to be flushed oLrt of the i\.ell bore prior tousing the well for drinking ivater. Before placing a well in serl.icr: tordrinking Lvater it is to be properly flushed and drained until theturbidit!, of the water is

WELL SEALANTSSHUR-PLUGCHIPSCASED HOLES OR UNCASED HOLES: For decommissioningcased or uncased holes larger than 3”diameter. use SHUR-PLUG - 3/q”. If static water ispresent, pour chips from the hag at a rate of I-I/Z to2 minutes per 30 pounds. i\ funneling device with a2” opening can be used to insure a constant flow ofmaterial into the hole. Should the water level bequite low a screen can be used to drop out “fines“from the material before entering the hole.Holes less than 3” in diameter use SHIJR-PLUG z/8”.The technique is the same but a funnel Lvith a I” to~-I/Z” opening is recommended to regulate the flow.Holes rvith ]c?ss than ;1 1” A;---ntr-- rh->uvlrl km -l~rnnoJ\vith a pumpable material such as SHI!R-GRO’UT. ’50a Nel Weight "STAGING" SHUR-PLL’C: Sonlt> regulator>. agenciesallo~v for staging of plugs throughout the bore hole.This can be done by alternating sections of SHUR-PLUG lvith pea gra\,el. cement grouts. SHUR-GROUT. or sand. Positioning of the SHUR-PLUGchips is critical to an effective st!:ll. hol\Tcver. TheSHUR-PLUG chips should btc pl,~ced a minimum of10’ beloiv to 10’ abovr: an!- i\‘attlr bearing or unstableformaticnc-.-1 Drillers Services. Inc. Hickory, NC (704) 322-l 100_I

BLDG 1613Equipment Data&cs OH&l Remediation$.. - Services Corp.*-d-wComponent Group: Air Sparge WellComponent NameManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberDescriptionReducing Couplingtlon of quinltntsee descriptionNA2” x I’ S x5, schedule 80, PVC reducing couplingOEM Vendor DataOriginal VendorMann Well DrillingSpare Part Vendor Southeastern Industrial Plastics!kviceJMaintenance Vendor hnn Well DrillingNotes

+-----L-h7 .Nom. SxS FIG. 821Univ. EslonPipei i~-Ii-Approx.; ).Part I Part ~Size'1 No. 1 Ml j / Cl ~ C2 j L / Wt.(lb)l ~No., M221, x iI2 829101 I 3532 I 1.169 il.455 / 0.907 /1.03812.0821 0.075 r1hi2v1 x 'iz 829130 i 3533 / 1.17 ( 1.712/ 0.909/1.163l2.379! 0 11 x J!4 829131 j 3.53-l t 1.456 / 1.714 / 1.034 1.164/2.385/ 0.11 ; -?-1 'I, x 1 829168 1 3536 j 1.707 j 2.079 1.154 1.282 12.66 1 0.155 . I :+c1 cl )! - v+ c2*1 '/z x 1 829211 j 3537 ( 1.712 (2.342 1.158 f.41513.0531 0205'1 ‘!> x 1 'il 829212 i 3533 i 2.03 12.342 1.28211.41 13.05 / 0225 sxsFIG.8212x1 829249 / 3539 / 1.707 2.848 1.158 1.545 13.53 / 0.28 I2 x 1 '12 829251 3540 / 2,337 2.848 1.41 1.54 13.5151 0.3253x2 829338 8544 12,356 4.154 1.537 I.91214 2021 0.725 ~4x2 829420 3545 / 2.856 5.25 1.538 2.29 /5.111/ 12354x3 829422 8536 j 4.133 ,5 235 1.906 2.283;5.105/ i 36 (6x4 829532 3548 / 5.24 / 7.5621 2.291 3.03216.7421 321* Consult factoty for dimensions-all wes.NOTES.Physicaldlmenslcns and !clerances meet !ke requirementsNSF-pwof ASTM Standards D-2467 fcr socket-type flttlngs.Socket Flanges-1150 Lb.i Nom.1 Max. 1 U niv.Pipe O.D. Pail DimensionsSize Dim. M , No.ONE PIECE FLANGES’I FIG. 809ct I R$$b;.SOCKETFIG.809VAN STONEFIG. 809-VS’ p-MMVAN STONE SPIGOTFIG. 809-VS-SPG‘One piece style flanges in 3. 4, 6 8. 10 and 12.Inch sizes have been dlscon:lnued“Includes seal nng hetght (length over-ail)t C dimension IS socket depth or S~I~GI ‘eng:hNSF-DWSENOTES-Flange bolt hole patterns meet ANSI 9 16 5PVC matenal meets ASTM StandardD- 1704.All dimensions are !n Inches unlessotherwIse speclfled.Dlmenslons are sublect :o change ‘.wt?c~.:nottce Contact factory for certiflcsricr

l~~~Gi6i3I Equipment Data &GS OEM Remediation\A= Ic- Services Corp.A-d--Component Group: Air Sparge WellComponent NameManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberDescriptionSpargc PointBoaltlongyearI” ID x 2” OD SpugepaintNAsee udog cut sheetOEM Vendor DataOriginal VendorSpare Part Vendortlannn Well DrillingNAService/Maintenance VendorMm Well DrillingNotesI

The !&e!lhead Assembltes allow even adjustme-;ar flow ana 3ressure to indliildual Spargepotntsacross the site.Operafion.Spargepolnts” are inserted into the formation gust as,I well screen would be by means of a hollow stemauger. The SpargepoinP is connected to the surfaceby means of a Schedule 40 PVC riser pipe, the 0~and fitting type dependent upon the type ofSpargepoint’. Fine to medium sand is used to b_ !the annular space to 2 feet (60 cm) above theSpargepoinp; ihen, granular bentonite is added foran addltional 2 feet (60 cm). The formation, mlxedwith 20% bentonlte and Portland cement to Increasedensity, is used for the remaining of the backfill.The installation of the Spargepolnt’ is completed a:the surface by the use of a Wellhead Assemblyconnected to the riser pipe with 5% inch (13 mm1female fittings. Reducing bushings may be neces.from the riser pipe to the Wellhead Assembly aswell as two elbows to make the turn from vertical tohorizontal.The Wellhead Assembly can be placed wIthin a12 inch (30 cm) road box. The skirt must be cut tomake the connection to the horizontal pipe comingfrom the air compressor. The horizontal pipe is usuailyl/z inch (13 mm) black polypropylene for the mos’economical installation.Air is supplied to the Spargepoints” by means of acompressor (purchased separately), rather than ablower, to provide adequate air flow and pressureto the points to overcome formation back pressure.Compressor size is determined by the number ofpoints, the size of the points, and the desired flowrate. (Consult the Annex for information on compressedair installations.)A pretest of the formation is recommended to definethe operational range between critical bubbling pressureand the advent of fracturing as well as the optimalspacing of the points.If a prolonged time is expected between installationand operation, the SpargepoinP should be filled withdistilled water to prevent precipitation of iron. For bestresults, pulsating operation turning the system onand off is recommended.Note: The above added information refers to a typicalinstallation; installation may vary from site to site.

.Q Under what soil ccndi%ns does sparglng workbest?A Permeability: 10-l to 10 5 cm/setFlow: less than 5 ft (1.5 m) per dayAquifer thickness: 3 ft (1 m; or greater42 What is ihe mciius of infiuence?A The radius of influence depends upon sot1 czn.ditlons. It is best to do a pilot study.Q How can ihe effecf/venesstested?.AQAQAQ24QAof sparging beinrrtally, by the rise in water head elevatron andchange in dissolved oxygen don&ntration in :fiegroundwater samples. Over a lbnger period,test by the rate of change of volatlles in grourxwatersamples, taken preferably weekly.Do the points plug over time?No, the points do not plug over time but asadded protection against that posslbtlity, acheck valve is part of the Wellhead Assembly:it maintains pressure and prevents reflux.Can the aquifer be plugged by sparging?Sparging creates a very aerobic condition inthe aquifer. If high concentrations of ferrous ironare present (>l ppm) and substantial transportvelocity (~5 ft [1.5 m] per day) exists, thencalculations should be done on the cloggingpossibility of ‘the aquifer.What is the tightest soil conditionsparging is effective?in whichThe tightest soil condition is 1O’5 cmkec.10” cm/set (clayey soils) is too tight.What compoundssparged?have proven to be effectivelySites containing petroleum and chlorinatedsolvent compounds have been spargedsuccessfully.7-800-247-9468

BLDG 1613Equipment Data&Bz OHRI Remediation\. - Services Corp.r-lronrlkvmmhComponent Group: Air Sparge WellComponent NamehhnufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberDescriptionj& MDSI /Southern Products and Silia Co. IIK# 2 Well Gravel PaclcNAset catalog cut sheetOEM Vendor DataOriginal VecdorSpare Part Vendorkm Well DrillingNAService/Maintenance Vendorkm Well Drilling

,s? SOUTHERN PlitODUCTS @WA :,. ;.: & SILICA CO., INC. ,y;;;FHIIncorporUft!dI933I Filter Sand SC Gravel l Sandblast Sand l \Vell Gravel Packs l Chemical Gravel l Epoxy AggregatesPlans Locurrd at 4303 HisArray U.S. I ,Vor!h, Hoj~untl. ;VC 28347: 1P. 0. DRAN-ER IS9PHOSES: 910-2Si-3lS9 ( /HOFnlXN. XC 25347 FAX: 910-251-3815 TOLL FREE: 800-572-6343 ( 1t 11 GENER.-ILINFOFLC~~~TIO~TTECHN~CXL D.-\T.~ j 1IIOur Drowning Creek quarry consists of an underwater alluvial deposit which yields a hard, roundedquartzite material free of clay, silt. iron, mica and other foreign matter. Thus material is less likely tospalt and clog a filter than weathered, softer material mined on or near the surface of the ground.All filtering material is washed, screen-sized, washed and sized again according to AmericanWater Works Association Standards for Filtering Materials.kWATERFILTER SAND ;\ND GRAVEL /FILTER SANDEffective Size Unlformitv Coefficient*.45mm-.55mm U.C. 1.6.80mm-1.20mm U.C. 1.6*MaximumFILTERGRAVEL2 112 x 1 l/2 314 x l/211/2x1 310 x 31161 112 x 314 l/2 x l/41 x 314 114 x 1101 X 5i0 3116 x #lO Mesh1 x l/2 118 x #16 MeshI, TYPICXLCHE~L~IC,~L.~~ALYSIS ) j(96 By Weight)‘.jLoss on IgnitionSulfur as SO3Aluminum as A1203Iron as Fe203Calcium as CaOManganese as MnO2Magnesium as MgOSilica as SiO2Titanium as TiOzTotal CarbonCarbonate as CaCO30.160.010.040.050.02co.010.0199.720.010.09

GENERAL INFORMATION AND TECHNICALDATA FOR WATER FILTRATION MEDIAOur Dr-owning Creek quarry consists of an underwater alluvial deposit which yields a hard,rounded quartzite material free of clay, silt, iron, mica and other foreign matter. Thts materialis less likely to spat1 and block a filter than weathered, softer material mined on or near thesurface of the ground. All material is washed, screen-sized, washed and srzed againaccording to Amencan Water Works Association Standard for Filtering Material,The following laboratory data was complied from test results performed by an independenttesting laboratory:GRAVEL SIZESSection 4.1.2.3 of the American Water Works Association Standard for Filtering Materialstates that “For each size range of gravel specified, not more than 8 percent by dry weightshall be finer than the lowest designated size limit, and a minimum of 92 percent by dry weight: shall be finer than the highest designated size limit.” Our data, derived from random samplingand periodic testing, indicates all sizes meet American Water Works Association Standards.Typical test data available upon request.ACID SOLUBILITYSection 4.1.2.4 states that “acid solubility shall not exceed 5 percent for sizes smaller thanNo.8, 17.5 percent for sizes larger than No.8 but smaller than 1 inch, and 25 percent for 1 inchand larger sizes.” Our data shows results consistently less than 0.1 percent loss.SPECIFIC GRAVITYSections 4.1.2.1 and 4.1.1.2 state that “Gravel and sand shall have a saturated surface dryspecific gravity of not less than 2.50 unless a higher minimum specific gravity requirement isspecified.” Our data shows specific gravity of material consistently between 2.58 and 2.63.FRACTURED FACES AND ELONGATED PIECESSection 4.1.2.1 states that “not more than 25 percent of the particles by weight shall havemore than one fractured face; not more than 2 percent of the pieces by weights shall be fiat orelongated to the extent that the longest axis of a circumscribing rectangular prism exceeds 5times the shortest axis.” Tests indicate results of 16.9 percent by weight fractured faces and 0percent by weight elongated pieces.FILTER GRAVEL l FILTER SAND l BLASTING SA?‘D l CAROLINA DECORATIVE AGGREGATE

d”^ -‘I - ._d_- _ - - . . _GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION TEST REPORTc100 zc .c 555% c .Ini. --r; 251‘r-9080F..--..: ,.:70 t ::.: :_, .--_:.:: ::. i.--100 k i-200 100~‘::.:::::.’10.0-GRAIN SIZE - mm:I-_. - - i IMATERIAL -GRAVEL PACK fii-DESCW=TIdN. .~reject NO.: 3077~~~G-1& . -.‘ro jet t: SOUTHERN ‘PRODUCTS E SILICA CO.Location: GFIAVEL PACK s2 P.0 697-01--Remarks:NO-NOT DE.1 ti.C\MINEO-T- ’GGLII~J CTZE: @isIfiTPtlT?T\~ TEST REl’nRTLAWENGINEERING,-___ INC -1 Figure No. 03

=-======-- ----==-==--==~-=~--=_-===‘-=------==T-===~~==-~--==========----------GFLZIN STZE DISTRISUTION TEST DATA Test; No.: 3__-_---_--_---_----_----------------------------------------------------------31-q : 01-03-97:c No.: 30774-6-1332TL, -ct : SOUTHERN PRODUCTS & SILICA CO.====PP11=PP=sIo ='=91=3='oPIIP113=11=====~~ I=E========-=tmnni41PI=I=r================_----------------__--------------------------------------------------s--s-----Sample_----------------_-------------------------------------------Data-----------------ocation of Sample: GRAVEL PACK #2 P.0 ti97-01ample Description: GRAVEI, PACK #2SCS Class: ND Liquid limit: NDASHTO Class: ND Plasticity index: ND_----------__------------------------- ----------------------------------------Notes-----------_--_---------------------------------------------------------------emarks. ND=NOT DETERMINED.ig. No.: 03-_---------_----------------------------------------c-------------_-----------Mechanical-------------_-_--__-----------------------------Analysis Data_--_--_-_-__-_--_------------Initialry sample and tare= 820.303re a 88.04ry sample weight P 731.46are for cumulative weight retained= 0Sieve Cumul. Wt. Percentretained finer0.00 100.0# 10 5.47 99.3# 12 69.93 90.4# 16 494.87 32.3# 20 702.55 4.0# 30 725.05 0.9# 40 728.70 0.4# so 729.35 0.3# 70 729.47 0.3# 100 729.48 0.3--------------------------------------------------------------------~-----------------Fractional Components-------------_-__-----------------------------------------------------ravel/Sand based on #4 sieveand/Fines based on #200 sieve+ 7Smm. P 0.0 t GEZAVEL = 0.0 t SAND =3S= 1.61 D60= 1.369 DSO= 1.29730= 1.1482 DlS- 0.96494 DlO= 0.91096- = 1.0568 cu - 1.5031--m--------==.

--. \BLDG 1613Equipment DataComponent Group: Air Sparge Well HeadComponent NameManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberDescriptionWell tltd S&q WWUnknown# tooNAflchtcr Carr P/w: 4772x4,1/4” HPTPop ufq set to 35 psiOEM Vendor DataOriginal VendorSpare Part Vendorncnuter camHAService/Maintenance VendorNANotesI

FOB COKPBESSED AIR OR INERT GhS APPLICATIONS.CONSULT FACTORY IF APPLICATION IS AIR OR GAS OVER LIQUID.i Non-Code Safety Valves are designed for compressed air applications. where protectton is neededfrom over pressure conditions on un-fired pressure vessels or systems. Construction is of brass with resilient ormetal to melal seating; carbon steel, cadmium plared or stainless steel springs. All , _ I products aremanufactured under a quality control system approved by The National Board of Boiler anh Pressure VesselInspectors. (A.S.M.E.). Non-Code Safety Valves are adjustable, within the limitation of the spring supplied.Maximum operating temperature, 25O”F, (121°C). Care must be taken to properly site each valve to meet theoperating conditions of tne system. Major cansiderat~ons are. system capacity, in cubic feet of air per minute(CFM). Opefatlng pressure, temperature, environmental conditions and potential hazards. Please refer to rhsinstallation information on page 3. For more detailed informalion, please contact the factory.3/’ : .-. ’Ftgure 100 - Sites 118’, 114’ and 1E MPT only. Pop sryk Szdety Valve. Prcss~rcsetings on me IlEt-, 5 to 100 PSIG. On sizes l/4’, 318’ and IR. 2 to 300 PSIG.Chmme steel ball on a bass rest (Stainl~ m BaIl available) cri+p pappingactmn atulsemr~.FlgutalOlA- Sizes LB-and li4’MPTonly. Popsrylc S&F/ Valvemtn Siliconedisc on brass seat. Pressure settings km 2 to 100 PSIG. BubMe tight belowreseahng pressure. Chsp popping a a4 settings.Flgum 111 X - 114’ MPf only, Pop style. has cofwmdon wim stainless steelspring and 8all on a Teflon O-Ring sea Designed far gasaoua uyogenic se~ce.Canbeapplledroctxnp~airs~.Amilableinpnsswwhom5to.400PSIG. Cleaned and indMdualty taggo far oxygen ser&e.

*4773?~DlMENSlONSFIG NO.WEIGHT4 .l/2- 3-118" 5 oz.7OlA 1 ia" l-3/4' 1 02.l/4" l-314" 2 oz.111X l/4" 2-l/4" 3 OZ.112Tl/4"3/8-s otSOLl/4" 2-13/16" 40rv125 118" 2-W 6”114” 2-38'2 OZ.2 OZ.128A118”114”1~1116”l-1/2'1 oz202.128AT114"i-718”202.130 . l/8" l-l/l 6" 102.l/4' l-112- 202.a

1..BLDG 1613Equipment DataComponent Group: Air Sparge Well HeadauiumentDataComponent NameManufacturerBall ValverpdloModel Number 70405Serial NumberDescriptionNAI’ bronze ball vainOEM Vendor DataOriginal VendorSpare Pnrt VendorIlMhsuial SalesWAServicehfaintenance VendorNA

VARIATIONSAVAILABLE ARE:TO- I20 Scnes !Ac~ti:cola70-140 Sener70-150 Sen*s eanr.a:1y 5op,70 190 h-~as fLxi;e.~ Dorc:narichcp Lever)i3;6 SS ‘&!i 3: Slam:

CAUTIONFL,RM NO 14378007-13437AIT IS THE INSTALLER’S AND/OR SYSTEM DESIGNER’S RESPONSIBILITY TO ENSURE THATTHESE VALVES ARE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APP’JCABLE AND CURRENT ANSI831 STANDARDS.MLLOWING ARE SOME SAFEGUARDS THAT MUST BE CONSIDERED PRIOR TOINSTAUATION.EASE OF OPERATION - BALL VALVES ARE EASIER TO OPERATE THAN OTHER NPES OFSHUT-OFF VALVES. WHEN THESE VALVES ARE INSTALLED SO THAT THERE IS APOSSIBIUN THAT THE HANDLES CAN BE HOOKE3 OR SNAGGED, APPROPRIATE ACTIONTO PREVENT ACCIDENTAL OR UN-WANTED OPENING OR CLOSING OF THE VALVE MUST BETAKEN. VIBRATIONS IN, THROUGH OR AROUNO THE VALVE CAN ALSO CAUSE ACCIDENTALOR UN-WANTED OPENING OR CLOSING OF THE VALVE.PRESSURE RELIEF - DETERMINE AND PROVIOE CORRECTIVE ACTION AGAINST EXCESSIVEPRESSURE BUILD UP IN THE VALVE OR PIPING SYSTEM DUE TO THERMAL EXPANSION.THERMAL EXPANSION CAN CREATE EXTREME PRESSURES WELL ABOVE THE WORKINGPRESSURE LIMIT OF THE VALVE WHICH CAN CAUSE LEAKING OR BURSTING OF THE VALVE.SUPPORTS - IF YOU CHOOSE TO CONNECT A FLEXIBLE HOSE OR OTHER NON-RIGIDCONDUIT TO THE VALVE, THE DESIGN OF SUCH INSTAUATION MUST PREVENT ANYWHIPPING ACTION’ THAT COULD INJURE OR DAMAGE PERSONNEL OR EQUIPMENT.FlI-llNGS - USE ONLY THOSE FITTINGS OR PIPING THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH THEVALVES BEING USED TO PREVENT BREAKAGE AND/OR LEAKAGE. (AS FOR ONE EXAMPLE.IT IS POOR PRACTICE AND NEVER RECOMMENDED TO USE PLASTIC PIPE OR FITTINGSWITH METALLIC VALVES SINCE THERMAL EXPANSION. EXTERNAL FORCES OR OTHERSITUATIONS CAN CAUSE BREAKAGE OR LEAKAGE AT OR NEAR THE JOINT.)PRESSURWI-EMPERATURE UMrrS -THE MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE LIMIT OF THEVALVE IS MARKED ON THE VALVE BODY. NEVER EXCEED THIS W.O.G.’ RATING WHICH ISSPECIFIED UP TO lo(pF. TEMPERATURES HIGHER THAT 1wF DECREASE THE MAXIMUMWORKING PRESSURE LIMIT. REFER TO THE APPRCPRIATE PRESSURE/TEMPEFlATURECHART THAT IS PUBUSHED IN THE CATALOG OR SPECIFICATION SHEET FOR THEPARTICULAR VALVE BEING INSTALLED.FREEZING - PROVIDE MEANS TO PROTECT THE VALVE FROM FREEZING AN0 BURSTINGWHEN USED WITH UQUIDS.FLUID COMPATlBIUlY - CONSIDER THE CORROSIVE. EROSIVE AND AOHESNE EFFECTS OFFLUIDS ON THE VALVE AND PIPING COMPONENTS. IT IS YOUR FjESPONS1BlU-W TOENSURE THAT THE VALVE IS COMPATlELE WITH THE MATERIAL(S) USED IN l-l :E SYSTEM.INSTALLATION - THE USE OF l-FE PIPE TAPE AS A SEALANT IS RECOMMENDED FORTHREADED VALVES WHEN MAKING JOINTS. CORRECT LUBRICATION OF STAINLESS STEELPIPE THREADS IS ESPECIALLY IMPORTANT TO PREVENT THREAD GALLING. DO NOT APPLYEXCESSIVE TOROUE WHEN INSTALIJNG THE VALVE. TO PREVENT DISTORTION OROAhUGE TO THE VALVE, 00 NOT APPLY TORQUE THROUGH THE VALVE. USE PROPERSUPWRTS IN HANDUNG PRE-FABRICATED SECTIONS AN0 IN FlNAL INSTAIJATION.ALWAYS T5ST THE SYSTEM BEFORE USING.MAINTENANCE - DO NOT DISASSEMBLE THE VALVE WHILE UNDER PREaSURE. REQUEST AMAINTENANCE MANUAL BEFORE A-tl-EMPTlNG REPAIRS TO THE VALVE.APOLLO @ BALL VALVE DIVISION Conbmm Industnee. Inc. l P.O. Box 125 l Pagebnd, S.C. 29728Phone: 803672-6 16 1 I= ax 803672-8747Printed in USA Copyright 3 1987 CCNBRACO INOUSTRIES. INC.

--.‘,BLDG1613Equipment Data&meES\-OHM RemediationServices Corp.AullrldQoIWComponent Group: Air Sparge Well HeadComponent NameC)& VdwManufacturer ~10Model Number 61-105-01Serial NumberDescriptionuI’ bronze dwck nlveOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorIndwrial salesHAhvice/Maintenance Vendor NANotes

Apd,, 61-100 Series‘Bronze Ball-Conea Chec!< V&eFEATURESSTANDARD MATERIAL LISTAph 61-100 SeriesBronze Ball-Cone” Check~>a~&. 4W PS!G Voc;. Cold Nun Shcck 12 Ps;G &nlm!d Trrwt:, VdveSTANDARD MATERIAL LIST8564.zc?44@”616 (i. “_‘-’3554 ctj4$, I ,:4-.:-l! k!! .::oci4 zL:cyh :;;:.r..:A- ;--

IT IS THE INSTALLERS 4x0 OK 5’1 STEM DESICHERS RESPONSIBILITI’TO ENSURE THAT THESE \ALi iS ARE I?rSTALLED 1% VZCORDAXCEWITH APPLICABLE +ND CCRRE.VT 4.VSI 821 STAUDARDS (61.000SERIES SOLDER E.VD CHECK t AL\ ES ARE DESIG?rED TO BE SSFTSOLDEREJ APPLY HE.+T ‘A’ITH THE FLAhlE DIRECTED AWAY FROMTHE CENTER OF THE \AL\ E BODY EXCESSIVE HEAT CAN HARM THEEPR SE.tT)INSTALLATION1. 61 & 62 rcncs check valves are designed 10 be vtnullymalnt-ce free.2. if a problem should MY. do not dlsbcwmble tie valvewhile the lme IS under pressure.3. Repur Luu arc ava~iablc should the check or spnng needrcplrcmg.FFtEEZlNG.

‘\BLDG 1613Equipment Data-+=-. = OHM Remediation

AIM Cocxs-- _.. -_ .-.4Air cocks are ra:ed for .:er’JlcE 10 ICOp.s./. at moderate femperarures. Norrecommended for use wrth steac orliquid lndivtcfually resfed for ,agncfpressures tf needed.Essex d~r cocks and shut.off cocks aresprrng-key type cocks of J/l fJrass construcllonwllh starnless steel sprfngs.Machine firlisfl is standard on ail airCocks. with polished or plated finishavailable at extra cost.Tee Hand/e - PlainNumber 6 7 8' 9'--_^--j ,~!?3 S,zp ','" ' ' ; -.', ',',“Tsa Handle - DouSle hfaie lever Handle - Doubls Malei NumbcI 18 :9 : 20-_27 i1/ ,3‘22 .s,ze ) ‘h” Yi’ “9 ’ ” 72” ITee Handle -Double Female Tee Handle -Male snd Female-. -..__ - _-Number 1 37 I 38 : 39 1 Number 40 / 47 ; 42 11Plce Srze‘/a” j 5;” 3/“” -I I . f,pe Size 1 ‘/a” 1 %- ! J/“’Lavar Handle - Double FemaleNumbar j ‘I3 u;,-a,v- -I-- $-a‘x,3- ‘,‘-’Lever Handle - Ma1-. -

BLDG 1613Equipment Data&S& OHM Remediation\/ Services Corp.A-d--Component Chmp: Air Sparge Well HeadComponent NameManufscturcrModel NumberSerial NumberDescriptionAir $pup @I~NOfpll1174GdAWNNAl/2’, Oddpsi, 1 handle, RegulatorOriginal VendorTSI hmrpomdSpare Part Vendor Fluid hpwnfi Corp.Service/Maintenance VendorHANotesService kit is stocked as a spare part3/15I99

.-,- ;;- - - .---:. < i_ 35;’ *=-=-,, -~. -_ -. _, .- - - - _ .__I -_ ;r-- .- ; -; y-10 in-line or modular installation with sthe: 74Seriesproducts.8 Full flow gauge ports.0 Low torque, nonrising pressure adjustment knobc: sturdy T-handle prolAdes easy handadjustment at any pressure.l Balanced valve minimizes effect of variation ininlet pressure on the outlet pressure.0 With the standard relieving regulators, outletpressure can be reduced even though thesystem is dead-ended. Nonrelieving models arecptjonal.0 Options include reverse flow regulators, IS0 portthreads, nonreiieving diaphragm, and reguiatorswithout the pressure gauge.S’G Pressure Regulators2 -3/3”, l/2” and 34”rOrderingInformationIS0 SymbolsStandardModels-RzirevmgNonrelievingModel Numbers - felioving diapnragm. mm gaqa.Outirt Pressure Adjustment Aangz ’Port Knob Ad~ustinent Kwb Ad~ustmmon: T~hrvzfte Adjust-nentSire weig!?: S IC 60 ptlg sIo1sop~g 10 10 250 pig **PTF Ibr.kg (0.3 to 4 bar) (0.3 to 10 bar) (0.7 IO 16 bar)Y8 1 .a0 (0.82) R74XM.K.RFG R74G3AK.RMG R7?G-WT-RSGIR’ 1 .n (0.80) R74GdAK.RFG R7uaAK-RMG R7SGdAT.RSCY4’ 1.73 (0.78) 274&6AK-RFG R74G6AKAVG R7dG6AT-RSG* Do net us9 mos9 regutanoo to control pressures ouwde of the spedffed :-es.- Regulators wth Iho 250 p&g spring are nc1 avadaole wth tbc knob adjustment.OperaSonOptions - Select t.Le dssiml rrgulator from the precadihg order abfe. Veer:change the model number as shown in me followtng diagram ro obtatn me h3l:edopaax Disc see Product Numbering Chaff on page 59 for l dddcnal op6oru.Optional FIow AR .....ReverseftgwOptional Threads8 ...JSO UC taperG-IS0 G pamflelOptiond Adjb&mentT ...T-handleSewice KitsSeal and gasket bt tar rcliovmg regulators : 4381-700SeJ and gasket kit !or nooreliewng rogulaton : ~38 1.701N _. ..Ncnrelieving

‘xhnicalData-Lund: Ccmpressed airMumum rn;et pressure: 3C0 lsrg (25.7 Caf)(rOparacng temperawe: 0’ lo 1iS’F C-18’ :O 79’C).* kr supply must be dry enough tc avad co tornarm at !swera?J:es to~w 3’F(Z’C).Gauge poa:114’ PI-F wtrn PTF man pans.l!o’ IS0 Rc wen IS0 FQ mam pens.i/a- E-0 R, wh 60 G mam porn.Materials3ody. Alurur.umEomc;: AJum1nunValve: BrassElastsmcn; NitnloBotto*m mug: Acofzd@-nensionsin lr.ches (mm)Panel rr.otAmg hole diameter. 2.05’ (Xmm)Pzncl thickness: 0 06’ b 0.25’ (2 3 6 mm)3196 Q NORGREN Llne:on, cc ‘is;. p-,Q”g ‘-2 ij’.tS” -I - Fax 3C3.745.3487 13

NORGREN Illustrated Parts Freakdown R74GGeneral Purpose Pressure Regulator For industrial Compressed Air ServicerIn :he fO1lori~r.~ pans ‘~st. assembl:aS a:a prlnfad ,n cz;ltal lel1ers. PSES :heam inctddad wl!n an Essensly arg lis:ad and Irdsnred d;rsct!y Deneal> II.V/hen an asserofy IS ordered, the assemaly and ati pars indented benea:hit are lnciucea in rhe shlpmant.‘XM DESCRlPTlON PART NO. ON.123d5678919111213141518171819202122Knob. awsI1q. ............................................... 4x7-33 :Scrrw ... ........... I ‘........................ ... ............ .3P!.~5-12 4Bcnne~ ........................................... .4X3.63 1v:acnor ................................ 516Mj :Screw. acpstirg ......................................... 4339.13 1BONNE; ASSEMBLY T-HA%Dl.C A3JUSTMENT. ............ GX5.55 1. T..?ahQIe. J$;UJWE .................................. .lC9d.O3 1. Nut. IOC!4 ........................... 5537.01 1. BOmlOl. ................ .............. .......... .S?CS-53 1. Screw ................................ .YP!,l5.12 4. Ssr1ng res1.. ...................... ... 5267.35 1spring.:egulr:~nr;5 10 60 ESI~ ............................... ......... ..43?2-0 1 15 IO 150 5211$ ..... ......... .4U2.02 115 lo 250 p5 g ................................. ..43?2.0 3 1Olaphra;nRcii?m.; ................................ ................... s3:3-5: *Ncnrs!.aving ......... ................................. czc9.51 :Plug. bot:cm. ............................ .......... 4127.39 :0.mg .... ........................... ... 23C6.23 1Scrlng. “0IbY.. ........................52cs.01 !VAV/E ASSY ...................... ............................. .4X&X 1. 0.m; .................... ........ 2x5.13 :Ccver. bOr.xn ............................ ....... 4xX$3 1Bcwj. ............................................... :dcf ncr7la:Ij rc~lrcte :Plug, pt~e ........................................... 2391.97 7Gogr, pressure0 10 60 psq (0 10 4 oar) .............. ....................... .!5.013.293 13 to 130 pslg (0 10 11 bar) .... .._ .................. ..I18.01J.209 10 to 34x p5ig (0 10 20 bar). ..... ----.-...................... .18*013.210 14 SERVICE Kl7S d ACCESSORIESSe*0 Wt(ilamr 13.15.16.17. la)RIilevlng rcr&lrrofs ..,........ ..- _-........_..._...... . . . . ..__......~.................. 438 1 .t@JNonrJ~wnng ragwla:ors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4381.701~‘Kl~. pipe plug (item 21 - cot-dam 2) ._._..................,....,........,.,... ,..,.... . 3Xd-05Pafwl mount nul . . . . . . . .. . .._. . _. . . 4343.59Wail rnoumng brackal ..__..............-.............. . . . .. . .. . . . .. . . . . 4324.5JlTafTQ3f WSkf8nf CovBr 6 W:e (UbB Wllh k~%b X&S:iTBiY Only) .,...,.....,. 4555.5120wcNORGREN 54OC Souh Dslavre. CiWo:. CO 80:2C-166J Pnond x3.-3.3 :E’: Fax x)3-790-9407 Prlnled !n U S A Im

(ii4NORGRENROl, R04, R06, R07, ROB. Rll, R14, R15, R16, R17. R18,R46.R64,R72, R74,l l-002,11-044,11-111,20AG. as C!OS as 3css1:ie !C :?e :e’,‘ce >e!rg servea. at any angicMiustmcnc . Turn ~d~~stme~~ :Iock’;w to mcre3se andcaurrterdockwrwIse :o decrease 0u:;et oressure senlng. To reoucewssurc. kit rmct IO a oressure ,ess :nan mat dcwea. :henimxcase lo me aesma ouliel 3rrsureWammgThese producrs are mended for use m maustr:al commsseu airsystems any. Do not use these pr0aut:s .rnere pressures andlcmDcnturK can exceed those ie.teo on Ihe OrOduct laDeIIi outfcl pressure m excess ot tne regulator pressure semngcould cauS* downstream eawmenr :o wture or mahxrron. 1r3st.Ua orcssurc reltef dcvlcc downstream of the regulator The rel~etpressure and flow CdtUC~fy 31 !kC re!iet dcvtce must satlsff Systemreqwemencs.Sefon usmg wth fluIds other than air. !or nonmdustndlaoohzabons. or !or lhfe SUEIOR r~stems. co11suIt NorgrenREGOLATORIPER IMPIECHI GENERlCl(ITALIAN)&xxfare II Vow0 formtore vorgren 2er !s:ruimn~ comoiete emambl.~llraionc . Togftere ia Drewone aeii’arla. Powone sulla wea:. Con II llussa ana in direnone aella frcccla rlponata sul corpo. Inakum casr sr porreobc trovarc la oarola IN stamoard wno ailaconness10nc m envata.. A mmtc de1 luonficato~ c dcllc vatvole di contmllo. I rcgolatoncm HUKO cmtnno posscno esscre ~nstallao sia a alIe cnc amontc delle vakole al controllo.w II piti nun0 posslblle all’a~parccchlo cne dcve csscrc al~mcntato.l In qualsosc pounone.RIqolrdonr - Ginre II dwosrtrvo di regolanone m sew Orano peraumcman c m sense anhorano par almmurrc la ~rewono dlQmun Per ndune la prcwonc. ~nma dl tutto ponarc la 0rewoneaI OI SOltO dcl WOrC dcs!dcntO. par aumcntarla ho 1 valorcWAUCStO.Asvutmn(%~aStr Df0dom sono adam ~S~luSPVamentC all’impv?gO su SIS~.WIIUtduSfr~di ad ana comorcsw. Non lmo8cgarc m orcscnn di 0ress1on~c lcmwnturc suwnon a oucllc rrtxh-tatc sulia taqhctta?i4 un aUmCrIt0 della ~rcwonc 6n uXrt3 ns~cRo al tiorc daOnrun dovasc cauwc rotturc o nalfunzlonamcmo ncll’impranto a‘de. i%t&tkC Ma ValVOta IimlQtncc dr prcwonc a MIIC delnpolatort. La presstone c la caoacti dl xanco dclla valvotalimrlatnce dwono s.oUd~sfarc I rcowsih dr sicurcm dcl StiStcmkPnma dcll’implcgo con attn tluv~ chc non slano aru. peraWcazIOnl non mdustnali. 0 I” ap~rccch!aturc mcdual~ ConSMarcla Noqren.REGMAOORES DE US0 GENERAL(SPANISH)Contxte c3n su 3roveocor ‘Vorgren lara 1nstrucc:ones cov:letas yhts.Instalccr6n . Cerrar la prevon Cc anre. instalar en la linca aei alre. el caodal de a!rc debera squlr la dwccron de la mana en elcucrpo. en algunos cases la palaora 1.4 pucde estar lmurcsa allad0 de la concx~on de enrada. s8luarlo antes de 10s luonodores y las vahwlas de c1cI0. Losrfquladorcs de cauda~ rnrn!blc oucdm ~nstalane antes oda&s de las valvu!ds Cc crclo.. lo mb cerca oosrblc del aDarat at quc csta concctadol en cualwer tigulo ,Requlrd6n. Ginr el ~omo jc regulacron cn et scrmdo dc las agutasdcl rclo( pan aumentar cl nr.ti de praron de sallda y en scnndoconfnno ~afa rcducrla Pan Clsmmulr la pmdn. rcducrr en Dnmerlugar a un nlvcl lnfertor al rYuendo: dKDUK aumcntar hasta laDrcsdn dc SalIda dcseaaaAdvwiraciahtm pmductos SC ban dceiado pan su usa cxclusivamamc enwtcrna.s mdustnalcs de arrc campnrmdo. No usar eZtos ptWuctos enfmtalac10ncS en las quc tar wvonc~ y tcmucraturas pucdan Superarlas we figwan en la chaueca act pmduno.Si ta prcsrdn de sallda es siocnor al nrvcl de orcs~dn del regulador.DOdda DmduclnC roturas 0 fallOf en IX cauioos sltuados dCSouesdcl mtsmo. En estc case. rzfatar un aoanto con escape de prcs~dnacsmh dc( rcgulador La CaaMlddd en cuanto a praron at escape ycauOal dcl mccamsmo de dwarga deben ME.taccr W nccevdadesdcl w~tcmaConsultar con Norgrcn ames de uthzar estos Droductos con flurdoswe no wan cl atrc. en a0lvzc~ooes no inaustnakcs 0 en s;stcmas desequndad

BLDG 1613Equipment DataComponent Group: Air Sparge Well HeadouiumentDataComponent Nme Air Spaqe Well Had kgulatw bun GaugeManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberDescriptionus GaugeG25 PSOO-2840 0 to 60 psi rangeMAOto60psibackmountgaugtOEM Vendor DataOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorHational InstrumentWAServiceJMainteaaace VendorNA

subtotal $1,835.36Tax (NC 6%) $110.12Freight (est) $30.00Total $1,976.48Camp Lejeune National Instrument PO Amendment page 1 1 l/12/97

-Wt’5RAUMCiTEM2 ‘/2 ” P500 1MCNJNTGAUGESGenerally used for hydraulic applications. such aspresses, jac.ks and pumps, these specially designed2Y2” P500 heavy duty gauges can also withstand otherrigorous pulsating and vibrating hrgh pressureindustrial applications. The ability of these gauges towithstand rugged service can be attributed to theunique Glasstuf’ movement and to the high qualityberyllium copper bourdon tube.QIAPHRAGMLOW PRESSUREGAUGES2’/2” P733Desrgned tor pressure measurements below 15 psi.these htgh qualrty diaphragm gauges feature ruggedconstructlon with hrgh sensl.ivlty and are Ideallysuited for low pressure applicatrons.PSOOSPECINCATIONS:SIZE 255”CASE: Drawn steel, black corrosion resistant paintRING: Drawn steel, friction fit, black corrosion resistantpaintWINDOW:Flat glassPOINTER: Glass filled plastic, blackDIAL Steel, white background with black markingsUtilizes the “zero band” concept where the zerograduation and numeral are replaced with a bandrepresenting the total accuracy tolerance at zeroMOVEMENT: Glasstuf with stainless steel link rivetsBOURDON TUBE: Phosphor bronze, silver soldered6000 psi-Beryllium copper, silver brazedCONNECTION:restrictorRANGE:1h ” ANPT LM or CBM, brass with surge2000, 3000 and 5000 psiACCURACY: +3-2.3% of spanSee Generai Soecihcatmn Semen tar Drnensron DrawmgSPECIFICATIONS:SIZE: 2’12”CASE: Drawn steel, black corrosion resistant paintRING: Drawn steel, slip fit with side screws,black corrosion resistant paintWINDOW: flat glassPOINTER: Aluminum, black finishDIAL: Steel, white background with black markingsMOVEMENT: Brass sector, nickel silverpinion and arbor, stainless steel pivots.DIAPHRAGM: copper alloy-replaceableCONNECTION: Brass l/d’ ANPT CBMRANGE: 15.3560 inches HzO; 20,32.36 oz/in25.10 psi: 20 oz/in2 and 35 inches H20’ACCURACY: f 2% of span*Dual Scale2 _.:!_..^..3

\.BLDG 1613Equipment DataComponent Group: Air Sparge Well HeadComponent NameManufacturerfiml+qModel Number 8Hc 408Serial NumberWADescription O-30 SCFtl Flowmeter, I/2” FNF’TOrigianl VendorSpare Part VendormrMAServWMhtenance Vendor WANotes

RATEMASTER” FLOWMETERInstallation and Operating InstructionsNDIMENSIONS & MOUNTING INFORMATION-ESIIDIMENSIO, S - IN IN

RATEMASTERInstructionsFLOWMETERr. .rtgure .i i-lgure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 7SURFACE &lOUNTI.XG: Drill appropriate holes in panelusing Ihe dimensions shown in Figure 1. Hold the flowmererin position in front of [he panel and install the clamp boltsthrough the panel from the rear. (The mounfing clamps maybe used as washers if desired by installing them backwardsor straightening them out.) Pipe up inlet and discharge followingthe directions in previous sections.SURFACE .MOUNTING ON PIPING ONLY: An alternatenelhod of surface mounting omitting the clamp bolts and supgartingIhe Rate-&Master Flowmeter on the connecting pipingonly is possible. For this method extra long or straight pipe(breads should be used so that nuts may be run onto the pipeand later tightened against the back of the panel lo retain theunit in proper position. Use (he appropriate hole layout informationfrom Figure 1. but omit the small holes.~MOUNTIXG 0.V PIPISG ONLY WITHOUT PANEL: Fora temporary or laboratory type installation. the panel may beomitted altogether and the flowmeter installed directly in rigidpiping. Its light weight permits rhis wilhout difflculry.OPERATIONlb start system. open the valve slowly to avoid possibie damage.Rate of flow is read at the point of maximum horizontal width forspherical floats or at the top of the largest diameter for nonsphericalfloats. Control valves on BV and SSV models are turnedclockwise to reduce flow, counter clockwise to increase flow. Anylon insert is provided in the threaded section of the vaive stemto give a firm touch to the valve and to prevent change of settingdue to vibration.CAUTIONDo not completely unscrew vslve stem unless flowmeter isunpressurized and drained of any liquid. Removal while in servkewill allow gas or liquid to flow out front of valve body andvolving high pressure and/or toxic gasses or fluids, specialnon-removable valves are available on special order. ContactMAINTENANCEThe only maintenance normally required is occasional cleaning toQsure reliable operation and good float visibility.-. -: -v ~1 -.--yli*’ -. ..- - -. -e.:,., -. .- ,.c;Jembly. So other Jprcial care is required.ADDITIONAL INFORMATIOKadditional flowmeter application information. conversioncurves. factors and other data covering the entire line of DwyerRate-Master Flotvmeters. send for Bulletin F-41.P or0 C.cpy?qht 1988 Rw~ff lnstt-umems. !?c.56. AAo197.00Ltho I” U..% 9.88 ‘\iPhone: 219I8798000 Telex: 26916 Fax: 219i872-9057

-.BLDG 1613Equipment DataOHM RemediationServices Corp.ABJ-cumM-Component Group: Air Sparge Well HeadlEauiDmentData{Cow-ent Name Air Sparge Well Head Brass PipingManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberDescriptionMscoNAWAIR” and I” 125 psi pipe fitting3OEM Vendor DataOrigioal VendorSpare Part VeodorIndustrial salesMServicehiaiotenance VendorWANotes3lw99,

C.. .Brass / BronzePipe & FittingsPIPE - Red Brass Sch. 40 P. E. Pipe !+eci:ications:Part ;c 832%l l/4” througn 4” (Standard 12 FL lengths)ska (in, S&e O.D. Nom. Wall Pncal Red Brass - Sch. 40 Pipe, 150 lb.Nom. IPS Code Thickness Per FL.1/4 i 402 I .540 ! .082 I f !l P. E ends.090 POA ’I = i. -107 f POA -11.050zli .114 j POA !I 2-i -1 1.315 .126 L POA -1I .74a I POA !Fitting Specifications:i. -150 -r. _POA .:‘Il 114” through 4”! -012 j 1.6601 2015 - : lsaj ?g -, 2875 23751 z ; t z:90’ ElbowsPart # 8327-Nominal Ske PriceSize (In.) Code Each.:1!4 ?a.‘- - -002 s 329--- A,-! ‘..-“-&3 *e .-- - ‘_ ‘7.16I l/4 412”’ 11.55.->e -‘-yL:s’ 5 .._ _ 14.622 420 ‘tit38NominalcalplIngParl # 8330-Size-PtiCe276. ‘2763.86.156 1 POA t-187 t POA i l Screwed 150 lb. Fittlngs219 i POA 1POA (45’ ElbowsNominalPart t 8328-SizePrice NominalPart X 8329-Size PriceSize (in.) Code Each Size (in.) Code Each_I 114 -... - -_-.-._I. A -oL32_ _. iS-3.86- II4-002 s 3.86a-8 -003 -.~-3.86 38-003 3.86‘:- _. - 3.86 .:1/z-005 “’ ,&66 ‘15.43 3l4607 5.48‘1 :. . . -010 ‘9361 114 ‘-012 - 14.B6 .’1 - IR - _- .wi .. --015 - ‘.I925 - .- 1 1R _--. -015 __ ian. .’2 MO . .- 37 91 2420’ 3&S --2 In--: :‘.z. ---I _ y--y2fz1 1 --21R .:.. -)I25 2 57.p;3 430 111.00 3 430 a91)of4 ys - --1;.sr--- -‘275.00 -a-- .-. “1 ‘-440 ” 2lY55.Reducing Coupling lmlPart # 8331-Nominal Sirs PrfWSbm On.) Code Each--- -_--s -3383.38-. ,;rR ..-- ; :.- - p&j3/4 -. .-.‘-&. _4.53. .-T ---.- .;:‘-yTmq .-- --’ .. ..-- _A 735i.114-01214.70--, ,h’ -7_ ---. :c-- -. ._ e..&9’s ._. ‘a.162 -020 20.86.2-m::- :,.5+2s _ __ :. ..-:-a7203 61.60. . . . 4-.- --a40 - - 133.49QPPart It 8332-Nominal S&R PrlcSSka (In.) Code Each...- -If4 _ - ._ .--- ,z ?m ._3l0 -003 tie.lR :.-4305’ ‘220---I 3/4 -‘.. - .-.r-007-o,o .2754~ -. - .-;-II4-012.-,., R .- - .y;-oI5 .-. ‘FE- - .-2 -020 - 19.91‘2 IR _ -;.:-025 .:. ,363o3 -030 56.12“4’ -040 107.00Hex Bushing lRegular PlugSolid PlugPart# 8333-Part X 8334Part t 8335-Nominal SiZe PrtcS Nominal SlzePrice Nominal Skt? PrfC8Slta (in.) Code Each SIxa On.) Code !Eaoh S&e (ln.) Code Each-.w- --.. 114 .-.. -002 SZ25 I/4 -zoo2 s 1.50 .I/4 .+Joz $2833/a -003 226 3l8 -003 1.90 3i8 -003 276-.~~IR -...,.. . --+305 -_- ,283 IR -. T“~‘-o&j ‘,’ -220 -.. IR- - “:--+lX 2763/4 -0073i4 276 3J4 -007 3.29-9- -LA. I - I 7- ----- .‘.s -410 - - : “Y. 3.86 _ -T.T:’ “~410--a-.---. -4.41-_ -- 1 - --‘*lo‘ -_.. _ 497I l/4 -012.’6.78 1 114 -012 ---Y5.171 l/4 -012i.7.i‘-7J l/2 -F-o1 5 ‘9.61 1lR‘ -- yp’5’- - .- --7.71 I If2 - ---a1 5 -10.452-020 11.87 2 -020 12652 -020 17.61,2 l/2-025 2994 21f2 -025 21.45 21L2 425 32773-030 44.06 3 -030 34.10 3 -030 51.164-040 96524 -040 124.00wnrn or”Fr -: --aucmq 4 ,,. : izamtve. 14 1 : 33~ * 1M7.z.:.. . . : m-w-maw .- -w . -. -._.z, - _M - ‘AL-- --_ .- GL ’ ---c-- -.- i-- A ... .- --L -2- ._---. .--_ -)^ .’ - .. : - , , _. .I I It -_. ..-‘a : ,- , - . L-7

I -_ ._._. *-m Brass Fittings 2% NipplesUnlorlcrossNominalSize (in.)l/4318l/23/4,1 l/41 l/2221n34PaRt8336-SizeCodePriceEach-002 s 8.80403 8.80-005 8.80-007 12.10-010 15.96-012 23.10-015 27.51-020 42.36-025 76.50-030 168.89440 -Part #8X7-SirePriceSize (in.) Code Eachl/4 -002 s 7.713l8 -003 7.71.lL? -005 7.713/4 407 11.001 -010 17.161 l/4 -012 28.8611/2 415 34.102 -020 68.2021l2 -025 150.363 -030 190.004 +a0 400.00Brass Nipples90' Street ElfJJ= PartX8338-Nominal Size PriceSize (in.) Code Eachl/4 -002 s 4.4138 -003 4.41lf2 -005 4.413l4 407 6.061 -010 9.911 l/4 -012 18.1611n 415 19.822 -020 33.2721/2 -025 60503 -030 90.004 u40 -MPT x MPTTo order give Part t and Len. code. Example 8342430 ( I.e. 1R” x 3” nipple)Part# _tLen. Site005' L Fizi015020025030035040045050055060070080090100110120111222 l/2331I2441f25SlL267691011BrassNipples8339- 8340- I 8341- 1 8342- i 8343- ! 8344- : 0345 83s 8347- : axa- i 8349- I 83s , 8351~i/a 1 1r4 I 38I 1n I 3/4 1 1 l/4 ( 11/z! 2 ;21/2: 3 l31/2! 45.90 151.01 jsl.081.011.091231331.431.611.821.97212228271298I’1.161311.451.671.89.2142412642853.083.664.011.211.451.691.952232502823.093.363.634.414.953.29 i 4.45 ' 5.483.60 1 4.89 i 5.893.90 ; 5.33 ' .6.43s 1.331.5311832.17is42963%3.684.044.444.815.706.387.097.828.56! c 1.93205i- '. 245I’284_- ..3.263.7s-his4.73'5225.706.18I7,IIIs2a472 4.23 I 5.n I 6.97 9.29 iNOTE: Brass Barb fittings and Brass Val iii cs also available.3.494.064.645.366.036.726.838.138.83I)!i 4.34 ;S 5.41 IS 8.30- I.4.86 5.805.71 ; 6.946.74 1 7987.89 j 9.16,8.86 i 10.40.9.8311.68lo.80 11292ii.85 ’ 14.141288 115.36-. -.-8.95102811.8313.40i14.97165418.1719.742219826.1028.7931.0333.9436.8439.757.45 10.40 15.26 / 17.95 23.19 46.78837 Il.78 1723 120.39 I 26.33 5260i9.28 13.17 * 19.28 '22.82 29.47 58411020 i 1455 I 21.32 125.26 3261I I 842111.15 ' 15.94 ! 23.37 27.69 j 35.75 ! 70.031212 i 17.33 i 25.42 /SO.13 138s 1 7S.84s 29s-.s-Iiioi35.1739.3243.4747.6351-n55.9366.2674.58828891.:899.49: 07.80Copper Pipe and Fitthgsm is 44.72Ie I -1 -‘x- --we- i ‘48.li3~. 5220. 58.00- f 63.80w 69.&iI* 1 74.74- 1 80sw 94.38- 1 oEL7-te i 119.03m I 131.35- : 143.68- I 156.00..are available.MIP Pan stem Mar PfVZ* MIP Pen Stem Mez PricePlpo Sk4 4 Rauure 5 Plpa Sk* e Prrrua sYE’ 1844 l/4 12s a001lT 1805 l/4 125 4a.0034’ l&r6 114 loo 54.00I 1 IN’ la&a lia 11s 133.0011R’1 a49 118 115 165.00. ‘8.17 ! :.t ‘00 ‘4 co 2’ 1850 11.3 11s 189.00

. . ‘..BLDG 1613Equipment Data== OHM Remediatione Services Corp.A-d--Component Group: Electrical ControlsComponent NameManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberDescriptionEnclorunsHoffmanA36H30lOSSLPNA36” x 30” x IO” 304 SS Type 4X EndosunOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorREP Inc.HAService/Maintenance VendorREP Inc.Notes

;QApplicationDeslgned to house electrical and elecrronlccontrols. instruments, and components Inareas which may be regularly hosed down orare otherwse very wet. Type 3 I6 staInlesssteel enclosures are ~150 swtaole for tise .noffshoreapplicaclons.ConstructionChoice of Type 304 3: Type 3 I6sulnlesssteel14 gauge bodies and I4 gauge doors cln311 sizesType 3 I6 staInless steel has the bestcorrosion-resistance of the standardstainlesssteelsSeams cononuously welded and groundsmooth, no holes or knockoutsSeamless foam-in-place gasket assureswatertlghc and dust-clght sealBody stiffener In larger enclosures for exvarlgldityRolled lip around three sides of door andall sides of enclosure opemng excludesliquids and contaminantsStainless steel door clampassembly assures watertight sealHasp and staple for padlockmgDoor removed by pulling stainless steelzontinuous hinge pmFinishData pocket is high impact chermoplasrlcCollar studs prowded for mountingJpcronal panels411 exrerlor hardware on Type 3 I6 staalnlessiteel enclosures IS Tyoe 3 I6 stainless steelEnclosures are unpalntea. caver. stdes. cop.oottom. and back have smooth brushed itntsh.industryStandards?IEMNEi+lA( Type 1, -yIe .Tyi .T;ipe 12. a-d -ype I II.JL 508 Type 4 and 4:~JIG standarz Ec;P- I - I( ;CSA Type L an 1 Type I ISp, Clfy 5‘when ordwln ;)IEC 529, lPr)6AccessoriesE:ec:rlcal lnv:erlocksFast Cperaclng Iampilghtlng Pac’tagc s%el Support i( it.‘anels (See qcabls:)$?ack Mounting

-.._x. I .2.2j ‘5)-_._41 :'l 13.00*900 3 .:o 4- 0;33Ox229)'5,\ 2,.'6 17Cox1300 310 4 0_ -- --/432x3301- ___ ---_____._-__ii/ /____.,- 14 1 I ?I cox 7.00 3.00 4 01533X412)-- -- - ___ ----___ .- ______. V&l$-:41 ‘t 2130x1300 3.20 3 3. -- --1533x3:01- ___ ----~._-__:751___.- 41 21.0Ox1700 3 01 > 01533x432) (76-:4' : 21 OOx2l co 3 CC' ; 3. .(533x533) ,761-- --. -- _.__ - -____.__ __-.?3. : . 27 00x2 50 : :c: 0.(636x53 3) 1761-- -- -.-.- ---___..-- __.___-311 :. 27 cox I T' 20 3 "00. -- --fb86rJXi--_.----___ -87513lf 27.GOxZI 30 3 so 0~636x53: 1 ,:5,.-I_.--_._-3mF 27 Cior:; 20 : :o 3666x& / ib,-- -- _._._-______ -__-__.-- .__+ GF, 13.00~21 00 i 00 583ax53x 176,. . -- --. -__ __--____-__ __._ -..L {4P 13.00~2730 3 :o :(838X686 t76i -,. . -- .-- -__._ _~___._________: 2’ I :900x33 :o : 20 3._______ii -- aa --:?91xa3a\-__.---__~ 25 .-I_1751_.__..00x33 !I0 3 30 3. . -- .--iIt43.83f)- __._ -_____1761_- -_____._3 O,‘l lJWxl3.CO 3.00 41432x3301 176)0-1 41’1 2i3ox17co 3.00 30. . -- .-- -__._-;b8bx432)___________1761____1.I ,5P2,1 33.00x21.003.00 50 Iia3h533)_ _ _- .,.. -_ --.__ ._(76)--._x- :,FX 3; 00x2700 3 00 7II(838X686). _ - -..-- -.- __.- -176)._----_,_v1. : PI0 39.Wx27.OC 3.00 a I/(991x686)._-~ (76)\-.iP 2.1 21.00x21.00 3.00 >0(533x5331 176)1. -I-:!'P24 - --. ---. -----___ 27.COx21.00 ._-___, 3.00 3 0I. - - -_.- - . --.-(686x533)._---(76) ,:,- hPl0 3300x27.00 3.00 7I(838x686) 176)_ - - --.- -- ---______._ --I'.36?:6 33 cox33.00 3.00 7I(ow33a)(76). - -~-.--- _ -- .-/r-1-11736 45.00x33.00 3.00 aI_ - - --.- -- _ --.-(1143x838).-(76) /;-6OP36 57.wx33.00 3.00 9I~1448x838). -~- .-.-- - --- ._--___(76),-3at'24 2700x21 00 3.00 5 n "/_ -.. -.-_.--_ --_666x533)1761._-~Ii .3hi',O 13.OQx27W 3.00 7I838x686)._ 176)‘.-4HP36 15.oox33.00 3 00 a I I- --.__.-.I 143x838)--i76) I900 Ehlen DriveAnoka. MN 55303

I It-‘:, 1I.

‘\BLDG 1613Equipment DataB= OHM RemediationssS Services Corp.A-d--Component Group: Electrical ControlsComponent NameManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberDescriptions~tnCUdu-HaIlUlltfANldGNOAB and ANl6ANOACNANEMA Sin 2 and NEMA Size 00 StartenOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorREP IIKNAService/Maintenance VendorREP Inc.NotesI

ENEMA RATED STARTERS - FEATURES-!’ * Designed specifically for use in applications requiring NEMAratings. Starters meet or e&ed NEMA standards ICS 2-1988.l Bimetallic Ambient Compensated Overload relays - avail-: able in three basic sizes covering applications up to 900 hp- reducing number of different contactor/overload relaycombinations that have to be stocked.These OLR’S feature:- Selectable Manual or Automatic Reset operation.- Interchangeable Heater Packs adjustable ? 24% to matchmotor FL4 and calibrated for 1 .O and 1.15 service factors.Heater packs for smaller overload relay will mount inlarger overload relay - useful in derating applicationssuch as jogging.- Load lugs built into relay base- Single Phase protection, Class 20 or Class IO trip time.- Overload trip indication.- Electrically isolated NO - NC contacts (pull RESET buttonto test).l Long life twin break, silver cadmium oxide contacts - provideexcellent conductivity and sl;perior resistance to weldingand arc erosion. Generously sized for low resistance andcool operation.l Designed to 3,000,@00 electrical operations at maximum hpratings up through 25 hp at 600 volts.lllHolding c!rcult contact(s) supplied as standard:- Sizes 00-3 have a NO auxiliary contact block mountedon right hand side (on size 00, contact occupies 4thpower pole position - no Increase in width).- Sizes 4-5 have a NO contact block mounted on left side.- Sizes 6-7 have a 2N0/2NC contact block on top left.- Size 8 has a NO/NC contact block on top left back anda NO on top right back.Steel mounting plate standard on all open type starters.Wired for separate or common control.NEMA Size 0Cat. No. AN 1 GBNOACTYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS - Th ree Phase and Single Phase ApplicationsNEMA 1 Enclosed StarterCat. No. AN1 6BG36CCNEMA Size 1Cat. No. ANlGDNOABTl l-271 II I,0 YOlO”0SEPARATE CONTROLREMOVE WIRE ‘c’ WHEN IT ISSUPPLIED. CONNECT SEPARATECONTOC LINES TO THE NO. 1 TER-MINAL ON THE REMOTE PILOT DE-VICE AND TERMINAL 96 ON THEOVERLOAD RELAYSEPARATE CONTROLREMOVE WIRE ‘c’ WHEN IT IS SUP-PLIED. CONNECT SEPARATE CON-TOL LINES TO THE NO. 1 TERMINALON ME REMOTE PILOT ONICE ANDTERMINAL 96 ON THE OVERLOADRELAYNEMA Size 00 NEMA Sizes 0, 1 and 2IEAFNA-22-ECHNICAL DATA, Pages A-19 - A-21 SPECIAL MODIFICATIONS, Pages C-52 - C-53DIMENSIONS, Page A-26 ACCESSORIES, Pages A-77 -A-88July 1995

_ - - _ ----__a\A/” r”L, -._ - - J - ORDERING SPECIFY(0 C I 0. t (‘9 Numbery t ,‘:I:?’ pack number (see selectior)table, Page A-32) or full load current._._-. . -. -FQf:: IITHER MAGNET COILS - AC ot’ DC -\rVIFlE:. ;;IZES - See following page.-i‘~‘F’~~See Page A-25.--.--_-._IrN16 NEMA RATED - MANUAL OR AUTOMATIC RESET OVERLO% RELAYI 1 ,,C(L”~“l.4”IOPENIYCNIM *,** / NEMA 12MAXIMUM MaqnNEMA 1NEMA 3R ITYPEWattrtrght &NEMA ’ HORSEPOWER0General Purpose RarnproofSL! iI----..-.-1 Dustbaht Indmtm3 POLE i .,.%TL I ,,2t,e:ln,al,A,e~-ANlGAGOAC ,'r-'-f: AGOEC I_ CatalogNumber200230Select Starter from Size 0 Listing460I.* 5751 I 1200 .ANlSBNOAC ANlSBROAC:;oj --_ -i.r.;-;--BNOEC. /- -- BROECII 230 2 ;::':BNOl BC.1 204.1 "." BGOBCI 2!6.1 BROBC :s 288.- __ .+;~.YBNoCC 1Cf!--._-.. -.I460.c 575115200230460575ft1--.-_..-.-__115is&j&I AN16GGOAB ' ANlBGROAE200‘GGOEB / 1 GROEE2 230 / 15 1240 i GNOBI 31 326 ' GGOBB -186.1 GROBE/ ;";I GGOCB I GROCE_____._(___' ---GGODBIGROOt1;5 ___ANlSKROA'.3 230 200 ---KROE_-_690.1 ..KGOB 810. .KROB460 --- 50 l4m I KNOC .._KGOCKROC--._-..-.-- 575 -__ 56 I600 I'-. -KNOO ( KGODKROD115 --_ --- j 1200 I ANlGNNOA j ANlLNGOA j ANlGNROA200 ___40 I208 1, NNOEINGOE 1 NROE4 230 __-50 1240 I NNOB 157s2346. NWOB 2874. NOOB460 _. _- NNOC INWOCNDOC-_--..-.-- 575 I ___NNODNW00ND00115 T___ --- 120O ANllSNOABANlBSWOAB ANlGSDOAB200 ___75 208 : SNOEBSWOEBSDOEBEi 230 ___ 100 240 .. .SNOBB 3855.5637. SWOBB 5637. SDOBB460 ___ 200 480 2. 1SNOCfjSWOCBSDOCB-__-.. .-- 575 __- 200 600 . SNODBSWODBSDODB115--- 120Q ANlGTNOABANlBTWOAB ANllTDOAB200150 208 . . TNOEBTWOEBTDOEB6 230200 240 -.,.TNOBB 8921.1: 3417 - I TWOBE 114761.1 TDOBB460400 480 :'< 'LTNOCBTWOCS.- ;;g"B-__-.. .-- 575400 600 :TNODBTWODB115i--- 1200 ANllUNOABANlSUWOAB ANl6UDOAB200200 208 .-__ UNOEBUGOEBt UROEB I UWOEB 1 I UDOEB7 !30300 240 -.';.. UNOBB 2720. 1'160 600 480 ... -_ UNOCB :--_-.. .-- 575600 600 UNODB115 --- 1200 Ai16VNOABtoo400 208 - --._ VNOEB80 !30L!450 240 VNOBB 9783. _. Ilif;,,3.1 ii;;,160 900 480 !' VNOCB- ---.- ---!i75900 600 VNODB-- PriCl!S of irlers -- dl wt include heater packs. Select 1 carton of i heater packs at $27. total. Heater pal :k - : jelection. l%ge A-xU M;wrnr~rn t~~~sepoowe rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:- lIEMA --- Xz: ) 00 1 0 1 1 / 2 1 3 1 J 1 5 I 6 i 7 / 0------.- ll()p;e,]w.:r- -.-( l-l/Z ( 5 / 10 I 25 I 50 ) 75 1 150 j 300 / 600 I 900@ SC ~t,~ol+) fo,. o Jtdoor applicatron when properly installed.@ Fpt :;t:pz ra’t? 12OV control cucut. For maxim llsted motor voltages, use the rating of other starters of same sue.0 Ccmnrcc c IR rot. For separate 120V control. er ‘D’ In 7th poWon ot listed cat-log number. Example: AN1 WNDOABDISCO(JNi WiEDULE: Open Type lCD-1, Encl. Dev. lCD-1C DIMENSIONS, Page A-26 ACCESSORIES, Pages A-77 - A-88---- EAVNJuly WEA-23-3/T 331373.615- 'I\966.2346.5637.3417.7721.,:---y

NEMA RATED STARTERSFreedom Series, Three Phase, MagneticNon-Reversing, Full Voltage, 600 Volt Maximum ml2%-;z\PPFlOXIMATE DIMENSIONS ANQ L __.. SHIPPING -..-__ -... WEIGHTS ~.... -__OPEN TYPE%;Jp- , NEMASizeOimenslons tn lnches[mm] I Ship.IIMountingi j G ; :k.0 I E, I+ oo- 0 2.56 1.80 [65] [45.5] / 7.08 6.60 (1801 [168] ! 4.44 3.52 11131 [89.5] 2.00 - - - 1511 i 6.63 6.07 [I681 [154] ! 5.80 j147.514.90 [124.5] 1 0.54 i:3.7] I 2.22.56 [65] 8.08 (205) 4.44 [113] 2.00 [Sl] 7.63 (1941 1 5.80 [147.5] 0.54 113.71 1 4.54.08 [104] 11.35 [288] 5.94 [151] 3.00 [76] 10.81 12751 - - - 0.54 [13.7] / 4.711.7.05 [179] 12.06 [306] 7.25 [184] 6.00[152] ' 8.50(216] --- ::-. ' 23.6" 15.13 7.00 [178] 27.00 17.77 [451] 12.69 7.76 [197][384][SSS] [322]; 15.13 1384) 29.13 34.50 [740] 12.64 15.00 13211[384][876] 1381113.25 6.00 [152] 16.00 [406] ---- - - 1 --- -__ 36.13371 21.25[540]I100.13.25 i3.25 [337] 21.25[540]--- 1 ---120.[337] !6.75[425]/210.Size 00-O 0 Sfze 3dOLES FCF‘id-22 SCREWSsize 4-3-..--MTG.‘NCLOSED TY?E - NEMA 1 eDimensions in Inches [mm]NEMA1 Ship.Size Wide High Deep 1 Mounting Wt.A B C 0 ELbs.iWITHOUTCONTROLTRANSFORMEA00 - 1 / 5.63 [1431 110.17 12581 / 5.81 11481 I 4.50 11141 / 8.00 12031 / --- I 5: z 14.90 19.40 7.63 [378] j194j 4! 21.61 31.80 13.27 I8081 i3373 1 8.68 6.67 9.30 12361 il69j ( 10.50 6.00 12671 1152j ; 30.09 16% 17641 (%j 1 !;; ( $114.8613771 15491 [221] [267] 19.90[505](493)5.62 il-1541 Ill.04 j28Oi t 15.00 L-- i381j 2 143.91 -.- , illl!il -1 1 - - - I 17E;. I.F 30.0 [762] (7621 72.0 [1829] [;829]' 20.0 (5081 [;08]'1.0 [25.4] 4.0 [102] (1021 8.50 [216] 350. 375.8 37.0 [940] 72.0 [1829] 20.0 [506] 1.0 125.4) 4.0 11021 11.75 [216] [298) 510.WITHCONTROLTRANSFORMER0 - 1 1 9.15 12321 (10.17 [2581 1 5.81 11481 i 8.00 12031 1 8.00 12031 1 --- 1 125.77 i172i 110.00 /254i (10.75 i273i 1 - - - I lf; 14.86 12.59 i32Oj 13771 21.61 13.30 13381 15493 I 8.95 12273 10.50 j267j 1!$.90 isO$j - - - 47. '-'2 19.40 14.90 [378] 45.62 31.80 18081 11.04 9.30 (236) 15.00 10.50 [267] 43.91 30.09 [764] -.- - 78.[493] [1159] [280] [381] [1115]183.0 NOTE: Holding urcuit contact for Size 00 occupies 4th power pole posttlcn - no Increase in width.@ For dimensions of special service NEMA 3R. 4/4X and 12 enclosures Sizes 0 . 5. see Page A-68. Dimens~onsshown for Sizes 6 - 8 are same for NEMA 3R, 414X and 12.Size 5Sizes 6 thru 8Mounting Screws - #l/2 - 13Enclosed Type - NEMA 1Sizes 00 thru 2Enclosed Type - NEMA 1Sizes 3thru5Enclosed Floor Types - NEMA 1,3R, 4 and 12 - Sizes 6 thru 8July 1995

I ;ao, 7aob X??!ck-up\/ottamceres i 30 ‘COnq-1-0n_lCA0 390?ick-up ‘Watts^--1993; 2, 95 '12- -Sealed Yoltamceres : // 3 ‘C :3 23 43 3Sealed ‘Watts 2.: 3: -; 73 13groo-out ‘iolts -Cold 1Drop-out Yolts - HotMax. Operation gate -Ops/Hour.. /Pick-up Time imS).Drop-out Time i,mSi (Co11 Operatrng i(ange I“0 of rated voltage 1 -1596 10 +10”6 -15”; to T;O”6 -1546 :o +1046II/ -i596 10 +109/o / -1596 to +lO%DC Magnet Coil Data.. / For DC MAGNET COILS [and co11 data). see ACCESSORIES, Page A-63.Magnet CoilIUL Insulation Rating !Encapsulated - C:ass 130 (6)- 105% temoeratilre riseOperating Temperature. ’ -20 to *65’C-20 to t65’C / -20 :o t65’C -20 to +65’C -20 to t65”CMaximum noeratinoiAltitude (ft.16.000 6.000 I II6,0006,000 6,000Mechanical Life.20,000,00020.000,000 j 10.000.000 j 10,000,000 I 6,000.000Electrical Life (48OVZO hz) !AC3 ,.,.,...., ,........ 4.000.000 3,ooo.ooo 3,ooo.ooo 3.500.000 550,000AC4 ..,...,., ,,........ 90,000 85.000 aa. 62,000 30,000Wire Range&3 - #14 (upper) and/Power Termrnals t12 - 616 stranded, f8 - f16 stranded. $8 - t14 stranded or #6 - t14 (lower) #l/O -#14 cu512 -%14 solid Cu , #lo-#14solidCu , or solid Cu stranded or solld CuControl Terminals. #12-t16stranded ’ f12-f16stranded. il2 - 416 stranded, f12-#16stranded ’ #12-#16strandedt12 - t14 solid Cu #12 - 514 solid Cu I t12 - t14 solid Cu 512 - f14 solid CU #12-$14 solid CuContact Kit Part No.. .I None ! None I 6-65-2 I 6-65-8 I 6-43-ZAuxiliarv Contact Ratina . . . / A600. P300EX*NJuly 1995A-19

BLDG 1613Equipment Data*-EL OHM Remediation5 s Services Corp.= A-d--Component Group: Electrical ControlsComponent NameManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberDescriptionl~rfo~rtlicronB300BTZl3]KHA300 YA Control haformer[OEM VendorOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorDataREP Inc.HAService/Maintenance VendorREP lncNotes

DIRECTORYLnduvc,iii Con:01 Tr,m&mc:ry . _ .- -.......-.-.._....-~...-..........-~............................................................._...~ Page !CMcdiurr. Voicqe TxxforzerJ. . . . ..~.....................-.........................................-.~..._._..._._.__....._..~~~~~~.I~~.... Page 19P+xi.ry I-usins Cptiorx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..~..........................................~....................~..........._.........__..__~~~~________. ,P3gc 2c!Ptim3ry Overcurrenc Selectioil . . .-.---....~~~........-..--................................................._..____....._._______._____.-.-. ?agc 2:Secondary Overcur-ttnc Se!ecun . ~~~...............~.~............................1....................-.~....~....__.__._._......_..._.. ?g”e 22w.Secondary l3i5in.s Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..-.........-...................-..-........................................................_.. Page 22wal7aq..-..._...__..____.--__--..-.--......----.-----.------....~~..~~....--............~~.-....,...._................-..---..........-...-..-...---.--. Pqe 23I-, ‘8if!!2:5c. . .:*

BLDG 1613Equipment DataOHM RemediationServices Corp.A-@--Component Group: Electrical ControlsComponent Name Secondary Circuit BreakersManufacturerModel Number 527143Serial NumberDescriptionNACircuit BreakerOEM VendorOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorDataREP Inc.NAServictilaintenance Vendor REP Inc.3!w!wc

24WAc’Class-rjIi)I.-.,.3-234ii016202532405052L2:sI -S27: 46 / Z? :s271 -a I 21’5271410 27I 21’S27-I -K7 65271~K20S271425S271 -UZ2s271 -iws.27; -;cEcs27: .&jJI21I 23I 2425.i’o, 30! 34fj-5s272-fc: .6S272- K2s272-KZS272-i%S272-K6SZ72-iGJS272-K I CS272-K: 6s272-Kzc25 1 s272-K2532 / S272-K324.0 I X72-ic40/II57.20I 53sa50 s272+co 67.5063 1 S272-i

BLDG 1613Equipment DataComponent Group: Electrical ControlsComponent NameManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberDescriptionfimnsyltkcOARIJ-I IOANADclq On n*c TimerOEM Vendor DataOriginal VendorREP IIK.Spare Part VendorNAService/Maintenance VendorREP 1~.Notes3/15/99C

--LAYON M-AKETIMERMulti Timing Range [.I sec. to ‘lo hours)Direct ReadingDual VoltageSPOT 10 Amp Xelay OutputLED Power On IndicatorLED Relay lndicatarFunction A:TlME RANGESELECTION:,nF”t Power s, / 1 Zelav 3c ‘.!SK? ,Relay ‘--.[ /- I:-II‘iken ncu~ sewer ;S;j 3 aDcued. :ne resay :elays :ne :resenI :ne:ar;od ;T) prior !o energrzng. :nlerxp~ ;cwer ‘c ze-enerqze :ne relay.*or ;??OVAC;2a VAC,'SC 1 :CVAC;24 'IAC;SCagVAC’CC:24 ‘/AC.‘“C. ’ 2 ‘/CC 9 : 5:d5Oi60 ,i:‘dax. Power consumption 26 ‘/AC: 1 VA48 VAC. 1.2 VA110 \/AC: 3.5VA220 VAC: 7 ‘JA12 ‘/C,C. 3.:‘r/ ”24 ‘/CC: 3.5’84Ja vcc: * .wZutput . . 997 YerayZsnlx: maternal Ag Cd0‘daximum loading 1 OA AC :.esis:lve aA CC ieslsilve‘Aax. switching voltage 255 VAC 25OVGC?elay max. power rating 2200 VA 3OW-ransient protection 2500VAMechanical life of relay 30 x :O’ ooeraitoCSE!ectrical life of relay. 2 x lCS at 2400 ‘/A :zss::ve !cacqepetition accuracy z 0.2% at ccns:ant imclent?eset lime. . SOms aker :Imlng1OOms after :ImingZperatlng temperature -4°F:c - l~+Q”c?/eight2.9 oz. (SO grams).2O”C :o -6G”C_ 3Aii U CAR ?I* \’ j; ----IFor 24 ‘/AC,‘GC connect: A3,AZ (BAR)7, 8 (OAR)3RDERINGINFORMATION0MOUNTINGARs-zmzzU220ATIME RANGE INPUT POWER DIMENSIONS See page 1450MOUNTINGB = Cin-rail cf panei maufltlcgo = a plfl $Ug-lflISERIESAR\ \.TIME RANGEINPUT POWERU Range 12 0 = 12vcc.i sec. :o 10 ncurs 48AD = 48 VACI0c1’24 VAC/‘GC110A = 110 VACi24 VAC/DC220A = 220 ‘/AC:24 \/AC/CCFar r-lsslstance Call i (800) 577-537 7

BLDG 1613Equipment Data*= = OHM RemediationServices Corp.LiF Awd--Component Group: Electrical ControlsEauiumentDataComponent NameManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberDescriptionhlay~IDECRIUPA-ULNAIndia& light RelaysOEM Vendor DataOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorREP Inc.NAService/Maintenance Vendor up 1~Notes

'eneral Purpose PowerRelays Features3A ContactRating'.3, 2, & 3 Form C Cmtac’Gl Avaiiate in ccal (a417-sin)l Hish :eliaCrlily ana lcng sewice life(1: -blade) baseand square6 Cpticns mcludc check cuCon fcr test cceraticn.rr.Cicarcr lip!. and side :I.ame. 1’1 v _ reccgmzec 2nd C-24 cemliedll 3!W xii. sutitcz aEd xflel ;Y,ce scc,ke!s avaiiacle:cr a ,ivitie rar,gs ci ,7xunt1ng apclicaticns* UL recqrriznd am! CIA serjfiedUL.RecognizedCS.4 CertifiedFires No. C.TTiO+ File No. tS35144Es9804 SP$j.iZAS CRR Series Part List 1TcrmrnatlcnContactCsnfiguradoni&sic Pan NC. 1 I:ndfca!or Ucyt , c:-..--.. -- .._..aF.zP-UC ;RRJPA-UC -- -r=wi3AUC / RR1 BA-tiscAR23A-GC3R23&USI FiFEa.il I ,GR98-i’L I aR?s-UC 1 .FF33-us RRZ-USCNote: RR1 9,4 and RR29A ar6 U.S. ;:a-dard ~9.ContactRatingsCoilRatingsUL FIatinas -Vonage ) ~~isth 1 &nerd USC / MO&: Load3ov cc ) 10A I 7A i -7ZOVAC 1 1CA I 7.s.A I :,‘A a‘1024CVAC 1 1CAI7A I : if ?CVoltageReslstivc I InductivtNcminal ._I CSA I Nominal I CSA3OVCC 1 :OA 1o.A j 7.5A ) - iA1lOV cc I 0.54 / - I 0.3A I s.312OVAC 1 10A I 10A ! 7% / 732wfAC i 7.5A / IOA i SA 1 iA~~~~ j Rated Cunent zX?L Q iO”C CciT Resis:ancevoltage / /6OHZ50Hz slO% 3 20-c6-4 I 42OmA GOmA 4.x/ 12’f 1 21CmA / 245mA 1 la2AC r 2uv I 1 CrnA I 121mA 7921 12ov I X.3mA I 2AmA I 21 ccnG! ---1 24ov [ 1 O.SfrA I 12.lmA. . _. _6V I 2dOrb4I 1zv I : 2CmA I loon-GOfl16OOf2/ 1loV 1 13mA 046Cfl-Note: Induc:ive !cad CJS a = 0.3. ‘k.‘F; = 7 mSE?CNote: See Cage OZ.14 fCf CtCle~SXXS.Ordering Information+wng standard vcttases :esulls ~fl qu[ckSt zeliverj.erva delivery me k. l zcn-s:ar.c!ard vcb~es.Basic Part HO. Coil Votbge:RRZPA-U - ACIZOVOperationalCharacteristicsMaximum continuous apoliedvoltage (ACIDC) 82O’CMinimufi; opedng voltageIbPff?P, a m-cI: ox of r3:ed volt+680% cf rated vcltaq3OrcP-aut volnge (AC) 3 ZO’C x% of :3ted vonac;o 4Crop-out voltage (DC} d20.C ( :5X of r;U6d M)flase

idec. RNSERIESGeneral Purpose “Midget” Relays1OA Contact Rating1, 2, 3, & 4 Form C ContactGeneral Purpose RehysFe;l turesl Compact “Midget” size pacKage saves spacel Large switching capacity. (1 OA)l Ci-.oice of blade or PCB stvle terminalsl Relay options include indicator light, check button. and toomounting bracketl DIN rail. srrface. panel and PCB iype socketsavailable for a wide range of mounting applicationsRH Series Part ListTerminationIContactConfigurationBasic Part No.UL RecognizedFilesNo. E67770E59804E64245Indicator Light Check ButtonSPm-WV 'SO""" UP"I

-.xBLDG 1613Equipment Data.$BB OHM Remediation\.# - Services Corp.A-d--Component Group: Electrical Component[Ebbment Data 1Compooeot NameManufacturerModel Numberui&Phonetic% Inc.Sensaphone 2000Serial NumberDescriptionAutomatic phone dialerOriginal VendorREP IncorporatedSpare Part Vendor ho&a, 1~Service/Mainteaaoce VendorREP lncorpomdNotes,

,Pi

llvcry cllorc has hcen made lo cnsurc: tha( lhc infortllalion in this~locun~cnl is complete, accurale and up-lo-dale. I’honelics, Inc.;~2IIncs no responsibilily for lhc results d errors txyond ilsconlrot. Phonetics, Inc. also cannot guaranlce lha( changes inquipmenl made by 0llier Inanufaclurcrs, and referred lo in thismn11at, wilt not dfcct the applicahilily d the inforu~alion in this111an11al.Copyright 1997 by l’honclics, Inc.Import:ant Safety Instructions.\c rrwpllcl~rc~’ Llliifl t:.\cr 3 ,\forlrrrriYour Sensupttone 2000 has been carefully dcsigucd lo give youyears of dc, reliable pcrforIIIancc. As will1 alt clcclrical cquip-IIICII~, however, lhcre arc a few tmsic prccaulions ys)u sh~~ild lake !oavoid hurting yourself or daIn;Iging Ihe uuil:ticatl llic irislallalior~ and opcr;Iling inslruclions in 11115 n~~nual~cl\~lly. t3c sure lo save il for rutllI~c rcrcrcncc.First Edition, version 1 .()I, May, 1997.Wrillen and produced by Phonetics, IIlC.on lhis publication to:Phonetics Inc.901 Tryens RoadAslon, PA 10014Scnsaphone is a registered lradelnarkPlease address conlnlenlsof Phonetics, Inc.Read and f~ollow all warIIirIg ml irIslruciion lalxls ou the productilsell.‘Ii) prolect the Scnsaphonc 2000 from overheating, Inakc sure allopenings on Ihe unil arc not blocked. Do not place ou or near a heatsouI-cc, such as a radialor or IIcal regislcr.Do liol use your Scnsaphone 20(H) near waler, OI- spill liquid of anykind inlo il.t3c ccrlain thal your power source nzIlcl~cs I~C ratiug tistcd on theAC porvcr Iransforrner. If you’re not sure 0r Ihe type of powersupply lo your facility, consult your dealer or local power company.Do nol allow anylhing Lo rest on the power cord. Do IIOL locale thisproduct where lhe cord will he abused hy persons walking on il.Touch Tone is a registered lradcn~ark of AT&T.Do Iiol overload wall outlets aud exlensionin the risk of fire or elcclric shock.cords, as ltiis ~31: resultNever push objects of any kind into this product lhroug,I ventilationIrOlcs as they may touch dangerous voltage poinls or short out partsII131 could rcsult in a risk of tire or elcclI-io sI10ck.‘Ii) reduce lhe risk of electric stmck, do not disasseult)lc lllisproducl, but reluI-11 it to I’tionclics’ Cuslorner Service, or anol)lcrappI-oved repair facitily, when any service or repair work is Iequircd.Opening or removing COVCI-s may expose you (0 dangerousvotlages or ofhcr risks. Incorrect reasscurhly can cause electricshock where the unit is subscqueutly used.If any~t1ing happens lhal indicalcs that your Sensat~lIonc 2000 is notWOI king properly or has been damaged, unplug it imulcdialcly andlollow lhe proucdurcs in the manual for having it scrviccd. ReturnIIIC unit for servicing under lhc following conditions:1 ‘I‘thc power cord or plug is frayed or damaged.2. t.ictuirl has txmi spilled iulo lhc product or il has IICCII exposed10 tv;ilcr.

B. Remote ProgrammingThe system shall have a built-in 9600 bps modem for the purpose of remotely programming and communicatingall system, configuration, and input data using an IB,M PC or compatible with modem, Windows 3.1or greater, and Sensaphone 2000 programming software (i..-luded). A user-programmable security passwordshall protect the system from unauthorized tampering. Voice messages may be recorded or reviewedvia a phone call using a standard touch-tone relephone.V.System FeaturesA. PowerThe system shall be provided with a ULiCSX lisred 9V AC oower transformer that the user may plug into aIljV AC outlet, +lO%, 60Hz. Typical power consumption shall be 10 Watts.8. Battery BackupThe sysrem shal1 have a battery compartment batteries not included) to hold 6 “C-cell” Xi-Cad rechargeablebatteries 112.2XH recommended). The batteries shall support approximately d- 10 hours of continuedsystem operation in the absence of AC power. r.Actuai battery backup performance is dependent upon :heAmp-Hour racing, age of the batteries. ambient temperature, Jnd the charge condition.) The unit shallinc!ude an integrated battery charging circuit. Tine battery charg:ng shall be inrelli~ent with microprocess,,r3 guided precision voltage control. which l.vill ac:i’, XC: only when batreries are insralled.C. Local Visual IndicationEach input shall haL.e a ,srem On. Battery Condition and Phone L;ne status.D. Data LogThe system shall be capable of lo gging rhe values of all input channels, the battery voltage and rhe XCpower status. Items to be stored shall be selectable to maximize memory usage. Up to 20,000 toral samplescan be stored in the unit’s nonvolatile memory. The time between logs shall be user-programmable. Thesystem shall have the capability to send the datalog information via fax or E-mail on a time-programmablebasis. Datalog information may also be retrieved via computer and modem, by using the polling option ofthe Sensaphone 2000 Windows” software.E. Diagnostics and TestingThe system shall have built-in diagnostic tests to pinpoint system problems.F. SecurityThe system shall ailow the user to program a data password to prevent unauthorized local or remote accessto programming.VI.Remote OperationA. S ratus ReportFeaturesThe system shall allow tl,e user to call into the unit at any time using any standard telephone to obtain a fullstatus report of all monitored channels. The status report shall be articulated using the resident voicesynthesizedEnglish vocabulary, in combination with digitized user-recorded voice messages.

B. Data Status ReportThe system shall allow the user to call into the unit with a computer. modem and the Sensaphone 20software package. The system shall allow interrogation and programming access to system parameters andstatus. The real time input status can also be displayed graphically. Real time status snap shots can .iiso beautomatically transmitted to E-mail or Fax destinations on a time schedule.C. Voice XcknowledgmentAn alarm on any montrored zhannei m3y be acknowledged remotely 5y areSSing tones $,n 3 touch-toneteiephone keypad or by zallinz _ the jystem back within a jpecrfied t~rze ;ertoj.D. DataAcknowledgmentAn alarm on any monttored channel may be acknowledged remotely by the user via a computer, rnoiizmand the Sensaphone 7,000 soitw;llre. Xlarms may be acknowledged manualiy by calling into the unto Ior the:.may be acknowledged automatically using the alarm-lnsvver mode of the Sensaphone JOGO softwarepackage.VII.Enclosure and Environmental.A. Enc!osureB. Electrical ProtectionPower and telephone connecttons shall have internal spoke Jnd surge protecxon ustng metal oxide ‘;:ir15tc:s..411 input channels shall hav,e fault protected input circuits.C. Additional Electrical Surge ProtectionXdditional Power and Telephone line surge protection shall be available from the manufacturer. When soinstalled, the system shall be fully warranted against any damage caused by transient surges entering thesystem through Power or Telephone lines.D. EnvironmentalThe system shall function over an operatin= v temperature range of 32’F - 130°F at up to 0 - 90% RH, noncondensing.The system may be stored within the temperature range of0” - 130°F.E. MaintenanceThe system manufacturer shall have in-house service facilities and technical assistance available durrngnormal business hours, Monday - Frtday SAA4 - SP!vl(EST).Spectfications subject to change without notice0 1996 Phonerics, Inc.PhonetIcs, Inc.901 Tryens RoadAston, P.4 1901-tPhone: (6 10)5.58-2700FAX: (610)558-0222

ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONSSENSAPHONE 2000I. GeneralThe Automatic dialer shall be a self-contained microprocessor controlled system capable of monitoring 8input channels. The system shall be integrated in construction and shall be installed and configured foroperation by the user via Microsoft Windows” software provided at no charge. Voice message recordingshall be accomplished via 10~~1 or remote touch-tone phone. Input channels shall be capable of monitoringanalog or digital signals utilizing IO-bir resolution.Upon detection of any aiarm or status change, the system shall commence dialing telephone numbers froma list associated with the particular alarm condition(s) or combination thereof, and deliver the alarmmessage via a custom voice message, Fax, E-mail, modem, numeric pager or alphanumeric pager. Thevoice alarm message shall be delivered in digitized human voice using messages recorded by the user. Thesystem will continue to tail telephone numbers in succession until a positive acknowledgment of the alarmmessage is received. Acknowledgment can be accomplished from a voice phone tail, a modem phone call,or by a callback from either a telephone or a computer with modem. Upon ans.b,ering, the system shallattempt a data connection. If a connection IS made the system shall allow remote access to programmingand operation. If a data connection is not made, the s)‘stem shall recite a voice status report and allowaccess to remote v01ce message programming.The system shall be FCC registered for direct connec:ion to the telephone network. The system shail ha~c .I3ne year ~xarrant~ from the manuiac:ur~r. TYhe system ;.+a!1 be a Sensaphone 2000 b>, Phonetics. Inc.II.I/O Channel AttributesA. Inputsand FeaturesThe system shall come standard with 3 universal input channels. The input resolution shall be IO-bit withscalable lookup tables. All analog input values shail read to one decimal place. AI1 input channels shall beuser-configurable as:1. NO or NC digital dry contact. using 0.3mA loop current7 -. I-20mA analog, using custom look up table3. 0-5V analog, using custom look up table4. Temperature from thermistor, using 2.8K or IOK devices5. Run time accumulator6. Pulse countThe system shall have the following1. AC power failure detection7 -. Low battery detectionbuilt-in monitoring features:All monitored channels, including built-in monitoring features, shall allow local and remote data programmingof pertinent operational data including, but not limited to:1. Input type (NO/NC, 4-20mA and 0-SV analo g. thermistor, run time, pulse count)2. Units of measure (degrees F, degrees C, inches, feet, psi, volts, amps, pounds)3. High and Low limits (-9999.9 to +9999.9)4. Input recognition time (0 seconds to 270 minutes)5. Alarm reset time (0 seconds to 270 minutes)6. Alarm call list for each channel7. Enable/Disable for each channel to dialour for alarm

III. Communications FeaturesA. Communication MethodsThe sys:em shall be able to communicate ziarms and $,rher stxu< Ir.‘l,rmJL:fzn dslns the folIowin,u methods.1. Programmable voice7 -. Fax3. *ModernJ. Numeric pager5. .Uphanumeric pager6. inter-net E-mailB. Telephone SpecificationsThe system shall connect to a standard ?-wire telephone line using pulse or tone dialing methods, with loopstm only. The system shall recognize ringer frequencies from 16 to 60 Hz. No leased or dedicated linesshall be required. The system shall also be capable of bein g used on the same :elephone line 3s otheranswering devices. Call progress detectIon shall :nsure that [he six-m dialolut is not hindered by no-,mswe:sor busy signals.C. Cc7mmunic3tions InterfaceIl.Telephone .Yumtx:s 1 u”es:lilztlonsXne system shall be zapable ;)f illJiin5 up to 31 telephone numbers. 36 Jl?!:s each ( E-mail addressts ma:,be up to 6-l characters each,. T’nerz s hail be 3 capability to group the phone numbers Into multiple 11s~ tocreate calling schedules based on weekdays. weeknights and xeekznds. In addition, individual input ;113rmsmay be programmed to contact specific destinations.E. Voice MessagesThe System shall have the abiiir;J to record, store and reproduce voice messages and to use those messagesto articulate the locatIon and status of the monitored channels. In absence of user-recorded voice messages.the system shall articulate channel status using the internally resident vocabulary. All digitized speechmessage data shall be stored in nonvolatile memory. Such nonvolatile,memory shall be capable of protectingspeech memory for at least 10 vears of complete power outage.There shall be one recorded identification message for the system, and one recorded alarm message foreach input channel. ,Message length shall be 1 seconds per input and 6 seconds for system identificationIv.ProgrammingA. Local ProgrammingThe System shall have a built-in RS232 port for the purpose of locally programming all system data usingan IBM PC or compatible with Windows 3.1 or greater, and Sensaphone 2000 programming software(included). All operational data, system setup and configuration data, and all informc:ion regarding thestatus of monitored input channels shall be accessible. In addition, voice messages may be recorded andreviewed using a standard touch-tone telephone.

.-- =/-“+-;-/=/-ym-, :d---_,.: ’~.1 __. : ‘! 121 _ -...L‘

.srrl\o(llwJ ’ (kcr5 ~fonuolCAUTION.I. The unil has been dropped, or llic cnclosurcis tlamagcd.4. The unit doesn’t function normally when yuu’rc following theopcraling inslructions.Avoid using a telephone (other (ban a cordless type) during ~IIclcctrical storm. There may be a remote risk of electric shock fromlightning.Do not use the telephone IO report a gas leak in the vicinityleak.To reduce the risk of tire or injury to persons, read and followinstructions:of I~IC1. Use only the following type and size batteries: Ni-Cad, size C2. Do not dispose of the batteries in a fire. The cell may explode.Check with local codes for possible special disposal instructions.these3. Do not open or muMa!e the batteries. Released electrolyte iscorrosive and may cause damage to the eyes or skin. It may hc toxicif swallowed.4. Exercise care in handling batteries in order not to short lhebattery with conducting materials such as rings, hracclets, and keys.The battery or conductor may overheat and cause burns.5. Do not mix old and new batteries in this product.Irl;ry CoIlIlCcl 10 your- IclepllcJrlc IilK ;Irld srill hvc all OI IllOSCdcviccs riilg when your Iclcpl~onc nurllhcr ib called. In most, but notall areas, the sum of ~hc REN’s of~all devices conncctcd IO one lineshould no1 exceed live (5.0). To hc cct lain of lhc numhcr ofdevicc-

uses and can ratliatc radio frcclucncy cncrgy ;III~, if IIOI installctl andused in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmfulinterfcrencc 10 radio cornnlunicatiorls. Operation of this equipmentin a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in whichcase the user will he required to correct the interference at his owncxpcnse.Telephone Consumer Protection ActThe FCC Telephone Consumer Protection Act of I99 l rnakcs itunlawful for any person to use a computer or olhcr elcclronicdevice, including FAX machines, to send a message unless suchmessage contains, in a margin at the top or bottom of each Iransmittedpage or on the first page of the transmission, the dale and timeit is sent and an idenrilication of the business or other entity, orother individual sending the message, and he telephone number ofthe sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual.(The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or anyother number for which charges exceed local or long-distancetransmission charges.)To comply with Ihis law, you must enter the foJlowinginto your Sensaphone 2000:Date & Time as shown in the System Programmingn anual.informationsection of thisName and telephone number IO identify the source of the FAXtransmission as shown in the System Programming section of thismanual.ContentsImportant Safety InstructionsCAUTIONFCC RequirementsTelephone Consumer Protection ActChapter 1: Introduction..._*................................. 9Programming Interface... .... ....................._......_._............... 10Technical Support ............................................................... IOAbout This Manual ..........._. ......................................._.._..... IOChapter 2 Installation ......................................13131314i 4OPERATING ENVIRONMENT ...........................................MOUNTING THE UNIT ......... .............................................POWER SURGE PROTECTION.. .... .................................BATTERY BACKUP ...........................................................Turning the Sensaphone 2000 on ....... ........................................14TELEPHONE LINE .................................... ........................ 14INPUT CONFIGURATION ....................... ........................... 15WIRING SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS ......................LED INDICATORS .............‘1 .~

Commurl~~dfions Setup ...................................................... 22Local Port Configuration .............................................................. 22Modem Setup ..................................................................... 22Communication Status ................................................................ 23Advanced Comm Setup .............................................................. 24Options ........................................................................................ 26Chapter 4 Programming ................................. 27Setting Up New Units ......................................................... 27Procedure ....................................................................................Communicating with Sensaphone 2000.. ........................... gzLocal Communication .................................................................. 29Modem Communication .............................................................. 29Offline Communication ................................................................ 30Managing Unit Programming Files ..................................... 30To create a Data File ................................................................... 30To view a Data File Offline .......................................................... 31To delete a Data File ................................................................... 31To load an existing Data File into a Sensaphone 2000 Unit ........ 31System Programming ......................................................... 32System Identification ................................................................... 32Unit Phone Number ..................................................................... 32Unit Description ........................................................................... 33Clock ........................................................................................... 33Unit Date & Time ......................................................................... 33Auto Daylight Savings ................................................................. 33Dialout Settings ........................................................................... 33Dialing Method ............................................................................ 33Dialing Prefix ............................................................................... 33Send Cover Page w/E-mail ................................. ....................... 34Alphanumeric Page Speed ......................................................... 34Maximum Calling Rounds ........................................................... 34Voice Repetitions ........................................................................ 34Access ................................................................................ 34Acknowledgment Code ............................................................... 34Voice Password ........................................................................... 35Passwords ................................................................................... 35Incoming Calls ............................................................................. 35Rings Until Answer ...................................................................... 35Carrier W&if Trme .............. ............................................. ..~..........INPUTS ................ ..............................................................Status tab. ............................................... ...........................Input Name.. ............. ...................................................................Value (with units) ................... ......................................................Status ..... .....................................................................................ctmtndlcllt: ............................................................................................37Min & Max ........... .................... .................................................... 37Configuration tab.. ....... ....................................................... 38Input Type ................................................................................... 38Table Low & Table High.. .............. ............................................... 38Calibration ................................................................................... 39Label/Units .................. ................................................................ 39Alarm Programming tab ..................................................... 39Input Name.. ... .............................. .............................................. 40Alarm Low Limit ............... ........................................................... 40Alarm High Limit.. ................ ......................... ............................... 40Recognition Time ...... ............................................. ..................... 41Call List ..... ..................................... ............................................. 41Alarm Enable/Disable. .......... ....................................................... 41Alarm Reset Time.. ...... ................................................................ 41MONITORS .............................. .......................................... 43 -Displaying Input Monitors ............................................................ 42Delete Input Monitors ........... ............................ ........................... 43Reading __..................................................................................... 43Low Limit .......... ....................... .................................................... 43High Limit ...... ............................ .................................................. 43Low Alarm Limit..................................................... .....................................43High Alarm Limit ...................................... ..................... 44Minimum Input Reading ..... .................................... ..................... 44Maximum Input Reading ............ ............. .................................... 44Reading ............. ........................................... ............ ................... 44Low Limit ................................................................................... .. 44High Limit ..... ............................................................................... 45Low Alarm Limit. .......... ...................................... ......................... 45High Alarm Limit. ........................................... .............................. 45Minimum Input Reading _. ._................................... ....................... 45Maximum Input Reading .................................... ......................... 45Destinations ......... .......................kI--- - ...................................... 46wme. ......................................... .............. ................................... 46ii

.\r ll~~li~llill~~ Ll,iiil 1 .\c I i .IlcllllrrrlDestination .................................................................................. 4,7Special Dialing Codes ................................................................. 46Special Alphanumeric Pager Dialing Codes ................................ 48Call Zones ................................................................................... 49Call Mode .................................................................................... 50Disabled ...................................................................................... 50Until Acknowledged ..................................................................... 50Inform .......................................................................................... 51Dial Type ............................................................................ 52lntercall Delay ............................................................... .............. 52Send Report ................................................................................ 52DATALOGGING ................................................................. 53Interval ........................................................................................ 54Use Start Time ............................................................................ 54Start Time .................................................................................... 54Inputs Being Logged ................................................................... 54Start/Stop data logging ................................................................ 55Downloading the Data Logger.. .......................................... 55Viewing the Data Logger (onlinej ....................................... 56Viewing the Data Logger (offline) ....................................... 56Input selection ............................................................................. 56From Date & To Date ................................................................ _ 56query ........................................................................................... 56graph .............. ............................................................................. 57reset ............................................................................................ 57print ............................................................................................. 57export .......................................................................................... 58Graph Options.. .................................................................. 58EVENT LOGGER ............................................................... 58Downloading the Event Logger ................................................... 59Viewing the Event Logger ........................................................... 60Unit selection ............................................................................... 60Event types ................................................................................. 61Select Query Times.. ................................................................... 61View ............................................................................................ 61Reset Event Logger .................................................................... 61REPORTS .......................................................................... 61Current Status ............................................................................. 62Data Logger ................................................................................ 62Start Time.. .................................................................................. 62ivReport Interval.. ............... ............................................................ 6:POLLING ............................................................................ 63Global View .................... ..................................... .............. 66Settings ............................ .................................................. 66Reset Data Log ........................................................................... 66Enable Polling ............................................................................. 66Chapter 5Status Report and Voice Messages ................ 69Playing/Recording Messages using the Voice Record Jack ....... 69Local Status Report..................................................................... 70Status Report ............................................................................. 70Sample Status Report ................................................................. 71Chapter 6 Operation ........................................ 73PART ONEALARM DIALOUT AND ACKNOWLEDGMENT ................. 73Alarm Recognition....................................................................... 73Alarm Notification ................ ........................................................ 73Dialout Note: Call Progress ............. . .......................................... 73Destination Priority: Until Acknowledged vs. Inform ................... 7rA!arm Dialout - Voice ................................................................... 74Alarrn Dialout - Beeper __.............................................................. 75Alarm Dialout - Alphanumeric Pager ........................................... 75Alarm Dialout - Modem ............ ................................................... 75Alarrrl Dialout - Fax ..............Alarm Dialout - E-Mail .................................................................. 76...................................................... 76ALARM ACKNOWLEDGMENT ..... _Alarm Acknowledgment - Voice Dialout ................................... 76.......... ............................ 76Alarm Acknowledgment - Beeper Dialout .......... .......................... 77Alarm Acknowledgment - Alphanumeric Pager Dialout ............... 78Alarm Acknowledgment - Modem Dialout .........80Alarm Acknowledgment - Automatic (Max Calls) ................................................. 80PART TWO: REPORT DIALOUT.. ..................................... 80PART THREE: CALL-IN STATUS.................................. .......80Voice Mode .............................................................................. 81

Chaptt;, 7Polling Mode & Auto Answer Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Enabling Auto Answer Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..a...........*........Enabling Polling Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix AAppendix 6Appendix CAppendix DAppendix EAppendix FWarrantySystem Events List ...................___PC; s... “VSpecifications .............................. 87Thermistor Tables ........................ 9 1RS232 Specifications .................. 93Modbus Protocol ......................... 95Returning Unit for Service.. ....... 103vii

Chapter 1: Introductionwclcolllc to IIIC Scrls;ltholle 2000 hy I’h~;rlc~~cs, Inc. ‘I IK 20(K) is apowerful uioniloring, ~LIIIII, aid thta logging systen~. 11 caniuonilor quipnrent and eilvil-ollfllcIIl;ll oontlilions using 8 universalinpuls, plus hill-in power failure dckclion. The Scr~sapl~~~c 2000also fcnlures 8 wide variely of col11111ur1icalio~~ oj1liotrs: usericcot-rlahle voice, fax, inodcrn, nun1eric pngcl-, alj)h;1nurncric p;~ger,antl inlcrncl c-mail.Tl1c Scnsajdnme 2000 is a fully j)r ogr~n1rnal~le cnvir011111cnl;1lnionikng syskni for unaltcndctl or rcnlolc aj)plicalions. The unitwill monilor and alarm on (X) universal inj1uts inclutiing: N.O./N.C.ccml~l, 2.8K 8 IOK thcrnrislor, 42OrnA, 0 SV, run (il11c accumulalor,ailtt pulse counl. ‘I’hc unit will also morlilor AC power andbatlcry condition. On the frml 01. IIic unil arc LEI) inclic;1tors 10show lhc operating slatus. Each input (including j~owcr) has a redslalus 1~ED indicating the al;11111 st;rlns of tl,c inj,ul. ‘j’licre is also ag~ccn 1,111) for Ballcry status, ;I green I_ED for Systcnr-011 statusand an arnbcr LED for Phone status.‘l‘lie unil can be progrmwwd via ;I local serial porl or rcmotcly byIIIW~I using an IBM conlpatihlc cor11puter will1 the Windo\+lsoj?crating sysleni and the included Manager 2000 sof(wnre package.All progran1rning is slored in nonvolalilc I~CIIIOI-y. ‘I‘lle unil isc:lpd)k Of j1crforrning dal;i lugging oj- the (8) iiniver:;al inputs,power 3ld hnckry Voltage. ‘I‘hc kita logging is sloretj in nonvc)lalilenicinc’ry. A real-ti1nc clock is alsc1 included to ti1ne sta1llp joggedctd1:1 ~llltt IO SChXlul~ rcporls. The uni: is cap~lhjc of scntjing autorii~iticrcporb 0113 prograrnrnahlc lirnc hasis, (i.e. Send ;I rej1ortcvcry x hours sln1ling a( lim xx:xx). Reports may he Sent vi;1 I;IX orcnmil only, and will be scnl lo all dcslin:1lions progi-;1lt~rnctl I(1cccivc reporls. ‘I’he rcporc sldl consist of ;I cover jl:1gc and 111~ nitt1al:l whicI1 includes tlic current condilions of each inj,u[, pou*crSl;lluS aId batrcry condition. If the data logger is enabled andImgmmed 10 be senl with reporls, a daln log rcporl will alSo bcSent al Ibis lirnc. YOU also have Ihe oplion to rctrievc ll1c data loggerinforiualion locally or ren~oiely on der11and.‘I‘hC unit C011lCS in ill1 ajurninun~ enclosure will1 labs for wall orj’:lncl rnounling. Terminal connections for inputs arc easily acccssilkfrom the Iron1 Of Ihe unit. The unit is powered via a plug-in:lcl~Il1lCl~ Xd tKlS 3 t)XkUp ballcry holder located in ;I separntecliauihr in lhe encIosure. The backup haltery sysicnl rcquirel; (6)C’-si/c nicad balleries. Circuilry in llic unit will nl;1jr1(:1il1 proper“,,I

i -i .serr,apllorl li.cer k Molrlrol-.larging oI’l11e battery syslcm. ‘l‘hc unh is capable of’ alarrliiiig viavoice, alphanumeric pager, numeric pager, fax or c-mail. You alsohave the capability to program a call lisr for each input as well asfour lime ZOIICS lo assign telephone numbers lo. You can evenmonilor Ihe input values in real-lime through the local port or onlinevia modem.j”()gl;Wlllllng and 10 undcrslantl Scnsapl~one 2000’s le;iltrrcs. You4l(Wltj (ll(UWgllly read lllis manual lo cslal~lisll ;I I);,\ic ull~ic:ra(anding~j‘lhe ~plern and keep iI as ;I IcKcrerlcc.Note: E-mail requires a subscriptionfee.ProgrammingInterfaceManager 2000 Windows programming software is included IO allowquick and easy access all of the unit’s programmable paramctcrs.Sophisricated features such as realtime input monitoring, graphicalbar and gauge displays, polling of muhiple units and a database lostore and query data logger information, all combine to provitje acomplete monitoring system. The Programming and Operationchapters provide step-by-step instruclions on how to USC all of theunit’s features.TechnicalSupportIf any questions arise upon instatlarion or operation of IheSensaphone 2000, please contact Phonetics Customer ServiceDepartment at the number shown below and have Ihe followinginformation:. Date of purchase. Serial numberAbout This ManualTechnical support is availablePhonetIcs, Inc.901 Tryens RoadAston, PA 19014Phone: (610)558-2700FAX: (610)558-0222from 8:00 AM to 590 PM, EST,This manual is comprised of the instruclions and commantjsnecessary to install and program the Sensaphonc 2000. Additionalsummary and application chapters arc included lo help you speedI 0

CHAPTER 2 INSTALLATIONOPERATINGENVIRONMENTratlioactivc licItIs!-II 56.i‘I;,0,r,\Imountingdimensions12

POWER ~JRGEBATI-ERYPROTECTIONThe Sensaphonc 2000 can be damaged by power surges andlightning through the telephone line and the power supply. Ahhoughthe unit has built-in surge protection, we strongly recommend thatadditional protection bc obtained for the unit and for any electronicequipment that is attached to your power supply and telephonelines. Power surge protection is especially important if you live in alightning-prone area.BACKUPThe Sensaphone 2000 has a compartment for 6 “C” cell Nickcl-Cadmium rechargeable batteries (not included). Be sure to usequality batteries that are rated for at least 2200mAhr. These willprovide approximately 10- 15 hours of unit operation in the event ofa power failure.NOTE: Use ONLY Nickel-Cadmiumbatteries.rechargeableThe unit will constantly recharge the batteries whenever the powerswitch is turned on and the unit is plugged into a power supply.Also, a 3V lithium battery is included for for memory storage, toretain user programming. This battery should provide at least 2years of service without power, and up to 10 years of intermittentuse.Turning the Sensaphone2000 onPlug-in the power supply to a 1 I WAC 60Hz outlet. Slide the powerswitch to ON to start the unit. The System-On LED should glowsteadily.It is important to note that when the unit is turned off, your voicemessages and programming are retained in non-volatile memory viathe internal 3V lithium battery. The “C” cell Ni-Cad batteries arcnot in use when the power switch is off..srrrmpllo,.lphone syxlcrns tlinl accept pulse or- Ione dialing.CAUTION: Do NOT connect the unit’s VOICERECORD jack to a live tclcphone line as this willcause permanent darnage lo the unit.

WIRING SENSORSAND TRANSDUCERSThcrmislors: The unil wit I accept 2.8K and t OK lhcrrnislors. ‘I’hcscshould be wired 10 an input lerrninat and the adjaccnl ground~erminat. For compatibtc rhermislors check lhe lhermislor dala inlhe appendices.Dry Conlacls: Only co~ilacls which have no vollagc or curf-c~~lapplied may he used. Cor~ncct the cmtact 10 an input terminal andan adjacent ground lermin:~l. Do NOT lry IO monilor a conlacl lhalswilchcs 12OVAC, rhis will pcrmanenlty tlnrnagc the unit.4-2hA: A 4-20mA transducer requires you IO have an exlcrnat DCpower supply for the transducer. Make sure the inpul is conliguredfor 4-20mA.Connect the posilive wire of your transducer 10 lhc posilive ~erminatof your DC power supply. Connect rhe negative terminal of lhctransducer to an input lerrninal on lhe Sensaphonc 2000. Connccllhe negative terminal from your power supply IO IIN adjacentground terminal on the 2000.\4-ZOmA Tramduwr O-5v se”sa6ND/NCThe different sensor types connected to the terminal block.1617

Chapter 3 CommunicationsSrrrqllo~ 0 I’,wi MalntulThis scclion describes how to iuslalt and configure IIK Scnsaphone2000 Windows Soflwarc for your cc,.uputcr antl r110dcr11.Installing and Starting the SoftwareMinimum requirements4x6 01 txller CoInpulcr (I’c~~liur~lrecoulu~entlcd)4 MD of free disk space4 MU RAM (8 MB RAM remnrneudetl)Graphics card cornpatihlc with Microsofi Windows 3. I, 95or NT (such as VGA)Microsoft Windows 3. I, 95 or N’IVGA or Super VGA moni(orMouseModemINSTALLATION‘I‘he Manage. 2000 Windows soflware setup prograru makesinslallatiou quick and easy. You’ll be prompted to insert ItIcinslaltalion disks in the order they are nurnbcred. Make sure that attwindows applicalions arc closed bcforc atlenipling 10 ruu Setup. Ifyou cncounlcr probhns during inslattalion call I’tlonelics TechnicatSupport at (610) 558-2700.‘IlIe SCIlS~lpllOIl~ 2000 Soflware for Windows wit1 juslatt to adirectory naiucd C:\S2000, unless you choose IO C~;III~C thectircctor-y II~IIIC.WINDOWS ‘95 INSTALLATIONI. Start Windows.2. Inseri pisk tabelted Sensaphone 2000.3. Select S(art>Run and type in a:\Setup.cxe. Click OK.4. t’ott(w ItIe proInpls unlit the inslatlation is finished.

5. lnscil disk I ol’ lhc Scnsa]~honc 2000 Dalabase.6. Sclec~ SIart>Run and lypc a:\Sc~up.cxc and click OK. This willinsraIl IIW Borland DaIahasc Engine.7. Follow the prompts and install disk 2 when instructed8. Follow the prompts until inslallation is Co~~lplctcWINDOWS 3.1 INSTALLATIONI. Start Windows.2. InscrI disk I lahelled Scnsaphone 2000.3. Sclcct Filc>Ruo and type in a:\Sctup.exe. Click OK4. Follow Ihe prompts until the installation is finished.5. Insert disk I of the Scnsaphone 2000 Dn~hase6. Sclcct Filc>Run and rypc a:\Se~up.cxe and click OK. ‘I‘his bvillinstall the Borland Database Engine.7. Follow the prompts and install disk 2 when instruct48. Follow the promp(s until the installation is complctcSensaphoneAUTOMATIC PORT DETECTION SCREEN2000 Menu Bar‘b mCIlU bar at IhC top of Ihe window lists menu conInland> forsclccIing a Unit, conliguring your communicaIiorl ports, sending andrccciving programming, enabling aulomatic features and otherfunctions. YOU can Choose these Comlnatlds by Clicking theln withIhe mouse. Many frequently used commands are also available astools on the toolbar.Runningthe SoftwareTo run the software, double click Ihe 2000 icon. When the sofiwareruns for Ihe ftrst time a configuration screen will appear. This willautomatically configure your modem settings and local serial port ifselected. If you have an external modem, make sure it is ON beforeyou proceed. If you would prefer to configure thti soflwarc manually,you may do so after installation. When you start the softwareyou’ll see the main menu and toolbar. These menus and tools willallow you to open new 2000 units, communicate with existing 2000units, observe real-time input values and numerous other features.Pictured belov is the AuIomatic Port Detection form.‘l’he following Iable briefly &scribes each menu. Sho~-(cut keys thatYOU can use IO display each nlenu arc included in l);lrcnIhcses next:o lhc 111L’Illl 11;1111cs.h~e11u nalllc Functioi~s under lb;?; menu...-----Eilc (Ah, F) Adding NW uniIs, opening unils, closingunils, loading dala, saving data, delcIinidala, prinling information, exiting.(‘onfig (All, C)Coi~irriullicalions ScI~tp, Collilllu~licatior~sSIalus, Ad\ranCed Coliim Setup, OptionsIIlogram (AIt, 1’)Inputs, Destinations,Syslcrn, ReportingIGJlclioIls (Ah, U)Dilta 1.0ggi11g. AU~U Atlswcr, View Iivenls20 21

Sctrsaplwrl llser’s hlanunlPQlling (Ah, 0) Unit Schedule, EnableWindow (Ah, W) Cascade, Tile, Arrange Icons, Minimize allHelp (Alt, H) About, Helphlotlem Setup String: Manager 2000 allows you 10 cnler a setup511 ing using the ATconnnand set. These are usually only needed ifyou arc having trouble getting your modem to connect to aScnsaphone 2000 unit. See your modem Operator’s Manual for alist of AT commands supported hy your modem. Not,: that Manager20(X) soflwarc will send the “A’r“’ part of the command automati-UllY.CommunicationsSetup1%~ software will communicate to your 2000 through yourcompuler’s local serial port or through your modem. These communicationpaths must be properly configured for a connection 10 heestablished. (If you ran the auto-configure option at start-up, youmay skip over this section.) To configure the communicationssettings manually, click on Configuration>Communications Setup.LocalPort ConfigurationModem SetupSelect the appropriate serial port to communicate with the 20(X).This must be a serial port on your computer that is unused and canbe connected to the Sensaphone 2000’s KS232 port.Select the serial port that communicates with your modem andselect the maximum baud rate of your modem. This will typicallybe all that is required to configure your modem, however, additionaloptions have been included and are described below.Retries: This is the number of times Manager 2000 will attempt tocall a Sensaphone 2000 if it encounters a busy signal or is unsuccessfulat making a connection.CommunicationStatusThe Communication Status sc.eerl provides infornrstion regardingcommunication performance, communication errors and textdescriptions of communication activity in real time. The screen isuseful for troubleshooting communication problem>. The paramclcrsfor error thresholds and packet liming are adfustable in theAdvanced Comm Setup menu.Use All Dial Time: Checking this box will make the Manager 2000software wait until this time period has expired before attempting tocommunicate with the unit, even though a connection may havebeen established earlier.Dial Time Out: If a modem connection is not established with aSensaphone 2ooO before this lime expires, Manager 2000 softwareterminates the call.22

!cwII in a disconnectl~d~y ‘hc 0111: This is the ari~c)i~~~l of tirnc Mzruagcr ~()()(I will waitIOr :I lCSp0llsc from a SCllSiipl\Ol\~ 2000 unit bcfmc il tlccitlcs loniake aliolher request.I’~kd ‘he Out: ‘I‘hc ~I~OII~I~ ol~tiruc I)cforc ~IIC PC’ gives “p :rlldcJckXilliWx that an individual n~r~tll~r~s requcsl Ilas tilljet] out.I)ccrcasing this parameter will 110l ilicrcase l>erfol-lll;~llcc, [)lllincreasing the paramctcr may rcillovc occ:lsi()n:ll crr()rs.Advanced Comm SetupThe Advanced Comm Setup form can be used to tune and CIIS~OIIIizethe communication performance of Manager 2000. Typicallyyou will not need to change these parameters for any reason.Listed below is a descriptionof each of the parameters on the form:Status Level: This parameter determines which messages willappear in the display on the Communication Status form. Them arceight levels of messages:Level 0:Level I:Level 2:Level 3:Messaging disabledAdds significant events and errorsAdds modem evcnls. writes lo unit & file messngcsAdds packer errors. advanced modem messages.download messagesLevel 4: Adds notification of read from unitLevel 5:Adds packet dataLevel 6: Adds notification of input sta1us pollingLevel 7: Adds polling packet dalaPacket Retries: Information flows back and forth bc~wccrlSensaphone 2000 and you PC in data ‘packets’. Both automaticallycheck for packet transmission errors. When a bad packet is dctcc~cd,it gets sent again. Packet Retries determines how many times apacket is sent before a communication error is logged.Error Threshold: Determines how many consecutive errors will242.5

Optic..=The Options form allows you lo customize the display lo your taste.You can have the Toolbar and/or the Statusbar be dispplaycd orhidden. The Online timeout will automatically disconnect you fromthe Sensaphone 2000 if there is no mouse movement for theduration of the timeout.Options are available to modify the toolbar and statusbar. Al,;o, youcan specify the Online Time Out. Sensaphone 2000 will automaticallytime out while you are connected to the 2000 and arc idle forthe amount of time you specify in the Online Time Out box. Therange is I minute to 24 hours and the default is I hour when youturn on this feature.Chapter 4 ProgrammingThe Scnsaphone 2000 software provides access to all of the unit’sprogramming through p:)int-and-click menus. The unit can bep~ogr~i~mcd either locally through the serial p01 t or rcmotcly viarrwdcri~. When you arc finished programming. lhc Scnsaphonc2000 windows software provides the oplion lo save the unit’sprogramming on your computer for backup purposes. You mustsave this programming information in order to view the programmingoff-line for any unit. Once you save the programming for aparticular unit, you may copy the sme information into anotherunit if desired. A default programming lile (defaultss2k) isincluded in case you want IO restore the unit to factory defaultsetlings.SettingUp New UnitsWhen a new unit is added you will be prompted to fill-in a UnitData form. This form holds the unit’s description and phonenunlber as well as password information. Sensaphone 2000fcaturcs two-level password access: one for programming and onefor status. Status-only access allows you to view input values andprogramming but does not allow you IO change any parameters.This is useful if you want !o allow multiple users to view theinformation for this unit but do not want them to be able to changeanything. If this is the first time the unit is being accessed youshould setup both passwords. When other users add this unit totheir computer you can give them the status password andfor theprogramming password depending on your requirements. Whenlogging in using the status password the software will automaticallysend the password during the initial connect sequence. Whenlogging in using the program password you will be prompted toenter the password after connecting. You may also allow thesoftware to automatically login with the programming password byclicking the save progmm password to disk box.Note that if you do not enter a programming passworda default password of “S2000” will be enteredfor you.

Communicating with Sensaphone 2000\, iiw/~li

Iour PC will inslrucl lhc modem lo dial lhe Sensapllonc 2000 unilusing the phone number from rhc Unit Data form. The Scnsal~honc2000 will answer the call and eslahlish a conncclion with yourmodem. If a remote connection is not established, see the Troublcshoalingsection of this manual.Offline CommunicationOflline communication provides a rnelhod of viewing Ihe programmingin a unit without being connected. You can also query, viewor print information from the datalogger or event logger whileoffline. For Offline communication you must have a data file savedfor the unit selected. ‘I%is can only be created when you havefinished programming a unit while online and then save theprogramming. The Manager 2000 software will prompt you IO savewhen you exit or you can save by clicking File>Savc Data from rhtmenu bar. A file save box will appear so that you can enter a filename for Ihat unit. Do not change rhe .s2k extension because Ihcsoftware uses this IO identify Sensaphone 2000 data files.Managing Unit ProgrammingFilesThe programming parameters of a Sensaphone 2000 unit should besaved to a Data File in your computer. There are several reasons forthis:To view a Data File Offline:I. Click lhe Open bullon 011 Ihc 1ooll1~11. The Open (‘onlrnunicalionslo1111 wi II appe;~r.2. (‘hwsc a unii IIOIU lhc Iexl box3. Click Edii on Ihe Opcu (:ollllllurlicaIiorIs lorm. The nanle of Ihe lastOff-he hIa File lhal was c~ca~ed or saved apprs in the lowerkfl corner of’lhe Unil I)JI;I forlrl. (:lick OK IO accepi lhc file orclick Ihe I~rowae butIon ncx~ to IIIC filenanle lo sclccl anolher IiIe.4. Select Online Connecrioll !vlode.5. Click Connect.‘I’hc Manager 2000 sofcwarc will display the programming parametersas if you were conneclcd with a unil. YOU C;II~ view theseparameters but you can’t change Ihem.To delete a Data File:Choose File from Ihc main I~CIILI, I;ICII sclecl IIclcl~ II:~l;l FileS&cl the fik you wish Lo tlelclz arlrl click OK.To load an existing Data File into a Sensaphone2000 Unit:I. In order to view a unit’s programming off-line, you need to save theunit’s programming in a Data File.2. Once you save the programming for a particulrir unit. you may copythe same information into another unit.3. It’s a good idea 10 have a backup copy of a unit’s programming incase the unit gets damaged.The Manager 2000 windows Software allows you lo view savedSensaphone 2000 unit information without being connected to aunit. You may view a unit’s programming, or view a unit’s downloadedData Logger or Event Logger. In order lo view a unit’sprogramming, you need to save the unit’s programming in a DataFile while still online.‘ihe sclectcd Data l;ilc will bc loaded into tllc Serjsapll()ne 2~(jo.All existing programming in lhc uni( will t)e ovcrwI-i(leIl.To create a Data File:While you are on-line, choose File from the main menu, Ihen sclcctSave Data. Enter

SystemProgrammingl‘hc Syslcm form includes the global syslcm paramclcrs Ihat applylo lhc unil in general. You must be on-tine with lhe unit lo programlhe Syslem paramelers. Once you are online, choose Program fromthe main menu, Ihen seteil System. You can also access lhc Syslcmprogramming from lhc loolbar bullon tabelcd Syslcm. Bctow is alist of the parameters, their default settings and the range ofprogramming for each paramcler.Unit Description:‘l’llc Unil Description is [tic lcxl dcscriplion of thc Scnsaphone2000. II GIII be up lo 32 characicr-s lorlg. ‘l‘his is automaticallyIillcdLin fl,)m lhc information you provided when selling-up the unilon your compuler. When Scnsaphonc 2000 sends a cover page with:I ITax, LMail transmission, OI- atphanunleric page the Unit DescrilIion is scril as part of lhc “I;ROM:” infori~.,llion.Clock:Unit Date & TimeThe dale and time are aulomalically pl-ogrammed into a new unit,based 011 your computer’s dale aid lime. ‘Illis wilt occur lt~c veryfirs1 lime you go online. If you ;uc: in a diffcrcnt lirrlc ZOIIC you willneed lo corr-ccl the lime accorttillgty.Auto Dayiight SavingsSystem IdentificationUnit Phone Number:systemformThe Unit Phone Number is the identification number of theSensaphone 2000 and can be up lo 16 digits tong. . This is automaticallyfilled-in from the information you provided when settingupthe unit on your compuler. This number must be programmed lobe the same as the telephone number where the unit is installed.The Unit Phone Number serves several purposes:I. When using your PC and Manager 2000 software IO remotelyprogram a Sensaphone 2000. this is the number your modem willdial to contact the unit‘I‘ttis irIslrucls ScIisathorIe 2000 lo ~~ulo~~~~~~i~~;,tty c,jlrccl ttlc (irilelwice a year for daylighl savings.Dialout Settings:Dialing MethodI’rogr;lrnln;ll)lc seuiilgs: 011, 011lkl;~ull sctlillg: 011‘l‘l~c I)idiIIg Method pararnercl ICIS you program \vtlcttlcrScnsqAonc 2000 will dial out in i’lltse or ‘li)nc. ‘t‘hc &fault sellingis ‘li)ric.Dialing Prefix011 6~~1iC phone syslerus, Scns;\ptl0nc2WoIIIL~ need IO tti;lt initial

digits lo rCilCll an outsitlc lint belorc il can dial a lclcpl~onc nunilxror you may want lo diSi1blC call waiting to prevent inlcrl’crenccduring a call.Exanlple: 9 P (P = 2 second pause - see special phone ntnnbcrdialing codes)Send Cover Page w/E-mailSensaphonc 2000 will send a cover page with B-mail lransnlissionsif this box is checked.AlphanumericPage SpeedThis is the baud rate of the data connection2000 and your alphanumeric pager service.Programmable settings: 300. 1200,240ODefault sening: 1200Maximum Calling Roundsbctwcen ScnsaphoneThe maximum number of times Sensaphone 2000 will dial througha list of destinations to attempt to deliver either an alarm or a report.Voice RepetitionsAccess:Programmable range: 0 - 100 calling roundsDefault setting: 100 calling roundsThe number of times Sensaphone 2000 repeats the alarm messageduring a dial out alarm call.Programmable range: 0- 10Default setting: 3Voice PasswordPasswordsP~ogr;u~~mal~le range: 0 999999 IIOUI I to 6 digits long. Note: Whenusing an acknowledgmerll code with leading zeros. till digits must beincluded. If Ihe acbr~owlcdgrncn~ code is 000888, simply entering‘X88’ will NOT x&~owlctlge 1110 A;II mIkf;tull selling: 555Stmapll0llc 2000 allows you lo record input and II) voice nics-sages. These n~essagcs arc pro~cc~ed by IIIC voice password. Thevoice password must be cntercd OII a touch-tone phone keypad inorder to record voice mcssagcs.Proglanunable range: 0 990099 fi0111 I lo 6 digils longDefauh selling: 555This allows YOU to change Scnsaphonc 20(X1’s prograrnrning andstatus passwords. YOU can only change thesG if you ;\r(t. online andhave logged on using lfle progranlrning password.Incoming Calls:Rings Until AnswerThis is the number of times Sensaplrone 2(X)0 will Ict tflc phone ringbefore it answers an incorning call.Pr ogr~urunable range: I I5 ringsIkfx~llCarrier Wait Timeselling: I ring‘Ihc Carrier Wail Tirnc is the amount of time Scnsaphone 2000 willw;\it li)r a 11\0d~lll connection when it rcceivcs an incoming call.AcknowledgmentCodeThis is the code used to acknowledgean alarm via Touch-ToneNOTE 1)~ not set this parameter too sl~ort, otllcr-wise21 niotkm conneclion may never t,e estab~ishcd.1’1ogra11mal~lerange: IO to 60 seconds34

.n E

Configb,&ion tab:The Configuration tab shows the name, type, high and low ~ahlcvalues, calibration setting, and label/units for all of (he inpurs.‘l;lblc Low: -‘)Y,‘)W.‘) (0 ‘)‘),‘NL).‘)Table 1 ligll: -99.999.9 IO 99.990.9Defaull scllings:‘l’ilble Low value: (Il‘able Itigll VAX: 100Calibration:‘I’o compensate for minor variances in sensor accllracy, an offsetmay be programmed for each inpuI. For exa nple, if inpul #3 issensing lernperature and is reading 2.5 degrees loo high, then thecalibmion for input #3 should be se1 ill -2.5 IO oblain an accuratereading. Digital inputs (N.O. ad N.C.) canrloI be calibrated.Programmable range: +I-999.9 unitsDefault selting: 0.0Label/Units:Input Type:Listed below is a description of the information found on theConfiguration tab of the Inputs form:This can be one of eight types - Normally Open (N.O.), NormallyClosed (N.C.), O-W, 4-20mA. 2.8K thermistor, IOK thermistor,Pulse count or Time Accumulator.Table Low & Table High:An important feature that Sensaphone 2000 offers is the ability tocreate a unique linear table for each 4-20mA or 0-W analog input.The Table Low & Table High fields are used to define the upper andlower analog display limits for 4-20mA and 0-5V input types. Forexample, suppose you’re using a 4-20mA transducer to measure thedepth of water in a 75 foot well. Simply enter a Table Low of 0, anda Table High of 75 and the Sensaphone 2000 will scale the input IOread between 0 and 75.0. The Table Low & Table High fields arcalso used to set the upper and lower limits for the bar and gaugemonitors found on the Monitor form.This Ii&l lets you identify (Ire input VillUC using specilic unils ofmeasure and/or a description of Ihe input condition. You mayclroo: : frown any of the selections provided or pick “Custom” IOcreate your oWli label. Several selections for dry contacts are listedwith an 0: or C: next to Ihem. This is to differentiate the Opencontact label from the Closed contact tabel. The label/unit that isselected will also be spoken during a voice telephone caII (exceptfor “CUSIOIII”). Note lhal for N.O. and N.C. input types, uniIs ofNONE will result in the unit speaking ‘open’ or ‘closed’ during aStiltUS report.SelccIable uniIs of nIcasurc: none, degrees I:, degrees C, inches,feel, gallons, lilcrs, psi, gpni, volls, anlps, hours, minutes, secondsIkfilUItAlarm Programmingselling: nonetab:The AlarIn I’rograrnrning Iab shows Ihc n;une, high and low :i:amlinlils, alarnl rccognilion tinie, call list, dialoul enable sIaIus, andill;urll reset linlc for illt of the inputs.

RecognitionTime:l‘his is the time rcquircd for an oul of lolcr;uIuc condition to hccon~ean alarm. ‘I‘hc input Inusl remain nhovc or hclow the alarm lirriilcontinuously for the cn[iI-c time in or&r lo hccon~e an alann.0-5V, 4-2OmA, and Tcmpcraturc:AC f’owcr:I’rc~gramin:lMe r:qe: 0 s~~~~rlcls 270111iIiuIes, I)el~;~ulI srIIing: Inp~ls I-8:3 secordsInput Name:Listed below is a description of each of the programming optionsfound on the Alarm Programming tab of the Inputs form:This field will allow you to type in a 16 character descriptioneach input.Alarm Low Limit:This is the value which will cause the unit to make alarm dinloutson an input low condition.O-W, 4-20mA, and Temperature:Programmable range: -99.999.9 IO 99.999.9Default setting: 0Pulse Count and Run Time Accumulator:N/AAlarm High Limit:This is the value which wilt cause the unit IO make alarm dialoutson an input high condilion.forI’qpmrnable range: 0 scc~ds 270 mirlules, L)cf;rult scllirlg: 5 minuleshlsc Count and Run Time Accumulator:NIACall List:(‘iiCl\ lhis hulton to display (he li.st ol‘tlostinalions Itlc unit will callto dclivcr an alarm message for cacti input. ScIIsal)tI()IIc 20(0 willcall 111~ dcslinations in numerical order. f’l;lcc n check rlext to eachtlcslinalion you want Scnsaphonc 2000 to call for ;I,, alarIn 011 tflccuircnlly sclcclcd input.Ikfmtl selling: AllAlarm Enable/Disable:This will enable or disahlc lhe dialout for ltiis inputIklault seuing: En;lhleclAlarm Reset Time:‘I‘llc is the lime allowed for a11 achrlowlcclgetl al;irIII’s fatill con&lionlo bc corrcclcd &fore the unit resets (rcaclivalcs) the ,Ilarfn 3~1IxgillS lhc dialoul process all over again. ‘I‘hc default sc:lling for31

MONITORSProgrammable range: 0 min. 0 XC IO 270 tnin, 0 SWDcfaull selling:0 min. Osec (disabled)The Manager 2000 software provides lhc user with the ability IOmonitor all of a Sensaphone 2000’s inpuls in real-time graphicalform. You musl bc on-line with a unit lo monilor ils inpuls. Onceon-line, you can access real-time inpul monitoring from the loollx~button labeled Monitors.Delete Input Monitors‘Ii) dclclc a monilor, selcc~ it hy clickingI:ile>Delcte from the Monitor IIKIIU.on it. Next, choose‘I‘herc are 3 types of input monimrs, Bar, Gauge, and ContactStatl~s. Below is a view of each and an explanation of its features.bar monitorReading:This is the real-time value of he input. ‘I‘llis number is white if theinpul status is OK, but will change to red if ttlc input goes above orhelow the programmed alarm limits.Low Limit:Displaying Input MonitorsTo display a monitor, from the Monitor menu choose FibNcw,then select Ihe desired input and monitor type. More than oneHigh Limit:‘k tOWeSl possitdc reading of 11x rnorlilor. I‘llis is [:lkvn frolll ttle‘l’2ble Low !icld or1 llic Configuralioll (aI) of ltlc If~t,u(s f011ll.‘I‘hc highest possible reading of lhc monitor. l‘tiis is t&e11 fr()rn the‘litblc Iligh field 0Ii ttic Conligur-alion I:rt) of ltje t~lt)uls [orrlj.Low Alarm Limit:(lower red %OIIC)‘HIC low ~IXIII limit for tllis illpll{. ‘t’tlis is [;lkelll~ioill tlio 1.0~ I.iruil liclti on (tic Alarill I’rogr;iljlltriljg [;I\) of 111~42 -

. .CEli. ..=.- E,!

Destinations.c Conlacl Slalus inonilor displays 3 iliflcrenl graphic dependingon the Label/Unils selccled for a particular inpul. ‘I‘he displayedgraphics are as follows:&&J&@Q& Ir?putOKw bt ALARM gra@&none [check mark] [red X]OWFaull [check mark] [red X]On/Off [Light Bulb - ON] [Light Bulb - OFF]Running/Stopped [Traffic Light - GREEN] [Traffic Light - RED]AC Power ILight Bulb - ON] [Ligt .: Bulb - OFF]Sensaphone 2000 will call up IO 32 telephone numbers or E-mailaddresses (both referred IO as destinations) to report alarm conditionsor send reports. Destinations can be voice calls, fax machines,computers with modems running Sensaphone 2000 software, E-mail addresses, numeric pagers, or alphanumeric pagers. You mustbe online with the unit to program the Destination parameters. Onceyou are online, choose Program from the main menu, then selectDestinations. You can also access the Destination programmingfrom the toolbar button labeled Destinations.Destination:‘I’hc actual lelephone number or 13.Mail address Scnsaphonc 2000dials lo tlclivcr its rcporl or ;ll;um ri~essage. ‘I’he I)cstinalion licldcw bc up lo 64 characlcrs long for Ii-Mail addrcsscs and 32 digitsfor all other Dial ‘rypes and snap consist of nurnhcrs, lelters, andspecial dialing codes.NumericPagersl’be Sensaphone 2000 can send alxrn nicssagcs lo nurucric pagers.II will aulomalicaHy send il’s telephone number and lhc alarm input# when dialing to a numeric pager. All you have IO do is enter thelelcphone number of your pager.Example: (301)565-2300Nolc: If your pager service is answered by a voiceprompted message you will need to enter additionalprogramming. See the Special Dialing codes sectionbelow.Alphanun~ericPagers‘l‘he Sens@one 2000 can dial alphanumeric pagers lo send alarmIIICSS~~CS. ‘I’he Sensaphone 2000 will send the unit description,lelephone number, input name and input value. li, program analphanumeric pager destination, enter the phone number iollowedby the letler A and then the pager IDExample: I-6 I O-555-4593 A 0504099Name:destinationformThe Dial Out Destinations form allows you program information forup to 32 destinations. The parameters and their options are listedbelow:This field allows you to program a description (I6 characters max)’for each destination. The name will be appear on faxes and E-Mailtransmissions whenever an alarm or report is sent to the destination.If you are entering a fax destination be sure lo use the person’s‘I’he Sensaphone 2000 can send alarm messages and reports via E-mail. For this to work YOU must have an internet E-mail accountand register the unit with Phonetics. ‘I‘he unit will automaticallydial a loll-free number lo the E-mail server at Phonetics and thenforward the informnrion lo you. A monthly fee is required toreceive E-mail from your Sensaphonc. Simply fill-out the E-mailregislration card that came with your unit or contact phonetics formore dclails. III the Destination field, enter the E-mail address.Iixarnl~lc: Jhalio@AOL.com46

_.... . . . - .._... ---..---.---------Special Dialing Codes:Somelimes Scnsaphonc 2000 may need special inslructions whendialing oul on cerlain phone sysle~ns, lo access an oulsidc phncline, to contact numeric pagers, or to use alphanumeric pagerservices. The following dialing codes give Scnsaphone 2000instructions on how lo send the phone digits when dialing he phone~iumbcr. Each code is counled as one digit lownrd the lolal of 32digits. The dialing codes arc:P = Iwo second pause. A Iwo second pause can bc placed anywhcrcwithin the phone number by typing the letter P (upper or lowercase). The pause takes up one digit and may he used more thanonce. This is typically required when a pager service is answcrcdby a voice prompted message. You must add enough pauses IO getpast the voice message. In this case you must enter the numhcr youwish to be displayed on your pager.Example: 555-2233 PP 444-8877#POUND (#) or ASTERISK (*): When dialing to a numeric pager, apound sign (#) or an asterisk (*) may be used within the phonenumber. An asterisk(*) typically is displayed as a dash(-) on mostpagers.Example: 1 # 610555459 1 PP 986033 #W = wait for answer. This code instructs Sensaphone 2000 to waituntil Ihe call is answered before continuing. The ‘W’ code lakes upone digit and may be used only once. The ‘W’ code is typicallyused in the middle of a dialout number when calling a numericpager. The Sensaphone 2000 will wait for the pager company toanswer the call before sending the number to be-displayed on Ihepager. Note that the 2000 automatically wails for the call lo beanswered after the last digit in Ihe telephone number is dialed.Example:1-610-555-4593-W-610-558-2000.\L~ll\tl)~holl‘ ’ 20110 (i\t.r i ,lfnrruafIor alpl~mltuueric pager dcslin;kllons. II 1s plnccd between (tic pagercor~ip~~uy’s telephone nurnhcr and a paI-licular pager-‘s ID number b)lyping lllc lcller A (upper 01 lower cxc). It instruclh Scnsaphone2000 to wail unlil a conncclion is ma& lo the alphanunxric pagerservice’s compulcr system helorc lransn~ilting lhc ID nuruhcr lor aparticularCal I Zones:pager.Fxlllq~lc: I -OlO-555-4593 A 0s04099C = alphanmcric characlcr password: I‘hc ‘C’ dialing code i,: usedONLY for alphanurncric pager tlcstiuaiions and only if yourparticular pager sys~en: rcquircs a characler password. Thispassword may be required for Scnsaphone 20()0 to access the pagerservice’s computer system. If required, ir is placed bctwecn thepager company’s telephone ntmlxx and (he required characterpassword iu (he dialou~ sequence by typing the Icltcr W (uppLr orlower case). I’hc characlcr password niusl pi-ccctlc IIIC pager IDrlun~lxx.Example if character password rcciuirctl:l-6 IO-555.4593.C-000(X0-A-050400(pager cmpany phone #) C (character password) A (pager II) #)‘I‘ll2 alphantuncric character password is oplional :ultl is, in general,rcscrvcd for future services. Ixngrll of the password, wllcrl used,may be dil‘lerenl in some syslc~lls. ~‘ons~~ll your pager scr\fice forn101-c inlc :mation.Scr1saph0ne 2000 is capable of ;issigniIrg tliffcrcnl tles(in:~(j(jns 10specific calling groups (zones) lo X~~IIIII~~O~;II~ w01k sllifl s&d-ulcs. ‘I‘hcrc arc 4 Call Zones to cltoose frorrl. ‘li, iucludc a des[inalionin a Call %~ne, check tllc appropriate 1)0x. ‘Ii) setup Call zones,(pager company phone #) W (number to display on ntmleric pager)Note that digits after W to numeric pagers willautomatically be dialed as touch-tones.Special AlphanumericA = alphanumericPager Dialing Codespager ID (required)C = alphanumeric character password (optional)A = alphanumeric pager ID: The ‘A’ dialing code is used ONI,Y

,.,zk on tbc Edit Zones Hutton and lhc followingform will appear:.Sf!IIi~lplIllIll1Jtvr 5. hlnnrralI)cslinaliorls progfatnmctl wills call ~~~otlc Unlil Ac!-.~~owl.cdged willconlinue IO be called until one 01 IIICII~ acknowlctlgcs the alarm.Once acknowlcdgcd, the remaining destinations will not be called.Example: An alarm occurs and the Scnsaphonc 2000is programmed to call destinalions #I ,#2, and #3 andall 3 tlcstinations ;IIC call 111ot1c “Until Acknowedged”.‘l‘hc unit will call dc~tinalion #I, if lhc alarmisn’t acknowledged, it will call #2. Ifdestination #2doesn’t acknowledge, then ihe unit will call destination#3. If ihe alartn still hasn’t been acknowlcdgctl,Sensaphone 2000 will call destination #I again. Thisprocess will continue until one of rhc dcslinalionsacknowledges the alarm.Note: Fax and E-Mail destinations cannot bc programmedas “Until Acknowledged” call modes.Inform:edit zones formCall Mode:Disabled:The Edit Zones form divides up the 7 day week into 21 blocks oftime. To change Ihe start and end time for each block, drag thehorizontal divider bars up or down as needed. To t-e-assign a blockof time to a different Call Zone, click inside the block until itmatches the color of the desired zone. To change the color of azone, double click on the zone’s color square at the bottom of theform. Select a new color frotn the palette, then click the OK button.The three selections for destination call mode are Disabled, UntilAcknowledged, and Inform.Dcslinalions programtned with call mode “Inform” will IX calledunlit the alarm message has been successfully delivered one time,t-cgardlcss of acknowledgment. If a transmission to an “Inform”tlcsli!~ation was successful, tltat destination will not be contactedagain. Sensaphone 2000 wit! only make additional attempts 10COIIIXI a call mode “Inform” destination if that destinaliott hasn’tsuccessfully received its transmission (due lo a no answer, busysignal, no CXi icr, elc.). If a transmission fails to reach a destinationafter (he last Calling Rourrd is cotnple(cd, the failure is recorded inIhe Llvent Log. Calls to priority “Inform” destinations are useful forproviding records of alarm evenIs.Example: The Sensaphonc 20(X) used in the aboveexample is monitoring the hcatittg systetn in a school.‘ille lirsl three destinations are SCI as call mode “UntilAckno\,,ledged” and progratnmed lo call maintenancepersonnel. In addition, destination #4 is programmedlo call the scll00l’s fax machine and is set as callanode “Infort~~“. Sensaphone 2000 will c !I1 themaintenance personnel as described above so theycan fix the boiler, and also send a fax IO tile schooloffice infort:ting Ihem of the problem.Important: Destinations progratntned as call mode“Inform” cannot acknowledge alarms.

Dial Type:This is used lo spccily lhe type of call Scr~snpl~oi~c 2000 will mahcIv a particular deslinalion. The available dialoul lypcs al-e: I:ax.Voice, E-Mail, Pager, Alpha Pager, and Modem.Fax - This inslructs Scnsaphone 2000 to send a fax Irnnsmissioneilher a fax machine or a PC wilh the ability lo rcccivc a laxdireclly.E-Mail - This instructs Sensaphonc 2000 I(\ deliver a mcs~agc IO rheE-Mail address programmed in Ihe destination lield.NOTE: For E-Mail Dial Types, only ElMail addresses may beprogrammed in Ihe destination field, NOT telephone numbers.Sensaphone 2000 is pre-programmed with a toll-free 800 numberthat will automatically connect to Phonetics’ E-Mail server system.Note: E-mail service requires a subscription fee.Numeric Pager - This instructs Sensaphone 2000 to dial a IIIIIUC’I icpager and leave the unit’s ID number and alarm input numbers onthe display. This will happen automatically just by entering IIKpager’s telephone number in the destination field. If you want IOchange the information that is sent to your pager or you arc havingtrouble receiving the page, you may use the special dialing codes IOcustomize Ihe dialout to your pager.LOSend Report:DATALOGGINGSCll\;~l’~l(lllC 2000 Cilll IW p10gl;i~rllJl~~l lo ;Irilor~~alic;~lly scrltj rcporlsIO XlcClCd tlCSlill~lliOllS. C’llCCl ItjlS 1)0x 10 incliJ(le {ljis &sliJl:J(i0nwlicn sending reporls.NOIC: Reporls may o111y I)e sent IO ITax or I{-h?:\iltlcslinalions.SCl~S~~l)ll~l~ 2000’s built-in L)ala I*ogger C;III log and store illformalionon all 8 universal inputs, AC power and backup ballcry vollage.l’()u III~JSI be oo-line wilh the unit lo program the Data Loggingparameicrs. OllCe you are on-line, choose Funclions from Ihe mainIIl~I1~~, IhCll SClCct Data Logging. You can 31~0 access Ihe Dal;1 Logpr~~gramming fronl the loolbar hJftOl1 labeled “IIaln Ir,g”. NC,IC thatwhenever you change any parameters on the Data Log form the dataIogger in lhc Scnsaphone 200O will be rcscl. If you need lo makeChlgCS (0 yOrJr programming be sure lo Retrieve the [Iala first.NOTE: When dialing to a numeric pager it issometimes necessary to combine codes. Certain pagersystems vary and you must adjust accordingly. To testyour pager system, use an extension telephone on thesame line as the SENSAPHONE 2000 unit and listenin during the Sensaphone 2000’s dial out.to confirmthat your pager service is reached without a problem.If you must add a pause, use the letter P to insert atwo second pause wherever necessary.Alpha Pager - This instructs Sensaphone 2000 to deliver a textmessage to ar. alphanumeric pager.Modem - This instructs Sensaphone 2000 to call a modem attachedto a computer running Manager 2ooO software.Intercall Delay:The intercall delay is the amount of time Sensaphone 2000 will waitafter completing a call before calling the next destination.data log formHClt)w is a lisl Of Iklla I,Og programming parameters, [heir &faultXYllngs and the range of programming lor each parameter.

Interbud:Time between data logs.Programmablerange:Minimum: 0 hours, 0 minutes, I secondMaximum:Default Setting:199 hours. 59 minutes. 59 seconds0 hours. 0 minutes, IO secondsWarningSetting the datalogger interval to just a few seconds will producelarge amounts of data. If you download this data regularly you willquickly begin to fill your hard disk. Care must be taken to evaluateyour system and needs to avoid this situation.Use Start Time:Star-l Time:Checking this box will make the Sensaphone 2000 start its datalogger at the time indicated in the Start Time box. If this box is notchecked, data logging will begin immediately.Sensaphone 2000 can be programmed to begin data logging at aparticular time of day. When Sensaphone 2000’s internal clockreaches the progranmed Start Time, the unit will begin DataLogging the selected input values at the programmed interval. TheStart Time function is used to delay the start of Data Logging.Once Data Logging has begun, the Start Time programming isignored.Default Setting: 12:00:00AMStart/StopDownloading.S~~llYllpllOIll~’,cr 5 ,!lnrrrtn/(hcc ihc Scr~~aphr~ 2000 1~15 l~llcd its lhia Loggc~, II will beginover writing lllc Oldest l)ala I,og Silllll)lCS will) IlCw 011CS.tl 01 Inputs Iking Logged l>;rt;r Smplcs Awilddc:I 32,7682 I6,3843 IO.9224 8,192s 6,5536 5,401I4,6X Ix4.OY60 3,640IO 3,276data logging:‘Ii) slarl datalogging, click WI this Burton.NOTE: Any ctrangcs to the D;bta Log I’rogranlmingform will RESE’r the datalogger.the Data Logger:‘lij view a Sensaphone 2000’s Dana 1,og samples, the unit’s lhtaI.oggcr rlwst first bc downloadr~d to your PC. You must be on-linewith a unit lo download its Data 1,ogger. Once you arc on-line,choose Functions from lhc maiii menu, then selecl I> Inlogging.You can also access the Dala Logger from lhc loolbar buttonlabeledData Log.‘Ii) clow~~loatl the Data Logger, click Itctricve Data.livery tiriie a unit’s Data Logger is downloaded, Ihe Manager 2000soflwarc adds Ilie new informalion lo that unit’s database in yourI’C. It also checks for and filters out duplicate Data I,og records.Inputs Being Logged:This selects which inputs Sensaphone 2000 will log. The unit’sdatalogger can store 32,768 samples. Every time the unit logs inputdata, it uses one sample for each checked box. For example, ifinputs l-5 are selected, 5 samples are used up every timeSensaphone 2000 logs data. The more inputs you select, the fcwcrsamples are left available. Below is a table showing the number ofData Samples available vs. tbc number of Inputs Being Logged.s4__...._..-. . . . . .._. ..-.. --.. ..-.- _

Viewing the Data Logger (online):Once the Data Logger has been downloaded, it can be viewed. Toview the Data Logger, click the View Database button, on the DataLog Programming form. The following form will appear.Graph:OnCC the Iht:r I.og rccorcls I~;ive IKY~II tli5playcd, they may displayedin giaph form by clicking this hll01r. l‘hc graph will showall inputs sclcc~ctl in the quc~y. II ~(~0 11la11y s;~~llplcs AI-C sclcctcdfor graphing lhc soflwa~-e gi\,cs you ltle option to avcragc values,otherwise, you will have lo pg:rI;)rm a sniallcr clucry to avoidaveraging. ‘l’hc graph has many ftiatures that allov; you to ilisplajlhc data gIal&ically including line graphs, bar- charts and threetlinu2nsional views. 13xpcrinlcnl;ltion is the best W;IY to learn about:tll of the available options. ‘I‘hcre is a sample graph at the end ofIhis section.Reset:I)clctCS all Data I*og records for the CUIICI\~ Sensapt”)rlc 2000 \lni(from your PC.Print:Once the Data I.og records have been diaplaycd,printed by clicking this button.they may beViewing the Data Logger (offline):To view a unit’s downloaded Data Logger offline, follow theinstructions for Connecting With A Unit Offline in chapter 3.Below is a list of programming parameters for viewing the DataLogger:Input selection:You must choose which inputs to display. To display a Data Logrecord for an input, click on the input’s button to highlight it.From Date & To Date:Selects a range of Data Log records by time.Query:Searches the data log database and displaysthe infor-mation I~I;II56

Exp~ .Downloadingthe Event Logger:Graph OptionsOnce the Data Log records have been displayed, the displayedinformation may be saved as a comma delimited file. ‘I’his file canthen be used in a spreadsheet such as LOIUS I23 or Microsoft Excel.To view Scnsaphonc 20ot)‘s Event Log, the unit’sEvent LoggerIUUSI first bc downloaded IO your PC. You must be online with theunit to download lhc Eve!!l Log. Once you are online, chooseI%nclions from the main mxw, Ihcn selccl View Events. You canalso access lhc Gvcnt I~ggcr from lhc loolbar button labclcdI:vellls.‘I’llc: following form will ilppCa1:event log form‘Ii) download the Event Logger, click IIownload Events.EVENT LOGGERSampleGraphl!very time a unit’s Event Logger is downloatl:d, tbc Manager 2000software adds the new information to that unit’s database in y()llrI’(‘. It also checks for and filters ml duplicate I

Viewing the Event Logger:Once the Event Logger has been downtoaded,it can bc viewed.Below is a tisl of programming parameters for viewing the IXvcn(Logger:Event types:Select Query Times:View:I)isplays the sclectcd Event Iq records.Reset Event Logger:Iklclesall event log records li-om your PC’s dniabasc.REPORTSUnit selection:event viewerformScnsaphone 2000 can send periodic reports to selected Fax or E-Mail destinations. Reports may include either the current status ofall inputs, stored datalogger information, or both. You must be ontinewilh the unit to program Report parameters. Once you are online,choose Program from the main menu, then .relcct Reports. Youcan also wxcss the Reports programming from Itic toolba. tltlttontabclcd Reports.Since the MANAGER 2000 soliware can contab Event Loginformation for multiple Sensaphone 2000 units, you must choosewhich unit’s Event Log you wish to display. In Ihe window labeledAvailable Units, is a list of all Sensaphone 2000 units currentlyrecognized by your PC. Highlight a unit by clicking on the unitname and use the four add/remove buttons to select Ihe desiredunit(s).‘add’ ([>I)- Adds Ihe unit to the Selected Units lisr.‘add all’ ([>>I) -Adds all units to che Selected llnitslist.61

.sc/tsnpllorle’IA w’s Manual((1 tlcl3y tllc sl:ht 01. rcporling. Oricc rcporling h;is tlcgun; tilt Start‘l’rrllc: l)iogl;rrurlli~~g is igrlorctl.Nole: To disable the Start Time function, lcavc theSlarl Time at the default setting of I2:oO:OOAM.Scnsaphone 2000 will hcgin sending reports after thefirst kport Inlcrval has cxpiretl.lkfaull Scuing: I2:OO:o()Ah4Report Interval:Time between reports.reports formBelow is a list of Report programmingsettings and the range of programmingCurrent Status:parameters, their defaultfor each parameter.POLLINGPolling occurs when :I PC aulornatically calls ;I rculo(c Sensaphone2000 with a IllOdCIll at a prcdctcrIIl~I1cd time aIld retrieves inft)rIllatioll.I‘he Umxpt is siruihr to szttinp 311 alarII1 clock to (j()wIIload aunit’s Dnla Idgger or Evcrlt I.og.To send the current status of all inputs with the report, cheek thisbox.Data Logger:To send information stored in Sensaphone 2000’s Data Logger,check this box. If this box is checked, you must select the numberof Data Log records to send with the report. Sensaphone 2000 willsend the number of records requested beginning with the mostrecent record and follow in order of newest to oldest. (Note: A dataLog record is a time slice of whatever inputs were being logged.)When Sensaphone 2000 sends Data Logger information with areport, it DOES NOT erase the information from the unit.Start Time:Sensaphone 2000 can be programmed to begin sending reports at aparticular time of day. When Sensaphone 2000’s internal clockreaches the programmed Start Time, the unit will begin sendingreports to the selected destinations. The Start ‘I’irne function is used

l’oll~ng is a usel’ul Itiaturc IOr USCI-s who need to save m01e data thanthe Scnsaphonc 2000 is capable of holding. The unit’s I)ata Loggercan hold 32,768 input readings. This means that if one input isbeing logged, Sensaphone 2000 can store up to 32,768 datasamples, but if IO inputs are being logged, the unit can only store upto 3,276 data samples. Once the Sensaphone 2000 has filled itsData Logger, it will begin overwriting the oldest Data Log san~plcswith new samples. If it is important that you save all of your datasamples, and you intend to log more data than the Sensaphonc 2000can hold, YOU MUST DOWNLOAD YOUR DATA.To manually download Sensaphone 2000 Data Log information toyour PC, simply press Retrieve Data on the Data Log Programmingform while online with the unit. The contents of the Data Loggerwill be transferred to a database in your PC. The process is thesame for downloading the Event Log. While online with the unit,press Download Events on the Event Log Viewer form and theunit’s Event Log is saved to your PC. Polling is nothing more thanchoosing a time for these features to automatically exccutc.To set up Polling, you must Open the unit Online or Oflline. Toprogram Polling, choose Polling, then Unit Schedule from the mainmenu or click on the toolbar button labeled Unit Schedule.pollingsetup form‘l‘he Xl-CC11 displayed is the Polling Setup screen for the currentlysclccted unit. This screen allows you to choose what type of p0ilyou would like to schedule and when the poll will take place.I%A time your PC polls a Sensaphonc 2000, you may downloadttle c‘ontcnts of the Selected unit’s I)ata I.ogger, [:vent Logger, or00th.111 the top left corner- of tlle Polling Setup form there ;ire 3 tjuttonslabeled Data Log, Event Log, and 130th.‘Ii) schedule a poll, click on a button, drag it to the desirctj (1;)~ ofthe week column, and drop it at the desired hour. ‘I’lle I’olling Setupform is a WYSIWYG (What You See Is What You (;ct) calendarinterface. Once you have dropped the button, you h;rve scheduled ;Lpoll. If you wish to change the time of a poll, drag it to its ne\v timeand drop it. If you want to remove a poll, drag the poll over thetrash cw and drop it. The poll will disappear and the poll is noIongcr scheduled.64

GlobalSettings:. #ew:This button brings up a form that looks very similar to the PollingSetup form, except it contains all of the scheduled polls for everyunit. If you wish to see the scheduled polls for a given unit you canselect that unit in the combo box on the Polling Summary form.Click this button to set the followingPolling options:NOW: !l~you are logged into ;I unit with IIIC PC, polling for tl:athour- will not occur until you exit the rinit. Also, it is important tonote that if for Some reasonyou arc logged into 3 unit for an entirehour-, your PC will not make the phone calls for that hour. If youarc going to utilize the polling fcaturc heavily, try to schedulepolling at times when it is unlikely that your PC is being used.Print Data Log button: If this I)uttort is lit, the I’C will print thedownlo~Ietf Data Logger information after each poll.Print Event Log button: If this bultorl is lit, the PC will print thedownloaded Event Logger information after each’poll.Reset Data Log:Note: ‘I’he data downloaded from the Sensaphone 2000 may bequite large and printing all of it may take some time. Remember tokeep an adequate supply of paper in your printer and also makeWI-L: lhat your printer has enough memory to handle large jobs,Automatic printing at the time of the poll allows you to schedulethe print job at a time when it’s less likely to interfere with otheractivities.If this button is lit, the Sensaphone 2000’s Data Logger will be reset(cleared) once the poll is complete.Enable Polling:Note: The Sensaphone 2000 unit will not automaticallydelete its Data Log records when they arcdownloaded, unless you select this button. Resettingthe Data Logger after polling is useful if you alsointend to print the Data Log records after polling. Ifyou do not clear the Data Log after a poll, the nexttime you poll the unit you will download and printthe same records again.If this button is lit, the current unit will be among theunits polled at the start of every hour. In order foryour PC to acturally make the scheduled Pollingphone calls to units, you must enable Polling for eachunit and turn on the master polling control.Themaster polling control is enabled by selecting Enablefrom the Polling menu or by clicking Polling Modefrom the toolbar

.\~rl\qhw’_‘I/1111 llhc r 5 ManualChapter 5 Status Report and Voice Messages‘l‘hc Scnsaphc~nc 2000 provitles a voirx slalus r-ep01L via lclcph0nCusing ils own inlernal voice in cornhinalion wilt) your rccortlcdinpul u~ssagcs. This allows you lo sclup a cuslorii syslcm that fullycicsc~ibcs tlrc unil’s Iocation, lhc inpul having a problcin, its currentvduc arid units of n~casu~c. ‘1‘11~ n~cssngcs may hc ~ccorticcl cilhcral lhc unil by plugging a lelcpliolic into lhe Voice Ibxord jack orrcmolely by caIJing lhc unit. ‘l‘his scclion will tlcscrik how toprogr-anI idenlilication mtl inpul incssages along with someexamples. In ;~dditioii, olkining ;I slalus report hoIll locally andiciiiotcly will also hc discussccl.Playing/RecordingMessages using the Voice Record Jack‘1’0 play and record nicssagcs using lhc \‘oice Iiccord jack you willnc~tl 3 siiuplc single-lint tc)ucl>-lcmc klcpl~onc. I’lug this tclcphonctlilccrly inlo lhc 2000’s Voice I

10 record a message, p”S” the I# J key li,llowcd by he Illcssagcnumber you wanl. For example, lo record the 1D message, press I#)then 9. Begin speaking into the phone after you hear he s(arl beep.You have until the second beep IO comt~le~e your message. Youhave 6 seconds of recording time for Ihe ID message, and 4 secondsfor each of lhc 8 input messages.To play back a n~essage, pr-ess the [*J key followed by (he mcssngenumber you want. For example, to play (he ID message, pr-css ‘*’Ihen ‘9’.To request a comptctc slalus report, press Ihe ‘#’ key twice.Note: Since Ihe unit can only communicate wilh onedevice at a time it will not answer any calls nor makeany calls while your are online in local voice mode.Local Status ReportTo receive a voice status report al the unit, plug a telephone inlo theVoice Record jack. Afrer a few seconds the unit wilt begin rccilinga status report. AI (he end of Ihe report it will ask for a password.The password is the Voice Password required IO change voicemessages and acknowledge alarms. If entered correctly, Ihe unitwill allow you to use the touch-tone commands 10 record/listen tomessages and acknowledge alarms. When finished simply hang up.Status ReportTo receive a voice status report remotely, call the unit and after youhear the unit beep press any touch tone wirhin 3 seconds. The urritwilt then recite a status report. If the units starts it’s modem tonesequence simply wait u,lril it finishes. A stalus report will start assoon the tones finish. At the end of the report it will ask for apassword. The password is Ihe Voice Password required 10 changevoice messages and acknowledge alarms. If entered correctly, theunit will allow you to use the touch-tone commands to record/listento messages and acknowledge alarms. When fmished simply hangup. The unit will disconnect itself automatically if no touch tonecommands are received within 10 seconds.70

to bc answcrctl hy a PC running l’l~onctics Manager2000 windows soflware. Once a connection iseslablished, the Sensaphone 2000 transmits the alar n1information then hangs up.Alarm Dialout - FaxWhen dialing oul lo a dcstinalion programmed as ‘I:ax’,Scnsaphonc 2000 waits for Ihe phone to be answered by a Lxmachine, establishes a connection, Ihen faxes ils alarm mcssngc.IMPORTANT: When dialing OUL to a phone numberprogrammed as ‘Fax’, Sensaphone 2000 DOES NOTspeak a voice message. It is expecring the call to beanswered by a fax machine. Once a connection iscsrablished, the Scnsaphone 2000 faxes (tie alarminformalion Ihen hangs up.Alarm Dialout - E-MailWhen dialing out to a destination programmed cls ‘E-Mail’,Sensaphone 2000 is pre-programmed 10 call ~hc roll-free 800number of the Phonetics’ E-Mail server system. Once conncctcdthe unit delivers its alarm message to the E-Mail address programmedin the deslination field.IMPORTANT: When dialing out lo a phone numberprogrammed as ‘E-Mail’, Sensaphone 2000 DOESNOT speak a voice message. It is expecting the calfto be answered by the Phonetics’ E-Mail serversystem. Once a connection is established, IheSensaphone 2000 E-Mails the alarm message lhcnhangs up.ALARM ACKNOWLEDGMENT:Alarm Acknowledgment- Voice DialoutRepeated below is the same example of what Sensaphone 2000might say during a typical ‘voice’ dialout:“Hello,this is (user recorded ID message)”“I Icllo, this is (user rccord~d II) IIICSS, SC)”“‘l‘l~c clcclricily 1s 011”Sensaptione 2000 will now wait 5 sccontls for Ihc (oucl~~lonc;icknowlcdgmcnl code lo bc entcrctl. Aflcr ttic InsI digil of IIIC~lckiiowletlgIricrl1 co& has been received, Scnsaphone 2000 willIcspond by saying: “Alarnl Acknowledged”. ‘f‘trc alarm has beenackn~~wlcdgetl and the unit will hang up. Once ihc alarm has hccrlacknowlcdgcd, lhe dialout process slcq~s.If tliC touch-tone acknowledgment code is not reccivcd, SensaphoneZ(H)0 will rcspontl by saying: “beep”, “error”, “goodbye”. ‘I’hc alarmIl;rs 110t been acknowledged. Scnsnphone 200() will Ilang up andwail for a callback ackr~owlctlgr~~er~t. ‘I‘llis waiting period is calledltlc ‘intercall delay lime’. 1)uring (his Lime you may call the unitluck from a touch-ione phone and enter Ihe code 10 acknowledgeitw ~IWIII. NO’III: An alarm cannot be a-kno\vledgctl usi:lg a pulse(rolary j lelephonc.Alarm Acknowledgment- Beeper DialoutS~IlS~ItlllOll~ 2oOO will dial Out to your beeper service and leave aIlIlIllt)Cl~ 011 ltlC display Of your bcepcr. (See I’rogranllning Section)‘l’t~ unit will Ihen hang up wi(hou( speaking a voice message andwait for callback acknowfcdgment. This wailing period is called the‘inlcrcall delay time’. fluring (his Qmc you may call ihe unit backfl~lm a touch lone phone to receive a report of the alarm eondilionand acknowfedgc the alarm by entering the acknowledgment code.NCYI‘E: An alarm cannot be acknowledgepulse (rotary) Iclephonc.I using aIktm~ is :I11 ~Xmlt+2 Of Wht Scnsaplione 2OCX) will say wtlcn youcall it back to ncknowlcdge a typical alarlll:“The electricityis off’“I Icllo, (Ilis is (user rccortlctl II> mess;~gc)”77

. hc clcclricily is ol‘l”“Hello,this is (user recorded ID message)”“The electricity is ofr’“Hello, this is (user recorded ID message)”l!elow i5 31 cxamplc 01‘ whnl Scnsapl~onc 20(M) will s,ay when youcall it hacii lo ac6nowlctlgc a typical alarm:“The electricityis off’“llcllo,rhis is (ID ~ncssagc)”“Enter acknowledgmentcode.”11qmt I, closed, alam exists78Sensaphone 2000 will now wail 5 seconds for the touch-toneacknowledgment code to be entered. After the last digit of theacknowledgment code has been received, Sensaphonc 2000 willrespond by saying: “Alarm Acknowledged”. Tl1c alarm has beenacknowledged and the unit will hang up. Once the alarm has beenacknowledged, the dialout process stops.If the touch-tone acknowledgment code is not received, Sensaphone2000 will respond by saying: “beep”, “error”. “goodbye”. The alarmhas not been acknowledged. Sensaphone 2000 will hang up andwait for a callhack acknowledgment. This waiting period is calledthe ‘intercall delay time’. During tl.is time you may call tl~e unitback from a touch-tone phone and enter the code to acknowledgethe alarm. NOTE: An alarm cannot be acknowledged using a pulse(rotary) telephone.TIP: When Sensaphone 2000 is programmed to makecalls to beepers, make sure the intercall delay time islong enough to give the person carrying the beepersome time to get to a phone to call the unit back.Alarm Acknowledgment - Alphanumeric Pager DialoutSensaphone 2000 will dial out to your alphanumeric pager serviceand leave a message on the display of your pager. (See ProgrammingSection for special dialing to beepers/pagers). The unit willthen hang up without speaking a voice message and wait forcallback acknowledgment. This waiting period is called the‘intercall delay time’. During this time you may call the unit backfrom a touch tone phone to reccivc a report of the alarm condition“licllo,this is (ID message)”Input I, closed, alarm exists“llello,this is (ID message)”Input I, closed, alarm exisls“13ilcr ackri~~wlcdgi~~er~l code.”Scnsaphonc 2(KM will now wait 5 seconds for the loucll-toneacknowledgmeni code to be entered. After the last digit ol theacknowledgment code has been received, Sensaphonc 2000 willrespond by saying: “Alarm Acknowledged”. The alarm has beenacknowledged and the unit will hang up. Once the alarm has beenacknowledged, the dialout process stops.If the touch-tone acknowledgment code is not received, Sensaphone2000 will respond by saying: “beep”, “error”, “goodbye”. ‘Ihc alarmhas not been acknowledged. Sensaphone 2000 will hang up andwait for a callback acknowledgment. ?Iis waiting period is calledthe ‘intercall delay time’. During this time you may call the unithack from a touch-tone phone and enter the code to acknowledgeIhe alarm. NOTE: An alarm carmot be acknowledged using a pulse(rotary) telephone.TIP: When Scnsaphone 2000 is programmed IO makecalls IO alphanumeric pagers, make sure the inlercalldelay time is long enough to give the person carryinglhe pager some lime lo gel lo a phone lo call (he unit

.\1 ~r\q’lr~lll, j 2(/11// 1 ‘.\c I 3 .llarllralIMChAlarm Acknowledgment- Modem DialoutSensaphone 2000 will dial to a waiting PC running PhoneticsManager 2000 software and deliver an alarm message I~LII will belogged by the software. The software may be programmed toacknowledge the alarm.If the S2000 software acknowledges the alarm, the tinit willtransmit the alarm information Lo lhe PC, hang up and ll~e dialou(process stops. If not, Sensaphone 2000 will transmit the alarminformation to the PC, hang up and wait for a callback acknowlcdgmen\.This wailing period is called the ‘intercall delay time’. Duringthis time you may call the unit back from a rouch-tone phmc ar~tlenler the code to acknowledge the alarm. NO’I’E: AII ~I;IIIII C;IIII~O~he acknowledged using a pulse (rotary) tclcphonc.Voice Mode:into il ll.sillg ;l IllodClll. SCllhil[~[IOIl~ 2000 will answcl- dlcr its[llogl~nIlillici[ Kings ‘Ii) Answer, connccl and go online. Al this pointyc1t1 liavc cnlcrcd 311 online scssic~ll identical to the local ;mgrarn-lriing session and may prog1anl lllc unit as ncccssnl-y.You ca11 also call inlo lllc Scnsal)l~mc 2000 using a ‘li~~cl~-‘li~~e~clcphonc. After answering, Sc~~sapl~ot~c 2000 will hccp once, \:ail:I few ScCOiids, lhc beep again. During llic tirllc hclwccri hccps, youmay p~css nrly key on your Toucl~-‘iim keypad to get a voice statusrcpol I. II. tlic Sc~~saplioiic 2000 docsn’l rcccive a Toucll-Tone, ilwill a~lcn~pt to make a data connection. of a data connection isn’tiuadc after lllc prograrurncd Carp icr Wail ‘I’iiuc, Sensap[~one 2000will again switch to voice ~notlc and lccitc ;l status report. Immedi-alcly following (lie status rcpoll. Sc~~sal~hor~ 2000 prompts you fora voice iiiotlc password. This password allows you lo wc ‘ii~~ch-‘lilac co~~~~nands to both listen to and record the unit’s voiceIllcssagcs.Alarm Acknowledgment - Automatic (Max Calls)Sensaphone 2000 has the ability to acknowledge itself by using theMax Calls function. The unit keeps a count of tile number of phonecalls it makes for a particular alarm. Once the number of calls maderl aches Max Calls, Sensaphone 2000 will acknowledge the alarmand stop the dialout process.‘Ii) lislcn lo ;I recorded alarm nlcss;~ge:I. l’l~css t[~e [*J key on your [hu~c2. 1’1.css llie car-responding input Iiilillhcr key: I-X, or press 9 10listcri to 111, 113 umsagc.Scrlsaphonc 2000 will recite t[ic corrcspor~ding 111~s’ ‘\gci!PART TWO: REPORT DIALOUTThe unit is capable of sending automatic reports on a programmabletime basis, (i.e. Send a report every x hours starting at time xx:xx).Reports may be sent via fax or e-mail only, arid will he sent to alldestinations programmed to receive reports. The report shall consistof a cover page and the unit data which includes the currentconditions of each input, power status and batlery condition. If thedata logger is enabled and programmed to be sent wilh reports, adata log report will also be sent at this time.To record a message reniotcly:I PI-css tl~c # key on your pllor~c’ A_ I;or an input alarm rncssagc, press ll~e corrcspo~~dirlg inputnulnbcr key: l-8, or press 9 IO rccortl ~hc ID rncssage.Alter the hccp, say your incssagc clearly. ‘I‘hc inpLi alar111 nlcssagesrtl:ry he up lo 4 seconds long. l’hc ID ~ncssagc call he up to 6scucmls long. Scnsaphone 2000 will hecp at tl~c crltl ol’lllc allotcdli1ilc.PART THREE: CALL-INSTATUSI

“‘i‘his is the !hs~lpllollc 2000 ill lilt sl~llioll 2 I _” (user rccc,rtlecl 11)Illcssnge).S~~/lJOplWllChapter 7 Polling Mode & Auto Answerlfscr ‘s Manrrru7lMode"lnpul 1, jockey pump #I overload, closctl, OK”“lnpul 2, jockey pump H2 overload, closed, OK”“111pu13, main pump overload, closed, OK”“Inpul 4, wet well Icvel, 8.9 feet, OK”“Ir~pul 5, dry well sunq’ pump, Off, OK”“Inpul 6, exit flow, 746.9 gpm, OK”“Input 7, weI well air tcrnpcralure, 54.4 degrees fahrcnhcil, OK”“Inpul 8, waste grinder molar overload, closed, OK”I’olliug uioclc and au10 nnswcr III~& allow your PC lo aulornali-tally corutuuuicaic with ruultiplc Sent .~phone 2000s. Polling is thepioccss ol~c~illiug unils lo rell icvc ll~e daluloggcr or cvcul logger(SW p~ograrumiug ctiaplcr), a11t1 au10 ;mwcr nmlc h’s your PCrcccivc alAlui Calls when lhc rlcsliualion type is scl lo rnotlern. Inortlcr lo rcccive alarru calls or have Ihe sollwnrc pc~fonu pollingyou lllllsl ll~lve llic program runuiug and have one or b0ll1 Inodescllhld. Wh lhc software receives iiu alarru rncssage iI willdisplay il on your screen iuirnctli;~lcly as well ;IS update ihe eventlog for Illal parlicular unit. WIICII usiug thcsc feacurcs your CONIC-puler aud mdem must remain ON coutiuuously.“The ehxlrici~y is On”“Battery vollage 8.6 volls, OK.”“Goodbye”Enabling Auto Answer ModeYou can cnablc auto answer uiotlc by cliching on lhc ruodcrn iconin rhe toolbar or by selecting Functionn>Aulo Answer froru IIICIIICIW hr. NOIC lhl Auto Auswcr Motlc can only IJC ennhled if youarc ncll c0iiucclctl with a ur.il.Enabling Polling Mode‘Ii) Cll:ihk polling IllOde, click 011 lhc cnablc unit polling ic()u on theloolbar or select Polling>I3~al~lc from lhc iiicnu bar. ‘I‘his is theglolml polling enahlc conlrol. Iii ntitliiion, each unit ruusl also h;,vepolliug cll~ll~lctl (SW IllC Progrnuuuiug Chnpler for I’olling Sc[lings).

a2.=c

No auswcrVoice call answeredModem connectFax conneclAPPENDIXBENGINEERINGSPECIFICATIONSIJ-mailconnectElectricalNumeric pager comectf’owcrI-Ccc~t1i1-c11lcnis:AIpha pager connect1 ?OVAC 6Oii~ I OW (111. lihlctl i~t~tvca s~ppiy)Messagedeliveredf’owerSlrrgc I’rc~lccliou:Hanging upInbound phone call receivedGiving voice report (for inbound calls)l7V hlcl:li Oxi& Vuri9or 31x15ol1d st;tlc lr;lilsiclll p~olccli~~~jBallery Systcrn:(6) C-cdl Rcclmrge;ll~le Nicxl txlrrcrics (no1 illcirlded)Inbound phone call LerminaledBalleryChnrgiug:i’l~&ion vuihgc corllrolied chrgiug sy51~1t,I3alleryI~xkt~p lime:IOI5 hrsIllputsIlIpInpul8 univcrsd, AC Power anti h;~t[cryTypes:Nomlly OpmDkmnllyClosctl COIII:ICI, Z.XK/iOK tl~clfllist~)r, 4-20mArumnl loop, 0-W analog VOIIS~CConditioning:3SV over/on&rvollagc proleclionInput Ilcsolution:IO l)ilsX6x7

DataloggingNumber of Channels:Inpuls l-8. AC Power & Nicxl httcry hackrrp (sclec~;~l~lc)Told Number of S;lmptcs: 32,768Sampling Rate:ProgrammingI’rc)~~;ilJJilJing C’cuJ~Jcctic,rl:RS2.r2 l)l%25 l’crlr;&! l)(‘l:.; ,IS,J(M) t,,lu

,imcnsions:12.l”Wx 7.2”t1 x 1.6”I)APPENDIXCWcighl:3 tbs. (4 Ibs. wilb bancrics)THERMISTORTABLESApprovalsFCC Part 682.8K Tllermistor- DataFCC Par, IS Class AI)cgrccs(IclsiusRcsisl;mze(O~IIIIS)WarrantyOne year parts and laborwarrnnly.-so-40Specilicalions suhjecl lo change wilhout nolice.E-mail &livery requires additional service recs.Copyright 1996 Phonetics, Inc. Sensaphone is aregistered trademark of Phonetics, Inc.-30-20-IO0IOPhonetics, Inc.901 Tryens Road Aston, PA 190 t 4 Phone: (6 IO)558-2700 Fax:(610)558-0222203040so0070HO3s I

APPENDIX D1OK Thermistor DataRS232 SPECIFICATIONSIkgrees Celsius Resislwx (Ohtl~s)-so 441.3K-40 239.8K-3G I35.2KI)1125 SOCLCI (‘orll-l~“I;lliolI:l,(‘ii I~clll;llcSLUI/SIO~ I’ro~ocol: NorlcI’ort Spxd: 38,400 I,ps(:oiliirtur~i~atic,rls l’rolocol: X cI;ll;~ I)ils, 110 p;“i(y, I s(()p tJi[-20 78.9IK-IO47.5-l0 29.49K10 I8.79K20 12.25K30 8,19440 5,59250 3,89360 2.76070 1,99080 1,45890 1,084lo0 816.8110 623.5120 481.8130 376.4140 297.21.50 237.0KS232 I’in Ashigrllllclll:I’ill - s&n1 I:ranlc Ground7‘I‘rar~smillcrl3 Received Dala7 Signal (irotlrltlI)al;lSY!!!lIX;‘1‘1)RI)SG

APPENDIX EMODBUS PROTOCOLt~unctiou 02 - Ih~tt 111p~i SMUAtltlressWord0000 - 000 IRCl~lIllS Ok/~l;ll~l1l hr Cxll illput clwxicd. ‘l’his is lllc currentinpul Sl;llc, not lllc alam sl:tlus. It is one t>iC per illpklt.I~unclion 04 - Real Irq~lt Regisrul-sAcldrcssWordO(X)0 - 0028 Returns a 32 hiI integer IO rcprcsenl ltlc currcnl inputKIILJC.I:uncIion 03 - Rcatl tlolding RcgiblcrsI~irnclion 06 - I’rescl Holding licgislcrt~unclion IO - l’resci Multiple RegistersAtldrcssByte01 Syslern I’wimclcrs00 IJnii’s ptlone rltrr~~bcr- IGIO Dialing mclhod I I :Tonc 2:I’ulscI2 Voice reps I 0 to IOI4 CalltxKk ;\ck1wlcdgc 1 1 :Ycs 0:NoIO Max calling rounds I 0 IO IOUIX Rings lill ~ISWCI I I IO 201 A TAD I 0:Olf‘ I :011I ( ’

I Ii Alplla pgc spwd I 2. I200 I :300 I20020 Dialout prefix 8 string[O-9 * # I’ W I,] none28 Online timeout 2 0 to 255 min 42A Auto daylighl savings I I :Ycs 0:No Yes2C Acknowledgement co& 6 string[O-‘)j 55504 Sccc~ntlOh I)ay08 hl0l1lllOA Year05 ICcj~orling02 Datalogger Information00 Datalog time interval04 Enable datalogger06 Reset datalogger4 0 lo 199:50:59I 0:No I:Yesl 0:No I:Yes (writing I clc;lrs)06 Rrj)ort st;\rl ti~ue-1 0 lo 100:59:S’~I 0:Nonc. l:S~atus,2.l~~l1~llog,3:Iiotl12 0 to 1-311, 0 to 5’~ll)08 UllusedOA Use Start TimeI 0:No I:Yes 0ox Ihl;1log Ic!ccortls‘,- 0 to 30X IOOCUnusedOh CallingPeriodsOE Hour start00 Day StartIO Minute startI02 Day llntlI2 Second startI4 Records Used2 0 to xxxxx (rcacl only)04 Morliirlg l’criotjs00 !~l~tell1!1on PC1 iods2I6 Records available2 0 to xxxxx (read only)OH Night I’eriotjsI8 Which inputs to log2 (I bit for each 8 pr,inls)07 1’;1xsw0rtls03 Cover Page Information00 To: #320 From: #I323200 I’rogr~uru~~ir~gI’asswortlI 0CR40 From: #232IO status I’asswor(lI 060 Send cover pageI 0:Yes I :NoLO Cur.rcnt I’asswordI 004 Clock Variables - Writes to 40 thru 45 cause R’I‘C updateOS Itlru 01: Urlllsc(j00 Hour I 0102302 Minute I 0 to 59I() fluu 21: IlrI~ul\ (up to 12X)96

00 Nam:10 TypeIO lnpul #I Ok)8(scelis~) II2Low selpoinl4 -99 ‘)‘)‘).I) 7 lo 99,99!N.‘) 016 High sclpointIA Alarm low limiltE Alarm high limit22 Recognilion ;ime24 Call list28 Units2A Calibrarion2C Alarm en/disable2E Alarm reset lime30 Custom Units38 Unused40 Another input record80 Another input recordCO Another input record4 -99,999.‘) to 99,9YW.!, IO04 -99 999.9 , lo 99,999.‘) 04 -99 999.0 I to 09,9999.92 0 lo 270:004I 0 to 19 (xc tisl)2 -999.9 lo 999.9I0:Dis I:I%i2 secontls80000 SCllS;iptlOnC 2000 Idell~ilic;~lic~~~00 Slave Address I I IO 247 255I2 Run Diagnoslics I (writing a non~cro runs tliags)I4 ROM Version Nunlhcr 4 (Rcntt 01~1~)1 X thagnoslic ticstIlls 2 (Rcxl Only)I A ROM Checksum 2 (licnd Only)1 C RAM Chccksun~ 2 (Read Only)I E Voice Password 6 slring( O-5 \ 55524 tkl Online Session I write 42 IO End session61 thru 1% IJnuscdl;t+’ Clcx Alarms‘I.0 ukar iln ~ll:Il~ll1, wrilc a no‘1-/.ero v;tluc 10 iI’s ;idtlress. ti isa write only address.50 chru 5F Dcstinalions (up to 32)00 Name 1610 Destination 6450 Dialout type 1 0 to 5 (see list)52 Send datatog reporl I 0:No t:Ycs54 Call Mode t 0, 1, 2 (see list)56 Call Period t I 0:No t:Yes58 Call Period 2 t 0:No t:Yes5A Call Period 3 I 0:No t:Yes5C Call Period 4 t 0:No I:Ycs5E Delay time 2 30 to 3600 set2No0YesYesYesYCS6000 Clear alarm number- I01 Clcx ahrm number 202 Clear alarm numt1cr 303 Clear alarm nurnl~or 404 Clex alar-m numt)cr 505 Char atarrn number 606 Clear alarrn number 707 Clear alarm numhcr XOX Clear alarm number 909 Clear alarm number IOOA

OC Ct~ar Max Min for 301) Clcnr Max Mill for 4Ot! Clear Max Min for 5OF Clear Max Min for 6* 6: 4-20 IllA* 7: o-5 Volt* x: I’IIISC CouIllcr* 9: tiurl-tilnc ACCIIIII~I;I~OIIO Clear Max Min li)r 7I I Clear Max Min for 8I2 Clear Max Min for 9I3FunctionByte/DescriptionClear Max Min for IOt I - Report Slave Idcntilication00 Echo of slave address01 Function I I02 Byte count03 Slave ID - Ox6F for Phonetics product04 Run indicator status - OxIx)=Ot~1~, OxFF=ON05 Unit type ID - 0x01 for Sensaphone 200006 Access Level O=Nonc I =Rcad Only (Statt,rs) 2=Read/Wri(c(Programming)Input IJrlits:‘t tuz following list is the av,lil;it~lc uilits 11~11 c;1I1 t)c bctectccl ~11 ollse:28tl of the input programminc.I-cl’crcnccs.* 0: 110 units* I : okay/t~~llll~* 2: 011/01‘1* 3: ofrmll* 4: t~urlrlillg/Slopllcd* 5: S(opt’cd/l~ullllirlg* 6: deg 1;* 7: tlcc C’* H: iIlclIcs* 9: tcct* t 0: g~Illolls* I I: lilcrs‘this ;~flccpj l)otll \foicc ;l~l(t &:t:l* 12: psiInpul Types:The following is the list of available inpur types that can bc selectedat offset t0h of the input programming.* 0: Normally Open* I : Normally Closed* 2: 2.8k Thermistor reading Fahrenheit* 3: 2.8k Thermistor reading Celsius* 4: IOk Thermistor reading Fahrenheit* 13: gprll* 1.1: VC,llS* IS: arllt”* IO: hours* 17: mitlutes* I x: scco11tls* 1’): ~‘~lslom (~lllows :I ucr ~~Io~,;IIIIIII~I~~~~ IIIlIt cIIIIY, Ilc,t IctlIe.scnlctl it1 tlic voice or tt;it:i list)I on* 5: tOk Thermistor reading Celsius

.,laloll~ Types:The following is the list of available dialoul types Ihat can tXselcclcd al offscl 5011 of the desrinarion progrrunming.* 0: Fax* I: Voice* 2: E-mail* 3: Pager* 4: Alpha Pager* 5: Modem (running Scnsaphonc 2000 Man;~er sdtware)Dialout Modes:The following is the list of available dialout call modes Ihat cm beselecled at offset 54h of the destination* 0: Disabled* 1: Until Acknowledgment* 2: Inforni Onlyprogran~n~ing.RETURNING THE UNIT FOR REPAIRIII the cvcnt Ihal the Scnsaplionc 2000 dots 1101 funclionWC suggest ~ha( you do the following:properly,I ) Record your observalions regarding the 2Wo’s nialfunction.2) Call the Cuslonler Service L)cparlmcnt al (610)558-2700 priorto sending the unit to Phonetics for repair.If the unit II~USI be sent lo Phonetics for Servicing,following:please do theI) Turn the power swilch Off. disconnect all wiring and urlplug theunil.2) Carefully pack the unit IO avoid darnage in transit. USC theoriginal container (if availahlc) or a sturdy shipping box.3) You must include the following infomlation to avoid shippingddays:a) Your I~IIL‘, address and tclcphonc number.I)) A nole explainingthe problen:.4) Ship your package to the address below:SERVICEDEPAR’I’MEN’tPhonetics Inc.90 I ‘I’ryens RoadAston, PA I90145) Ship prepaid and insured via UPS or US Mail to ensure a&accabte shipnicnt with recourse for damage or replacement.102

1 YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY1 L WARRANTOR: Dealer, Distributor, Manufacturer2. ELEMENTS OF WARRANTY: This Product is warranted to be free fromdefects in materials and craftsmanship with only the limitations and exclusionsset out below.3. WARRANTY AND REMEDY: One-Year Warranty - In the event that theProduct does not conform to this warranty at any time during the time of oneyear from original purchase, warrantor will repair the defect and return it to youat no chargeThis warrahty shall terminate and be of no further effect at the time the ProductIs (I) damaged by extraneous cause such as fire, water, lightning, etc. or notmaintained as reasonable and necessary; (2) modified; (3) improperly installed;(4) repaired by someone other than warrantor; (5) used in a manner or purposefor which the Product was not intended; or (6) sold by original purchaser.WARRANTORS’OBLIGATION UNDER THIS WARRANTY IS LIMITED TOREPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF THE PRODUCT. THIS WARRANTY DOESNOT COVER PAYMENT OR PROVIDE FOR THE REIMBURSEMENT OFPAYMENT OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.It must be clear that the warrantors are not insuring your premises or guaranteeingthat there will not be damage to your person or property if you use thisProduct. The warrantors shall not be liable under any circumstances fordamage to your person or property or some other person or that person’sproperty by reason of the sale of this product or its failure to operate in themanner in which it is designed. The warrantors’ liability, if any, shall be limitedto the original cost of the Product. The warrantors assume no liability forinstallation of the Product and/or interruptions of tije service due to strikes,riots, floods, fire, and/or any cause beyond Seller’s control.4. PROCEDURE FOR OBTAlNlNG PERFORMANCE OF WARRANTY: Inthe event that the Product does not conform to this warranty, the Productshould be shipped or delivered freight prepaid to a warrantor with evidence oioriginal purchase.5. LEGAL REMEDIES: This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and youmay also have other rights which vary from state to state to the extent allowedby law expressly in lieu of any other express or implied warranty, condition, orguarantee.Effective date 4/l 4197PhonetIcs, Inc.901 Tryens RoadAston, PA 19014Phone: (610) 558-2700 Fax: (610) 558-0222

-.,1BLDG 1613Equipment DatarComponent Group: Electrical Controlsd-S=flOH?+1 RemediationServices Corp.ci a-daroqmm--__ --- ___Component NameEktridDistirbution PanelManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberDescriptionSquare DHC3264WPNAHain Elecuical Distribution Panel Board._.1OEM Vendor DataOriginal Vendor MP IluSpak Part Vendor sqm DService/Maintenance VendorREP IncNotes.

2405 Murphy Blvd.Gainesville, GA 30504Telephone: 770-538-0020Facsimile: 770-538-0022Toll Free: 800-536-9933June 23,1997SITE:STT-69DISTRIBUTION PANEL BOARDMANUFACTURER:SERIES:VOLTAGESCCR:MAININCOMINGGROUNDBUS:ENCLOSURE:ENCLOSUREINCOMING:RATING:BREAKER:CONDUCTOR(S):BAR:SIZE:BOX CATALOGUE NUMBER:REF DRAWING:BRANCHES:AIC RATING FA BREAKERS:AIR RATING KA BREAKER:SQUAREI-LINED480/3PH/3 WIRE/GO HZ14K225A TYPE KA#4 TO 300 kcmil AL OR COPPERALUMINUMALUMINUMTY BE 3Rl3S15/1264”H x 32”W x 11.75”DBOTTOMHC3264WPPBA 403,412(1) 15A/2P TYPE FA(2) 15A/3P TYPE FA(1) 4OA/3P TYPE FA(1) 15OA/3P TYPE KA18,00025,000PANEL IS SHIPPED LOOSE FOR MOUNTING AND WIRING BY OTHERSPANEL IS SHIPPED ASSEMBLEDSERVER-D\Prqect F,les\970525\D,str,buflon Panel Site ST.595utorbilW3 l Durofloti - CycloblowerZO l Packages - Accessories l Repair l Service l Design

)PBA-412NOTESI-WE@ paneWards are UL ItstedMAINS: Gutters sub&~ for copper or abnlnum wire.BRANCHEB: See appropriate PBA for inrerbr type.BOX: code gauge sbd. Omy baked enmc~l flniahFRONR Code gauge steel. Qray baked wamelfinlsh.Trunk labchae. Keyed hanub. NSR-261 key changaGUTTERS: See appropride PBA lor Interior typcr,All dmwdcms In IKhor.l Not rv&bl* WIUI HCWU-U mtkor.l-ff’$CACFRONTl------W-ITTwcALEllDwAuRefer lo OP Cakdog Class 2110 for additional inlomalionNO. KEY BY DATEI-LINE* PANElBOARDSNEMA Type 3R/12 EnclcsuresSGklAFED•l ELECTRKAL DISTRIBUTION BUSINESSI “NTPBA-412

arwlrw;HuyIs.I-LINE*- Merchandise&P-%&boardsGOOVac, 250VdcInteriors,Boxes and Fronts(,OOA. *“d 225A. ,“t&on ,“c,u& 4o,,d “eutra,. all othefa wlthout solld “b”trOI. Order wild neutral from PagO 6-30)COmplere ’SUrtaCeFro”1Box*‘oral PrlCe Intenor Asembhl _BOXBreaker Mal”S (4 Piece Trim) (Leu Branc” Eireakersl4 PlecB Surface 1 Plea Trim Type 3R/3S:5/12. HelghfMS;;‘;9 $‘E;r ‘L;E$wyhType 1Trim Without Door Wiih Dc.x+ /~lncludes Front1 I(lnc”esl‘Inches)C2&3log / prlca cata’og PrlCl3Type ’ I %5E NumOer I 1 NumberHCN ~sin Lugs only -45 225 127445 400 I 288.45 600 1411.63 1 225 ) 1493.63 I al 1503.,pol., - Su,tz,b,e lor “se as serwx eqwpment when prcwded wrth a ma!” breaker.GzGNl452-2N 1s 756. I. j 1 HC2652T( j 15164. HC265.28 $112. j HC2652WP1917: HCN1452-4HC2652Tl :/ :BllHC2652B/ ;;;: ;;E;;U:;;2010. HCNl‘e-6: 1: 1 ~C2652T( ) 164. HC265282094. HCN2365-2N ‘HC2665Tf ) 215. X26658 112. HC2665WP2106. HCN2365-4 HC2665T( ) 215. HC266.58 112. HC2665WP2231. HCN2365-6 HC2665T( j 215. HC266.58 112. HC2665WP2240. HCN32762N HC267411 j 266. HC26748 112. HC2674WP2250. HCN3274-4 HC2674T( j 266. HC26748 112. HC2674WP2365. HCN3274-6 1218. 112. HC2674WP2965. HCN416%2N 1214.’29723096,HCN4163-iHCN4,83-6 1 ii:::3219. HCN5092.2N X26928 / 112. ! HC2692WP3299. HCNX192-4 112. / HC2692WP3343. HCN5092-6 112. i HC2692WPHCN Maln Clrcurt Bredcer - lncluder 3-Pole. Vwtlcally Mounted t&l” Breaker - Suitable for use a~ serwce eauipmentil147.1 521147.1 521147. 521147. 551147. 651147. 65‘8 ICC j $1625.1$2476. HCN0952-1MN 161329.1 ( iHC2652T: / !Sl64.,HC26528 5112. 1 HC2652WP ‘51147.! 52,A 225 I 2348. 1 3199. HCN0952-2MN , 2052.1 X26521’ , 164.1 kc26528 112., HC2652WP / 1147.; 522736364554546353400 1 3469. : 4216.’ 2060.I 2742., 2607., 3469.,HCNl465-JM ! 2039.:HCNl665-1 MN I 1512.1YCNl8652MN j 2196.,HCN2374-JMHCN2774-1 MNHCN2774-2MN i 2342.;j .lw 225 j 2853. i 4165. I HCN3263-ZMN3693. ; 5W5.1 HCN3263-4M/ 2414.:, 3254.)HC2665T(hC2665Tf1 215,‘HC26658’ 215. / HC26656112. ;HC2665WP 1147.8 65112. HC2665WP 1147.1 65112. ~ HC2565WP 1147.’ jj112. lHC2674WP 1147.. 74112. HC267JWP 1147.1 ;:112. ~ HC2674WP 1147.112. HC2663WPI 1751.1 33112. HC2683WP t 1751.1 63TYPE HCN100A. Max. @ 6OOV..FA. FH, FC, FY225A. Max. @ 240V.‘22. ox-l, QZHTYPE HCM250A. Max. Branch BreakerFA. FH, FC, FY, 02.02-H, QZH, FI, KA. KHii 3640. 3095. i 1 5113. 4368. / I HCN4192-4MHCN4592-ZMN 1 2617.1 3362.i / ::: IHCM Main Luor Onlv - 3-Pole - Sutable for use as servce equ~~men tw hen prow&d with a ma,” breaker- A T27m27m27m27m454545225 5400600MXJ225%!m63 22563 4wz;i99991:fz225:Ez8001062.1140.1507.1762.1327.1371.1676.1920.1546.15901661.1969.1997.2034.2179.2526.-i2173. HCYl446-2N2231. HCM144&42598. ~cMi448-62653. , HCMl44&62720. HCM2364-2N2764. HCM2364J3069. HCM2364-63313. HCM236682655. HCM3273-2N2697. HCM3273-43166. HCM3273-63296. HCM3273-6T;; 783.1 HCJ8S841. HC-IBS1206. HCJ6S1463. HCJBS969. HC64S1013. HC64S1316. HC64S1562. HC64S1167. HC324ST( / $216. HC3246B167. HC324ETI ) 216. HC3246’3167. HC3246T( / 216. HC3246B167. HC3246T( ) 216. HC32466246. HC32MTr ] 276. HC3264E246. HCZ264T ] 278. HC32648) 276. HC32648 112. /HC3264WP 1751.246. HC3264T( ] 276. HC32648 112. HC3264WP 1751.332. HC3273T( j 394. HC32738 112. HC3273WP 1751. ;;) 394. HC32738 112. HC3273WP 1751.332. tiC3273T( ) 394. HC32738 112. HC3273WP 1751. ;;3767. HCM5091-2N474. HC3291T( j 524. HC32918 112. HC3291WP 2356. 913604. HCMS091-4474. HC3291T ) 524. HC32918 112. HC3291WP 2356. 913949. H0.45091.6474. HC3291T ) 524. HC32918 112. HC3291WP 2356. 914298. HcM509i -a 474. HC3291T( ) 524. HC3291B 112 HC329lWP 2356. 91 a0x Size 3T wlae. 8%’ DeepHCM MaIn Clrcutt Breaker - Includes 3-Pole. Vertically Mounted Maln Brsaker - Suttable lor “se ds SB~V~CB equipment$3595. 54966. HCM14&44M 93237. HC64MS $246. HC3264Tf ) $279. HC32648 $112. HC3264WP 91751. 64:i li!E 2653. 4046. HCMlE4-2MN 2295. HC64M.S 246. HC3264T( ] 276. HC32648 112 HC3264WP 1751. 6436 8”: 5536. 6645. HCMl673-6M 5094. HC73MS 332 HC3273T ] 394. HC32738 112. HC3273WP 1751. 7336 6916. 6225. HCMl673-6M 6474. HC73MS 332. HC3273T ) 394. HC32738 112. HC3273WP 1751. 7345 400 3606. 5113. HCM2373-4M 3362. HC73MS 332. HC3273T I ) 394. HC32738 112 HC3273WP 1751. 7354 225 2631. 4142. HC%2773-2MN 2391. HC73MS 332. HC3273T ] 394. HC32738 112. HC3273WP 1751. 7372 600 5666. 7656. HCM3691.6M 5300. HC91 MS 474. HC3291T( ] 524. HC3291B 112. HC3291WP 2356. 918’: 4w .300 7336. 4430. 9106. 6200. HCM3691-6MHCM4191-JM 6752. 3644. HC91 HCOIMS MS 474. HC329lTf HC3291T(j ) 524. X32918 HC329lB 112. HC329lWP HC3291WP 2356. 91m Sueable for use as serwx equpment we” not more than SIX ma” dnconnectlng means are prwlded and when used as permmed by Arttcle 36.4 of,he Na,,o”a, Electrical Code or w”e” prw!ded wrth a man” breaker.. For Ty e I app,rat,o”s. or&f ,“k?r,or, ho”!. and box. For Type 3R/35,5/12 appltcat~ons. order l”ter,or and box only. The ho”1 IS included wth the box+ Add’!’ for Flus” or ‘s” ‘01 Surface.. Remcm dram screws lor Type 3A ratmg.tLI-LINE is a Regstered Trademark of Square D Company6-28

. * -_._ y -.,. ~_ -_ ..%_. . _.*..Thermal-MagnetkMolded: CaseFor I-LINE@ Panelboards & SwitchboardsClass 650,651QO Dlstributlon Panel - 240V. Max. AC OnlyMounts In m HCN. HCM, HCW p, HCWM I-LINE P~nelboardr. 3OA. Max. Branch BreakerOrder QO Bmakem from Page 58.Mawmum No. l-Pole Phase Mounlmg He,.jhf 2-P&3 3-Pole PX0QO Breaker3 CO,lWCUCil (Inches) Calalcg Number Catalog Number n4’S HQ02C6AB 517.5.i 2;4’S HQ02c68C 178.AC 4% HQ0206AC 178.zABC 4 H HC6306 176.n Includet) 5 - cl01 06 dummy Qreakers.FYiFAiFHOne Pole1%’ Mounllng Helgh,I-LINE CircuitBreakersAC Magnetic ; One Pole* Two Pole* Three Polo 1 StandardAmperejIRatingT,ID SettingsI , Lu K,tAmoeres / Calalw No. Price I Catalca No. I Price 1 Calalw NO. / Frtce / ‘rylce 74 anoe100 Ampere FrameFA Slandard lntenupong CA, FHTwo Pole? >!vfOunllng He,ghfFA Standard Interrupting1 Hold 1 Tr’p 1FA Standard lnterrupttngHold46OVac. 250Vdc /FA34035:A34040FA34C45FA34050FA34060FA34070FA34060FA3409UFA34100711~ I WO’.%c. 250Vdc 6OOVac. 250Vdc 1f401. IALSOFA401. ~401. I L?14.n4CJOr:-P12-x4 N401. I401.401.401.401. ALlCOFA401. t-*14-41 ocuot479. 1-412-41~0 Al479.479.479.UL Llsted interruptingRatlna AmcwesBreaker System Voltage AC I ccCaFi3P _ 120 240 277 480 ~ 600 250‘;y$K10Ki i 5Kt2. 3-Pole IdK :: ; ,.. 5K42::275275iiiFA2602q)FA26015( ) s375.FA36015 f467.ALSOFA%i . ~~~I 375. EE FAX030 467. I-P14-M 1-412-M cu A, or354026070a090loo4w4004w 403Eza50 FAZ6035( 1 375. FA36035 467.850 EEI j 375. FA36040 467.a50 . FAZ605W ) 375. FAX045 FAX050 467. ALIOOFA1450 375. FA36060 467. l-(114-*1 10 Cu or1450456. FA36070 560. l-111 2-M 10 Al1450 :::’ ::: %z%j j 456. %%%560.1700 456.560.1700 456. FA36100 560. i-Pole 16K 14K ../...I.t 125Vdc.15%303540452:ii90looHold2752752752751 277’hc. 125Vdc 1 6CG’ac.1450 1 FHlti7ti i 1 270. 1 FH%&1450 270. FHZ3JW17co yo&; 270. FH2609Ol1700 FH16100( 1 270. FH261OCi. Raled 277Vac 15 ark, 20 am@-3 FY breakem a e rated for swlc~lng dtq (SWD). 15,20.25 and 30 ampere FA I-UNE breakersare also avallabls (M) SW0 ram ).$ Rated LTNac. 125Vdc except Fv which has no dc rabn15-30 ampere breakers swtable IW “Se with 60% or 75 4 conductors.35-100 W~O-W~ breakWS ~3 SUIPbIBfOr US.3 Wlm 75-c COWAciOm.l l_ md 2-Pole Breaker Catalog Numbers are COmpieted by addmg the rqulred phase connecnon letters as a sutf!x 10 lhechurl breakers on Pages 6-32. 33. 34.Example: 30A. 480 vok breakers as shown.PhaseCOIXMCtlOilI-Pole 2-PO18 J-Polelnterrupbng FlabrIgs ..................... Page 5-3AcceSSMIe ............... Pages 5-27.6-36.6-37op(lonal LUga ................... pages 5-30. 5-31olmenslons ........................... Page 5-26I-LINE is a Reglstered Trademark ot Square 0 Company.6-32

For I-LIM”Panelboards & SWItChbOardSAC Magnetrc Two Pole* Three Pole SiandardAR:i&e Trip Senmgs LU KtIAmperes Catalog No. PVC0 Catalog No. ! Price ‘v&e k ange100 AmDere FrameFA iUL Listed HACR Rated Circuit BreakersCnxlll Conllnuous NumberbreakerYoilagecunenr Rawlg Cl PolesClass 650,655,734,820$;;;; / 15-1 &,A / 2.3 j “‘“n”;lau’dde:“:;;ngFC Extra H&h Inter iti i BOOVac 1 YACR label-i-i-HoldTrip15 275 600;i 275 6CO275 ml30 275 600iKAKHi*40vac 46OVac !5ooVac 1‘!?-250A 2.3 i/LabelingStandard Isbangmncludes IheHACR labelI225 Ampere FrameAmoereAC Magneoc Two Pole* Three PoleT”,. Cam”“.Hold ! Trip I ‘20/24OVac :O.OOO AIC 24OVac 22,CCO NC , 240Vac JP.COO AIC 2JOV.x ‘0,CCOAIC 24OVac 22 SC0 AICTOO C222lool x ) 5579. / 02H22100~ ’ $768. C232 100579. I 024221:cI : 32321’0150+ 4~~essor:e~ an0 rectacemenr lugs are nor amlaole on :Pe C2 c::rc~;~t breaker. Lugs !or tne C2 c.rcul brea*ers accepr :--$4-X0 cm.1 5768. C232?COH f996.I 768. C23211 GH 996.766. =2x?: 25l- 996.768. c2?2!cor 996.768. C232: -5l+ 996.i68. Z2322COh 996.768. 223222% 996.Trtp senings250 Ampere FrameTwo Pole*IThree Pole j slaraardLLg Kl, Catalog No. 3.,ce Catalog NO Price ! thre ‘angeI_- ,r..* 150 750 j 1500fvlAlnl z 1000 675 zoo0 1750d 225 1125 / 2250250 1250 , 2500!C 6OOvaC. 2% NC 1c ii1314.T;1057.1057.1057.1 a-57.1057.1057.1057.1057.1057.1057.1611.-KA36070KA36080KA36090KA36100KA36110KA36125KA36150KA36175KA36200KA36225KA362501314.1314.1314.1314.1314.1314.1314.1314.1314.2197. IALZSOKAl-16-350 icmtl-2lUL Listed lnterrwtinsRatlna Amperesaiiti 42K 1KA,KHiKCTwo 8 Three Pole4%’ Mounlmg Helghl42K10K65K EK” 10KKC IOOK 65KIK 200K 200K lOOKKH High interruptingLOW tagn 1 6obVac. 2SOVdc 6WVac. 250Vdc 1350KH26070f ) S244i. KH36070 sEg5;~ii al z KH2608M j 2442. KH3606090900 KH26OSOl 1 2442. KH36OSO 21162:100 :: 1WO KH261W 1 2442. KH361W 2962.110 E 1lcO KH2611W ) 2442. KH36110 2962.12s1250 KH26125( J 2442. ( KH36I25AL250M150 750 15002442. KH361502962.2962 l-56-350 kcmllKHZ61 5q )175 a75 1750 2442. KH36175 2962.200 loco :Ez ;;;w;z ] 2442. KH362CO 2962.225 1125 KH26225( 1 2442. KH36225 2962250 1250 250 KH262W 1 3194. KH36250 3846.KC Extn High IntemptIng11012.5150175Ez 250LOWrvgn550 1100625 1250750 l!XO075 1750loo0 1125 2cCQ 22501250 owl4OU”X4ouvacKC241 1M ) S2769. KC34110 $3464.KC24129 1 2769. KC34125 3464. AL25OKAKC241 5Of 1 2769. EiE 3464. l-86-350 kcmllKC241 ?5( 1 2769. 3464.KC242’W ) 2769.2769.KC34200KC342253464.3464. AL250lK3399. KC34250 4247. l-1 IO-350 kCmllA UL magnetu lrtp senmg tolerances are 95% (Lowl and 1204h IHlgW horn the nominal values shown.* Two pole cwcul breaker caIaky numben are completed by addIG- rewred phase connecllon IeIIers as StiiXlo catalog numoer. See Page 6-326-33

BLDG 1613Equipment Data&cE OHM Remediation\# prvic!3c3cComponent Group: Equipment CompoundComponent NameManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberSVE Blower mienPROCOseries 240 I242HAJointDescriptionExpansion Joints of various sizessn caldog cut sheetsOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorREP hcwpontdfiJkJunkinService/Mninteniace VendorjikNotes

SERIES ’ - - -24op-Iimolded expansion jointsa:PROCO” Series 240 and Serlet 242 Non.Metafhc Expsnslon J~~nlr are denrgncd for lough demandingindUS&rfal appfiCafiOnS. 83 found in. Air Condilioning.He:lm; and Venlilnllng Syrfems, Chemicsl-Pelrochemical and Indurlrial Process PLping Syslems, Paver Crnerafrny Syslems. Marme Senlces. Pulp 6Paper Syslemn. Wsler.Warlewaler-Sewage and Pallollon Conlrul Systems. InsfaIled nexl la mechanrcal(5) Ehmmste Eleclralysls, (6) Proleexpansion ioinl products dales back lasy&m problem.. call PROCOuf hlslofy In Ihe manufacture ofWhen you net5 3i enalneerefi rubber solirlion Lo a plpinpCreator Movemenlr Are Availeble w Ip. ?e PFCCO” Sz:.es is:: ir: :e?es 242&hen comparea lo lhe Ipovemerls L’I t:?venItonal :?-c.l> ’ :::Y::s kaiccmpresslon elongahon, deflectron ana afig~l3: moveme*!: - ‘-I :‘,3 ?r ar? wereadily acmbeo by spheflcal vpes. ine!? prcoJCl5 a’e -3’? :‘, ;‘,#“j an? inuseasier IO mslall In non-slandard openmgs cause0 cy equl:-!** 5 -,- -; 3,: se;, “2 @fprecompresslng 01 pre&lenCrng the belloui; 10 lhe requ re3 z-;:- r Y? +‘I 5’11, 3e?nOUgh marement caoabll~lies for operation (See Tables 2 a-; 5.Easy Installalion Wilh Ahgnablc hrckJlic Flanqcr -r,e f!cx; -?:j .: Lzr;ei I’?etyrotate on Lhe bellows, compensatlna for malln Uanae mstl~~v?:: -.i i:??&nQ bplnslallat\on 11me see figures 1, 2. 3 6 4) Gas h! c:s arc arsc I:;( q. ,c.: VT te Sews240 or Series 246Tapped HOieS on llarges ar? slandard :c’

series240 expansion joints9IL :::P,PI xl0620 Tzoo+G-E-a6.w %I 1 II 1 11sat99 I XI I 11 I , I,‘

series 242 exmnsion joints!’-I- -IStandard PROCO Style 242A Expansion Joints are shown in Bold Type for your convenience.1 Installation Nate:L - . --__ . -.-. . ._z . ;‘- .I . . . . .,..:“.” - ,i.-.- -.- -1” ‘ii’ ‘:,_ _ _ _a.\- - _,__ _,. . . . ..‘1,,_l_“_* __-, -- -

_.YL. __. .:: .-,_.,..‘.controlunits_Style 242:&in Sphere Conne;!orStyle 240Single SphereConnectorFigure 3.Style 242Twin SphereConnectorFigure 4.Conlrol RWtJnil Applieslions. Control unrl assemblies are facior/ preset at memaxrmum allowable expansion and/or conhc:ron of the connector They arcdesigned lo absorb stal~c possun ttwsl devclooed at me cxpans~on joml. Whenused in !his manner, conlmt unrt assemblres are an addttronal salety factor,mrnrmr2rr.g possible Iallure cl the wanslon ,otnf or damage Ic wlpmtnl. (SeeTable 4).1. Anchored Systems: Control unr. as&ernbltes ars rc: r:outrcc :n3ipflg systems t&Ian anchored on bcth itdes 31 !he ezcanslcn jc~ntprovtaed piping moYcrnems are wthm the 5:eC noi?med!s as sncv:nin Tables 2 & 5.2. Unanchored Synlems: Control un,l zssem3 ies are alwaysrecommended tn unanchorca systems A.cct:lona!ly, c;n;rol unitassmnDWS~ st be used when GnaxJmum pressure metis ne llv# ! ‘I\(._’s~low In TaY8 >, or tne ,?rovemr!nt Exceeds the rated movements assnow7 rn Tables 2 & 5.3 Sprtnp.Mounted Equipment: Control unit assembttes afe alwaysrxcmm:~-.drC :or sonng-mounted equipment. Conbol unrtt must DeL’s@.Z Men :he r?Wmum pressure IS higher than the ratings shown tn‘zb e 3, or Fe movemei! as shown tn Tables 2 d 6. Addr!tonalt~.xx ZCTlj! unth are nol ;seC. Ule expansion ;c~nt must Ce InsWed‘erzncd 10 iccordance WIVI PROCO” Installabon InstrucQocs.Spectal Appllcationr C?nair. Sr+e 240 (Sngte Schefa) and 242 (Twin Sphere)exgaw~r lOiA:j :p_ a’;3 li:ie m H!ghJressure Cexgns. For rpecdlc cressures,see TaC!e 5 Sh;le cr;;nl:cns xe Iksted as ZSO-H’N (~6s stocked ~fl Table 2)and 2:2-tiA. 242.r(3 h 242.HC [sizes stocked in Table 6.) The High-PressureOeslgr. IS ‘econn?veC, ,wnen me cornecfor IS lo be instailed tntc ANSI25~/300# s,oln$ S’{S!P,T

BLDG 1613Equipment DataA+-,, OHIW Hemediation\ = Services Corp.- A-d--Component Group: Equipment CompoundComponent NameManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberDucriptionPoly TankPoly Pronrring550 Verr. I, .90 NAT LINEARv-91-04212Poly lank completr with tie down hardwareset cut sheetslOEM VendorOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorDataHugo Janr and AssociatesPoly PmcersingService/Maintenance VendorsiteNotesI

. .INSTALLATiONMANUAL,INSTALLATION USE AND MAINTENANCE GUIDELINES1 PROTECT YOUR WARRANTY nREADTHESE INSTRUCTIONS 1Poly Processing Company’s polyethylene tanks are the most efficient,economical and durable vessels for storing corrosives and other fluids.Observing the few precautions described in this manual may preventmajor problems later.lPOLYPROCESSINGCompanyI 31’IlStON OF ABELL CORPORATION A.

Poly Processing Company Order t; --_-__-__Tank Serial 4_~__.--___--- --- -.--Other Numbers Or Comments:

I. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS ........................................................................................... 2II. RECEIVING YOUR TANK.. ................................................................................................ 2ill. IF THERE IS A PROBLEM ................................................................................................ 2IV. OFF-LOADING.. ................................................................................................................. 3V. UNINSTALLED PARTS ...................................................................................................... 3VI. FOUNDATIONS AND SUPPORTS .................................................................................... 3VII. LOCATION CONSTRAINTS .............................................................................................. 3VIII. INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATIGN OF FITTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3IX.X.Xl.XII.I BULKHEAD FITTINGS.. ........................................................................................... 4n TWO-FLANGE FITTINGS ........................................................................................ 5n STAINLESS STEEL FITTINGS ................................................................................ 6n IMFO - COMPANION FLANGE ASSEMBLY ............................................................ 7I TRANSITION Fll’TlNG (FOR SAFE-TANKS) ........................................................... an “UNIVERSAL DOME” FITTINGS (BULKHEAD Fll-l-ING STYLE) .......................... 9n “UNIVERSAL DOME” FITTINGS (FLANGE STYLE) ............................................ 10n VENTS .................................................................................................................... 10LIQUID LEVEL GAUGE ASSEMBLIES ............................................................................ 11n SIGHT GLASS STYLE ........................................................................................... 11n REVERSE FLOAT STYLE ...................................................................................... 11LADDER INSTALLATION ................................................................................................. 12FILL LINE ASSEMBLIES & PIPE SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES .......................................... 13TANK RESTRAINT SYSTEMS. ........................................................................................ 14XIII. HORIZONTAL TANK STANDS ........................................................................................ 15n SMALL HORIZONTAL TANK STANDS ............................................................ 15-l 6w LARGE HORIZONTAL TANK STANDS ............................................................i 7-i aXIV. OTHER ACCESSORIES .................................................................................................. 19--\ :; XV. LIMITATIONS ................................................................................................................... 19XVI. LIMITED WARRANTY & LIABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

c.AFETY CONSIDERATIONS 3 ;:.Safety should be the prrmary consrderatron cd IS the shared responsiorlity of all people rnvolved tn an ooeratron Ths manuai::oes not profess to address all of the safety problems associated with the use of polyethylene tanks It IS the responsrbrllry3’ the user of thus manual to establish approprrate safety and health practices and determine the applrcabilrty of regulatory,mrtatrons pnor to the use of tank(s)MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS - The prooucts whrch are stored In tanks may require health and safety consaerations3btarn and read MSDS sheets for any cnemlcal stored In the tank Take the necessary precautrons of the MSDSCONFINED SPACES - The rntenor of a tank IS considered to be a confined space and must be entered by permit only. Aaeouateoreparatrons st,ould be made as necessary such as lock out of all electrical ctrcult of Internal equipment. all lines to the tank:)rrnded off. adequate ventrlatron provided adequate and safe lrghtrng provided. tank decontaminated. safety watches andemergency procedures establtshed. all safety equrpment procured and personnel trained in Its use before entry Into tne tankLADDERS - Ladders are destgned for access of one person to the manway. Ladders are not designed for multrpie persons3; neavy eaurpment.HYDROTESTING - After a tank has been Installed with its frttrngs and accessones in olace. nydrotest witn stanoing water for2; ‘?ast two hours before putting into serviceDOME LOADING - Exercrse extreme caution when walking or standing on the dome of a polyethylene tank. Poiyethyiene IS; very flexible material and does not afford sure footing There IS no weight or load raring for the aomeSPILL PROTECTION - Hazardous chemicals may require secondary c9ntalnment to protect agatnst spills getting into 5%2?vlronmen? For addrtronal rnformatron on secondary contarnmenr o!ease contact your locai Poly Processrng Cornpan\,,: stributo:.GENERAL SAFETY OF AREA AND PLANT - Before !ne tank is oroered oreparatrons snould oe made to ensure safeaaequate space IS available for tne tank and accessories. Heaa room must be consrdered as well as provrsron to transport thetank to the desired locatron. If the tank IS to be indoors. a plan must be in piace to transport the tank to the desired locatronassuring that access through doorways and around obstructrons IS adequdte Special consrderatron should be made so that- -e are no electrical hazards present Good houseKeepIng in the area IS always a prime consideratron for safety.\ AND OTHER REGULATIONS - There may be Federal. State Local. or Internal regulatrons that apply as wel!.II. RECEIVING YOUR TANKJpon recerpt of your tank, INSPECT IMMEDIATELY for obvious defects. Parts and accessones are often secured and/orshipped Inside the tank. Open the packages, Inspect and account for ali parts against the packing slip. Any drscrepanciesshould be noted on both the dnver’s dellvery copy and your packtng list. We urge you to IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY yourAuthorized Distributor of any problems.Ill. IF THERE IS A PROBLEMDAMAGED MERCHANDISE OR OTHER PROBLEMS - Failure to report damaged/lost merchandtse within the trme lrmitatronsmay mean you relinquish your rights to clarm. Desprte our best efforts. merchandise is sometrrnes damaged/lost in transit.Always inspect your merchandise on the day you receive It. Obvious damage should be noted on the freight bill or shippingInvoice and the driver should initial the notation. Hrdden damage must be reported to the carrier within THREE (3) WORKINGDAYS. Any damaged/lost items can be reported to your Authorized Drstributor or the factory and we will work to replace yourdamaged or missing merchandise as quickly as possible.Poly Processing CompanyCustomer Service DepartmentPhone (318) 343-7565FAX (318) 343-8795RETURN MERCHANDISE AUTHORIZATION POLICY - While Poly Processing Company does not authorize the return ofused containers to its facilities, we will work with the customer to determfne what should be done with the used container. Youmust have a RMA (Return Merchandise Authorizatron) Number to be used with the return of merchandise to Poly ProcessingCompany. This insures that we correctly identify the merchandrse being returned and you receive the proper credit and servicen the handling of your claim. To receive an RMA Number please contact the Customer Service Department as noted above.-se have your packing slip available to provide the necessary information to complete the RMA. Please use this RMAjer in any correspondence, shipping papers or paper work involved with the return of the merchandise. Please maintainthis RMA Number until the claim is resolved. All material should be shipped freight PREPAID unless prior arrangements havebeen made. Shipments made on a freight collect basis are subject to refusal. A RESTOCKING FEE will be assessed on newand unused equipment being returned after fifteen (15) days, All items are subject to insptiction to assess credit value.

IV.OFF=LOADINGWhrle rotatronally-molded tanks are extremely durable, damage can occur to the tanks and fittings if they are tmproperlyhandled. Avotd all sharp blows or sharp edges. Do not allow the tanks to be rolled over the fittings. Whenever possible. use e+a a crane or other suitable lifting equipment to remove the tanks from the trailers. MakL sure the off-loading area IS clear of rockssharp stones, or other objects which could damage the tank. Prior to Installation. protect the tank from rolling. toppling or beingstruck while in the off-load area.V. UNINSTALLED PARTSParts must sometImes be shipped unrnstalled to prevent damage rn transit. These parts can usually be found bagged or boxedIiJSlDF the tank. THESE ARE BEST REMOVED BEFORE SETTING THE TANK IN PLACE. Please check before reportingmrssrng parts.VI. FOUNDATIONS AND SUPPORTSAlthough a concrete,pad provides the best foundation for ventcal flat bottom tanks, a smooth level base of sand. pea gravelor fine soil confined so that It will not wash IS sufficient for any flat bottom tank less than 8.000 gallons capacity. Tanks S.OOGgallons and above require reinforced concrete base or other factory-approved base. IMFO tanks require the same baserequtrements as vertical flat bottom tanks with provlsion made for the IMFO outlet. SpherIcal. horizontal, and cone-bottom tanksall require specifically designed support. To avoid inadequate or improperiy designed supports. any support structure not o:Poly Processing Company’s design must be approved In writing or ALL WARRANTIES ARE VOID. Consult the I zchnlc::lServtces Department at (318) 343-7565 for approval or recommendation on any foundations or tank supportsVII. LOCATION CONSTRAINTSPoly Processing Companys polyethylene tanks are tough. durable. and suitable for both indoor and outdoor servce. Howe\#e,.there are location constraints which should be considered prror to placement of a :ank Into servtce. Some of these constderarrcr

BULKHEADFITTINGSRemove the large flttrng nut from the fitting body. Note that the gasket is located rmmedlately below this nut. Tne GaSKteind remainder of the fiitrng should be set asrde for later use.Using the nut as a template. locate the desrred positron of the frttlng. Trace the nut inside and out Draw a line throughthe center of the traced outllne from each of the points of the nut (See Illustration). This will locate the center of the fitting.Beiore dnllrng, the hole saw should match the 0. D. portion of the fitting that must go through the hole in the tank. Drill thetank wrth a hole saw. Remove any fiashrng with your pocket knife and brush away any shavings around the hole.Working from the InsIde of the tank. slide tne fitting body through the hoie in the tank. The gasket should be between theback of the shoulder of the flttinq and the lnslde wall of the tank.Install the large fitting nut on the outslde of the tank. Tighten the nut securely. hand trght plus one half turn to three quarter:urn. Care should be taken to prevent the flttlng body from turning during this orocess. The gasket may creep from betweenthe fitting and the tank wall.Insaect the gasket to make sure it has not crept from the shoulder of the flttrng. If so. loosen the nut on the outside of thetank The gasket WIII lump back into place. Retrghten the nut carefully.Piorng such as a flange adapter should be threaded Into the frtttng now. Tefion sealant tape or other thread seaiant shoulobe applted to all pope threaas.HYDROTEST THE TANK WITH STANDING WATER FOR AT LEAST TWO HOURS BEFORE PUl-flNG INTOSERVICE.NOTE:Some bulkhead fittings have left hand threads for !he large flttrng nut.,-LINES DRAWN THR3UG9 p3INTS,//”,/- ;;A;;;G;UTLiNE/ / FITTING NUTrLARGE FITTING NUT3E ADAPTERBODY‘- TANK WALL INSIDEILLUSTRATIIIN(F:\DWG\FITTING\ASMBHF>

n TWO=FLANGE FITTINGS123.4.5.6.7.8.9.Disassemble the fittings as shipped, If the holes are not ariiled, place the flange against the tank in the desired location land use as a template for dnlling the holes. Use either a hole saw the same size as the fitting’s size or up to a 1’2” sizelarger.With their gaskets on them place the studs through their holes with the plastic head on the inside of the tank, threads onthe outside.Place the full face flange gasket over the bolts on the outside surface of the tank.Place the flange over the gasket and stud threads with the snout of the flange facing out.Put the washers and nuts on the stud. Be sure to lubricate the threads of the bolts.Tighten nuts in same manner as putting a head on an engine block. i.e.: tighten a little on each nut bringing the flange L+to the gasket evenly. Tighten until the gasket is fully compressed (Approximately 1520 ft. Ibs. on a torque wrench).Inspect fitting. Gasket should be compressed and the outer flange drawn down evenly.Piping such as a’flange adapter should be threaded into the fitting now. Teflon sealant tape or other thread sealant shoulabe applied to all pipe threads.HYDROTEST THE TANK WITH STANDING WATER FOR AT LEAST TWO HOURS BEFORE Pull-ING INTOSERVICE.r”iANGE A3APTER -’FULLLL’CK ‘..,,AS3ER -*,“’FACE =LANGE GASKET‘,‘L- GASKET‘- swn Rni T _ ---ILLUSTRATIONCF:\DWG\FITTING\ASM2FLG)

STAINLESS STEEL FITTINGSOsassemble the stainless steel flttlng by removtng the nuts from the stud bolts. Remove the 1!8” thw stalnless steel outer3te Set the remainder of the fitting along with the nuts and washers aside,sing the outer plate as a template. mark the nole patterns on the outside of the tankFind the center of the large “tank fitting nole by drawing an “X’ through the center of the bolt holes (See illustrationiWith the drill motor and hole saw. drill out the pipe fitting hole Please note that the hole to be drilled in the tank may bemuch smallerthan the hole in the outer plate that was used as a template. The hole saw should match the O.D. of the ponionof the fitting that must go through the hole in the tank.Next droll out the stud bolt holes using the 916” dnll bit for fittings w~tn 1,‘2’ diameter studs or a 318” drill bit for fittings with5 16’ diameter studs.Trim any flashing from the holes with a pocket knife and brush away any shavings around the hole.You are now ready to insert the tank fitting. With the gasket on the studs against the back plate of the fitting. lnstali thefitting from the inside of the tank, Slide the outer plate onto the stud bolts that are protruding from the tank Wall.Replace the washers and nuts on the stud bolts. Tighien the nuts. Tighten a little on each nut bringing the outer plate down?o the wall of the tank evenly Tighten until the gasket on the inside of the tank IS fully compressed. l/2” nuts should betorqued to 30 ft. Ibs., 5/16” nuts to 12 ft. Ibs. Be sure to lubricate the threads of the bolts.Inspect the fitting. The gasket should be compressed. The outer stainless steel plate should conform to tne wall of thetankHYDROTEST THE TANK WITH STANDING WATER FOR AT LEAST TWO HOURS BEFORE PLACING INTOSERVICE.,-- TRACED CUT-LINESUUTER PLATES3F-PLATE?-LANGEADAPTERLOCK WASHEROUTER PLATEJLLUSTRATIUN(FI\DWG\FITTING\ASMSSFTG)

n IMFO - COMPANION FLANGE ASSEMBLY1. This assembly will come assembled on the Integrally Molded Flanged Outlet. Tk,,s information IS supplied should you needto disassemble or replace the companion flange assembly.2. The molded flange face will be prepared In accordance with the Techntcal Training Document, ‘Requrrements for Moidingand Finishing IMFO Nozzles”. Ccntact the factory for this document.3. From the two styles of IMFO’s select the style you have and refer to the drawtng below. This will illustrate the parts InvolvedIn thus assembly.4. Place the split back-up ring at the back of the molded flange and place the bolts through the rtng. Note that the taperedstyle has beveled washers that must be In place to achieve a seal.5. After the assembly of the split back up-ring, the full face gasket, and outer plastic flange. then begin the boltrng processTighten the bolts as you would an automobile tire, tightening the alternate bolts such as twelve o’clock and SIX o’clock anothen three o’clock and nine o’clock. (Approxtmately 1920 ft. lbs. on a torque wrench.)6. It is Important to’know that the dimension designation of the IMFO is not necessarily the bore size of the molded outletFor example the 2” size wtll have a 2” bore. However, a 3” size WIII have minimum 2-114” bore, a 4” size will have a minimum3” bore and a 6” size WIII have a mrnrmum 3-l/4” bore. This minimum size is usually exceeded with a few exceptions. Extraheavy wall vessels and those with special requirements will be exceptions.7. When stonng IMFO style tanks, it IS important to recognize that the rlanged nozzle protru T’es below the tank bottori,. IMFCstyle tanks must be stored In a manner to protect the IMFO. Thts can be accomplished by allowing the tank to lie on ‘:sside wrth the IMFO unobstructed or to sit uprrghtbn a pallet or pad with the IMFO free and unstressed.8. HYDROTEST THE TANK WITH STANDING WATER FOR AT LEAST TWO HOURS BEFORE PLACING INTOSERVICE.RING SP’ ‘T 1 - IMFU FLANGEBACK-UP-- ’TAPERED/ ” ’CTrriRING SPLIT ,-BACK-UP/IMFO‘LANGETANKINSIDE‘./ALL-’3,/- OUTER PLASTICFLANGE/-- OtiTER PLAST:C/FLANGE,x--:/2-13W/(2)V/LCCKW/1/2-13BOLTS‘IASHERVASHERNUT/SEE -5/8’/SCIUARE BE\/EL-IWASHER/BLK PE LFULL FACEFLANGE GASKETiFULL FACEFLANGE GASKETLafFRFD MF;I V/STFFl BACK-W R&i&DRIGINPlLWD W/PLv-UP RING- TII ’ I’S i RA 0 ION(FI\DWG\FITTING\LiTIHFn

I TRANSITION FITTING (FOR SAFE-Tanks)“qte Thus aoes not apply to 1600 gallon SAFE-Tank.lpon placement of the tanks in a vertical position, I? will be necessary to determine the alignment of the inner flttlng withkne center hole for the transition fitting Loosen the nuts on the bolts holding the slotted plate and remove the plates andgrommet to be able to vtew the Inner fitting..- 3 Determine that the two tanks are allgned. The flttlng on the Inner tank should be aligned so that it IS ideally centered topto bottom and left to right in the hole on the outer tank. This can be offset as much as l/2” left to right and not be a problem.:: Should the tanks not be altgned as described above, call the factory (800-523-9871) to determine how this alignment mayce accomplished. After thts altgnment is accomplished then continue this process.1 Place thread sealant such as Terlon tape or Teflon paste on tne threaded area of the long (12”) nipple and install the nippleinto the fitting on the inner tank. Be careful to not crossthread or overtighten the nipple. causing the inner flttlng to turnIT IS VERY IMPORTANT TO HYDROTEST THE INNER TANK BEFORE COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION OF THEREMAINDER OF THE TRANSITION Fll7NG TO ALLOW THE INNER TANK TO SETTLE INTO PLACE IN THE OUTERTANK.5 Place the transition fitting gasket and the seal plate (thtckestl over the nlpple and slide to the tank wall,,= _ Slioe the grommet and push plate over the nipple and slide to the seal plate.Dlace the slotted plate over the nlpple and slide to tne push plate.5 Begin placing the flat washer. lock washer. and double nuts on all the bolts (Ttghten to 1% on a torque wrench.)_:aTlohten the bolts tn the same manner as an auto tire (twelve o clock and SIX o clock. etc.). Replace or retighten any items!nar may have been changed when aligning the fittings in step 3.‘c: BE SURE TO HYDROTEST FOR AT LEAST FOUR HOURS OR OVERNIGHT IF POSSIBLE TO DETERMINE IF THE. .FITTINGS ARE INSTALLED PROPERLY.‘JSP 0i a leak detection CleViCe IS reCOmmencled to determne 1’ there ‘s any leaking between the two !anks.. L ; A drain flttlng in the outer tank IS recommenued in order to drain the outer tank should this become necessaryINNER 7- 3UTER TANK- PUSH PLATEFITTING UN 7,:NNER TANK ’i3NGNIPPLE\ ’ ~, “- SLOTTED PLATE“ii SEAL PLATEi TRANSITION FITTING GASKETILLUSTRATIONCF:‘,DWG\FITTING\LITSTFIT)

W “UNIVERSAL DOME” FITTINGS (BULKHEAD FITTING STYLE)3.4.5.6.7.a.9Remove the large fitting nut from the fitting body. Note !hat the gasket is located Immediately below this nut. The gask::and remainder of the fitting should be set aside for later use.Using the nut as a template, locate the desired position of the fitting. Trace the nut inside and out. Draw a line throclgthecenter of the traced outline from each of the points of the nut (See illustration). This will locate the center of the frttrnsBefore drilling, the hole saw should match the 0. D. portion of the fitting that must go through the hole in the tank. Dr~il !hetank with a hole saw. Remove any flashing with your pocket knife and brush away any shavings around the hole.Working from the inside of the tank, slide the fitttng body through the hole in the tank. The gasket should be betweenthe back of the shoulder of the fitting and the inside wall of the tank.Install the large fitting nut on the cutside of the tank. Tighten the nut securely. hand tight plus one half turn to three cuar:eturn.Inspect the gasket to make su:e tt has not lumped from the shoulder of the fitting. If so. loosen the nut on the cutslde :’the tank. The gasket WI/I lump back into place. Retrghten the nut carefully.Piping such as a flange adapter should be threaded Into the “ball” of the fitting now. Teflon sealant tape or other threa;:sealant should be applied to all pipe threads. Piping may be adjusted to any angle desired within the limits of the fitter;Note. unrversal ball fittings are adjusted at the factory to provide vertical entry into the tank dome. (They sometimes areknocked out of adjustment during transit.) If necessary ~ loosen the ball retainer ring located on top of the fitting baadlust to desired angle. and then ttghten retainer rrng. taking care to not over tighten and crack.For a flanged connection Flange Adaptors may be used./’/ ,.JT?ACED UUTLINCOF LARGE/I’ FITTING NUT./-FLANGEADAPTERtv r LARGE FITTINGNUTFITTINGBALLi ’ I IBALL RETAINER RING- \ I /GASKETTANK DDMEINSIDE\FITTINGBODYt9ILLUSTRATION(F:\DWG\FITTING\ASMUDBS)--.m.m-.%,. ~. _“_ -.,. _,_.__.._

“UNIVERSAL DOME” FITTINGS (FLANGE STYLE)Disassemble the ftttlng as shipped.the holes are not drilled, place tne full face flange gasket against the tank In the desired location and use as a template.Drill the center hole using the proper stze hole saw. Hole must be at least 1’2“ larger than the hole In back of the flangein order for ball to turn.Dnll the bolt holes usrng a 9i16” brt.Remove any flashrng wrth a pocket knife.From the outsrde of the tank reach through the center hole and place tne threaded end of the stud bolts wrth therr gasketson them through the bolt holes on the Inside.Place the full face flange gasket over the stud bol!s on the outside surface of the tankPlace the flange style universal dome fitting over the stud bolts and ?he full face flange gasket.Put the washers and nuts on the stud bolts. (Note: Be sure to lubricate the threads of the bolt.)Tighten a llttle on each nut bringing the fitting down to the gasket evenly. Tighten until the gasket IS fully compressed(Approximately 15/‘20 ft. lbs. on a torque wrench).Inspect the frtttng and the gaskets. The gaskets should be compressed and the fitting should be drawn down evenlyPIpIng such as a flange adapter should be threaded Into the ball of the fitting now. Teflon sealant tape or other threaa sealantshould be appiled to pope threads. Plptng may be adjusted to any angle desired withrn the limits of the fitting.Note. universal dome frttlngs are adlusted at the factory to provide vertical entry into the tank dome. They are sometrmesknocked out of adjustment uuring transit. If necessary. gently loosen the ball retainer ring located on top of the bal!. aajustto desired angle ana tighten the ball retainer ring.TANK 30ME -!NS:iIE&‘A ‘iD~~STIC HEAi:IL’(F:\C”G\h3STRA;:OhING\/4St4I!JFs)n VENTS2” vents and larger will not be installed for shipping in order to protect against breakage. Installation will require threading thevent into the proper fitting.

IX. LIQUID LEVEL GAUGE ASSEMBLIESn SIGHT GLASS STYLE ,Sight glass assemblies are made up complete at the factory when oraered with your tank. They are usuallyshipped “loose” since they can easily be damaged in transit. To Install a sight glass assembly, “break” the twounions apart on either end of the sight glass. Screw the short nlpple and one half of the union into the sight glassfittings which nave been mounted onto the tank wall at the factory. Rejoin the unions on the assembly and tightencarefully to complete the Installation. For your convenience and ease of assembiy, drawtngs of standard sightglass assemblies are shown below. (Also, see instructions on “Uninstalled Parts” on page 3.) If sight gauge IS addea la:+:o tank. tank fittings must be drrlled according to prevtous installation instructions. Clear sight glass wtll be provided lotsfromsight gauge assembly, to be cut down and custom fitted to tank. IF FIELD INSTALLED HYDROTEST WITHSTANDING WATER FOR TWO HOURS BEFORE PUTTING INTO SERVICE.n REVERSE FLOAT STYLELiquid level gauges of a float type areshipped complete but with the exteriorportlon uninstalled. This exteriorportlon of the assembly WIII be shippedInside the tanh and upon retrlevlng.the tnstallatlon can begin. Thelnstallatlon is .a simple matter ofconnecttng the threaded pipe or nippleon the end of the gauge into the domefitting installed for this purpose. Thepipe portion of the gauge WIII beattached to the comblnatton supportpipe bracket on the side wall of thetank. This IS usually done with a hoseclamp that fits around the exterior pipeand attaches to the pipe supportbracket. Review the drawing tounderstand how these parts fit and thisWIII be a slmole Installation. PIPE Su=TnRT

X. LADDER INSTALLATION1 Locate the ladder band or bands that have (2) 112” square holes bunched approrlmately 20’ apart. Fromthe bolts provided, insert two l/2” x l-1(2 long carnage bolts sucn that the threaded end of the bolt sticks outIn the same dIrectron as the bent ends of the band (i.e.. away from the tank).2. Bolt the ladder band(s) to the attachment legs of the ladder.3 Stand the ladder up against the tank In the posrtion destred. Mark the holes at the ladder base where theanchor bolts go.4. Anchor ladder base with approved type anchor bolts. Removal of the ladder may be required for anchorinstallatron5 Replace the ladde- in I& cestrej posrtron Usrng a stepladzer or abproved personnel lrfting devce. haltthe remarnrng bands around the tank.6. Secure all connections7 If a return or cage IS requrred. they will be welded to the ladder and no other assembly WIII be required.These Items ARE NOT fteld addrtrons.1I----- +__-__ANCHORBOLT(2) PLACESLL ~1 USTRATIRN(FI\DWG\METAL\ASMLDR>

XI. FILL LINE ASSEMBLIES & PIPE SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES,Poly Processing Company has a variety of fill assemblies for both vertical and honzontal tanks. We term these assemblies“drop pipes” and offer internal. external, and internal/external drop pipe assemblies. Standard drop pipes require at least oredrop pipe support bracket. usually a special bolt which extends through the tank wall and may be tightened Lvith a svrench. Drcopipes and downpipe brackets are often shipped “loose” to prevent damage in transit. They will rer$Jire a minimal amour?: :/assembly. For your convenience and ease of assembly. drawings of standard drop pipe assemblies are shown belol.v. IA/s3see instructtons on “Uninstalled Parts” on page 3.)INTERICRDRCP PIPF -2 EXTERIZR DROP PIPE COMBINATION DROP PIPEThis pipe support assembly requires that the correct size be chosen for the size pipe involved and IS not adjustable. If a fieldreplacement IS required, four things WIII be required to order. A. Dimension A on the sketch below. the distance from the tankwall to the center line of the pipe hole. 6. The outside pipe diameter. C. The type of metal of the bolt. D. The gasket material.DIMENSION‘A’r-----i, .GROMMET/ALCRYNFOR PIPE SIZEAS REQ’D.3/8’ THK. PLATE/PEl/2-13 STUD/MAT’L. AS REQ’D.W/PE ENCAPSULATED HEAD 2’/SCH 80 PIPE/PEILLUSTRATION(F:\DWG\CUSTOM\GPS>

-he Poly Processrnq Tie Down System IS an effecttve. easily assembled metnod of dnchorlng your tank to a concrete slabsem.Je the system you wtll need:) Concrete anchor bolts (l/2” size max.’2. A method to install these bolts (unless pre-set)3 A ratchet wrench with a g/16’ socket and a 3;4’ socket-I An adjustable wrench (i.e.. crescent wrench)-3 assemole the system:: Locate the tank on the slab.2 Lay out all the contents of the hold down system and check to ensure thatall parts are Included. (See the lrst below.)3 Insert a 1.2 x 1” long carnage bolt provrded into each of the square holespunched In the bands The threaded end of the carnage bolt should st,ck outIn tne same dIrectron as the bent ends of the band (I e.. away from the tank):. After the bands have all been joined wrth the 318” 0 x 5” Lg. bolts orient themin such a manner that the 12 carnage bolt protruding from eacn bana IS ina destrable location This IS an IMPORTANT STEP. as these bolts providetne attachment to the anchor clips.3 Rarse the bands to the desired hetght and Install the ancnor clips ontc tneorotrudrng baits. By installrng the clips one a: a trme. the bands can DEleveled’ quite easrly Note that there are many noles tn tne vert!cai leg of !heanchor clip to allow adjustment above or below; any fitting on ?he tank Tiontentne anchor cltps onto the bands.6 After checking to make sure the bands are levei. trghten the 3’8” x 5” long boltsto draw the bands securely to the tank.-. Mark the slot locations of the anchor clrps on the slab. Remove the cltps fromthe bands and install the concrete anchor bolts Into the slab. IF THEANCHOR CLIPS ARE PROPERLY PRESET. THIS STEP MAY BE OMITTED.8. Replace the anchor clips and secure to both the slab and the tank bands.9. Recheck all bolts.Parts List For Tie-DownSystemTank O.D. Gallons No. 8 Size No. Anchor No. 3/a” 0 X 5” NoI/Z”OXlm ~of BandsClipsLg. Bolts 4. Carriage /W/Washers & Nuts Bolts w/Nuts /l-11’ 55.100 (2, 35’ 2 2 22’ _ 7” 150.200 12) 48” 2 2 I 23’ - 10’ 300.400 14) 35- 4 4 I 44 -0” 550.800 (3) 48,’ 3 ~ 3 35 -4’ 525. 805. 1000. 1200. 14) 48’ 4 / 4 415006’ _ 5” 550 MR (21 65” & 12, 48’ 4!4 4or (4) 58-5:8’7 - 1’ or 1100. 1450. /7 -2” 2000 IMFO. 2500 IMFO (4) 65” 4 I 4 43000 IMFO 1 I7’ - 10” or 2000.2500.3000. (41 72” 4 4 / A8 - 0” ~4000.5000.1600 MR I10’ - 0” 3000 MR.6400,6400 IMFO. 6400 MR, (2) 72” 6 /4 67000.8500,8500 MR (2) 111”I‘1 -11” 4200. 4300 IMFO. 6400. 6400 IMFO.~ 8000. 8000 IMFO. 10000. 10000 IMFO.-__12000. 12Or30 IMFO:(4) 111” 8 I 4 / aVOTE: Poly Processing Company’sTie Down Restraint System 1s for lateral restraint only and has no seismic or wind load ratings. Specialrestraint systems with seismic and/or wind load requirements will be quoted on a case by case basts. For restraint systems with seismicand/or wrnd load reauirements contact the factor-v.

XIII. HORIZONTAL TANK STANDSNOTE: HORIZONTAL TANK STANDS ARE DESIGNED TO BE ERECTED ON LEVEL CONCRETE (OR OTHERAPPROVED SURFACES) SUPPORT PADS. WE STRONGLY RECOMMEND THAT TANK STANDS BEBOLTED TO THE SUPPORT PADS. (Please see the section marked “Foundations and Supports” on page 3 i*n SMALL HORIZONTAL TANK STANDSStands for small honzontal tanks (tanks up to and including 500 gallons rn capacity ) are normally designed as one prece weldecuntts. The stands are shnnk wrapped for protectron during shrpprng.1 CHECK TO ENSURE THAT ALL COMPONENTS HAVE BEEN RECEIVED. The shrink wrapped package shoaiccontain:IA.) Welded one piece stand(B.) Four (4) starnless steel tabs and four (4) bolt assemblies attached to the top of the stand.A bolt assembly consists of 11) 1:2-l 3 bolt 2” long. 12) washers. [l) lock washer, and (1) 1.2-13 nut.k--- BOLT HOLE CTRS. --------A/I“L STNL. STEEL TABi,2t- i iuI ‘L- BOLT ASSEW.Ji ‘iti ONE PIECE VEL3ED STANDIBOLT ASSEK 7, ,-SKID---STNL. STEELTAB‘;BOLTASSEW.-,JANK L m.i%M.ENATTACHnENT DFTAkSTNL. STEEL TAB“kSTNL. STEEL TABBDLT ASSEU. -4- ONE PIECEVELDED STANDELDEDSTANDBOLT HOLE CTRS..sLDE VI&lJ&EUlATIClN(FI\DVG\WETAL\ASUSSTD)BOLT HCiLE CTRS. ----jfNn VIE’./

Anchor Bolt Spacing For Small Horizontal Tank StandsTank Size Distancegetween Anchor .Distance -Between.-Anchor’,Bolt :Holes On Side Vlew Bolt Holes On End View150 gal. 58” 29l/2”--~- -200 gal. 32” dra 58” 20-1:2’~~.__.._.200 gal 38” dla 36-1’2’ 35-l?---.p-.--300 gal 33 35.1./2”-____~-400 gal 58, _____-__.-45-l/2’___~500 gal 58 45.1,‘2’------1In addition to the above vou WIII need.(1) Wrenches for’trghtenrng the bolt assemblres(2) A forklrf?. crane or other surtable lifting device(3) Anchor bolts -- (4) requtrea each stand14) A wrench to fit the anchor boltsi5j A tape measurei6i A framtng square17’1 A chalk line2. INSTALLTHE STAND, Carefuily set tne stand up In the /oca!ion required ensuring that the foundation upon W~ICP3.the stand rests IS level.INSTALL THE ANCHOR BOLTS. After the stand nas been set up. measure the hole centers In thefeet of thestand. 9.‘16” diameter holes have been orovrded in the feet of !he stand. If larger holes are required they will needto be drrlled out. Lay out the anchor bolts. Install the anchor bolts tn the foundation. It may be necessary to movethe stand to install the anchor bolts. It IS extremely important that the bolts be laid out accurately and square. If thestand was moved to install the anchor bolts. lift the stand over thnanchor bolts and settle into place. Attach the anchorbolt nuts and tighten.4. PLACE THE TANK IN THE SKID ON THE STAND. Wrth a forklift, crane, or other lifting devrce. ratse the tank andskrd unit onto the stand being careful to not damage the skid or paint. You will note that there are four 14) holes locatedin the top of each stand. Center the tank and sktd unit on the stand. NOTE: The formed flat bar bases of the tankskid will lie close to these holes but WIII not cover the holes. The holes will lie between the formed flat bar bases ofthe tank skrd.5. INSTALL THE STAINLESS STEEL TABS. StaInless steel tabs are used to attach the skid to the stand. See“Attachment Detail--Side View” In the illustratron on page 15 Place the hole of one of the stainless steel tabs overone of the holes in the top of the stand. Use one of the bolt assemblies to attach the tab to the stand. Place the longside of the tab over the formed flat bar base of the skid. Snug the nut onto the bolt--do not tighten at this time. Attachthe remaining tabs to the stand in the same way placing the long side of the tab over the formed flat bar base of theskid. Tighten all the bolts attaching the skid to the stand.6. HYDROTEST. The factory recommends that all tanks be hydrotested before being, placed into service.

+n LARGE HORIZONTAL TANK STANDSStands for large horizontal tanks (tanks over 500 gallons in capacity ) are designed to be broken down for shrpprng to reducefreight costs. The components of the stand are packaged and snrink wrapped for protection during shipping. ,1. CHECK TO ENSURE THAT ALL COMPONENTS HAVE BEEN RECEIVED. The shrrnk wrapped package shoulccontain:(A.) Upright leg units(B.I Side angle bracesiC.1 One (1) cloth bag contarntng stainless steel tabs and bolt assemblies. A bolt assembly consrsts of(1) l/2-13 bolt 2” long, (2) washers, (1 J lock washer, and (1) 1 ,2-13 nut.0IISIDE AHGLE SRACE9/16’0 HOLEFUOT-, , !UPRIGHT LEG UNIT‘A3Ffu\w L SKID t4nAt-n - ENn yIIlf fP’ 4N VIWST% STEEL TAB /IDE AMilE BRACEUPRIGHT LEG UNIT TNL. STEEL TABSIDE ANGLE BRACE 3OLT ASSEM.BULTAS-SE?%BOLT HCYLE CTRS. BOLT HOLE CTRS.UnF VIEW FND VfFYCF~\WG\hiETAL\ASMSTD)

Components For Large Horizontal Tank StandsTank Size No. Upright No. Side No. Of BoltLeg Units Angle Braces AssembliesI‘50 gal 2 -: 1-i_ 000 gal __-___--.2..~___ 4 ._._ ~~ :.:. 025 ga: 3 E 22* 625 gal 3 h 222 300 ga’ 3 i 22No. OfTabs.:E:tDistance Between Distance BetweenAnchor Bolt Holes In ! Upright Leg UnitsUpright Leg Units46 62’j-! 55 __-.. --~-..-., ‘4 4&-l 2j-: j'.! , 2j”3-7In addition to the above you wl need:111 Wrenches for tightening tne bolt assemblies121 A iorklrft. crane or other suitable llftlng cievlce13) Anchor bolts -- (2) reaurred each upright leg L;Qli13, A wrench to fit the ancho’ boltsfjj A tape measure161 A framrng square1-1 A chalk line2 INSTALL THE UPRIGHT LEG UNITS. Carefully Stan? ~3 the JXlgnt leg unl:s sractng tnefr so ina: !hr anchor 33’:holes lr- tne fee: are on the orope? grit. See chat above far grrc3. INSTALL THE SIZE ANGLE BRACES. Install the srde angle braces betweer tne upright leg unlrs cls~ng tne ~3,:assemolles provided. The sue angle braces when crop4y installed form X s The sloe angle braces ~?illl be notchesout where necessary to allow the vertrcai leg to Ire flat Lay the side angle braces out on the ground before instailrngto determine whrch side angle brace frts next to the uprlghi leg unit and whrch side angle brace fi!s on top of anotherside angle brace. For stands where there are more than two (2) upright leg units thus IS a very Important step Onstands where there are more than three (31 upnght leg units. bolt the angle orace “X” to the center upngnt leg unrtsfirst. Bolt the srde angle braces to the uprtght leg units and bolt the cross pieces together in the center of the “X’4. INSTALL THE ANCHOR BOLTS. After the stand has been completely assembled. measure the hole centers IIthefeet of the upright leg unrts. 9 16’ diameter holes have been provided tn the feet of the upnght leg unrts. If largerholes are required they will need to be drilled out. Lay out the anchor bolts. Install the anchor bolts in the foundationI! may be necessary to move the stand to Install the anchor bolts. It IS extremely Important that the bolts be lard outaccurately and square. If the stand was moved to Install the anchor bolts. lift the stand over the anchor bolts andsettle Into place. Attach the anchor bolt nuts and tighten.5. PLACE THE TANK IN THE SKID ON THE STAND. Wrth a forklift. crane, or other lrftrng device, raise the tank andskrd unit onto the stand betng careful to not damage the skid or paint. You will note thdt there are two (2) holes locatedtn the top of each upright leg unit of the stand. Center the tank and skid unit on the stand. The channel iron runnersof the skid will be at right angles to the upright leg unrts. NOTE. the channel iron runners of the tank skid will lie closeto these holes but will not cover the holes. The holes will Ire Inside the channel iron runners of the tank skid.6. INSTALL THE STAINLESS STEEL TABS. Stainless steel tabs are used to attach the skid to the stand, See‘Attachment Detatl--End View” In the illustratron on page 17 Place the hole of one (1) of the stainless steel tabsover one of the holes in the top of the upright leg unrt of the stand. Use one of the bolt assemblies to attach the tabto the stand. Place the long side of the tab over the flange of the channel Iron runner of the skid. Snug the nut ontothe bolt--do not tighten at this time. Attach the remarnrng tabs to the stand in the same way placing the long sideof the tab overthe flange of the channel iron runner of the skid. Tighten all the bolts attaching the skid to the stand.7. HYDROTEST. The factory recommends that all tanks be hydrotested before being placed into service,

XIV. OTHER ACCESSORIESHEAT TRACING - There IS a small booklet er,closed for trouble shooting Thereon heat Tracing Systems. Please folloLv :pisbooklet to resolve any start up problems you may encounter. If the problem persists please contact the factory for further ne’cINSULATION - The 2” oolyurethane insdlation is relatively soft under the whlte rnastlc coating and can be dented. This IS eas,+repatred with foam lnsulatlon In an aerosol can found in most hardware stores. If the unit has numerous dents upon recelp:please note this on the shlpp,ng papers with the driver and then contact the factory for further help.AGITA I‘OR BRACKETS-These are relatively simple to assemble and Install. If you should encounter dlfficultles In assernoi;Jcontact the factory for further InstructIon. The clamp style has bands that attach around the t;.ik rn nuch the same manneras the bands used in the ladder and lateral restraint systems. Please refer to these wlthln this manual. The free standing unl:jrequire bolting to the foundation and follow the same procedure as noted In the ladder rnstructions In thrs manual.SIDE MAN WAYS - This item should be fully installed at the factory. nowever It IS possible to have a very heavy item SUCT: 3sthis leak upon arrival. Its Installation and tightening of the bolts IS very slmllar to the two flange fitting except for more boltsPlease refer to the sectlon in the manual for two flange fittings to understand the tlghtenlng. bolt sequence and torque ‘l+ln-;sfor tnstallatlon of the accessory.SMALL TANK STANDS-These shouid not require atiy ;nstallation You may ‘NIsh to bolt the stand to tne foundarlon on >,r s:’‘t sits. This would follow the same dIrections given for bolting the feet of ladders :o the foundation. Piease refer to rbis sec:‘c’-‘If Instructions.CUSTOM FABRICATED ACCESSORIES - FJany !Irnes custcm iaorlcated pans are #;sed In ‘outfitting a :ar< ‘,W~re t ‘.‘z:-, :Icme lmposslble to ‘nclude ail Iype s b,q/ithln :hrs manuai. ‘.ve are ai/atlarle !o iield your questlons anu pro\/lde sLlcar?ce ‘,yI!r +‘-Xpe of Installation. Please contact the factorv to discuss this type of accessory.h’ xv. LIMITATIONSTEMPERATURE LIMITATIONS -Tanks are designed for a maxlmum continuous temperature use of 100 degrees E Continuoustemperature above 100 degrees F reduces the design hoop stress. \r:hlch WIII require a thicker wall for a given applicatton. Con%0factory for any continuous use above 100 degrees F.CHEMICAL COMPATIBILITY - In all cases the chemical resistance of the assembly (tank. fittings, accessones and gaskets;must be confirmed by chemtcal resistance data. Thts should have been done before the tank is ordered. however the serviceof the tank can change and it IS Important to be sure the tank and assembly are compatible with the chemical, It should be notedthat the effect of the starage of sulfunc acid. hydrochlonc acid. and aqua ammonia darkens the tank over time and this IS notan Indication of weakness or failure of the tank. This change of color IS simply a reaction of the reagent with the additives inthe plastic (e.g., UV stabilizers. anti-oxidants. etc.).FIITINGS AND VENTS - Tank fittings are installed and sealed at the factory per your specifications. Temperature variations.road vibrations and other factors may influence these fittings, requiring minor adjustments before use. All bolted fittings shouldhave the outer nuts checked before the tank is hydrotested or put into service. Non-bolted fittings have at least one outer curwhich should be checked as well. REMEMBER - PLASTIC FIl7INGS CANNOT BE TIGHTENED LIKE STEEL. Review thatportlon of the manual related to the particular fitttng involved for complete Instructions for installation.The biggest trouble spot with tank fittings IS Improper plumbing. All piping and valves must be supported. All plumbing linesneed a flexible connection In the line to allow the tank to “flex”. Rotationally-molded tanks expand and contract as they are filledand emptied. They actually get their “toughness” from this ability to flex. RIGID PIPING SHOULD NOT BE USED.Be sure that all vents. pressure relief devices, vacuum relief devices. fill assemblies. and other connecting accessories are clearof any obstructlon before attempting to use.

XVI. LIMITED WARRANTY & LIABILITYSTANDARD PRODUCTSPoly Processing Company (SELLER) warrants all standard prodac!s manufactured and furnished by it to be free of defectsin the material and worKmanshlp for a penod of TWO YEARS from the date of shipment from SELLER’S factory AND FURTHERwarrants all such standard products for an additronal four years on a prorated basis. Warranty perrods for Linear Products, ULListed tanks, Custom Products and tanks tn sodtum hypochlorlte secvlce differ from the warranty periods described hereln.Please consult wrth SELLER for particulars. SELLER warrants all parts. frttrngs. and accessones manufactured by SELLERto be free from defects In material and workmanship for a perrod of ONE YEAR from date of shipment from SELLER’S factoryTHESE WARRANTIES ARE SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING TERMS. CONDITIONS. LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS:“)1 SELLER’S obllgatlorl under the warranty as described herelf, s hall be enforceable only if BUYER Installs. uses andmalntalns SELLER’S products. parts and accessones in accordance with the following:(a) the manual titled “General Chemical Reststance Chat? and the manual “Tank Installation. Use and Maintenance’furnished by SELLER: andlb) generally accepted operating practices wlthln the applrcable and appropriate Industry.2 SELLER’S obligation under the warranty as described herein shaii no: apply to any products. pans. fittings. and access3rleswhich[ai have been repaired or altered outslde of SELLER’S factory unless by a SELLER’S factory repair person orauthorizea warranty Service Stations: oribi have been subjected to misuse. negirgence fire. accede?: ac: of War or act of God3 SELLER’S obllgat1on under the warranty as described riereln snal; -3: 3e enforceable uniess and until BUYER has pala ixall such product. parts. fittings and accessones in full.4 SELLER’S obllgatton under the warranty as rJescrlbed herein shall pot be enforceable wnere BUYER’S use of SELLER’Sproduct IS IV violatton of federal. state or local laws or regulations5 EXCLUSIONS OF WARRANTIES AND LIMITATION OF BUYER’S REMEDIES: BUYER and SELLER hereby expresslyagree that BUYER’S sole and exclusive remedy against SELLER shall be for the repair or. at the SELLER’S optlon.replacement of any product. part. fltttng or accessory that upon SELLER’S examination IS found to SELLER’S satisfactionto have been defective when shopped from SELLER’S factory. and only then If:(a) BUYER notifies SELLER in writing of the defects and SELLER receives such notification within the warranty period:and(b) BUYER. within thirty (30) days of such notiftcatlon. either at SELLER’S option:(i) tenders such product. part. fittrng or accessory to SELLER for inspection: or(ii) properly disposes of such product, part. fitting or accessory in accordance with all applicable federal,state and local laws and regulations. BUYER expressly agrees that no other remedy (including but notllmited to incidental or consequential damages for lost profits. lost sales, injury to person or property. orany other incidental or consequential loss) shall he available to BUYER. THE WARRANTY DESCRIBEDIN THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL BE IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,INCLUDLNG BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OFFITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.I6. STANDARD PRODUCTS PRORATED WARRANTY: BUYER shall be responsible for paying a percentage of thereplacement tank purchase price for any tank replaced under the prorated portion of the warranty. That percentage shallbe calculated as follows:First Two Years Full WarrantyThird Year BUYER pays 42.8% of Original Purchase PriceFourth Year BUYER pays 57.1% of Original Purchase PriceFifth Year BUYER pays 71.4% of Original Purchase PriceSixth Year BUYER pays 85.7% of Original Purchase Pnce7. MERGER CLAUSE: THE WARRANTY DESCRIBED HEREIN IS THE SELLER’S SOLE WARRANTY. SELLER’S salesrepresentative may have made oral statements about the product, parts, fittings or accessories. Such statements do notconstitute warranties, shall not be relied on by BUYER, and are not part of the contract for sale. The entire warranty IS embodiedin this writing. This writing constitutes the final expression of SELLER’S warranty, and it is a complete and exclusive statement4 of the terms of that warranty. SELLER’S warranty and liability as stated herein cannot be altered or enlarged except by a writingsigned by an officer of SELLER.J

fi--=. OhM Remediationf m Services Corp.- A-M--Component Group: Equipment CompoundJEauiomentComponent NameManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberDescriptionTwk B&j& ringHarwud2’ Blukhead sizeNA2” female NPT, WC, scbedulc 80, tank bulkhead WingOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorInfwthcutcrn Indtid RlrtiaServiceMaintenance Vendor$i@Notesusedtoimtallkvelswitch

HAYWARD INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTSNSTALLATION DATA FORSAFE-T-LOCN BULKHEAD FITTNCSCASKET-The followtig table in inches are recommended values.Bulkhead Min Rigid hIin Flexiblesize Tank ID Tank IDl/2” 7.25 5.56314” 10.00 7.751” 11.75 8.94l-114” 16.25 12.19l-1/2” 16.25 12.192” 25.75 19.383” 42.50 36.254” 90.00 76.8 1XIax Min MUWall Hole Hole1.08 1.38 1.411.15 1.63 1.661.15 1.87 1.911.02 2.37 2.411.02 2.37 2.4 11.09 3.25 3.281.14 4.50 4.541.69 5.72 5.78THE BULKHEAD FITTING SHOULD BE INSTALLED WITH THE BODY AND THE GASKET ONTHE INSIDE OF THE TANK. TORQUE THE NUT WHILE HOLDING THE BODY. THE NUT CANBE TORQUED FROM THE OUTSIDE OF THE TAN-K BY HOLDING THE FLATS ON THE BODYENDWHILE TURNING THE NUT.THREADEDCONNECTION:Threaded end connections are manufactured to ASTM specifications D216-t~88. F-$37-88 and ANSI B2.1. Wrap threads ofpipe with Teflon tape of 3 to 3-l/2 mil thickness. The tape should be wrapped in a clockwise direction starting at the first orsecond full thread. Olerlsp each wrap by, I/2 the width of the tape. The wmp should be applied with s&icient tension toallow the threads of a single u-rapped area to show through without cutting the tqe. The wrap should continue for the fulleffective length of the thread. Pipe sizes 2” and greater will not bzenefit with more than a second wnp, due to the greaterthread depth. To provide a teak proofjoint, the pipe should be thrcadcd into the end connection “hand tight”, Using a strapwrench m. (Never use a stillson bpe wrench) tighten the joint an additional l/2 to l-1/2 turns past hand tight. Tighteningbeyond this point may induce excessive stress that could cause failure.

SOCKET CONNECTION.Socket end connections are manufactured to ASTM D2167-87A. Solvent cementing ?f socket end connections to pipe shouldbe performed per AST&l specifications D2855-87. Cut pipe sqtzrre. Chamfer and deburr pipe. Surfaces must be cleaned andfree of dirt, moisture, oil and other foreign mater-&. Remove assembly nuts and end connectors from valve body. Slideassembly nuts, vviti threcids facing valve, onto pipe to which the end connector is to be cemented. Apply primer to insidesocket surface of ena connector, Never allow primer or cement to contact valve ball or end connector o-ring sealing surfaces,as leaking may result, Use a scrubbing motion. Repeat appliczitions may be necessary to soften the surface of the socket.Nkut, liberally apply primer to the male end of the pipe to the Ien,@ of the socket depth. Again apply to the socket, withoutdelay apply cement to the pipe while the surface is still wet with primer. Ne.xt apply cement lightly, but uniformly to theinside of the mket. Apply a second cost of cement to the pipe, 2nd assemble the end connector to the pipe, rotating the endconnector l/4 turn in one direction as it is slipped to full depthon to the pipe. The end COMfXtOr should be held in positionfor approx. 30 seconds to allow the connection to “set”. After kssembly wipe off excess cement. Full set time is a minimumof 30 minutes at 60 to 100 F. Full cure time should be based on the chart below.JOINT CURE SCHEDZTLE: ,The vue schedules are suggested a~ guides. They are based on laboratory test data, and should not bz taken to tx the recommends’: ‘-5 ofall cement manufacturers. Individual manufacturer‘s recomme-ndations for their particular cement should bc followed.Temperaturr Test Pressures for Pip Test Pressures for Pip Test Pressures for Pipekge kg Sizes l/2 to l-l/J IN Sizes I-112 to 3 IN Size 4 mCure Perk!(B) up to Abve 180 to up :o Above 180 to up to Above 180 !a“F( “C) 180 PSI 370 PSI (1240 !8OPSI 315 PSI 1210 80 PSI 315 PSI(12-G kPa) to 2550 kPa) (1240 kP3) to 2170 kPa (1230 kPpa) 2170 !&60 to lGo(l5 to-IO) 1 hr 6tu / 2 hr 12 hr 6hr 2-l hr40to60 ( 5tol5) 2hr 12hr I 4hr 24 hr 12 hr 48 hr20 to 30 ( -7 to 5) 6 hr 36hr , l’lu 72 hr 36 hr (A) 4 days (A)10 to2O) (-15 to 7) 8 hr 48 hr 16hr 96 hr 72 hr (A) 8 &YS (A)Colder than IO (-15) Extreme care should be eserciszd on all joir,ts made where pipr, tittings or cement is below 10°F.A: It is important to note that at temperatures colder than 20 o F on sizes that exceed 3 in., test results indicate that many variables e.xist inthe actual cure rate of the joint The data expressed in these categories represent only estimated averages. In some cases. cure will beachieved in less time, but isolated test results indicate that even longer periods of cure may be requiredB: These cure schedules are baaed on laboratory test data obtained on Net Fit Joints (NET FIT = in a dry tit the pipe bottoms mugiy in thefitting socket without meting interfacne).NON SHOCKOPERATINGPRESSURESBFIS REV AAupt lS199.4 60 80 100 120 140 160 Ido 200 220 740 260 280TEMPERATURE ‘F

BLDG 1613Eauipment DataA&SW OHRl Remediation\m Services Corp.- A-d-wComponent Group: Equipment CompoundEaubmentDataComponent Name Flow SensorManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberDescriptionDvOS-300NAPitot tube for a 4”, 6”, and 8’ diameter pipelOEM Vendor Data 1Original VendorSpare Part VendorDwrcrbServicefMaintenance VendorSiteNotes

BULLETIN F-50SERIES DS-300 FLOW SENSORSInstallation and Operating Instructions,Flow CalculationsINSPECTIONInspect the sensor upon receipt of shipment to be certainit is as ordered and not damaged. If damaged, contactm-tier.INSTALLATIONGeneral - The sensing ports of the flow sensor must becorrectly positioned for measurement accuracy. The instrumentconnections on the sensor indicate correct positioning.The side connection is for total or high pressure andshould be pointed upstream. The top connection is forstatic or low pressure.Location -The sensor should be installed in the flowing linewith as much straight run of pipe upstream as possible.This will provide a flow profile as ideal as possible. A rule ofthumb is to allow 1 O-l.5 pipe diameters upstream and 5down. The table below lists recommended up and downpiping:PRESSURE AND TEMPERATUREMaximum 200 psig at 200°FUPSTREAM AND DOWNSTREAM DIMENSIONS IN TERMS OF INTERNAL DIAMETER OF PIPE*SEE NOTE #lMINIMUM DIAMETER OF STRAIGHT PIPEUPSTREAMCONDITIONIN-PLANEUPSTREAMOUT OF PLANEDOWNSTREAMOne Elbow or TeeTwo 90” Bends in Same PlaneTwo 90” Bends in Different PlaneReducers or Expanders _All Valves‘See Note 27 9 50 12 518 248 8 524 24 5‘Note #l : Values shown are recommended spacing, in terms of internal diameter for normal industrial metering requirements.For laboratory or high accuracy work, add 25% to values.‘Note #2: Includes gate, globe, plug and other throttling valves that are only partially opened. If valve is to be fully open,use values for pipe size change. CONTROL VALVES SHOULD BE LOCATED AFTER THE FLOW SENSOR.*--. , -.I_ -- _. .- _.. “, .-“_. ._D W Y E R I N S T R U M E N T S , 1 N C . ’ Telephone 219/87g-mooon ROY 777 0 MID-UI~AN rmv fhl13ldhl~ afi7fil II c c I Far 71 wR77-Qnw

. “/ -.-..-._ _ -1 ,“_Page 3SERIES DS-300 FLOW SENSORSFLOW CALCULATIONSAND CHARTSThe following rnformatton contains tables and equations fordeterminlng the differential pressure developed by the DS-300 Flow Sensor for various flow rates of water, steam, airor other gases In different pipe sizes.This information can be used to prepare conversion chartsto translate the differential pressure readings being sensedinto the equivalent flow rate. Where direct readout of flow isrequired, use this information to calculate the full flow differentialpressure in order to specify the exact range ofDwyer Magnehelic or Capsuhelic gage required. Specialranges and calculations are available for these gages atminimal extra cost. See bulletins A-30 and F-41 for additionalinformation on Magnehelic and Capsuhelic gagesand DS-300 flow sensors.For additional useful information on making flow calculations.the following reference is recommended: Crane Valve Co.Technical Paper No. 410 “Flow of Fluids Through Valves,Fittings and Pipe.” It is available from Crane Valve Co., 104N. Chicago St., Joliet, IL 60431. Phone 815/727-2600. Priceincluding shipping is $20.00l/16” [l 57CLEARANC 1Using the appropriate differential pressure equation from page 4, calculate the differential pressure generated by the sensorunder normal operating conditions of the system. Check the chart below to determine if this value is within the recommendedoperating range for the sensor. Note that the data in this chart is limited to standard conditions of air at 60°F (15.6”C)and 14.7 psia static line pressure or water at 70°F (21.1 “C). To determine recommended operating ranges for other gases, liquidsand/or operating conditions, consult the factory.Note the column on the right side of the chart which defines velocity ranges to avoid. Continuousresult in damage to the flow sensor caused by excess vibration.operation within these canPipe Size(Schedule 40)11 ‘h1%22%346810iFlowCoefficient“K”0.520.580.580.640.620.670.670.710.670.70Operating Ranges Operating RangesAir Q 60°F 8 14.7 psia Water 0 70°F(D/P Inches W.C.)(D/P Inches W.C.)1.10 to 186 4.00 to 67s1.15 to 157 4.18 to 5680.38 to 115 1.36 to 4170.75 to 75 2.72 to 2711.72 to 53 6.22 to 1930.39 to 35 1.43 to 1270.28 to 34 1.02 to 1230.64to 11 2.31 to 400.10 to 10 0.37 to 370.17 to 22 0.60 to 79Velocity Ranges INot Recommended I(Feet per Second) ~146 to 220113to 17096 to 14471 to 10856 to 8542 to 6428 to 4315to 239.5to 156.4 to 10I-

BLDG 1613Equipment Data== OHM RernediationServices Corp.A-M-wComponent Group: Equipment CompundCOmpOneOt Name hgdd~ hugeManufacturer DwycrModel Number kits 2000Serial NumberDescriptionNAOwyer tlagnehelic Gsuges of various rangesOEM Vendor DataOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorwmServicelMaintenance VendorsieNotu

Select the Dwyer Magneheiic@ gage for high accuracy - guaranteedwithin 0’; of fdll scale - and for the Lvide choice of $1 ranges avaiiableto suit your needs precisely. Vsinp Dw:.er’s simple. frictionlessMagnehelic’ movement, it quickly indicates lo\v air or non-corrosivegas pressures - either positive. negative , vacuum I or differelitial.The design resists shock, vibration and over-pressures. Somanometer fluid to evaporate, freeze ur cause toxic or leveling problems.It’s inexpensive, too.Widely used to measure fan and blower pressures, filter resistance,air \seloclty, furnace draft, pressure drop across orifice plates, liquidlevels with bubbler systems and pressures in fluid amplifier or fluidicsystems. It also checks gas-air ratio controls and automatic valves.and monitors blood’ and respiratory pressures in medical careequipment.Mountin A single casesize IS used 7. or most ranges ofMagnehellc gages They can beflush or surface mounted withstandard hardware -sub-pl,ebFlush., Surface or P,pe MountedWith the optlonal A-610 PipeMountmg Kit they may be conveniently Installed on norlzontal or vertical lY4” - 2” pipe.Although calibrated for vertical posrtlon, many ranges above 1 inch may be used at anyangle by stmply re-zeroing However, for maxlmum accuracy, they must be calibratedIn the same postlon in which they are used These charactertstics make Magnehelrcgages Ideal for both stationary and portable applications A 49ila” hole IS required forflush panel mounting Complete mountmg and connection fimngs plus InstructIons arefurntshed with each InstrumentVent valvesIn appllcatlons where pressure IS contmuous and the Magnehellcgage 1s connected by metal or plastic tubing which cannot beeasily removed, we suggest usmg Dwyer A-310A vent valves toconnect gage Pressure can then be removed to check or re-zerothe gageHIGH AND MEDIUM PRESSURE MODELSlnstallatlon IS similar to standard gages except that a 41%b” holeIS needed for flush mounttng The medium pressure constructlonIS rated for Internal pressures up to 35 pslgand the high pressureup to 80 pstg AvaIlable In all ranges Because of larger case, WIIInot fit in portable case Wevgnt 1 lb 10 0; (Installation of theA-321 safety relief valve on standard Magnehellc gages oftenorowdes adequate protection agatnst Infrequent overpressu’esee aultetm S-101)PHYSICAL DATAAmbient temperatureRated total pressure:range: 20” to 140” F.*-20” Hg. to 15 pslg.:Overpressure: Relief p(ug oper-6 at approximately 25 psig.Connections: ‘A” NPT female high and low pressure taps,duplvzated -one pair side and one pair back.Housing: Die cast aluminum. Case and aluminum partsInditedipped to wIthstand 168 hour salt spray test. Exteriorflnlsh is baked dark gray hammertold.Accuracy: Plus or minus 2% of full scale (3% on - 0 and 4%on - 00 ranges), throughout range at 70°F.Standard accessories: Two ‘/s” NPT plugs for duplicatepressuretaps, two ‘A” pipe thread to rubber tubing adapters,and three flush mounting adapters with screws. (Mountingnng and snap ring retainer substituted for 3 adapters In MP& HP gage accessories.)Weight: 1 lb. 2 oz.‘LOW temperature models awlable as spectal opllontFor ap@,cat~ons wtth high cycle rate wthm gage total Pressure ratmg, nexthigher ratrng IS reammended See Medium and High pressure oplnns atlower leftOPTIONS AND ACCESSORIESTransparent overlaysFurnIshed in red and green to hIghlIght andemphasize crttlcal pressures.Adjustable signal flagIntegral wth plastic gage cover; has erternalreset screw A&able for most ranges excep:thoSe with me&m or high pressure construetlonCan be ordered with gage or separatelyLED Setpoint IndicatorBrtght red LED on right of scale showswhensetpotnt is reached Field adtustable fromgage face, unit operates on 12 - 24 VDCRequres MP or HP style cover and bezelPortable unitsCombine carrying case with any Magnehellcgage of s8ndard range (not hgh pressure) Ineludes 9 ft of 416” I.D. rubber tubing. standhangbracket, and termtnal tube with holderAir filter gage accessory packageAdapts any standard Magnehellc for use asan afr filter gage lncludesalummum surfacemountingbracket with screws. hvo 5 ftlengths of 47’ aluminum tubmg, two stalxpressure ttps and two molded plastic ven:MIWS, integral compressIon finings 0’1 Seth:I?S and valves

*as ‘LZE-v‘VO LC-vssJ33~OO’OSf L-O edY L-ooozawd sjexedol!)( JaqwnNabueuww00'09IOO'SS Iosz-o-oszl ed 009OOEZ IOO'OSOO'SSS SZL-0-SZL ad OSZ-OOCZ 00'09'uo!ysod alex ~~JSA JO)pajwq!ye:, saduu asaqliIsa6uE~ E!iuaFJ olaZOOE-0osz-0002-oOSL-0001-O08-OOS-Osz-0oz.0Sl-0-1 g?ijIW3OSl-0002w3001-ooozw308-000zw3os-ooozKGZ-ooozWZ-JOZ-ooozw3sL-ooozi00.0s00’0s00’0s00.0s00’0sOO’SSSa3!ld00.0s00.0s00.0s00'0sDO'SSSOE-002-oSL-001-Os-oP-OE-Oz-oL-OISdafiueu;1-0-SlIt-O-01S-O-SZ-0-21-O-is-o-sz -o-SZ'Od”..0 d&Y..*OEZZ.ozzz.SlZZ.OLZZsozzVOZZEOZZzozz1022IaqulnNwowOEEZOZEZOLEZPOEZZOEZLOCZI-ooczOSL-0 0512001-0 OOLZ08-O 080209-O 0902OS-O OS02OP-0 OPOZoc-0 OEOZsz-0 szoz01-o 0202s 1-o s 1oz01-O OIOZ0'8-0 80020'9-0 9001090 so02O.P-0 POOZ0 E-O EOOio.z-0 zoo20' 1-o 1002OS -0 10-0002sz -0 IO-oooza3lld qeosed JaGUJnN a3&jabueu mowJaleMIO w3abueuas&jawJ”Nwowa!+d.Jalu!Od 01uolle!J!pul aJnSSaJd IltusueJ~ 0: laU6eLu 10 plagOgau6ew ~J!M u6ge 01 Alaall suing i! ‘sbu!Jeaq‘sabeyyleO!ue~Oaur lnoql!M x!la~, salelol 6u!Jdsaduel lo pua auo le palunour lau6elll oO!u~v~uo!leJq!feO ~01 alqe-1snfpe q16ual ah!g ‘w6eJqde!p uo aJnssaJd01 wea) 11 'a~!1 6~01 pue h~als~suoO saJnsseUO!~OLU 10 apnl!ldcue [letus u6!sap palesuad-WOO aJnleJadwa1 U! laa)s 6yJds l+!paMS$0 leai ielj e s! Bupds a6urwpaleJq!le3‘SaJnSSaJdJaAO 01 anp a6euep1uaAaJd 01 pap!~i~a~ SI uo!lou. cubeJqde!a.Buu Gulu!elaJ pue aleld Gwleas e L#Muo!l!sod u! paleaS pue pay301 s! 11 .saleld JeaJpue 1t’oJj kq pauoddns s! ~IJ!J ,#o. paplowAlleJ6alu! L#M tuBeJqde!p Jaqqnl auomg!S.bu!lunour qsnll pue aOepnsqloq ~04 pue ‘sa6ueJ aJnssaJd pJepuelsl/e ~04 pasn az!s ase3 au0 .p!ol~awueqAe~6 yJep payeq u! paqsyy Jo!Jalxg ‘Isa1AeJdS lies Jnoq 89 1 puels#m 01 paddip-al!pIJ(‘apelu uo!waJd s! ase3 umu!wnle Ise3 a!a.i’31sd sz A(aleulxoJdde le suado ‘slapourpaleJ E)Isd s 1 uo aJnssaJdJaA0 lsu!ebeSlOaloJd JaqqnJ auoy!s $0 6nld lnomolg‘as83 40 &J6alulaJnSSaJd saJnsse JaA03 ~04 leas ~U!J ,.o,. /.‘I”IIq614pala~ar u! paluno~ ‘sa!jllenb O!lau&lulsaq ~0) aJaqdsowle Ua60JpAq e u! paleau-Ue pUe pallnqap ‘Alll!qeawJad O!laU6eUJ~0 AOlle Ue LUOJ) pall!tu uo!s!zaJd S! X!laH,.ssaulq6!1 aJnSSaJdsap!AoJd (eas 6U!J ,,o. ‘JaAoo 6uiAowaJ1noqllM afq!ssaOOe ‘JaAoO O!lseld u! pale0011 hua!uaAuoO s! Mams luaurlsnfpe 0Jaz-- &!SOOS!A 464 L#M padluep uo!lom ‘x!laq JOIUO!lOlLI aall-UO!lO!Jh Allenp!A ap!AOJd :palUnOlllluels!saJ-yOoqs aie s6upeaq aJ!qddeg\ ‘Ueys Jalufod pue sbuyeaq x!laq ‘x!faq JO46uy~now sap!AoJd Alqluasse ,,auoqqs!jt,,,‘abewep lnOL#M /ahell-JaAO Jaiu!od. 1uaAaJd JaqqnJ paplOw )O sdols JEQU!Od\qeqs xi16uo paiunocll Qp!6!~ s! II ‘aas 01 kea s! Gu!qr,;uJnu!wnle Paleall leaq JO Ja)U!Od padd!i patl‘peal 01 kea pue- aiemme s! aleas paluyd-oql!l uo!s!3aJd.aleOs pue Jaiu!od’ JO 6U!Ma!A pa!JOlS!pun Sap!AOJd .a6eyeaJq01 luels!saJ 446y s! aae& mlseld JewI/ u! Gu!lunoLu qsnllJO) a6uelj Sap!AOJd lg.

BULLETIN A-27Page 4Magnehelic” GageEXPLODED VIEWSeries 2000 71) . f, ‘\ /1 case2. Cover wth zero adlust assy3. “0”rmg seal4 Bezel5 Diaphragm sealmg plate6 Aetamlg r,ng70. Ran e Spnng assembly2 lamp set screw:: Clam0c. Mourhg screws (2 req’d)d. Clampmg shoe (2 req d)e Clamp plate screw1. Soacer (2 rea dlg. Ciampdlate14 Range Spnng wth magnet150 Wishbone Assembly-conslstsof:a. Front newelb. Lockuig nutc. Wishboned. Pomtere. Mounting screws (2 req’d)1. Helu assembly (not shown)g. Pivots (2 req’d) (not shown)h. Rear jewel (not shown)230. Zero ad)usr assembly-consists of:a. Foot screws wth washers (2 rea‘dlf, M&screwd. Finger260 Scale Assembly-coiwsts of.a. Mountmg screws (2 rw’d)b Bumper pomter slop (2 req’d)c. Scale330. Diaphragm Aseambly-conststs 01:(Arbor press needed to mstall)a. Lmkage assy.. completeb Front Dlatec. Draphiagmd. Rear plate (not shown)e. Plate washer (not shown)360 Mountmg Hardware Kita. Adaptw-pope plug ‘h-NPT to rubber tubing-‘J: ;bl;;;~;23pT-&req’d)d. Long screw (3 req’d)e. Short screw (3 req’d),.: .:-- ._._Ordering Instructions:When corresponding with tk factory regarding Magnehclic@gage probiems.rcfer to thecall-out numbers in this view. Be sure to include model number, prcssurc range. and anyspecial options. Field repair is not recommended; contact the factory. for repair serviceinformation.ecqyqln 1993 Dwpr IW. Inc mmd Ill U. SA Kc3 12-440212-00

-.BLDG 1613Equipment Data&B=- OHM Remediation$,-, Services Corp.A-d--Component Group: liquid SeparatorComponent NameManuhturtrModel Numbertcntrif@ RunQ md Elot#RiccPUfllpCO.CD-100Serial NumberDescriptionI’ x 1 l/4” x 5’ thg Drive Centrifugd PumpOEM Vendor DataOriginal VcudorSpare Part VendorMP IIKPrice pump Co.Service/Maintenance Vendor llfp 1~Notes

Instruction and MaintenanceManual forPrice Pump Company’sCD Product Line.Please turn over.Thank you for buying Price PumpsWpumPGaCD.ku- -pcap-J. *I Puq Way% lZdl2 koml54cmSoDQlg FuflOT)93&3764l P.0. BoxQ l CA US.h 954764319 - (707)93Lsu1 l

. IN-154PRICE@PUMIInstallation,Operating, andMaintenanceManualCD SeriesCaution:Before installing,repairing or performingmaintenance on thispump, read theseinstructions completely.InstallationElectric31WARMNG!Ground motor beforeCOMKtiIlgt0 dfXtliC3~power supply! Faiiure toground motor cn causesevere or f3tal electric31shock hard!Do not groundsupply line!to gasDisconnect power tomotor before workingmotor or pump!onMatch voltage tonameplate voltage onmotor. Incorrect voltage, cm c3use fire orseriously damage motor,voiding warnnty.CIose Coupled -Motor PumpsI & 0 Mama>These pumps require nospecial care in mounting,although it is suggested thatthey be fhdy bolted lo a leveltiLlleG. AdeqJateairmovema over motor willhelp prevent overloads.Power Frame &MountedPumps*.These pumps must be mount&ionarigidsteelbasethatwilI~not warp or fkx. Each pumpmust be mounted such that thepump shaft centerline i; on .:--center with the driver xhnft&:center-line. Pads and/or .,.shims will be required oneither pump, driver or bothThe two shafb should not:ouch each other and themust be realigned aftershipment and inst.aMion.pulley driven pumps must havexdieys in line and good belt:ightness practices followed.Fu(707)

.Directionof R0titi011Note: Motor shaft rotation isviewed From the suction end ofpump. A rotational arrow isshown on the front of thepump voiute casing. Incorrectrotation can caux pumpdamage, failure or reducedperformance, voidingwarranty. It is best to checkrotation by momentarilyenergizing or jogging themotor prior to filling pumpwith liquid.Warning! Do not operatepump without liquid formore than a few seconds, asdamage will rcjult tomechanical sezxl.PLUMBINGAll piping shouid be supportedindependently of the pump.Piping should not exert anystress on the pumpUXUXCtiOIlS.1. Suction Piping-HorizontalPumps.Suction line must provideadequate suction pressure andsmooth liquid flow for properpump operation. Airentrapment in the suction linebecause of l&s or improperdesign may cause the pump 10lose prime and fail. This pumpis not self-priming. thereforethe suction must be flooded atstart up. Also, the suction linemust provide sufficientpressure and smooth flow topump inlet lo prevent pumpcavitation. A length of straightpipe a minimum of 5 times thepump ink diameter andpreferably 10 times thediameter should be installed inthe suction line where it entersthe pump. Elbows, fittings orvalves instakd close to thesuction can disrupt liquid flowand cause malfimctionSuction Lines must be at leastthesamesizeasthepumpinletor large if possible. PricePump Company recommendsagainst using foot valves in thewxion he to maintain liquidin the pump when it’s notoperating. If foot valves areused due to suction I.8conditions they must beproperly maintained to avoidLeaks resulting from wesr orfouling. Suction piping mustbe designed to prevent airfrom being trapped in highspots in the piping. Thiscondition may cause the pumpto vapor lock as the air bubblemoves into the pump.2. Discharge Piping.For flow and discharge he&control it is advisable to installa valve (globe, ball, or otheradjustable and non-leak type)in the discharge line close tothe pump. The valve may beclosed during system repairs toprevent backflow. Byirmdling a check valve in thedischarge Line backflow canalso be prevented duringmaintenance or during periodsof pump stoppage.3. Vertical PumpsCare must be taken whenattxhing piping to thedischarge of verticallymounted pumps to avoidpiping stress (axial or radialforce) on the discharge port.Such force will push the pump-out of vertic3l aiignrnent,causing premature failure. Nopiping stress can be allowedagainst the dischargeconnection.Vertically mounted pumpsmust have impeller submergedat start-up. Also, inlet ofpump must be submerged farenough to prevent vorte-xingand the resulting entrance ofair into the pump. Whereconditions Limit how far pumpcan be submerged tank bafiksshould be used to preventvortex formation. The use of 3standpipe (vertical pipeco~ected to pump suction)will ailow liquid to be drawndown below level of theimpeller during operationNote, however, that pumpmust be submerged duringstart-up in order to gain prime.OPERATIONPriming. All centrifugalpumps must be f&xi withliquid prior to start up. Forthe pump ilIustrated in thismanual completely fill thevoiute and suction lines priorto operation It is suggestedthat during initial start up the&charge valve be closed andthen opened as the motordevelops 111 rpm’s. If pumpdoes not build up pressure asmotor speed increases, shutdown and reprime pump.me sure that liquid flow intopump is not rcstrictcd (see‘Troubleshooting”).Note: A centigal pump’sflow and head (pressure) willvary with the amount ofresistance (E&on and flow

cstxictions) in the dischargelincAsiWl.lVeOKlthCdisc&uge line opens the flowand motor amp draw willincrease and head will drop.A.9 a valve on the didharge isdosed the %ow and amp drawwi.Udecreaseandtheheadwiilincrtase. Ifr~inthcdiz3chge line is not su5cienttbcpumpwilloperateatacondition of maximum (or‘choked”) f!ow, alsosometimes called ‘end ofperformance curve.”Maximum horsepower israpid to operate at thispoint and motor overioad mayresult. Ifexce5sive amp drawand motor overload isreaming, reduce the system%ow by &tailing a valve onthe discharge line andrestricting flow. Alternatively,reduce pump head by trimmingimpeller to a smaller diameter.consult local Price Pumpdealer for assistance.CAUTIONDisconnect power to pumpbefore servicing to avoiddangerow or fatal electricalshock hazards.If pump has been used topump hazardous materi&be certain that all materialshave been rtmoved prior to-working on the pump.Inverting pump with liquidin it could cause liquid to getinto motor bearing andcause dnmagt Beforedisassembling be certain allliquid is removed from thepump.TROUBLXSHOOTI?-iG1. Pump faib to build prawl E:Check for:a. Pump not primed.b. IncmTea rotationc. Driver speed too low.d. Suction line restricted.e. Driver f%lure.f Plugged or damagediIllpAI~.g- Pump or impellerundersized.h Pump cavitationi. Impeller rubbing solute.2. Pump fails to provideenough flow.“heck for:a System resistance toohigh.b. Pump undersized.c. Pump not primed.d. Driver speed too low.e. Poor suction conditionsf Impeller rubbing volutedue to improperinstallatioag. Pump c3vitatiorl.h Tlugged or damagedimpeller.3. Excessive noise orvibration duringoperation.Check for:a Motor btig f&g.b. Pump cavitating.c. Impeller rubbing volute.Check for:a hprq= usably.b. Worn or cracked &faces.c. Aimhe material buildup around se&d. Liquid flashing at seaifBces Oemp too high).e. Seal pressue iating to0low for the scfvief. Chemical attack of sealPa-*g. Seal Operated dry or witha liquid having wrlubricating properties.4. Pump --dually lossprasurt and had.1 Check for:a Increasing temperaturecausing cavitation orliquid vaporizsionb. Driver failure.c. suction lifl tw highd. Air entering sxGon line.5. LMotor/pump overheating.kck for:a. Excessive flow and ampdraw. (Tlxottle discharge)b. Low voltage oriequency.c. Flow too low WiLtIresulting heat rise.d. Bearing failure.e. System temperature toOhigh.-punrPco. CDSma Rm3 412 L4.0 MIJKXhk4 kc Coppmy. #I Pumq Wsy . P.O. Box Q . + c.4 U.SA 954760329 l (mq93a8441 - ~~(70’~)938-4761

TYPE CD Series .MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR I&O IN 1%Before attempting any repairs under warranty, cuntact Distributor to obtain factory authorization.Repairs canied out without authorization may void warmnty. Many causes of pump system failure aredue to improper system design. Refer lo the Trouble Shooting List in this manual before carrying outpump inspection.DISASSEMBLY1. DisaxuztpowcrsourcctortK%or.2. Discoaocct cktric~.Itlxxm&ons~wirscarefully to pretax ColTeurotation. Loown motor base.7. Remove pump and motorziscnbly to repair a~e3.Obsavc position of aU partspriorto dkisanbly. (Noie:Volutc may be IA in piping.)4. Fcunovcbohsandrallcmwhltc !?rxn pump.5. Ranovc impella. unscnwimpAla bckdown slideimpella off sb& Do Notthwshaftkcyaway. Asmd Ipairofc&mporstzldzd v-is e 4gripsrLQybcclanlpcdtotbzpump s.i&t to pnvcd rotationwhile lJllwhq impenalo&down Avoid damagiq ti :scIs~oftbcsh&%+thtbcvise grips.6. Rcmovesedhcxlfrumtbezibafi. Type 6A: ranove s&dhead f?ca bta.c&t. Type 21:slidescdhudf?omthcshafl.Type9: Lqncnwtscrwandslide sxal bud off shaf?.7. Rcmon four motor bobs ~JK!ranove btacka kom motor.8. Renwvesulsutfrurnbrackct.use wcxxkn or pkstic dowel totamptbcsut~mthcbtackct.REASSE;MBLY1. CIunsutuvityofthebrackrtkruughly.!. ThOrOUghly dC7Il F’YnfJ shaft.AssurethatthcshaAisnotgroove-dandthattbacisnoevidence of pitting or fktting.Polishtbcshaftwithatrafincemery cloth aad c1u.n tkk?eyway. Iftkshdisgroo~keedorwoqreQiaocitInsraUthepumpsbaftoumtkmotot~digningsasanvofthepumpshaftwithtbckrywayoftkmutorshaft!ZnsurcalIddxisandburrsarclTIOOvtdflWllthCUlOtOfSbdandthattbeslingaisinplaa.For Type ISAa. Placebdutaufirmsurbxwirhseatuvity(Pump~)up. U-aml (I-19/6410x l-5/8’OD x 1R’ dap), prst seaIiKltosedcavitywithurbaoE3ceofsu.l(wl*mdup)up. PrcssunliJfIUlgcissutcdiIlxalca*ofbradret. Press cniy a~outa flange of sul. Avoidtouching carborl .Turhcc.b. PIact brackcr on mator(diglliIlgtkbZCifapplicable). Sawe bradcawith four motor bolts.c. PulloutpumpsbatI~f!drasitwillgotowardvolrrtcCtldand.dightlySUUgOQCsascrcwtoboldshaftinPh.d. Apply small amourd ofvegezsble oil 00 tk pump&aft and I.D. of sueelastomu. GcntfyplaccsutonaldofshaftwithccnmiCface&WntOWdl-dseal.ontostu&scllwillkAflaslidingimpdaPropcrlY kafai.e. Slide impcila onto sb.tlCnruringseatiSpUSkdfluhwitllstloulclerofshaftand impeller hub.f. Insfallirn&Iawasbaandbckdown. TightalSccurcly.g. -pumpshaftscrew.h kal.lncwvolutc~admolmtvolutctobcickst. .%xz~~witbt&sad tightEnmxlly.i. Movcsk&bac.kwitbaLicrcmbva .010-,015”.-Egbknpumpsl&scxscrews. TumsbaftbybandtoemlreilnQdadcesnotnlh again9 volute.For Type 21,8,9 sads: Placet.kbrafk~onafirmsurhccwidltkseatcavity@umpald)up. lknplaceaanaUamcuntofvcgctableoilonthcsutcup0r”O’riagscat. PlaccthcscarintkscatcavitywithtkQoliskdi5ceLlQtowmihpumpend Evtnlyp=bwintocavitywithfbgastlmgattlytapscaZintoplacewithawdaxdowdorplaSicmd(ll/8”artside d)). To klpasluctllcscatisnotdamagedQlaatkcardboarddiSkSuQQkd WithtkSCd 0VQt.kscatbee.P!are bracket on motor(aligning the base ifapplicable).Saxr~ btacket with four motorbolts.PuuoutpumpshaaasEirasitwillgotmvardMlUtCendaIld

slightlymugonesezscxewtoboldsha.fIinplacc.8. h&dlsdhudaanblyFor Type 21 Suls:a. L.ubricafeshaftandeliutMm with vegetableOil.b. Install rotary sul bud antpumpSbAdSli&towards&ituxltilcarboncuetauckssulsuLc. lns&llsulspringandl.uaimr.d InstallimpelIa.Lostall~in pump ShafI slideimpellaontos&flcnwin(thatthespringnzainerdocnotslip bcztwuntbcshodderofthcshaeandthe hub of the impcikr.lnstaUimpellawderdbckdown Qllmsculrcly.e. Lcc6alpumpst&sctf. FzLuwvolutcgaskctand mount volute tobmcks. Scarewith boltsand tigktm cvally.g. Monsbafkbackwithas-vcr .Olo-,015”.TighopP~Pshaft=tscrews. Tumsbaftbyhandto-irqxlkdoesnotrub against volutc.ForType8&9Sds:a Donotrcnloe aal OffiIsmAArn~“~bcadaaopumpsbat?slidhg gcdy past shoulderofshaftb. RamvccJipsfmmsealbc3dmanlJlyalxidixald.Do not tighm seal sexscn7a5atthirtimc.c. slideseallacxitowardsutun.tilclrbonfacctouchesScdsuLd. Install impeller. Install kqin pump ShafI. slideimpcllercxxto~andimtallimpdcrwashcratxhkdown TightenXrurcly.e. lnsr2.U new volute gzikaand m0unt volutc tobtxkct. Tighten at lasttWObOkSattbiStilI!Cf. slide pump sbai? forwardunril impellatouchesvo:utc. slide slx& backwith a screwdliw .OlO”-,015” (apprcl~lyl/c%“). Tii pump s&at?sas-crcws. Turn-byhandtomkesurcirnpelladoesnotmbagainstvolutc.g. Runovevolutedimpella.h. Ccmprcssulhudag.&tticmalyscrtuntildiskinsi&sulhudlinuupw-ithsuibailintaroundsealbud sozdiaglambelow.i. UsiqshortmnAlla~wralclqtightmsulhudXZSCTCWStDpumpshaft.A%. /j. Reimallshaftkcy,impeller,-andlockdown. Tightm4Y.k. lnstailnnv~lutegake~and mount volute tobmcka. Sam-c with boltsad -i&ten evenly.1. RoratepumpsLfIbyh&tomkesureinqxllerQcsrxxrubagaiaitmlutc.Rmlmpumptni.ImLticn,rtconntd de&c conneuiaas.0. start pump mamcntiy toobsemshaftrotatim IfrotaljonaYrrcsponds to tkroratinu arrow, pump my beputimsmice. Lf-I-oQLinKluinalrrtct. witch any two leadsai 3-ptme motors. ckckwiringdiagIamofmcmrfbrsingle phase l-ccuicnI. Rmxwctoppipcplug(ifapplicable) from the f?uIt ofMhJte ad plinx pumpthO~gbly,Ilditlg~alltiTYPE 9isPurgedBE FORE SETTING AfTER SElTINC

PfXEPump cu.CD (AI, AB, CIBF) Parts ListEffective: July 1, 1996\ ‘, \\ \ B\D\I!ixz!?m2402&:4044!i4v240&bjl-f=--lTm’9a2410-b 24lOdi4240124oI2407424074 24owOS73 (4 rps)OJJ70573 (4 rgs)0557osTJ(1wflOS7OS73 (1 qd-J05s70376 (4 rqdlOSJ:2426242624263425 *wxl14lx0SX.X24ZlOSXX2411O’XX141.x 24400581 0392* These McxkLs use an cming Volule Flange Gash (G’lcontinuedPreX’PvqCaCD-~Pnpcorp7. #I -Way. P.O.BorQ

. ‘is.PPIICE Pump cu.CD (AI, AB, CIBF) Parts ListEfktive: July 1, 1996SwlWrrlm1OOrylXcrBP2402-ai4240444240&b241&h3410.&140114013403-O14070l409-0OS73 (4 qd)OS73 (4 fqd)0376 (4 rss)QJnew-l0376 (4 qd)oss70x70358oss7OSSI2426242614QQ242624m142l24ll244a2431zuoOJUosn059205U0392-+ TkeModclrUscanO-RingVoiutcFbngcGaska (G')continued

CD (aAEI, CIBF) Parts Listprri NaG’ GRings (for V0lul.e FLangc)BuM(sld) L4amdvlp.Y~ 3074VilUl” 3070T&Xl. 307 INeaprav 3072EPRI3Q73G’ Guke Syn FiberfcrCDlOOAIdtBFCu.ly 0506PIi- pra All ModelsH SbflW/-WilhS/8”ID 2421-lSh&w~ndxmntilh7/8”rD2422-II. stingascdlwithscal0522K’.K’.K’.ThA Bum (ad)T&t VifmT.64 Ncqxme WI NiRam ScuT21 Vitro (opt)T.9 Single Teflcm (op)K’. lkuble ?eal/sd (OFI)T21 Vitm (2 qd)T21 Napme (2 rqd)0538053906750553115409850984T21 JZPR (2 qd)IhbkscalFlutPLLC Gasbq TctlmPhle EmJ (3 qd)L’ Vitm T.~A ‘&axh Lip SalL’. T21 Qmch Op (fa 5/8” shaft pumps mly)Qucach-PlatcGm&,SynFitaPLte Bolb (3 rqd)VilmLiqJseslM lmpclla -wN. Impclla-P. IUlpClk-wtiQ’. MCSJX - Specify PMQ*. Pow FmmcaForUrw~SWDShahFcrUrwxh7iB”ILlShartrQ’. A&MC&X-SpcafyPM10230973097402%089903Q805040267089124240917242.354785501CD (Al, AB, CJBF) Repair Parts KitPm 2222 For X3” simfI pumps Include: 51%” Shaft w/ SS. Slinger, Impckr La%om.ImpAla LLXUJWI Waskr, and ImpcLkr Key. Mnst !Ucct Gukrt or o-ring ScpirrteIyPm 2222-l For 71%” shaft pumps hciudcs: 71%” Shaft WI SS, Slings, Impella Nhpeila, Lockdown Washa, and ImpdlaKey Mnst Select Gasket or o-ring ScpyrtclyNOW Spedfy O-ring or Guket P/N md order upwately in addition to kitViLcJn (ad) PM 3070Bula PN 1001Tetlon PM 3071Ntop- P/N 3072EPR PM 3073GasLaSYnFlkr PM 0%Norc Suysut most be ordered in rddkioa to kit51%” T.6A Buna Seal (ad). Options: 5/8’ T-21 single seal T.9 Single and T.21 Double seal.5%” Double T-9 not waihble

.rir, . .PRICE Pump co,CD SS Parts ListE&xz.ive: July 1, 1996A- CDlOO5S &ZDlSOSSPart kdiaznda 244ti.94 24 12-1.94244w.50 24 124.5024481~3 2412-132448A.m 2412-1.002448-3.62 2412-3.62B. Voluc a247 2411-oc. Volutc &Ill 0917 (8 rqd) 0917 (8 rgd)D. 118” pipe PIup (2 qd) 0559 05s9EBrxka 0972 0972F. BuPluc(4 rqd) 0159 0199CDlOoSS *CD1 5oqG’. ckmg (for VoluLz Fbqc),Vitm(std) hund~rlal 3070BUM.3074TCflUl”3071IN-3072Em.3073G2. Gas4 Tdlm 0507j, These Models Use an O-Ring Voiute Flange Gasket (G’)Continued

CD SS Parts ListContinuedJ. slingascdwicb*Kl. T.21 Vitm(s!d)K2. T.9 Single Teflon (opt)K3 Double scaysart Cop)TZ1 Vifm (2 qd)T21 Ncqa-uz(Zqd)T’21 EPR (2 rqd)DuIbl.sadplatcPldLCGarLqTCflClIPlalc Balt3 (3 qd)05531 !SO098s09841023097309740256N.0.PIP2P3.RS.0x910533CD SS Repair Parts Kit?rn 2205 For 5/8” sh& pumps IncIudu: 5/8” Sha.0 w/ SS, Slingu. Impella Lxkdcmnhqclla Lodcdow71 Wasba. ad Impdla Key. Mnsf S&et Gasket or O-ring Scpandy‘rn 2205-I For 7/8” shaft pugs kluks: 71%” Shaft WI SS, Slinger. ImpAla WImpeller, Lockdown Washa, and Lmpzila Key Mwluf Select Gulrrr or O-ring Scpantd~Note spdfy o-ring Or hkt Pm md Order lcpUtiy in ldditiO0 t0 kitnon (ad) PM 3070BUIU PN 1001Teflon PM 3071Neoprene PM 3072EPR PM 3073Gdcca Tctlon P/N 0507Now Suvsur mast be ordered In addition to kiL5/8” T-21 Vitnn Seal (ad). Opticms: 518” T.9 Single and T.21 Ikadzk SraL5%” Doobk T.9 not available

. ‘is .PIICE fWT?P CU.~(.U,~F)OLJTUNXDFUWINGEffeczive: January I, 1995- ACOISCHA2GE -,1 I 11 l/2 \AWUP EN0 DIMENSIONSC I cl0 I PW I x I Y I 2 1 J ISUCTION/ OISCHCCOlco c: 5 7/3 / 5 3/16i6 ll/lfJi 3 r/z 1 I J/3 l23/4!45/3 I 1 l/d I !-CO150Cl/613/1614 I/1617 1’/161 3 13/16 j 2 r/3 ! 3 l/l61 5 5/3 I 2- 1 1 l/2~RIIllPc.acns.a-80pr(cnD Pump compuly. 91 F-amp way lP1~lOocll L&o IN154c0-2P.O.%xQ l samrru. CA USA 954760329 l (707)93a8~, . ~uflO7)93~)7.~

.I B . G’iS?XUL TEIW.3 OF SALE FOR PRODUCTS

--.-.-a/ 44Flow to 160 GPMHead to 100 ft.TAG: PMPIISMODEL CD100IYPeCD&CD-MD(Mag Drive)CENTRIFUGALMOTOR PUMPSFlows to 160 GPMHeads to 100 ft.SIZESSC 1 co - 1 ” x 1 ‘./a” x 5” A-;D 150 _ 1 ‘/:‘I x 2” x 5”MATERIALSxl-SS 316SS:D-AI Grey Ccst Iron wZD-AB All BronzeCD Csc CD-TVlD FLOW (UX??II)Curve for 60 Hz operation reference ori‘See engineering curves for final selec!ioType CD(For Meg Drive aimensrons see re‘,erce‘#1 Pump Way, P.O. Box QSonoma; CA 95476.(707) 9384441FAX: (707) 938-0764‘EATURESnechanical Sealed Pumpsl Secled shaftn Compcct close coupled desgnusrng standcrd NEMA 56C motorsm Back pull-out design for easymaintenancem 316% -John Crane Type 21 Uton,Carbon vs. Ceramic, standard sealm Iron or Bronze -John Crane Type6A. Buna. Carbon vs. Ceramic,standard sealn Double Type 21 Seal optionm John Crane Type 9 Teflon sealavcrlable on both modelsa Optional seal face materrals andelastomers include silicon carbrda,tungsten carbide, F31 carbon, EPR.Neoprene. (additioncl materialsavarlable)a Seal flush and seal quenchoptionalCD-MAG DRIVEI Optional temperature andvrbration monrtorngn Optional Hard coated shcf-tm Number of magnets can be variedto match HP requirementsm Optional external flushn Wide range of bearing materralsavailablen 56C motors standardForm #205

SITETAG:MODELST?--69PMPIISCD100$+ FLOW (USGPM)

.BLDG 1613Equipment DataComponent Group: Liquid SeparatorComponent NameM M SwitchManufacturer sollthm lodwcrhl bntIolr Inc.Model NumberSerial NumberDescriptionls3ooaNATwo Point RF ltvd SwitchOEM Vendor DataOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorREP Inc.HAService/Maintenance VendorREP IKNotul

REP INC. SEPARATOR LEVEL CONTROL ADJUSTMENT PROCEDUREThis is a supplement to the manufacturer’s operatin g instructions condensing theadjustment procedure for REP’s separator application.NOTE: CW - indicates clockwise, CCW - indicates counter clockwise.The following procedure requires you to adjust potentiometers (pots) fully CW andCCW. The pot is fully turned CW or CCW when a very faint click is heard. There isone click per revolution. Depending on the position of the pot setting at the start it maytake quite a few turns to reach fully CW or CCW.DO NOT try to adjust two level points too close to each other or at the same point.Levels must be staggered at least by 1” to 2”.LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS IN DESCENDING ORDER OF LEVEL:HIGH/HIGH LEVEL - level which shuts off the flow of process air to the separator.HIGH LEVEL - level which turns on the liquid pump to drain the separator.HIGH/HIGH LEVEL RESET - level which permits the flow of process air to theseparator.LOW LEVEL - level which turns off the liquid pump.LEVEL CONTROL ADJUSTMENT PROCEDUREFollow steps only in order as indicated:1. Make certain the fluid level in separator is above the HIGH/HIGH level.2. Turn both set point pot # 1 and #2 to full CCW.3. Turn both deadband pot # 1 and #2 to full C W.4. Set both toggle dip switches to position 1, this is up towards the pots on the board.5. Drain the fluid level to the HIGH/HIGH level.6. Turn set point #2 pot CW until the LED goes ON.7. Drain the fluid level to the HIGH/HIGH RESET level.8. Turn the deadband #2 pot CCW until the LED goes OFF.9. Fill the separator to the HIGH level.10. Turn the set point # 1 pot CW until the LED goes ON.11. Drain the fluid level to the LOW level.12. Turn the deadband # 1 pot CCW until the LED goes OFF.

ST.+WDAFtD FEATURESSelf contained - separate control box notrequiredAdvanced technology - no moving parts towear outTwo completely independant setpoints -each with its own relay - both withadjustable deadband ( hysteresis )Failsafe high or low - individuallyselectable. Explosion proof housing. Teflon sheathed probe for conductiveliquids. Stainless steel 3 16 probe with Tefloninsulator for dry materials and non -conductive liquids. Simple mechanical installation. Up to 6 foot of probe at no extra chargeDigital IC oscillator for better stabilityEasy calibration - no special tools requiredPowered by 11.5 VAC or 24 VDC. Stable over wide temperature range. Ignores product build up on probeIMANUFACTUREDIN USASITE ST-r-69TAG: LSAILSHILSLMODELLS3000

. Power - I15 VAC and 24 VDC standard -( 230 VAC optional ). Output - 2 separate relays - each with aSPDT dry contact - 5 amp resistive at 125VAC and 30 VDCSEFQINT 2. Adjustable deadband ( hysteresis )Selectable high and low failsafe. Ex-proof Housing - Class I, Group C, D -CIass II, E, F, G - Class lII - Nema 4X epoxy. Probe - j/4” NPT pI’dcess connection forbare rod and 1,‘3” M?T for Teflon rodAll wetted parts SS 3 16, Teflon,Viton standardand/or. Pressure rating - 500 PSI at 75 Deg. F. Probe temp. - -40 Deg. F to 400 Deg. F. Electrical temp. - -40 Deg. F to 135 Deg. FNC1 c NO1 NC”, C NO1 Ll L2 G -2-lRELAY I RELAY2 115VAC - L-DCTEFLON SHEATHED PROBET--1” NPT CONDUITI: rj 1 “2”NPT l/4” SS 316 ROD WITH; I 318” TEFLON SHEATH,CJ :tiII -: 3.75” itisi LENGTH AS REQUIREDBARE ROD PROBE1” NPT CONDUIT. Flange mount. Ground reference rod for non-metallictanks and liquids with low dielectricconstant. Sanitary tri-clamp connection-A 3i4" NPT7 LENGTH AS REQUIRED /IDISTRIBUTEDBY:@REE2405 Murphy Blvd * Gainesville, GA 30504770-538-0020 . 800-536-9933 * (F)770-538-0022Teflon is a registered trademark of the DuPont Corp.I

,LEVELSENSE,,MODELLSTWO POINTRF LEVEL SWITCHINSTALLATIONAND OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS

LS3000 LEVEL SWITCH1. DESCRIPTIONA. General DescriptionThe LS2000 is a two point level switch that detects the presence or absence ofmaterial at a particular point on the probe. The presence or absence of materialchanges the state of an internal SPDT relay for that particular point. Each pointoperates and-adjusts independently of the other, giving the user the choice oflow and high, high and high/high, or low and low/low operation.The basic unit is made up of a solid stainless steel probe attached to anexplosion proof housing. Inside the explosion proof housing are allcalibration adjustments and sensing electronics.The unit is calibrated in the tank or process vessel in which the probe is tobe used. The tank has to be filled and emptied once to set the pointsdesired.B: SpecificationsPower: 115 VAC 50/60 Hz and 24 VDC standard. (230 VACoptional)output: 2 Relays with Form C contacts, SPDT, 5 amp resistiveat 125, 250 VAC; 30 VDCFail Safe: Selectable high or low levelHazardous Area: Class I, Group 8, C, D, Class II, Group E, F, GTemperature: Probe: -10 F to 200 FElectronics: 0 F to 150 FPressure: Probe: 500 psi @ 75 F standard. Higher ranges available onrequestConstruction: Probe: All wetted parts, Stainless Steel 316, Teflon, andViton standard. All wetted parts made from Teflonavailable also.Electronics: Housed in cast aluminum Ex-proof enclosure

2. INSTALLATIONA. Inspection and OperationAfter unpacking the LS3CO0, visually inspect the unit for any damages.Please advise the factory or your local distributor of any damage.Before installing the unit, a simple operational check can be performedOn the bench, hook up 115 VAC power to LI and L2 ( 230 VAC optional ) or24 VDC to - and + 24 VDC terminals.Hold the unit so that the probe is not touching any surface. Turn bothset point adjustments fully clockwise. All adjustments are made using20-turn potentiometers; the potentiometers will make a clicking soundat the end of their travel. Turn both deadband controls fullycounterclockwise. Set both failsafe switches in the up ( high)position.LEDs will light. Turn each set point adjustment CCW until itsrespective LED turns off. Touching the probe will turn on both LEDsand both relays: releasing the probe will cause them to turn off again.B. Physical Installation1) The LS3000 is installed into the vessel wall using a l/2” NPT connectionwith standard Teflon sheathed probe. 3/4” NPT is used when usingSS 316 bare rod probe. This can be either a threaded coupling or aperhaps a tapped flange.2) The Teflon insulator of the SS 316 bare rod orobe should always extendat least 2” through the vessel wall.3) Always check for physical room around the location you have chosento allow for installation. Allow 3 I/2” turning radius to screw theProbe in and allow for clearance above for the length of the Probe.4) Screw the LS3000 into the vessel connection. In a dry materialapplication, no sealant on threads is required.5) The LS3000 has a 1” NPT conduit entry. When wiring these units,conform to the National Electrical Code and any other local codes.6) Always install the electrical connection into the 1” NPT on the LS3000so water will not follow the connection routing into the threads ofthe 1” NPT hub. To guarantee that condensation and water will stayoutside the unit, install a EYSM unilet before each LS3000 and fillwith explosion proof sealing cement.

7) When conduit is originating from above the probe installation, a drip leg isrecommended. This will allow for any possible liquid or condensate thatmight be present to fall below the probe and not enter the housing anddamage the electronics.8) When required, the LS3000 probe can be bent to meet your specialapplication. Remember to allow 2” of clearance between the probe andthe vessel wall. If the probe is to be used in a pressure application, thefactory must bend the probe to your specifications.9) In small vessels where a good location is hard to find, it maybe necessary to put a baffle plate between the probe and theproduct inlet to keep product off of the probe as it fills.C. Removing the Electronics1) To remove the sensing card, unscrew it from -the power supply card andunplug the probe banana plug. When reinstalling reverse the procedure.2) To remove the power supply card you must:a) Disconnect supply power at main power sourceb) Remove sensing cardc) Disconnect wires from terminal stripd) Remove green grounding screwe) Unplug banana plugf) Lift board outTo reinstall, reverse the above procedure.TOP BOARD LAYOUTSETPOINT 1 SETPOINT 2 ’NC1 C NO1 NC2 C NO2 Ll L2 G +24RELAY 1 RELAY 2 115VAC - VDCTERMINAL BLOCK LAYOUT

3. ELECTRICAL WIRING CONNECTIONSSEE DIAGRAMBELOW:BOTTOMBOARDG=i!jN,gpyip00000’00000.L_-.-_-. IIi.r, *v..;---z-- ‘\JC_1-: -i 1 -;-=r---,. =r __--%, 1 - .‘C__- I -I_

4. CALIBRATIONPLEASE READ THE ENTIRE CALIBRATION PROCEDURE BEFORECALIBRATING THE LS3000. THE PROBE MUST BE INSTALLED INPROCESS VESSEL AND WIRED BEFORE CALIBRATION.A. OPERATION OVERVIEWThe LS3000 has two independent set points (where the associated relaychanges states). In operation, one set point is above the other (usually setpoint 2 above set point l), so each relay changes state at a different level inthe tank or vessel. Three modes are possible:1) LOW LEVEL AND HIGH LEVEL: The process level is between the two setpoints. If the process level falls below the lower set point, that relaychanges sfate. If the process level rises above the upper set point, thatrelay changes state. There is never a point where both relays are not intheir normal operating state at the same time.2) LOW AND LOW/LOW LEVEL: The process level is above both set points.and the low set point is above the low/low set point. If the process levelfalls past the low set point, that relay will change states. If the processlevel falls below the low/low set point, that relay will also change state.When the process level is below both set points both relays have changedfrom their normal operating state.3) HIGH AND HIGH/HIGH LEVEL: The process level is below both set points.with the high/high set point above the high set point. If the process levelrises above the high set point, that relay changes state. If the process levelrises above the high/high set point, that relay changes state. When theprocess level is above the high/high set point, both relays have changedstate from their normal operating state.B. CALIBRATION PROCEDURE1) Complete all mechanical and electrical installation. Set both fail-safeswitches to high (up position) for initial calibration. The fail-safe switcheswill be explained later. Turn both deadband settings completelycounterclockwise; they will be set later. The deadband and set pointadjustments are 20-turn potentiometers; turning these beyond their travelproduces a clicking sound and does no harm to them.2)Jhe unit has to be calibrated by filling and emptying the process vessel onetime. It can be done in either order:

A) EMPTY TANK, NO DEADBAND REQUIRED: Be certain that the level inthe tank is below both desired set poirts. Turn both set pointadjustments fully countercfockwise to the end of their travel. Bring thelevel in the tank up to the first or lower set point. This would be the lowpoint in high/low operation, the low/low point in low and low/low, and thehigh point in high and high/high. Turn the set point 1 adjustmentclockwise until the LED just turns on and the relay turns on. Turning theadjustment clockwise is like turning a screw clockwise. When you turn ascrew clockwise, it tightens and moves down or away from you.Likewise, turning the adjustment clockwise moves the set point down therod, away from you. Counterclockwise adjustment does the opposite.Now bring the level up to the second set point. This is high in high/low,low in low and low/low, and high/high in high and high/high. Turn thesecond set point adjustment clockwise until its relay and LED just comeon.B) EMPTY TANK, DEADBAND REQUIRED: If a deadband, defined as thedifference between the turn on point and the turn off point is desired,begin performing above adjustments in A) and leave process level at orabove set points and be certain both relays and LEDs are on. Turn bothdeadband adjustments fully clockwise ( or turn the deadband only for thepoint desired if only one point needs a deadband; skip the instructions forthe other point). This will move the point where the relay turns off to theend of the probe. In this unit, this point is alwavs below the set point; ifthis is not acceptable, adjust the deadband now as specified and see thefollowing section on fail-safe for a way to alter this. Bring the level in thetank below the second set point until you reach the desired point for therelay to turn off. Turn the deadband 2 adjustment counterclockwise untilthe relay and LED just turns off. This point can be above or below thefirst set point, but will always be below the second set point. Now bringthe level in the vessel below the first set point to the point where therelay needs to turn off. Turn the deadband 1 adjustmentcounterclockwise until the relay just turns off.REMEMBER TO SET BOTH FAIL-SAFE SWITCHES TO HIGH AND TO TURNBOTH DEADBAND SETTINGS COMPLETELY CCW BEFORE CALIBRATINGC) FULL TANK, NO DEADBAND REQUIRED: If no deadband is required foreither point, turn both set point adjustments fully counterclockwise.Make certain that the process level is at or above the desired set pointsand that both relays are off. Bring the level down to the secclnd set point(high in high/low, low in low and low/low, or high/high in high andhigh/high). Turn the set point 2 adjustment clockwise until the LED andrelay just come on. Bring the process level down to first set point (thesecond set point relay should turn off). This point is low for high/low, etc.Turn the set point 1 adjustment clockwise until the relay and LED justturn on.

13) FULL TANK, DEADBAND REQUIRED: Turn both set point adjustmentsfully counterclockwise, Make certain the process level is at or higher thanthe desired second set point and that both relays and LEDs are off. Turnboth deadband adjustments fully clockwise (or only one if only one setpoint requires a deadband). Bring the process level to the second setpoint (high for high/low, low for low and low/low, or high/high for high andhigh/high). Turn the second set point adjustment clockwise untii the LEDand relay just turn on. Lower the process level to the point where therelay needs to turn off, then turn the deadband 2 adjustmentcounterclockwise until the relay just turns off (ignore this if no deadbandneeded). 8ring the process level to the first (low, low/low, or high asabove) set point and turn the set point 1 adjustment clockwise until theLED and relay just turn on. Now lower the process level to the pointwhere the relay should turn off and turn the deadband 1 adjustmentcounterclockwise until the relay and LED just turn off.3) FAIL-SAFE AND OPERATION MODE SELECTIONFail-safe is defined as an alarm or operation occurring automatically in caseof power outage or major probe failure. In other words, the relays are onduring normal operation, and turn off when the desired set point is reached.This means that the normally open and clo sed contacts will work backwardsin normal operation.For no fail-safe, the unit works as indicated on the wiring diagram. Therelays are normally off until a set point is reached, and the normally openand closed contacts work as indicated.For no fail-safe, set the fail-safe switches as follows:DESIRED MODE ( FAIL-SAFE 1High and LowLowLow and Low/LowLowHigh and High/HighHighFAIL-SAFE 2HighLowHighFor fail-safe, set the fail-safe switches as follows:DESIRED MODEHigh and LowLow and Low/LowHigh and High/HighFAIL-SAFE 1HighHighLowFAIL-SAFE 2LowHighLowRemember, in fail-safe mode the relay is on during normal operation: wireaccordingly.NOTE: Due to the wide variety of applications and possible control oralarm functions, the proper fail safe selection will depend onyour circumstances. Please call your distributor or the factory for assistance.

PLEASE CONTACT THE FACTORY OR YOUR DISTRIBUTOR IF YOU HAVEANY QUESTIONS OR NEED ASSISTANCE.6. WARRANTYAll components of the LS3OOO are warranted to be free from defects in materialand workmanship for a period of THREE years from the date of purchase. Thiswarranty applies to general purchaser and to components installed, servicedand operated according to instructions.LEVEL SENSE will repair or replace, at its option, FOB at itsplant or any other location designated, any part which proves to be defectivein manufacture or -workmanship.All claims must be made in writing within the warranty period. No claimsoutside of the warranty period will be honored.-Warranties are not applied to .any components which have been damaged byimproper installation, use, exposure to unusual atmospheric conditions orcomponents which have been misused, abused, damaged by neglect oraccident.This warranty shall not apply to any components which have been altered orrepaired without the prior written consent of LEVEL SENSE.LEVEL SENSE assumes no responsibility or liability for any labor or materialback charges, without written authorization. Any products returned must bewith prior written authorization.CAUTION: ALL INSTALLATION AND WIRING MUST CONFORM TO NECAND ALL OTHER LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES. TAKE SPECIAL CARE INOBSERVING HAZARDOUS AREA SAFETY PROCEDURES. WE ASSUMENO LIABILITY FOR IMPROPERLY INSTALLED OR WIRED UNITS.

5. MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTINGNo routine maintenance is required other than keeping the interior of theunit clean and free of dirt, dust and other contaminants.The LS3000 consists of three main sub-assemblies. These are the enclosurewith the antenna probe, the power supply board and the sensing card. Thefollowrng troubleshooting guide will assist in determining hew to correctmost of the problems which may occur in the field. Review the Installationand Calibration procedures.PROBLEM POSSIBLE CAUSE SOLUTIONRED LED cannot beadjusted to turn on.Antennato probe.lead not connectedPlug antennainto probe.leadNo power to unitApply powerRED LED remainsat all times.onProbe or Probe wire isshorted to groundBad sensingcardUnpltig banana plugand check for shorts.Recalibrate.ReplaceUnit triggers whenmaterial touchesprobe but will notrelease afterwards.ImproperImproperprocedureprobe mountingcalibrationExcessive build up ofmaterial on probeSee sectionRecalibrate with buildupor clean probeUnit will not detectmaterialImpropercalibrationUnit was calibratedwith material touchingprobeSee calibrationsectionBe sure material is nottouching probe andrecalibrateUnit will not stay incalibrationUnit not groundedproperlyProvide good groundconnectionRelay works properlybut no signal at terminalsBurned or broken traceson circuit boardRemove power andinspect for burnedtracesReplaceBad or burnedcontactsrelaySee above

BLDG 1613Equipment DataB OHM Remediation

SITETAG:STT-69FLT102FS-3OP-200qx.5Since 1968 Solberg has beenL-WY.,- manufacturing quality OEMand industrial filters for airF’ compressor, blower and vacuungz:c applications. By pioneering.: many filter manufacturingtechniques and building theirg-- own oroduction machinery,r solberg is fulfilling-theircommitment ofcontinual productimprovement andprompt responseto customer needs1The Solberg line includesmost all sizes of inlet, inline,and exhaust system filters andelements, filter silencers, oilmist filters, high temperaturefilters and more. There is achoice of media to suitspecific duty requirements. Asthe filter specialist, Solbergcan also provide reliable productsfor individual needs andunique filter applications. Askfor an engineering evaluationof your requirements.FS-19P-125---r-Connectton size;125 = 1%“; 250 = 2%“.Element part #;Odd #‘s = Polyester.Even #‘s = Paper, Eveni/‘S + s = Wire Mesh.P = Polyurethane foampre-filter included,FS denotes FilterSilencer.

APPLICATIONSl Blowersl Air Compressors- Fansl Hydraulic breathersl EnginesFEATURESl Fully drawn weatherhood -no welds to rust or vibrateapartl Tubular silencing design -tubes positioned to maximizeattenuation and airflow while minimizingpressure dropTYPICAL NOISE AlTENUATION- FS SERIESl Durable carbon steel constructionltiith baked enamelfinishl Low pressure drcp centerbracket and pipe design- Interchangeable elementsOPTIONS(InquiriesEncouraged)l Various elements available -See Element Bulletinl l/8” & l/4” tap holes fordifferential pressure guagesl Epoxy coated housingsl Hot dipped galvanizedhousrngsl Special connections-s I APPLICATION CFM /PULSATING I CONTINUOUS I! -\ - fIIEFFECTIVESURFACEAREA OFELEMENT INSQUdiE FEETV/Wire Mesh Element / Polyester Paper-- I .2 .2-.2 i .2\ FS-14.S0501\ FS-14S-O7#\ FS-MS-1Qb\ FS-1as-160sa /58.5.5.51.5.58.sa.9.9.93.aMPTConnection(Rotary,Centrifugal,screw;6 6 114” .566 1 3/a” ) 5‘0a! 10a 13ia~~112”,(Approx.Shipping10 10 l/2” / 1.820 j 20 314” 220 / 25 1 ” 2.13Q ! i 1” I111DIMENSIONS ----r __3-15/16” 1 *5/a” I Z-114”12-114” 1 2-114” t 10”

‘ESTERRemoval effic :iency of polyestermedia at face velbcity of:15 cfm/ft*-media30 cfm/ftZ-media . . . a s l l . l . . . l . . .45 cfm/ft*-media -------------PAPERDust Removal efficiency of papermedia ?t face velocity of:10 cfm/ft*-media15 cfm/ft*-media •~~~~~*-~~*~~~~~20 cfm/ftZ-media -e----------wF-2.:,iInfluence of Face Velocity onDust Holding Capacitya 2 1 6 3 .o?amc!e S;e rnhz:cflstOrl High temperature plastisolendcapsl ReInforced with epoxy coateda-zif3-5steel wire on both sides ofPolyesrer hediapolyesterO-* Nominally 99+% efficient at 10micronsl Washable - lukewarm water!I-and mild deterger.tl Dust loading capacity is increased40-500/o with3-2!iiF$polyurethane prefilterPaper MediaI-ADVANTAGESl Less maintenance- More durable- Moisture resistantO 10 20 30 10 :- Handles hot air and oil mistFace ‘le!ocr~/-C~kl/rt’-media from unload cycle ofreciprocating compressorl Plastrsol endcapsl Heavy duty lndustrlal strengthpaperl Nominally 99-c% efficient at 10microns* Reinforced with heavy gaugegalvanized expanded metall Dust loading capacity is Increased40-50% withpolyurethane prefilterADVANTAGESl Less expensivel More surface area per givensizel Higher efficiencyI SMI ELEMENT NUMBERS /EFFECTIVESURFACE AREAIN SQUAREFEETtAddItIonal interchangeableelements listed In ElementBrochure EL-10P = Polyurethane PrefilterLiIPolyester / Paperm.!i I .90-s---J+1.0. 0.0. HT- 2-114” 1 ”- 3” I -3la~~i-i/an 2-l 14” 2-l/4”3” 4-3/8~~ 2-5/l 6”3” 4-3/a” 4-3/4’3-5/a” !i-314” 4-3/4”3-5iafl 5-3/4” 9-l 12”SOLBERG Manufacturing,Inc.1151 West Ardmore Ave., Itasca, IL 60143-1387l-800-451-0642 (Illinois: 708-773-1363)Fax: 708~T73-0727-

BLDG 1613Equipment DataSW OHM Remediation\. B Services Corp.A-d--Component Group: Liquid SeparatorjEcwbmentDataComponent Name Dial hmumctcrManufacturerTWiCCModel Number 685606Serial NumberDescriptionI OEM Vendor DataOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorNA&metal Adjurtable Angle ThermometerREP Inc.HAService/Maintenance VendorREP Inc.Notes

DIAL THERMOMETERSBIMETAL TYPE ADJUSTABLE5” DIAL SIZEANGLE:Rotates360°Dial faceis adjustablefor easy vlewing.The TRERICE 5” Adjustable Angle Bimetal Thermometer case may be rotated360° and angled over 160°, providing ease of viewing.DESCRIPTIONCASE: Type 300 Series Stainless Steel, highly polished, hermetically sealed.RING: Type 300 Series Stainless Steel, highly colished.WINDOW: Double strength glass is standard. Plastic is available on special orderon ranges up to 500°F.DIAL: White finished aluminum with black & blue markings. Dual scale OF & OC isstandard.POINTER: Balanced aluminum with black finish.RECALIBRATOR: An external recalibrator for indicator adjustment is furnishedstandard.ACCURACY: 1% of full scale.CONNECTION: Type 300 Series Stainless Steel, fixed %” NPT is standard. Aswivel type ‘12” NPT union connection is available on special order. Union connectedthermometers must be installed in a well. To order with swivel connectionadd SW to order no.; e.g., B8560405SW.STEM: Type 300 Series Stainless Steel, %” O.D. The internal bimetal coil is siliconedampened for maximum temperature sensitivity and minimum pointer vibrationon ranges thru 300°F.CAUTION: On pressure or corrosion applications, a proper thermowell should beselected to protect the stem from damage and to facilitate the removal of thethermometer from the process without shutting it down.J Liquid filling is recommended for vibrational applications. Silicone liquid fillHOW TO ORDER: State quantrty, catalog numberavailable on ranges up thru 5OOOF. When using a 2%” stem length thermometer,.followed by the Range Number.maxlmum lmmerslon or the stem IS essential for correct temperature indtcation.EXAMPLE: 25 88560405 (Range is 20 to 240°F CASE TEMPERATURE: Must not exceed 2OOOF (93%). Higher temperatures may& - 10 to 115OC.) cause failure of the window.CATALOUMBERSINOTE: These thermometers may be supplied in 3” dial faces. See next . oaae. ”RANGES SHADED ARE STOCK-RANG&.I DIMENSIONS1tMinimum stem lengths for these ranges is 4”.‘Not recommended for continuous service above 800°F or 425’X.Single scale or special ranges are available on special order.Over temperature Llmlts: Ranges up to 250°F 100% of span, ranges above_, 250°F 50% of span.SITEST-I--69TAG: 71105Page 4B85606-27 (0-25O’F)

BLDG 1613Equipment Data&=aS\HOHM RemediationServices Corp.A-d--Component Group: Liquid Separator;Equbment data 1Comment Name Liquid fiiled Pressure GaugesManufacturerWikaModel Number 213.53Serial NumberDescriptionHAliquid filled Vacuum Gauge 30” HgIOEM Vendor Data 1Original VendorSpare Part VendorREP Inc.HAServicelTklaintenance VendorREP Inc.Notu

Type 213.53 21/2” & 4”Liquid-filled- COPPER ALLOY WE-l-l-ED PARTSGauges- STAINLESS STEEL CASE- GLYCERINE-FILLEDWIKA Type 213.53 gauges feature a stainless steel case for protection inharsh environments, The glycerine filling helps dampen the effects of vibrationand pulsation. It also lubricates the movement which extends the life ofthe qauge.SITEUT-69TAG:PITYPE231.53&l-O”HGGSTANDARD FEATURES-4 Size: 2%” (63 mm)4" (100 mm)Case: Stainless steelRing: Polished SS, crimpe !dWetted Parts: Copper alloyWindow: PolycarbonateDial: White aluminumPointer: Black aluminumO-ring: EPDMLiquid Filling: GlycerineAccuracy: + 1.5% of spanOptions Available from.lnventoryStainless steel front flange (FF)Stainless steel rear flange (RF)U-clamp bracket for panelmounting (UC)Brass restrictorABBREVIATIONSLM - Lower MountCBM - Center Back MountLBM - Lower Back Mount* Items shown wdh part numbers are availablefrom stock (subject to prior sale).* Items shown without part numbers areavailable on special order. Minimum ordequantities may apply.!r ITypeSizeConnectionConn. SizePress. Scale30 'Hg30"-O-1530*-O-3030'-O-6030"-O-100psipsipsipsi30"-O-160 psi30"-0-200psi15psi30 psi60 psi100 psi16Opsi200 psi3OOpsi400psi600 psi800 psi1,000 psi1,500 psi2,000 psi3,000 psi5,000 psi10,000 psi15,000 psiiiSTANDARD RANGES AND PART NUMBERSLM ?PWBAR96919579767010 9691965 96936919767029 9691974 96937059767037 9691982 96937139767045 9691990 96937219767053 9692007 96937399767061 9692015 96937479767070 9692024 9e937559767088 9692032 96937649767096 9692040 96937729767100 9692058 96937809767118 9692066 9693798213.53Liquid-Filled2Y2"CBM9767193 96921479767202 96921559767215 96921649767223 96921729767231 96921809767240 96921989768947 98922029767126 9692075 9693802 9767258 96922109767134 9692083 9693810 9768165 96922289767142 9692091 9693828 9768939 96922369767150 9692105 9693836 9767266 96922459767169 9692113 9693845 9767274 96922539767177 9692121 9693853 9767282 969226 1l/4‘SUKGICM9693683IPTPSI9767185PSI/BARWKWCM”9692139 96938619693879 ~9693887 /9693895 ;9693909 (9693917 /9693925 /9693934 /9693942 ;96939509693968 19693976 ;9693985 ~9693993IP-41

STANDARD RANGES AND PART NUMBERS --.--- A’ __Connecti&213.53Liquid FilledA” AA__-c---P--G---~w213.53 2 l/24’ LM;;BM,LBM-;5 psi ._.

BLDG 1613Equipment DataSOHlkl RemediationServices Corp.r-M-wComponent Group: SVE Well HeadComponent Name O-200 inch Vacuum GaugeManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberAsh&25149OA-OZB-O-200” VacuumWAOEM Vendor DataOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorNational InstrumentNathal l~ewncmServicelMniateannce Vendor$ieI

QASHCROITLow Pressure Diaphragm GaugesSeries 1490, Grade A (Z-1-2%)- 2%” dial size The Ashcroft- Type 1490 senes ofproduct measures low pressuresl Steel case/black epoxy painted from 10” H?O thru 15 psi as well asl Bronze diaphragmvacuum and compound ranges. This- Brass socketgauge uses a diaphragm capsulewhich is very sensitive for measunng- Sensitive diaphragm-capsulelow pressures and vacuum.sensor mechanism- For use with gases that are notcorrosive to bronze and brassCats SiraCodaGauge TypeITubeICodsBrass OlLI i'J lowersocket 018 'I back-:ode -2VHVarlaliontFigure IntervalsMinor Graduation1 015 O?O/30 1" H,O 5 05O/60 in H>O 10 1IO 1')#:&I I" H~O 20 2or200 I" ti20 20 201300 I" t&O 50 5-carbonatewtndowcarbonate wmdowwth flush mou"t,"g0110 ps, 1 01o/15 DS, 5 02Vacuum15/O I". H,O 5 023010 I". HTO 5 0560/O in. HP0 10 1100/o I" Hz0 10 1200/o I". H,O I 20 215/O 0zJin.' 5 0230/O oziin 2 1 016010 oz.%7 z 10 I100/o oz./I" 2 10 1Compound-30/30 I". HI0 10 1-3Oi30 in oz./~n.' 10 1-10110 I" t&o 2 I 02Dual ScalaInner ScaleRangeInner ScalaGraduationsOutarScalsFigure Minor Figure MinorOuter Scalalnlewdl.s Gnd. Intern Grad.I I 1 / ISelect:1. Dial stze-2% 22. Case type3. Tube and socket material4. Connection size-% (02), % (01)5. Connection6. Optional features-see page 887. Standard pressure range-l O’H,OAccessories-see pages 138-144Reference Bulletin QG-1

BLDG 1613Equipment Data‘B=SOHM RemediationServices Corp.A-d-NComponent Group: SVE Well HeadComponent NameManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberDescriptionHog B&UllkMWlll/4” hose x l/4’ HNPT Brass Hose BarbNAMC flatter Cm Part Number: 5346K14Original VendorSpare Part VendorncMaster curMcflvtlr CurService/Maintenance VendorSite,

102 & 103 SERIES-- ,NPTF-MALE HOSEBARBNartonbl Pipe Tapered-Viyseal1HOSE J.IOL.PartNumber102.0202102~3204uoa*1.0.A110102-0502_-102.0504 5116_' a- 102-0506102-0602i 102-0604; J .-G-102-0606 318102-0608102.0612102-0804' AO2-O806112..rlO2-0808' 102-0812102-1006102-1008 518102-1012j,,' 102-1208314‘-102.1212102-16121.d 7 .-.102-1616.,. i tNPTFThread0118-27l/4-18118-27l/4-18118.27l/4-18318-18l/a-27114-18318-18118-27114-18318.18l/2-143/a- I 4114-l 8318-18l/2-14314-14318-18112.14314-l 4112-143/4-143/4-14l-11-112LengthC1.061 161.351.541.571.761.761.571.761.761.571.761.761.971.971.761.761.971.971.761.971.972.192.192.192.54Hex7116911671-169116l/2911611/16l/2911611116112911611/16718l-1/1651811/16718l-111611116718l-1116718l-1116l-1/16l-318No. ofBarbs333344444444444444444444:BarbLangttlD.46.46.75.75.9?.9?.97.97.97.97.97.97.97.97.97.97.97.97.97.97.97.971.191.191.191.19Std.Pkg.1001001001001001001001001001001001001005050100100505010050501:2510. .- .,Lbs. Per100 PCS.2.2' -.. -c !3.3 - ;l', -__ .2.54.0 *. '2.94.3 -- .5.63.04.2 - ' ;'__,,5.63.84.86.111.715.37.37.512.216.07.211.616.216.818.925.738.4NPT.-MALE SWIVELHOSE BARBNational Pipe Tapereduosa NPTPZUl I.D. Thread LMlgttlNo. ofNumberA B C Hex Barbs103-0404 l/4 114.18 1.56 9116 4103-0604114-18 1.a4 518 4103-0606 318 318.18 1.62 11116 4BarbLength0.83.9a.98Std.Pkg.100Lbr. Per1ao PCS.5.06.38.0Other barb and thread sire combinations available on request.5SQ/ZO'd 608[ ISPOl616 0; L;PG c&9 80L c= tltfu3 t131stJw3w tlj Li:oI L6‘0l 130

BLDG 1613Equipment DataL&Es OHM Remediation\. Services Corp.AnrugdoorCMpBdhComponent Group: SVE Well HeadEaubmentDataComponent NameManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberDescriptionpVC BJI V&ml2’ True Union, Schedule 40, PVC BaJl VahNA2’ TIM Union, Schedule 40, WC Ball Valve, Won O-ringsOEM Vendor DataOriginal VendorIpTSpare Part Vendor s0-m I&still FluticsService/Maintenance VendorsiteNotaI

,..< , ,3 i astic ValvesDUO-BLOC’ BALL VALVE* Large cross-sectroned seats for greater sealingarea l 610~~s in two drrectronc l True Unwondesign. guaranteed for 2 cy?srs *Two sets of endconnectors (socket and threaded) Included withl/2” through 2” PVC and CPVC models l AvarIablewrth electrrc or pneumatrc actuators l Rated forfull vacuum servrceSIZES. ‘12”. 6”MODELS.BODIES:SEATS.SEALS:Socket, Threaded,Flanged (ANSI), ButtPVC, CPVC. PP. PVDFTeflon: backed wrth EPDMor Viton’EPOM, Viton3-WAY MULTIPORT BALL VALVEl Molded True Umon on all 3 ports l Eliminatesneed for additronal ball valve and tee l Permitsflow from common port to left or right ports to“off” posmon l “L” port standard l Tee Double Lporting opttonal l Available wrth electrrc or pneumatlcactuators l Rated for full vacuum serviceSIZES. !,‘2”- 4”MODELS: Threaded, Socket,Flanged (ANSI), ButtBODIES. PVC, CPVC, PP. PVDFSEATS. Teflon backed withEPDM or VitonSEALS EPDM, VitonELECTROMNI’l Low prrce, dependable l r/q turn electncallyactuatedOmnr Ball Valve, 120 lb. torque outputl 5 second cycle tune l NEMA 4 housrng l OptionsInclude extra limrt switch, indicatmg lights, and2-wrre controlSIZES: s/a”- 2”MOOELS: Threaded, Socket,flanged (ANSI)60DIES: PVC, CPVCSEATS: Teflon backed wnh EPOMSEALS: EPDMACTUATOR: 115 Vat single phaseTYPE 21 BALL VALVEl IS0 mounting pad for manual and automatrcoperatrons l One-touch panelmountmg l Blocksin 2 directions l Full vacuum rated l Oouble O-ringseals on stem l All sizes full bore l Built-in spannerwrench handle and True llnion connectorsl Teflon seats with elastomeric backing cushionsSIZES:MODELS:BODIESSEATS:SEALS:\, ACTUATOR:l/2”* 2”Threaded, Socket,Flanged IANSII, SprgotPVC, CPVC, PP, PVDFTeflonEPOM, VitonElectric, PneumaticLABCOCK”l Precise fingertip control l Calibrated flow mdrcaro,l PVC body, EPOM seat l Size I/J” l 150 pressurerating psi (water, non-shock) l l/4 turn operationwrth lever handle for ease of adjustment l Everycombination of thread or hose connectrons ISavailable l Perfect for use in the laboratoq andas a sampling valve l Special colors availaole oncustom ordersOMNI’ BALL VALVESl Blocks in two directions l Compact, umbodl,constructron l An economical valve for water saltwater and mild chemicals l Ideal for home, fairorIndustry l Rated for full vacuum senlrceSIZES: 3/8”- 3”MODELS: Threaded, Socket,Flanged (ANSI)BODIES: PVC, CPVCSEATS: Teflon backed wrth EPDMSEALS: EPDMGLOBE VALVESl A low cost valve for frequen: throttling of flow ‘wltnminimum erosion to the seat l Bubble-trght shut-offl Economically pricedSIZES: ‘/i’- 4”MODELS: Flanged (ANSI, all stzestSocket (l/2”-2”)Threaded (l/2”-2”)BODIES: PVC, PPSEALS: EPDMGATE VALVESl Polypropylene or elastomeric plug provrdes bubble-tightsealing and greater seating area l Permitsthrottling l Eliminates chatter l Non-rising stemwith position indicator l Options include: stemextensions, 2” square or T handle operating nuts,and chain wheel operatorsSIZES: 11/z”- 14”MODELS: Flanged (ANSI)BODIES: PVCPLUG: Styrene Butadiene Rubber or PPACTUATOR: ElectricSEDIMENT STRAINERSl True Union design . Temperature rating is 30” Fto 140” F l Pressure rating is 150 psi for l/2 - 2” and85 psi for 3 _ 4” l PVC body, EPOM seal l Sizes‘/z’* - 4” l Design ensures filtration of total pipelineflow l Transparent body permits easy evaluation offilter screen l Easy replacement of clogged or wornscreens l Marntenance can be performed wrthoutremoving body from line l Sizes l/2” - 2” come wrthboth socket and threaded end connectorsP.O. Box 653 l 35 Green Street, Malden, MA 02148 l TEL: 890-343-3618 617-321-5409 ASAHUAMERICA 2FAX: 800-426-7058 l INTERNET: http://wvnu. aoahi-america.com l E-MAIL: asahieasahi-america.com Rev Gl l-97

‘BLDG 1613Equipment Data&Z&- OHM Remediation\. Services Corp.A-*-NComponent Group: SVE Well HeadEcwhmentDataComponent NameManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberJkscriptioaa@ fluEdOIlR-4000 Schedule 40, Transparent Rigid PVC PipeNAClear WC Pipe, It longlOEM Vendor Data 1Original Vendor.Spare Part VendorIpTSoutheastern Industrial llntiaService/Maintenance Vendorfi&C

TRANSPARENTRIGID pFl7-WIGS AND PIPE

a rigid pipe system forcomplete visibility and versatilityClearly. the most practical system wherevisual control IS required. Excelon R-4000 101nstransparent, rlgld PVC pope and transparentfittings in a single system.ExcelonExcelon R-4000 IS the only transparentschedule 40 PVC ploe available In 10’ lengrhs. Pipeand fittings conform with schedule 40 for ease ofspeclficatlon and lncorporatlon into ex6ttngsystems.Transparent ExCalOn adapter fittlngs permitdirect IncorporatIon of Excelon R-4000 pipe andfittings Info systems of traditional plastic pipematenals. Excelon pipe may also be loined withstandard gray Scnedule 40 PVC fittings.Developed by Thertnoplastlc Processes. Inc..thlS rotal aoproach to olpe tnstallation combinesvlslbllity. dur?ibrlity and versatility at reasonable cost.Ligntrielght and easy to handle. Excelon R-4000 pipe and fittings are designed for Completechemtcal ant pnyslcal cotnoatlbility. The Excelonpipe system can be permanently installed withsolvent cement.The advantages of transparent rigid pioe andfitttngs enable the Excelon R-4000 pipe system toprovide total visual control in the widest possblevariety of stuations. Excelon R-4000 can beemployeu In 50110. Iiquld. semi-pneumatrc andpneumatic systemsThe sight gauge, shown here. ISone of many practical appllcatlons for-sl$ clear flttings and pipe.Non-toxic Excelon R-4000ressts bactenal acttvlty ana meetsFDA and standards for sanltary use Infood. drug and chemical orocessing.Transoarent PVC Excelon R-2000 Is non-conductive and notsubjec: ro cererloratlon by COrrOSiOnSmootn Intenor surfaces of ploe andfittings oermlt maxlmum flow rates andSlgnt Gauge r,rr:r’;~ 3c c:mulatlon of sedimentUnque physlcal orooerttes make Exce!onR-4000 rhe Ideal system wnere exoanslon anccontrac:ron conditions exist.’ Olmensonal stabtIlt\/.hign tenslie and burst strengtn enaole ploe ana!ittlngs to wlthstana varlatlons rn temperature anooperating pressure.An economical alternative fo glass. ploe andorher trac!!tlona~ matenals. rhe Excelon R-4000system fulfills a soeclal need in a wtde range ofaopkatlons. Excelon R-4000 IS recommenced forconsideration In fooa and pharmaceutical plants.laboratones. hospltals. electroplating and photofinishingsystems. chemical and industrral Installationswnerever visual trac:ng 1s reauifea or ae-sfraole.An Innovator in the field of thermoolastlcextrusions. Thermoplastic Processes. Inc.. addsExcelon R-4000 rlgld pipe and fittings to therevolutionary EXCELON SYSTEM for rigld andflexible tubing and fittings. R-2000 rigid tube ISavailable In .170’ to 3’ I.D. The tube IS verycompatible with the flexible R-1000 flexible fittings.They can be desgned to meet the mostcompact recturrements because non-standardbenas and angles allow tubing to COnfOrm toany layout.MCELONA-4000 ;-+-+-; meets lhese standardsof excellencePC- = meets or exceeds standards in Phamacooela XIX.VIh,Class VI. pages 644-647,.- = non-f0xlC. meets standards per FOA reg. 178.3790TNVol. 14. pages 880-884. confalners for lnjectaoles-F= meets or exceeds standards In NatIonal Fomulary.(plastics)C-P= c!ear ploe

TransparentExceloniR-4000Rigid PipeAn effective SubstWte for copper, sfatnless sreel.glass and otner tradltronal pipe matertars. soeclfyExcelon R-4000 wnerever vtsiblllty and supehorperformance ts essential.Excelon R-4000 rigid schedule 40 pipewill withstand working pressures to 390 psiaccording to the pipe size selecred.Smooth ntertor ploe wall permits highestmaxlmum flow rates and helps prevent accumulationof sedrment In mosr applicatrons. Excellentelec:ncal and cnemlcal characferrsflcs. ExcelonR-a000 IS non-conductive and nor subfect to corrosloth.A non-roxtc. FDA sanctloned compound.Ideal for use In self-suppomng systems whereomplete visual control IS required. :he Excelon-400 rIgId pipe may be used to transpon Ilqu!ds.gases and. n some cases, sollds.mES.S-TEMPERATURE CHAAAC7ERlSTlC CURVEPVC Pipe and FittingsExceIon’R-4000Rigid FittingsTransoarenr Excelon R-2000 r~gtc 51:inqs areaeslgned !3r ccmolete clemcal ant cn:/sicaicompatlolliry ,.v~rn Excelcn R-JO00 srceOesgned for oprlmum nstallarlon ease. oclsidediameter of pipe fits snugly tnto Inside dameterof fittng socket. Exce!on R-400 fittlngs can cepermanently loIned to PVC pipe In simple steosusng TPI cleaner, phmer and solvent cementAdapter fitrtngs may oe used 10 incoroorareExcelon A-4000 aloe tnto exisilng systems. Aoolicatlonsinctude slgnt-glass gauges. Excelon R-3000fittrngs are also available wlrh threaded male orfemale adaoters for use with other pipe marenals.Lke Excelon R-4000 pipe. fittlngs can se coldstehlized in ethylene oxide and are flame retardant.,ExceJon RX)00 TvbalRopcnies‘Aopearance‘Bulk Denun,. lbdcu. ft.Volat8le Maner ?6 max.Soecxfic Graww;Roclrwell Hardness. R Scaleshore “0” HardnesHat Oistorrton Temorature.‘F @ 264 psiifenole Strangrk. 0s‘Modulus of Elest~ctry in Flexure. pi,F!exurai Strengrn. psiLight Transmisuon X 33.5 mds@ 400 K‘Light ftanmlswon 96 33.5 rnllS@ 700 uImd Imoect. ft.. IbsJin. notchf Iammabilicyclear oelleu0”;:1.33IF:zo4.4 x 10s13.400;‘:095selfexrmgwshing0 ‘a 80 1M Isa x)0TEMPERATURE, ‘F

sotveni cementing instructions---. .__. __,,,FG jOCap! iPC: 'G S'S* +-C 3p j,'?31063 2X !l::inC are ::PP 01 Clr: 701Siii10ant ;-ease :-1 L’slnp 8toeral coals o! 73’2-4002 ,!%me~ or’176 lnslae 0: tllrlngsocket ant ou~s~ce surlace 01 aloe !o3eorn 01 some! ‘5) -=I 3-4003 Cermy:snow men 36 aoolleo ;mmealarek IOorrmea 3108 surtace A llgnrer coar isacoked 10 InsIae 01 Mng socKe1 ant a‘Inar second coar ro tne 010~ ena ; 721q-4003 Cement meets ASTM Srancarc02564 and IS NSF aoofovea Ftle r, 1565 j16) Wnlle corn suflaces are wet anasotr 3usn and fw1s1. aloe !nfo socnefand nola rogerner un~l t)oln surlaces arefirm laoour 30 seconasl Allow 10tni IOcure oelore oressure !es:mgeconomical application, clearly superior performanceTested in accordance wfth FDA regulatton N78.3790,“extracts obtarned were sufficiently low to permit theExcelon R-4000 compound 10 be used for most food contact applications”. (Subject IO the condltlonsstrpulated in that section.)The Excelon R-4000 compound meets both Ingredient and extract/on requirements to be used Incontact with the followtng type foods:I. Nonacrd. aqueous products: may contarn saltor sugar or both (pH above 5.0).II. Acrdic. aqueous products: may confarn salt orsugar or both. and rncludfng oll-n-water emulsionsof low or hrgh fat content.III. Aqueous, acid or nonacld products contarningfree oil or fat: may contain salt, and Includingwater-n-or1 emulsions of low or hrgh fatcontent.IV. Dairy products and modifications:A. Water-In-ofl emulsrons. hrgh or low fat.B. Oil-in-wafer emulstons. high or low fatV. Low moisture fars dnd 011s.VI. aeverages:A. Contarnrng alcohol.B. Nonalcoholtc.VII. Bakery products.VIII. Dry solids with the surface contalntng no freefat or 011 (no end test required).IX. Dry solids wfth the surface contarnlng free fator 011.use Excelon”R-4000laboratoriesExcelon R-4000 IS quaiiiled to handle a wide rangeof cnemlcals (See chemical resstance table). ExceionR-4000 compound IS UL rated 94 VO.food and pharmaceuticalprocessingExcelon R-4000 complies with FDA Regulatron175.300. 178.2650 and 178.3790 for use In contactwith food. Non-toxic. Outoenorms statnless steeland Glass In many cases. Pipe and fittings availablefor use In Sight-glass gauge aOpllCatlOnS.Excelon R-4000 rigId PVC ploe and fittings may seused under these exacring condltlons:A. Hot filled or pasteurized below 13S°FIB. Room temperature filled and stored (no thermaltreatment In the contarner).C. Refrigerated storage (no thermal treatment m thecontainer).D. Frozen storage (no thermal treatment in thecontainer).Users of Excelon R-4000 pipe and fittings have soleresponsibfltty for famrllarlty and compliance with allconditions and limitatrons as set by the FDA.Thermoplastfc Processes. Inc.. assumes no responstbllityfor such compliance. However, detatlson conditions of use for a broad spectrum of applicationsare available from the engineering depanmentof Thermoplastic Processes, Inc.where qual’ity countschemical processingExcelon R-4000 resists strong oxidizing and reducingacids. Resistant to mineral oils. Supenor electn-Cal characterlstlcs.photofinishingsystemsHighest efficiency of flow rate plus visual controlExcelon R-4000 WI/I not Interact chemically withmost solutrons.electroplatingCorncrete visual control ano effec:lve orotectlonExCe’iOn %4OOO IS non-conduc:ive Excelon R-4000comcound IS UL rarec 9G VO

EXCELON R-4000 RIGID PIPE STANDARD SIZES AND WORKING PRESSURESITEM STOCK NOMINALNO. PIPE SIZE IIN.)AVERAGEI.D.4302 / RP375 a4250 / 38 % I .3M .473 ,675 ,540!4303 : RwiOO?,602 .a404304 i R4-750I): I,804 1 .OM4305 ; R4-loo0 11.029 1.3154306 / R&l 250 1% 1.360 1.6604307 R4-1500I 1.590 1.9004308 j R e20002047 2.375A309 R42500 I;I: 1 2.Q45 28750310 R4-3000 3 3.042 35004311 R4-3500 ml 3.521 4.0004312 R04000 A 3.998 4.5004316 ‘Re6000 6 6.375 6.825jranderd length 10 ft* This sue OO~J nor comply wrh schedule 40 as to 1.0.. wall th~cknm. and pressure.0.0. LBS.MFT.MAX.W.PPSI76 !/ 30102 310; 152 XI0202 240300 220406 180486 170 I653 1401035 1501353 1301721 1202035 1101550 45EXCELON R-4000 RIGID FITTING STANDARD SIZES AND WORKING PRESSURESDESCRIPTH)N90” EL163T”PE 10 _ SLIP XSLIPSTOCKNO.ACCEPTS UM. W.P. STOCK ACCEPTSDESCRIPTIONMAX. W.P.hDM.PwEsmPSINO. NOM PlPE SIZE PSIlYPE432336 ‘h-MALE a2337 y. . EADAPTER 432338 1- 220I!2240 _ SUP x MPT032340 1%‘ 170A32341 2' 140TEE/ElYFE llOsuPxSlJPxsuPSLIPCOUPLINGI ,432116 2' 140c* d/ rfPE 210 - SUP x SLIPIFEMALEADAPTER-crfPE220-SUPXFPTU2316 ‘h- 300u2717 Y’ 244U2316 1' zoA32320 1Y’ 170432321 - 2’ 140‘.- -.- -_-. -_, _ -:. ._-. z 2 - ., : ._- - _ .,,.. . _,

BLDG 1613Equipment Datai= = -=- OJ-IM Remediation\/ Services Corp.A-M--Component Group: SVE Well HeadFaubmentDataComponent NameManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberDescriptionG~II~ VainlJnkmwnlever Handle, Hale and Female, l/4”, Air CockNAMC fluter Cm Part Number: 4793K47OEM Vendor DataOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorHctlaster carrH&sw CurService/Maintenance Vendorsi&NotesC

Air cocx--- -_ _.- _-.Essex air Cocks an0 snvr-oi! CZCKS 2respring-key type cock of J:! orass constructlonwlfh sralnless s:ee/ sprtngs.Machint~ fmish is s:andard on a,/ airCocks. with poiished or .cla!ec !in/snavailable at extra cosr.Tee *Y-land/e - Plain Lever Handle - PleinFium3er 6 7 a- 9. : I’ rz / 13__- -- iNzjxr1.3. 75’ Trj’--=;. ” /Tee Handle - Double Female Tee Handle -Male and Female- -.._- ---) Number I 37 i 38 : 79 J Number _40 / 41 ; 42 1ke Size ! f/a’, I ,,;- ,&,;Pope Size ‘/a” 1 ‘/A” I J/n-Lawr Handle -Double FemaleNumber

*=v OHM Remediation(m Services Corp.- 4-d-wComponent Group: Vapor Extraction UnitComponent NameManufacturerModel Numb&Serial NumberDescriptionSuthilt legend BlowerGardner DenverGAELCPAv92495370 SCFM BlowerOEM Vendor DataOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorREP IKGardner Denver Khintry Inc.Servicc/Maintenonce VendorREP IIU

@REEF2405 Murphy Blvd.Gainesville, GA 30504Telephone: 770-538-0020Facsimile: 770-538-0022Toll Free: 800-536-9933PERFORMANCEProject 970525 Site STT-69DATA SHEETBLOWER PACKAGE:DRIVE ASSEMBLY:V2GAELPl5NSR2DB080BM080BG-0757BLOWER PERFORMANCEI1GAS/ AI,R-jIINLET VOLUME500 ACFM/1INLET VC ILUME 370 SCFM,1 ELEVATION 0 FT !-_-.BAROMETRIC PRESSUREI29.92 INHGARELATIVE HUMIDITY 100 %RHINLET PRESSURE 7.44 IN HGGINLET TEMPEP”” In,--I YP. ^FT/-f I UITK / /u “t---_ (DISCHARGE PRESSURE 14.88 PSIADISCHARGE TEMPERATURE 128 “FDIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE 7.81 INHGBLOWER BRAKE HORSEPOWER 10.9 HPBLOWER SPEED 1713 RPM1 MOTOR DATA 1HORSEPOWER15 HPSYNC SPEED/ACTUAL1800/l 765 RPMVOLTAGE460 V,FREQUENCY60 HERTZPOWER SUPPLY PHASE3 PHENCLOSURE TYPENEMA FRAME SIZEEFFICIENCYX-P,CLASS254T92.4% NOMINAL1 DIV I, GRP DserverdPro]ect Flles\970525\Slte S-69 Perf DataSutorbiMB l Duroflovd - Cycloblower@ l Packages - Accessories l Repair l Service l Design

MAINTAIN BLOWER RELIABILITY AND FERFORMANCEWITH GENUINE GARDNER DENVER MACHINERY INC.PARTS AND SUPPORT SERVICESFactory genuine parts, engineered to original torerantes,are designed for optimum dependability -specifically for your blower. Design and material innovationsare born from years of experience with hundredsof different blower appiications. When you specify factorygenuine parts you are assured of receiving partsthat incorporate the most current design advancements. . . manufactured in our state-of-the-art blower factoryunder exacting quality standards,Your AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTOR offers all thebackup you require. A worldwide network of authorizeddistributors provides the finest product support in theblower industry.Your local AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTOR maintains alarge inventory of genuine parts and is also backed bydirect access to our Master Distribution Center (MDC)in Memphis, Tennessee, for immediate emergency response.Your AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTOR can support yourblower investment with these services:1. Trained parts technical representatives to assistyou in selecting the correct replacement parts.2. Complete inventory of new machines and new,genuine factory parts.3. A full line of factory tested AEON n PD blower lubncantsspecifically formulated for optimum performancein all blowers.4. Authorized Distnbutor service technicians are factory-trainedand skilled in blower maintenance anarepair. They are ready to respond and assist you byproviding fast, expert maintenance and repair services.For the location of your local authorized Gardner Denver Machinery Inc. blower distributor refer to the yellowpages of your phone directory or contact:Distribution Center:Gardner Denver Machinery Inc.Master Distribution Center5585 East Shelby DriveMemphis, TN 38141Phone: (901) 542-6100(800) 2454946Fax: (901) 542-6159Factory:Gardner Denver Machinery Inc.1800 Gardner ExpresswayQuincy, IL 62301Phone: (217’) 222-!54OOFax: (217) 224-7814INSTRUCTIONSFOR ORDERING REPAIR PARTSINSTRUCTIONS FOR DETERMINING BLOWERCONFIGURATIONFor pricing and ordering information, contact your nearestAUIHOFUZED FACTORY DISTRIBUTOR.When ordering parts, specify Blower MODEL andSERIAL NUMBER (see nameplate on unit).Use this Parts List to select the parts you require.Where NOT specified, quantity of parts required perblower is one (1); where more than one is required perunit, quantity is indicated.Rely upon the knowledge and experience of yourAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTOR and let them assist youin making the proper parts selection for your blower.1.2.3.4.5.Face the blower drive shaft.In a VERTICAL configuration, airflow is horizontal.In a HORIZONTAL configuration, air flow is vertical.In a vertical configuration, a BOTTOM HAND existswhen the drive shaft is below the horizontalcenter line of the blower. A TOP HAND existswhen the drive shaft is above the horizontal centerline of the blower.In a horizontal configuration, a RIGHT HAND existswhen the drive shaft is to the right of the verticalcenter line of the blower. A LEFT HAND existswhen the drive shaft is to the left of the vertical centerline of the blower.SB-7-621Page i

FOREWORDSutorbilt’ blowers are the result of advanced engineering and skilled manufacturing. To be assured of receiving ma;mum service from this machine the owner must exercise care in its operation and maintenance. This book is writtcto give the operator and maintenance department essential information for day-to-day operation, maintenance aradjustment. Careful adherence to these instructions will result in economical operation and minimum downtime.-~~ g _ DANGERDanger is used to indicate the presence of a hazard which will cause severe personalinjury, death, or substantial property damage if the warning is ignored.i,IA , WARNING !/Warning is used to indicate the presence of a hazard which can cause severe personalinjury, death, or substantial property damage if the warning is ignored.A:’ CAUTION 1I /I CalAion is used to indicate the presence of a hazard which will or can cause minor Ipersonal injury or property damage if the warning is ignored.1 IINOTICENotice is used to notify people of installation, operation or maintenance informationwhich is important but not hazard-related.LISB-7-621Page ii

SAFETYPRECAUTIONSSafety is everybody’s bustness and is based on your use of good common sense. All situations or ctrclrmstancecannot always be predicted and covered by established rules. Therefore, use your past experience, watch out fcsafety hazards and be cautious. Some general safety precautions are given below:-- aDANGERFailure to observe these notices could result in injury to or death of personnel.0 Keep finqers and cfothina away from blower inlet and discharge ports, revolvingbelts, sheaves, drive coupling, etc.l Do not use the air discharae from this unit for breathing - not suitable for humanconsumption.l Do not loosen or remove the oil filler plug, drain plugs, covers, or break anyconnections, etc., in the blower air or oil system until the unit is shut downand the air pressure has been relieved.l Electrical shock can and may be fatal.l Blower unit must be srounded in accordance with the National ElectricalCode. A ground jumper equal to the size of the equipment ground conductormust be used to connect the blower motor base to the unit base.l Onen main disconnect switch, tag and lockout before working on the control.l Disconnect the blower unit from its power source, tag and lockout beforeworking on the unit - the machine may be automatically controlled and maystart at any time.A . WARNINGFailure to observe these notices could result in damage to equipment.l Stop the unit if any repairs or adjustments on or around the blower are required.l Disconnect the blower unit from its power source, tag and lockout beforeworking on the unit - the machine may be automatically controlled and maystart at any time.l Do not exceed the rated maximum speed shown on the nameplate.l Do not operate unit if safety devices are not operating properly. Check periodically.Never bypass safety devices.SB-7-621Page iii

TABLE OF CONTENTSPageMaintain Blower Reliability and Performance with Genuine Gardner Denver Machinery inc. PartsandSupportServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Instructions for Ordering Repair Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Instructions for Determining Blower Configuration , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IForeword.......................................................................................... ,ISafetyPrecautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . illIndex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..~~~Sutorbilt Legend Series Blowers MatrixlMenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sitIntroduction, Your Key To Trouble Free Service , . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . , . . . . , . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . 1Sectionl,EquipmentCheck......................................................................... 2aSection2,lnstallation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Section3,Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...6Section4,Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...8Section 5, Special Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Section 6, Disassembly Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‘. . . . . . . . . . 13Section 7, Assembly Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Section8,PartsList . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...23Warranty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..LastPageSB-7-521Page iv

INDEXAir Filters and Filter-Silencers .................. 7ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS, SECTION 7 ...... 16Blower Startup Checklist ....................... 9Checklist, Blower Startup ....................... 9DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS, SECTION 6 ... 13Drive End Lubrication .......................... 7Drive Installation .............................. 4EQUIPMENT CHECK, SECTION 1 ............. 2Filter-Silencers, and Air Filters .................. 7Foreword .....................................iFoundation ................................... 3Gear End Lubrication ......................... 6Impeller End Clearances With Mechanical Seals,Setting ................................ ..2 1Impeller End Clearances, Setting ............... 20INSTALLATION, SECTION 2 ................... 3Installation, Location ........................... 3Installation, Drive .............................. 4Installing Timing Gears ........................ 19Limitations, Operation .......................... 8Location, Installation ........................... 3Lubricant, Recommended ...................... 6LUBRICATION, SECTION 3 .................... 6LubricationDriveEnd .............................. ...7Filling Procedure .......................... 6GearEnd ................................. 6Service ...................................ELubrication Service ............................ E:Matrix/Menu ................................. VIMounting Configurations ....................... 3Mounting Feet, Repositioning ................... 3OPERATION, SECTION 4 ...................... 8Outline Drawing and Parts ListModelGAA .......................... 23,24Model GAB .......................... 25, 26Model GAC .......................... 27, 28Model GAE .......................... 29, 30PARTS LIST, SECTION 8 ..................... 23Piping ....................................... 4Protective Materials, Removing ................ 2Recommended Lubricant ...................... 6Removing Protective Materials .................. 2Repair Parts, Ordering Instructions ..............Safety Precautions ........................ iii, 10Setting Impeller End Clearances ............... 20With Mechanical Seals .................... 21SPECIALTOOLS REQUIRED, SECTION 5 ..... 11Startup Checklist, Blower ....................... 9Storage ...................................... 2Timing Gears, Installing ........ , .............. 19Trouble Shooting ............................. 10Warranty ............................. Last PageYOUR KEY TO TROUBLE FREE SERVICE,INTRODUCTION ......................... 1Figure 1Figure 2Figure 3Figure 4Figure 5Figure 6Figure 7Figure 8Figure 9Figure 10Figure 11Figure 25LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONSBlower Mounting Configuration ..........................................................Belt Drive Overhung Load Limitations ....................................................Lubrication ...........................................................................Approximate Oil Capacities .............................................................TemperatureChart ....................................................................LubricationRecommendation ...........................................................Maximum Operating Limitations .........................................................PullerPlate ...........................................................................Gear Driver - 208GAA074.. ...........................................................Mechanical Seal Installation Tool ........................................................Mechanical Seal Installation Tool ........................................................Torque(Ft-Lbs) ........................................................................3.5. 6. 6.7.7. 81111121222SB-7-621 Page v

SUTORBILTLEGEND SERIES BLOWERSMATRIX/MENUNOTICE TO CUSTOMER -To find the construction options foryour blower unit, FILL IN THE BALANCE OF LFlTERS ORG ANUMBERS FROM YOUR UNIT NAMEPLATE - - -COL.UMN NUMBER: 1 2 3-4-5P-6-7FOLLOW THE LINE DOWN AND OVER FROM EACH SPACETHUS FILLED IN TO FIND THE APPROPRIATECONSTRUCTION OPTION WITH WHICH YOUR MACHINEIS EQUIPPED.COLUMN1 - BASIC DESIGNATORCOLUMN 2 - PRODUCT FAMILYCOLUMN 3 - GEAR DIAMETERA. 2” F. 6”B. 3” G. 7c. 4” H. 8”E. 5”COLUMN 4 - CASE LENGTHL - Low PressureM - Medium PressureH - High PressureCOLUMN 5 - CONFIGURATIONA. Vertical-Top Hand-Central TimedB. Vertical-Bottom Hand-Central TimedC. HorizontaCLeft Hand-Central TimedD. Horizontal-Right Hand-Central TimedCOLUMN6 - DESIGN VERSIONCOLUMN 7 -ADDITIONAL DESCRIPTIONA. Lip Seal8. Mechanical Seal,SB-7-621Page vi

INTRODUCTIONYOUR KEY TO TROUBLEFREE SERVICEThank you for investing in Sutorbilt quality. The Sutor- nance procedures that you must observe to assure opbiltreputation for rugged dependability has been timum blower performance. There is no guesswork Inearned by over 50 years of service in demanding, in- the manufacture of your highly advanced Sutorbiltdustrial operations where downtime cannot be toler- blower and there must be none in preparing the blowerated and efficient blower performance is expected. to get the job done in the field.Your Sutorbilt blower is a precision engineered blowerthat has been carefully manufactured and thoroughlytested at the state-of-the-art Gardner Denver MachineryInc. Blower Factory in Sedalia, Missouri.As with other precision machinery, there are severalrelatively simple installation, operation and mainte-The purpose of this manual is to help you properlyinstall, operate and maintain your Sutorbilt blower. It isessential that you review all sections of this manual inpreparation for installing your blower. Follow theinstructions carefully and you will be rewarded withtrouble-free Sutomilt service . . . year in and year out.WHERE TO CALL FOR SUTORBILTBLOWER ASSISTANCE:For prompt professional Sutorbilt service always contact your authorized Sutorbilt Distributor first. If you do not tmovqyour authorized Sutorbilt Distributor, contact the numbers below for immediate assistance.SUTORBILT CUSTOMER SERVICE (217) 22443800SUTORBILT FACTORY SERVICE DEPARTMENT (217) 2224400SUTORBILT HEADQUARTERS: GARDNER DENVER MACHINERY INC.1800 GARDNER EXPRESSWAYQUINCY, IL 62301(217) 2244800IMPORTANT SUTORBILT TELEPHONE NUMBERSYOUR AUTHORIZED SUTORBILT DISTRIBUTORNAME:TELEPHONE:FAX:CONTACTTHANKS.. . FOR THE PRIVILEGE OF SERVING YOU WITH DEPENDABLE SUTORBILT QUALITY.W-7-621 Page 1

0)SECTION 1EQUIPMENTCHECKBefore uncrating, check the packing slip carefully to besure all the parts have been received. All accessoriesare listed as separate items on the packing slip, andsmall important accessories such as relief valves canbe overlooked or lost. After every item on the packingslip has been checked off, uncrate carefully. Registera claim with the carrier for lost or damaged equipment.A . WARNINGILCustomers are cautioned to provideadequate protection, warning andsafety equipment necessary to protectpersonnel against hazards involved ininstallation and operation of thisequipment in the system or facility.STORAGEYour Sutorbilt Blower was packaged at the factory withadequate protection to permit normal storage for up tosix (6) months.If the unit is to be stored under adverse conditions orfor extended periods of time, the following additionalmeasures should be taken to prevent damage.1. Store the blower in a clean, dry, heated (if possible)area.2. Make certain inlet and discharge air ports aretightly. covered to prevent foreign material fromentering the air box.3. All exposed, non-painted surfaces should be protectedagainst rust and corrosion.4. Provide adequate protection to avoid accidentalmechanical damage.5. In high humidity or corrosive environments, additionalmeasures may be required to prevent rustingof the blower internal surfaces.6. To prevent rusting of gears, bearings, etc., the oilreservoirs may be filled with normal operating oil.A CAUTIONBefore running the blower, drain theoil and replace to the proper operatinglevel with clean, fresh lubricant.J7. Rotate the blower shaft (10 to 25 turns) monthlyduring storage. Inspect the blower shaft (near theshaft seal area) monthly and spray with rust inhibitorif needed.8. For long term storage (over six (6) months), contactQuincy Customer Service for recommendations.REMOVING PROTECTIVE MATERIALSThe shaft extension is protected with rust inhibitorwhich can be removed with any standard solvent.A i CAUTIONFollow the safety directions of thesolvent manufacturer.Blower inlet and outlet are temporarily capped to keepout dirt and other contaminants during shipment.These covers must be removed before start-up.The internal surfaces of all Sutorbilt units are mistsprayed with a rust preventative to protect the machineduring shipment. Remove this film upon initial startup,using any commercial safety solvent. Position theblower so that the inlet and discharge connections arein the.vertical oosition (vertical aifflow)..On verticallymounted units, it will be necessary to lay the unit on itsside supporting the ends of the unit so as not to restrictthe port on the bottom side. Place a shallow pan on theunder side of the unit. with the blower disconnectedfrom power, spray the solvent in the top port, rotatingthe impellers by spinning the shaft manually. Continuethis procedure until the unit is visibly clean.A . WARNINGRotating components will cause severeinjury in case of personal contact.Keep hands away from blowerinlet and discharge ports.88-7-421 Page 2

SECTION 2INSTALLATIONLOCATIONIf possible, install the blower in a well lit, clean, dry placewith plenty of room for inspection and maintenance.FOUNDATIONSfor permanent installations we recommend concretefoundations be provided, and the equipment should begrouted to the concrete. It is necessary that a suitablebase be used, such as a steel combination base underblower and motor, or a separate sole plate under each.Before grouting, equipment must be leveled, free of allstrains, and anchored so no movement will occur duringsetting of grout. After grout has completely hardened,a recheck is necessary to compensate for shrinkage,etc. If required, add shims under blower feet afterfinal tightening of foundation anchor bolts to removestrain from the blower housing.Where jack screws or wedges are used during grouting,they must be backed off or removed before finaltightening of anchor bolts.Where a concrete foundation is not feasible, care mustbe taken to insure that equipment is firmly anchored toadequate structural members.MOUNTINGCONFIGURATIONSThe blower flex-mount design enables horizontal andvertical mounting configurations with top or bottomhand, right or left hand shaft positioning. The units arecenter timed allowing rotation in either direction (referto FIGURE 1). If converting a blower from vertical tohorizontal, or horizontal to vertical mounting configuration,additional mounting feet will be required.REPOSITIONING THE MOUNTING FEET:1. Position the mounting feet to the desired locationand snug the capscrew.2. Place the blower on its feet on a flat surface.3. Loosen mounting feet capscrews and level unl?up. The bench or blower base flatness should bewithin .002 of an inch.I NOTICE -IIf the unit is not flat within .002 of aninch, it will be necessary to shim theblower feet at installation.VERTICALCONFIGURATIONBOTTOM HAND DRIVE (BH) I TOP HAND DRIVE (THIRIGHT HAND DRIVE (RHIN OUT ILEFT HAND DRIVE (LH)OUTIN0I;TI’NFIGURE 1 - BLOWER MOUNTING CONflGURATlONSW-7-621 Page 3

4. Secure the mounting feet capscrews to the torquevalue in FIGURE 25, page 22.NOTICEWhen changing mounting configuration,it may be necessary to repositionvent plug (B), and drain plug (A). Referto FIGURE 3, page 6, for correctlocation.sheave positioning is as close as possible to the blowerdrive cover, not to exceed dimension “C” in Drive ShaftIllustration, FIGURE 2, page 5.The calculated shaft moment must not exceed themaximum allowable moment listed in Maximum AllowableMoment Chart, FIGURE 2, page 5. If the calculatedshaft moment exceeds the maximum allowablemoment:lIncrease Sheave Diameters to Reduce Belt Pulll Use Jackshaft DrivelUse Direct Coupled or Gearbox DriveaDRIVE INSTALLATIONWhen selecting a V-belt drive, check to be sure theshaft overhung load limitation is not exceeded. Referto FIGURE 2, page 5, for overhung load calculationsand limitations.Belt drives must be carefully aligned. Motor and blowerpulleys must be parallel to each other and in the sameplane within l/32 inch. Belt tension should be carefullyadjusted to the belt manufacturer’s recommendationusing a belt tension gauge. Check tension frequentlyduring the first day of operation.tIA , WARNINGOvertightening belts leads to heavybearing loads and premature failure.On the direct connected units, alignment and lubricationof couplings to specifications of the couplingmanufacturer is very important. When mounted drivesare supplied from the factory, proper alignment hasbeen established before shipment. However, duringshipping, handling and installation, it is likely that thealignment has been disturbed and final adjustmentmust be made before startup.A . WARNINGExceeding overhung load limitationsleads to unwarrantable prematurebearing failure and shaft breakage.The location of the sheave on the blower shaft greatlyaffects the stress in the shaft. The optimum blowerIITo calculate shaft moment for a given V-Belt Drive Arrangement:1. Use the formula for Calculation of Belt Pull,FIGURE 2, page 5, to calculate belt pull. Referto Arc of Contact Factor Chart, FIGURE 2, page5.2. Insert the calculated belt pull into the formula forCalculation of Shaft Moment, FIGURE 2, page5, to arrive at the calculated shaft moment.PIPINGInlet and discharge connections on all blowers arelarge enough to handle maximum volume with minimumfriction loss. Reducing the pipe diameter on eitherinlet or discharge will only create additional line lossand increase the overall pressure differential.Excessive weight of piping and fittings will cause internalmisalignment and premature wear. Never allow theblower to carry the weight of the pipe. If possible, aspool or sleeve-type expansion joint should be installedbetween the unit and the piping. Where a flexible connectionis not practical, the weight of the rigid connectionmust be separately supported.All system piping must be cleaned internally beforeconnecting to the blower.A . WARNINGSutorbilt blowers are shipped dryfrom the factory. Do not attempt tooperate the blower before followingproper lubrication instructions. Permanentdamage to the gears, bearingsand seals will occur.SB-7-621 Page 4

GearDiameter2.76 .802.88 .853.49 1.103.90 1.40DimensionsMaximum(Inches)AllowableI I MomentBDRIVECOVER.38.38.38.38MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE MOMENT DRIVE SHAFT ILLUSTRATIONZAC0.000 l.oocl0.025 0.9970.050 0.9940.075 0.9900.100 0.9070.125 0.9630.150 0.9600.175 0.9n0.200 0.9730.225 0.9692 AC0.250 0.9660.275 0.9620.300 0.9580.325 0.9540.350 0.9510.375 0.9470.400 0.9430.425 0.9390.450 0.9350.475 0.930IZ AC /0.500 0.926 0.750 0.8790.525 0922 0.775 0.0740.550 0.917 0.800 0.8690.575 0.913 0.825 0.8640.600 0.908 0.850 0.8580.625 0.904 0.875 0.8520.650 0.899 0.900 0.8470.675 0.894 0.925 0.8410.700 0.889 0.950 0.8350.725 0.884 0.975 0.829ZAC1.000 0.8231.025 0.8161.050 0.8101.075 0.8031.100 0.7961.125 0.7891.150 0.7821.175 o.i741.200 0.7671.225 0.759ZAC1.250 0.7511.275 0.7421.300 0.7341.325 0.7251.350 0.7161.375 0.7061.400 0.6971.425 0.687ARC Oi CONTACTFACTORSBelt Pull =C125954 x Hp x S.F.1 [2.5 -ACAC DxRPM 1Key: AC = Arc of Contact Factor (Refer to Arc of Contact Factors Chart above)Hp = Blower Horsepower for Operating,ConditionsS.F. = Drive Service Factor (use 1.4 S.F. for continuous duty applications)D = Blower Sheave Pitch Diameter in InchesRPM = Blower Sheave SpeedZ = Large Sheave Pitch Diameter (in) - Small Sheave Pitch Diameter (in)Sheave Center Distance (in)CALCULATlONOF BELT PULLShaft Moment (LB-IN) = Belt PullxE B+C+Sheave Width2 >ICALCULATIONOF SHAFT MOMENTFIGURE 2 - BELT DRIVE OVERHUNGLOAD CALCULATIONSSB-7-621 Page 5

@SECTION 3LUBRICATIONGEARENDA.B.C.E.H.OIL DRAIN PLUGVENT PLUGGREASE FITTINGGREASE VENTSOIL LEVEL PLUGFIGURE 3 -At the gear end the timing gear teeth are lubricated bybeing partially submerged in oil. The gear teeth serveas oil slingers for gear end bearings. At the drive endthe bearings are grease lubricated.FILLINGPROCEDURERefer to FIGURE 3. Remove the oil level plug (H) andthe square head vented oil fill plug (B) from the gearcover. Add oil to the gear case until oil drips out of theoil level hole (H). Secure plugs in their correct location.LUBRICATIONSERVICEAdd fresh oil as required to maintain proper level. If premiumgrade mineral oil is used, the oil should bedrained, the gearbox flushed and the oil replaced every1500 hours or more frequently if inspection so indicates.The oil drain plug is located at (A). With AEONPD synthetic blower lubricant, perform the above oifchangemaintenance after 4500 to 7500 hours.A . WARNING 1Do not overfill as this will tend tocause excessive heating of the gearsand may damage the unit.LUBRICATIONBearings on the drive end of the blower require greaselubrication every 500 hours of operation. Lubricate thebearings through grease fittings located at (C). Whenregreasing, the old grease will be forced out of thevents (E). To prevent damage to seals, these ventsmust be open at all times.RECOMMENDEDLUBRICANTI GearDiameter Vertical Horizontal2” 114 PT.3” l/3 PT.4” 3/4 PT.5” 1 PT.FIGURE 4 - APPROXIMATEGEAR END LUBRICATIONOIL CAPACITIESAEON PD is formulated especially for positive displacementblower service to provide maximum blowerprotection at any temperature. One filling of AEON PDwill last a minimum of 4 times longer than a premiummineral oil. Refer to FIGURE 5, page 7.SB-i-621Page 6

Order AEON PD from your Sutorbilt DistributorSutorbilt direct at 800-245-4946.or callAEON PD 1 Quart Bottle Part No. 28623AEON PD 12 Quart Case Part No. 28G24BlowerFactory TestedDischarge Recommended andTemperature Approved Lubricant“F “C AEON PD32” 0” Synthetic Blower Lubricant100” 38” One Superior Lubricant275” 135” For350” 177” All Operating TemperaturesFIGURE 5 - TEMPERATUREDRIVE END LUBRICATIONCHARTGrease drive end bearings every 500 hours of operationwith a non-corrosive, extreme pressure bearinggrease of the following specification:is:::__;1If not using AEON PD synthetic blower lubricant, useoils with rust and oxidation inhibitors, anti-foam additivesand the viscosities listed in FIGURE 6.AIR FILTERS AND FILTER SILENCERSA ! WARNINGServicing the air filters is one of themost important maintenance opera-Servicing frequency of filter elements is not time predictable.A differential pressure indicator, with a continuousgauge reading, should be installed across the inletfilter. It will tell how much of the service ‘Ye of thefilter element has been used. It will also eliminate bothpremature filter servicing and premature blower failuredue to a plugged filter when the filter pressure drop ISused to establish maintenance points.In all cases refer to the filter manufacturer’s serviceinstructions. Due to the many types of filters, it is notpractical to give specific instructions covering all moclels.NOTICENo matter what type of filter is used, alwaysmake sure all seats, gaskets,clamps and hose connections on thefilter and inlet line are absolutely airtight. Each time the filter is serviced,inspect interior of the blower for dirt.BlowerDischargeTemperature32” F to 100” F10” C to 38” ClOilGradeIS0looOil Viscositysus@ 100” F100” F to 225” F 150 700(38” C to 105” C)225” F to 300” F 220 1000(105” c to 149” C)I Over 300” F * .(149” C)l The oil viscosity must be 70 SUS minimum at discharge minus 50” F.465FIGURE 6 - LUBRICATIONRECOMMENDATIONS&7-621 Page 7

aSECTION 4OPERATIONFuture operating prcblems can be avoided if properprecautions are observed when the equipment is firstput into service.Before starting under power, the blower should beturned over by hand to make certain there is no bin&g,or internal contact.Each size blower has limits on pressure differential,running speed, and discharge temperature which mustnot be exceeded. These limits are shown in the followingtabulation.A . WARNINGOperating beyond the specified operatinglimitations will result in damage1 to the unit. 1ror that may be caused by interveningtings, etc.pipe runs, ‘it-Relief valves should be used to protect against excessivepressure or vacuum conditions. These valvesshould be tested at initial startup to be sure they are adjustedto relieve at or below the maximum pressure differentialrating of the blower.NOTICERelief valves should be placed asclose as possible to the blower inletor discharge.In some instances, pressure may be relieved at a lowerpoint than the blower maximum in order to protect thE:motor or the equipment served by the blower.LIMITATIONSIt is important that the pressures and temperatures are For information regarding limitations, refer tomeasured directly at the ports of the blower to avoid er- FIGURE 7, below. - -MAXIMUM OPERATING LIMITATIONSPRESSURE VACUUM DISCHARGESIZE RPM PSI IN HG TEMPERATURE “F2LP 5275 7 14 2852MP 5275 12 15 3153LP 3600 7 14 2603MP 3600 12 15 2803HP 3600 15 16 320 ’4LP 3600 7 14 2604MP 3600 10 16 2854HP 3600 15 16 3105LP 2850 7 14 2605MP 2850 13 16 2805HP 2850 15 16 300rDO NOT EXCEED THESE LIMITSNOTICEBlower speed, line losses, elevation, and increased inlet temperatureswill affect the maximum operating limitations.FIGURE 7 - MAXIMUM OPERATING LIMITATIONSW-7621 Page 8

BLOWER STARTUP CHECKLISTThis startup procedure should be followed during the initial installation and after any shutdown periods or after theblower has been worked on or moved to a new location. It is suggested that the steps be followed in sequenceand checked off ( L/ ) in the boxes provided.1. Check the unit and all piping for foreign material and clean if required.2. Check the flatness of the feet and the alignment of the drive. Feet that are bolted down in a bindcan cause case distortion and internal rubbing. Misaligned V-drives can cause the impellers to rubagainst the headplates and cause a reduction in the volumetric efficiency of the unit. Misalignedcouplings can ruin bearings.3. if blower is V-belt driven, check the belt tension and alignment. Over-tensioned belts create heavybearing loads which leads to premature failure.4. Be sure adequate drive guards are in place to protect the operator from severe personal injury fromincidental contact.5. Check the unit for proper lubrication. Proper oil level cannot be overemphasized. Too little oil willruin beatings and gears. Too much oil will cause overheating and can ruin gears and cause otherdamage. Insure drive end bearings are greased.6. With motor locked out, turn the drive shaft by hand to be certain the impellers do not bind.7. “Jog” the unit with the motor a few times to check rotation and to be certain it turns freely andsmoothly.a. The internal surfaces of all Sutorbilt units are mist sprayed with a rust preventive to protect the machineduring the shipping and installation period. This film should be removed upon initial start-up.9.Start the unit and operate 15 minutes at no load. During this time, check for hot spots and otherindications of interference.10.Apply the load and observe the operation of the unit for one hour. Check frequentlyday of operation.during the first11.If malfunctions occur, do not continue to operate. Problems such as knocking impellers can causeserious darnage if the unit is operated without correction.SB-7-621 Page 9

SAFETYPRECAUTIONS1. Co not operate blower with open inlet or outlet port.2. Do not exceed specified vacuum or pressure limitations.3. Do not operate above or below recommendedblower speed range.4. Blower is not to be used where non-sparkingequipment is specified.5. Do not operate without belt guard or couplingshield.TROUBLESHOOTINGNo matter how well the equipment is designed andmanufactured, there may be times when servicing willbe required due to normal wear, the need for adjustment,or various external causes. Whenever equip-AWARNINGDo not exceed sheave or couplingmanufacturers’ rim speed limit.6. The blower and blower discharge piping may beextremely hot and can cause skin burns on contact.ment needs attention, the operator or repairman shouldbe able to locate the cause and correct the troublequickly. The Trouble Shooting Chart below is providedto assist the mechanic in those respects.PROBLEMKnockingExcessivetemperature.Impeller endor tip drag.blowerPOSSIBLE CAUSES SOLUTION1. Unit out of time. 1. Retime impellers.2. Distortion due to improper 2. Check mounting alignment andmounting or pipe strains.relieve pipe strains.3. Excessive pressure differential. 3. Reduce to manufacturer’srecommended pressure. Examinerelief valve, re-set if necessary.4. Worn gears. 4. Replace timing gears.5. Worn bearings. 5. Replace bearings.1. Too much oil in gear case. 1. Reduce oil level.2. Too low operating speed. 2. Increase blower speed.3. Clogged filter or muffler. 3. Remove cause of obstruction.4. Excessive pressure differential. 4. Reduce pressure differentialacross the blower.5. Worn impeller clearances. 5. Replace impeller. .6. Internal contact. 6. Correct clearances.1. Insufficient assembled 1. Correct clearances.clearances.2. Case or frame distortion. 2. Check mounting and pipe strain.3. Excessive operating pressure. 3. Remove cause.4. Excessive operating temperature. 4. Remove cause.-iLack of volume. 1. Slipping belts. 1 Tighten belts.2. Worn clearances. 2. Re-establish proper clearances.Excessive bearing 1. Improper lubrication. 1. Correct lubrication level. Replaceor gear wear.dirty oil.1iLoss of oil.1. Headplate, gear case or 1. Clean vents.drive cover vents pluggad.2. Worn seal. 2. Replace seals.SB-7-621 Page 10

SECTION 5SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIREDORDER SPECIAL TOOLS BY PART NUMBER. SEE PAGE i FOR ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS.Unit SizePart Number2” 200GAA3403” 201 GAA3404” 202GAA3405” 203GAA340FIGURE8 - PULLER PLATE------e--- ----__------------------~ ------FIGURES - GEAR DRIVER - 208GAA074S&7-621 Page 11

ilUnit SizePart Number2” 204GAA0743 205GAA0744” 206GM0745” 207GAA074FIGURE 10 - MECHANIC4L SEAL INSTALLATION TOOLr Unit Size I Part Number I2” 200GAA0743” 201GAA074 ,4” 202GAA0745” 203GAA074FIGURE 11 - MECHANICAL SEAL INSTALLATION TOOLSB-7-621 Page 12

SECTION 6DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONSaNOTICENumbers in parentheses ( ) refer tokey numbers in assembly drawingson pages 23,25,27 and 29.1. Drain oil from gear case by removing drain plug(4).2. Remove the socket head bolts (5) from the gearcover (3).3. Remove the gear cover from the gear headplate.NOTICEThe cover and gear headplate gaskettends to bond tightly to both surfaces.After socket head bolt removal,it is sometimes necessary to takea ball peen hammer and a blunt chiseland drive off the cover.IMPORTANT:MARK ALL PARTS WITH A CENTER PUNCH soTHEY CAN BE REASSEMBLED IN THE SAME POSI-TION (IMPELLERS, HEADPLATES, AND GEARS).4. If the timing gears appear undamaged, the gearbacklash must be checked to see if the gears canbe salvaged.A.B.C.D.E.Mount a magnetic base dial indicator on thegear headplate (see FIGURE 12).Lock one impeller stationary by wedging afeeler gage between the impeller and theheadplate.The tip of the indicator should be placed atthe center of the contact surface on a toothof the gear on the free shaft.Rock the impeller back and forth by hand andread the total rotational movement to ‘henearest .0005 inches. Do this at four gearmesh positions 90 degrees apart.PermissableGEAR DIA.gear backlash is shown below.GEAR BACKLASH2” .0015 - .00253” .0015 - .00254” ,0015 - .00255” .002 - .003flGURE 12 FlGURE 13SB-7-6?1 Page 13

FIGURE 14 flGURE 15NOTICEIf backlash is above the specified limit,the gears are not necessarily unusable.Excessive play could be causedby worn bearings.5. If timing gears appear to be reusable, matchmarktiming gear toothmesh by making small punchmarks on the ends of meshing gear teeth with apin punch and hammer (see FIGURE 13, page13). The impeller tip to valley (throat) and the caseto headplates should also be match marked to facilitateblower reassembly.6. Using a gear puller, remove timing gears. The taperpin should back out with the gear as the gearis being removed (see FIGURE 14). Use cautionnot to damage gear teeth with puller if gears areto be used again.INOTICEBlowers with mechanical seals havetwo wavy washers (28) located betweenthe bearings and the cover onthe drive end.7. Remove the socket head cap screws (30) from thedrive end bearing cover (29) and remove the cover.Drive shaft oil seal (31) should come free whencover is removed.Ia.9.10.11.FIGURE16Remove mounting foot (17) from the drive healplate (24) by removing the capscrews (16).Remove the capscrews (21) which secure ttdrive headplate (24) to the impeller case (22).Using the puller plate shown on page 11, boltthe drive headplate using the tapped holes us(to secure the drive cover.InStall a gear puller to each shaft and attach pullarms to the plate. Turn each puller only half a rsolution at a time keeping the advance of the shaas uniform as possible (see FIGURE 15). ARthe headplate has been removed, detach the pter plate.rSE 7-621 Page 14

flGURE 1712. Remove the two drive end bearings (15) from thedrive headplate (24) using a ball peen hammerand punch (see FIGURE 16, page 14).ACAUTIONExercise care not to damage theheadplate bearing bores when removingbearings.13. The grease seals can now be driven out of thedrive headplate with hammer and punch (seeFIGURE 16, page 14). Discard the seals as theywill not be reused. Replace grease seals eachtime the headplate is removed.NOTICESeals and bearings should be replacedduring overhaul as a matter ofservice policy.14.15.16.17.18.19.20.21.Remove the four cap screws (lo), which fastenthe bearing retainers (12) to the gear headplate.Attach puller plate to the gear headplate using thetapped holes used to secure the bearing retainers.install a gear puller to one of the shafts and attachpuller arms to the plate (see FIGURE 17).Remove mounting foot (17) from the gear headplateby removing 4 capscrews (16).Push the impeller shaft through the gear headplateand remove the impeller assembly (23) (seeFIGURE 17). Remove the other impeller assemblyfollowing the same procedure.Remove the cap screws (21) securing the gearheadplate to the impeller case. Located near eachdowel pin on the headplate is a threaded hole. Inserta 5/16-18 UNC capscrew into each of thethreaded holes. Tighten the screws evenly untilthe headplate separates from the impeller case.Remove the two gear end bearings (14) from thegear headplate (18) as done in step 12.Remove the oil seals (15) from gear headplate(19) as done in step 13.58-7-621 Page 15

SECTION 7ASSEMBLYINSTRUCTIONSNOTICENumbers in parentheses ( ) refer tokey numhers in assembly drawingson pages 23,25,27 and 29.--MECHANICALSEALS ONLYA. Lightly coat the headplate bores with asserrbly lubricant.B. Refer to FIGURE 18. Ins!all mechanical se;(A) into the headplate bore (C) using a pres.and the correct driver shown on page 12Drive the seal securely on to its seat.1. Make sure all metallic parts are clean and free ofany nicks or burrs.2. Lubricate the outside diameter of the lip seal (15)with a light oil or grease. Install seals in both thedrive head-plate (24) and gear headplate (18).The seal lip should always face towards ths bearingor lubricant. New seals should be installedeach time the headplate is removed.NOTICE1Make sure seals are fully seated.extreme care when installing.Use1A R”i, CAUTIONUse extreme care when installingseals in the headplate bores. Do notattempt to install the mechanicalseals without the use of a press.Blows from a hammer or mallet candamage the fragile seal surface. Toomuch force can crush the seal casing.Make certain the seal is properlyseated and undamaged before proceeding.n--tt-r--GEARENDQDRIVEENDFIGURE 18SE7-621 Page 16

FIGURE 19FIGURE 203. Assemble gear headplate (18) and mounting foot(17) to the impeller case with cap screws (21) andwhere the mounting foot is secured to the headplateuse capscrews (16). The two positioningdowel pins (19) will ensure proper alignment of theheadplate and impeller case. Also secure liftinglugs using capscrews (21) (see exploded assemblydrawing page 23). Torque capscrews alternatelyand evenly. Refer to FIGURE 25, page 22,for torque specifications.4. Apply a light oil or grease on the shaft seal areasand the bearing areas. Insert impellers into thegear headplate using the same headplate boresas used in the original assembly.A \ CAUTIONSeals are delicate; use extreme carewhen irlstalling impeller shafts in theheadplate bores. A piece of light shimstock wrapped around the shaft keywaywill prevent cutting the seal lip.NOTICEIf more than .007” shim is required,put .007” on the drive end and the remainingon the gear end.6. Assemble drive headplate (24) to impeller case asdone in step 3 with the gear headplate. If shimswere required, place shims between drive headplateand impeller case.MECHANICAL SEALS ONLYA. Refer to FIGURE 18, pagel6. Lightly coatthe impeller shaft (H) and the inside diameterof the mating ring (B) with assembly lubricant.B. Install the mating ring (B) on the shaft only farenough to get the bearing (E) started on theshaft.C. Lightly lubricate the bearing inner race (E)with a light oil or grease.5. Position blower so that impellers are vertical, withthe drive end on top. It will be necessary to useblocks in order for the unit to set level. Measurethe total end clearance using a depth micrometer(see FIGURE 19).If total clearance is not within the limits specifiedin FIGURE 21, page 18, it may be necessary toshim the case to obtain the proper total end clearance.The shim should be placed between thedrive headplate and impeller case.A CAUTIONDo not drive the mating ring down tothe mechanical seal as this can damagetheseal. ’- 1D. Using a press, install the bearing on the shaftwith the bearing driver shown on page 12.SE-7621 Page 17

2M 2L 3H 3M 31 4H 4M 4L 5t-l 5M 5:I 1 I __. --- I rTOTAL END CLEARANCE .003-,005 .004-.006 .004-.00b .dO6-.OC9IMPELLER TO GEAR HEADPLATE .OOl s-.0025 .002-.003 .002-.003 .003-.004__- ,IMPELLER TIMING (A-A) (c-c) .004-,006 .005-.007 .007-.009.007-.009 IRADIAL CLEARANCE (8-B) .004-.0055 .OOA-.006 .003-,005 .004-.006FIGURE 21The bearing driver will position the matingring (B) to the correct depth with respect tothe mechanical seal (A).7. Apply a light oil to the drive headplate bearingbore, bearing inside diameter, and shaft seat.Install the drive end bearings (14) as far as possiblewithout force.8. Attach the puller plate shown on page 11 to thedrive headplate using the tapped holes used to securethe drive cover (see FIGURE 20, page 17).lighten the bolts so that the advance of the bearingsstay as uniform as possible. Bearings shouldbe pressed until flush with the drive headplate.9. Lubricate the gear end bearing fits with a light oilas described previously. Install gear end bearings(14) as far as possible without force. Use the plate,used to install the drive end bearings, to press thebearings on the shafts as described in Step &.Press bearings into the gear headplate until completelyseated in the bearing bore.NOTICEBearings will not be flush with gearheadplate bores when completelyseated.10. Impellers should now be checked for free axi:movement by hitting the ends of the impelkshafts with the palm of your hand.11. Push the impellers against the gear headplate anrecheck the total end clearance between the drivheadplate and the impellers (see FIGURE 21).A. If total end clearance is insufficient, 100s~impeller case to headplate bolts on eithcheadpla!e, and move the headplate awzfrom the case far enough to insert a papshim in the amount equal to the insufficieclearance. Retighten case bolts and agacheck the total end clearance. ReferFIGURE 21 for correct clearance.B. Excessive end clearances normally will rquire new impeller assemblies, but in sorSB-7421 Paae 18

circumstances the impeller case can be removedand reduced in width by machining offthe amount of excess clearance.ACAUTIONThese impeller-to-impeller and impeller-to-caseclearances are extremelycritical. Even though theblower may turn freely by hand whencold, under operating conditions, theparts expand, and the rotors are subjectto slight deflection.If the clearances are not sufficient,the impellers may contact each otheror the housing with destructive results.If the clearances are too great,the blower may not develop the pressureor airflow that is required to performits function.FIGURE 22A ,ii CAUTIONIf installing gears on a blower containingmechanical seals, a pressmust be used to drive the gears on theshafts. Blows from a hammer or malletwill damage the seal.12. Impeller tip to case clearance should be checkedat this time by inserting the correct thickness feelergauge between the tip and the case and rotatingthe impeller (see FIGURE 21, page 18). Repeatthe procedure on both impellers.NOTICEWhen checking the tip to case clearance,move the feeler gauge over theentire length of the impeller to ensurethat the tips do not bind along theirlength.13. INSTALLING THE TIMING GEARSA. Apply a light grease, or oil, on the shaft areawhere the timing gear will be positioned.B. Place feeler stock in the amount of l/3 of thetotal end clearance between drive headplateand both impellers. This will stop the impellersfrom contacting the headplate while thegears are being driven on.7C. Secure the bearing retainer plate (12) to thegear headplate using capscrews (10). Referto FIGURE 25, page 22, for torque specifications.D. If reusing the timing gears, the gears shouldbe returned to their original positions. Use taperpin holes and matchmarks for correctpositioning.NOTICEReplacement gears have minimumbacklash marks on the outside diameterof the gear face. These marksshould be located 180 degrees fromeach other (see FIGURE 22).E. Using the driving tool shown on page 11,drive one gear flush with the end of the shaftand replace taper pin (8) by rereaming originalhole if the movement between the shaftand gear was negligible. If rereaming fails toeliminate edges set up by retiming, drill andream a new hole approximately 90” from theSB-7-821 Paae 19

original hole. Control the depth of the taperpin, leaving approximately l/8 in. taper pinprotruding beyond the gear and end of shaft.NOTICEIf gears are being replaced, taper pinholes must be drilled after the gearsare correctly positioned.A ;’ CAUTIONBe careful not to let cuttings drop behindthe gears and contaminate thebearings.NOTICEThe gear used for adjustment shouldbe flush with its mate on completionof the timing.J. Check gear backlash four places at 90 degree intervals as described in the disassenblyprocedure (item 4).NOTICEIf any of the four gear backlash readingsare not within the specified limits,the gears must be replaced.F. Place impellers in the position shown inFIGURE 21, page 18. Check to be sure impellersare in correct position as previouslymatch marked.G. Drive the mating gear on the other shaft withinl/2” of being flush with the end of the shaft.H. Refer to diagram in FIGURE 21, page 18.Use feeler gauges to check clearances betweenimpeller lobes at positons A-A andC-C. Add the clearances, and divide the totalclearance evenly between A-A and C-C.I. If the lobe clearance is not equal betweenA-A and C-C, the impellers require shiftingrelative to the gears. Insert a feeler gauge.OlO inch larger than required clearance betweenthe impellers at the tight spot and rotatethe impellers wedging the feeler gaugebetween the lobes. Place the driving toolagainst the gear that is not flush with the endof the shaft, and strike the driver with a quickblow. This will drive the gear further onto theshaft, causing it to turn relative to the shaftdue to the torque value set-up by the oversizedfeeler gauge wedged between the impellerlobes. Adjust so that the clearance atA-A is equal to C-C within .OOl inch. Clearancesmust be checked on both sides ofeach impeller lobe over the entire length.This procedure may require repeating severaltimes until the impeller lobe clearance isequal on both sides.14. After timing adjustments are completed, insert taper pin between the shaft and adjustment gear b3rereaming original hole if movement between thishaft and gear was negligible. If reaming fails tceliminate the edges due to slight misalignmentdrill and ream a new hole approximately 90” fronthe original hole.NOTICEReplacement gears are not drilled.These holes must be drilled after thegears are in the proper position and‘the unit retimed.15. SElllNG IMPELLER END CLEARANCESRefer to FIGURE 23, page 21. The outer races (the gear end bearings are clamped against thheadplate (F) by the bearing retainer (B).This is referred to as the “fixed end”. The interfeence fit between the shaft and the bearing innrace (H) keeps the shaft from moving axially. Aljustment is by movement of the shaft through ttgear end bearing inner race (H).A. Check the total end clearance by adding ttclearance between the impellers and tldrive headplate to the clearance betwecthe impellers and the gear headplate.SB-7-621 Page 20

FIGURE 23FIGURE 24NOTICECheck the clearance over the entirewidth of the impeller and consider thetightest spot.B.C.D.E.Divide the total end clearance by 3 and distributeapproximately l/3 on the gear endand the remaining 2/3 on the drive end.To move the impeller assembly toward thedrive end, lightly tap the shaft at the gear endwith a soft face mallet.To set the fixed end, insert the feeler gaugein the amount specified in FIGURE 21, page18, between the headplate and the impellerat the gear end.Insert a mild steel or soft metal rod thru thesmall hole in the gear (9). Tap lightly until thefeeler gauge is snug. Adjust both impellersusing the same procedure. Rotate the impellerschecking for clearance through a completerevolution (see FIGURE 24).SEITING IMPELLER END CLEARANCE WITH ME-CHANICAL SEALSRefer to FIGURE 18, page 16. The gear end bearingsare held in position by the force created by the wavyspring (J) on the drive end and the bearing retainer (K)on the gear end. This is referred to as the fixed end.The interference fit between the shaft (H) and the bearinginner race (E) keeps the shaft from moving axially.End clearance adjustment is by movement of the bearingretainer (K). Tightening the bearing retainer screws(M) moves the bearing to load the wavy spring (J), andthe impeller is forced toward the drive end. Relaxing thescrews allows the wavy spring to return the impeller towardthe gear end.A.B.C.D.E.F.Assemble drive cover to drive headplate. Referto Step 16 with the exception of the useof wavy springs (J) installed between thedrive end bearings and the drive cover.Back out retainer screws (M) until both impellersare tight against the gear headplate.With feeler gauge, measure the clearancebetween each impeller and the drive headplate.This value is the total end clearance.Measure the clearance between the gearheadplate and bearing retainer (K) at pointw*Subtract l/3 of the total end clearance fromthe clearance measured at point (S). Thisvalue is the amount of shim (13) that shouldbe placed between the retainer and the headplateat point (S).Tighten the bearing retainer screws (M) tothe torque value given in FIGURE 25, page22. With the retainer screws secure, approximatelyl/3 of the total end clearance shouldbe on the gear end and the remaining 2/3 onthe drive end.S6-7-621 Page 21

16. Replace drive shaft grease seal (31) in the driveend cover (29). The seal lip should always face towardsthe bearing or lubricant. Pack bearing cavitieswith recommended grease and secure drivecover with capscrews (30) to drive headplate. Referto FIGURE 25 for torque specifications.&A ii, CAUTIONExercise care not to damage the seallip as it passes over the shaft keyway.17. Assemble the gear cover (3) and gasket (7) to thegear headplate (18) using capscrews (5). TightenIthe capscrews alternately and evenly. ReferFIGURE 25 for torque specifications.18. Place the blower on its feet on a flat surface. Loten cap screws (16) and level the unit up. T,bench or blower base flatness should be witt.002 of an inch. Re-tighten cap screws (16) to tlspecification in FIGURE 25.NOTICEIf the unit is not flat within .002 of aninch, it will be necessary to shim theblower feet at installation.GEAR DIAMETER--FASTENERSI2 3 4 5CAPSCREW (21) 13-17 23-30 23-30 23-30CAPSCREW (16) 13-17 23-20 23-30 23 - 30SOCKET HD CAPSCREW (5) 6-8 6-8 13-17 13- 17SOCKET HD CAPSCREW (30) 6-8 6-8 13-17 6-8CAPSCREW (10) 6-8 6-8 13-17 13-17NOTE: ( ) DENOTES ITEMS IN EXPLODED VIEW DRAWINGS ON PAGES 23,25,27, AND 29.FIGURE 25 - TORQUE (FT-LES)SB-7-621 Page 22

SECTION 8PARTS LISTi6SB-7-621 Page 23

Order by Part Number and Description. Reference Numbers for your convenience only.MODELGAARef.No.No. Size -2M Size - 2LDescription Req’d GAAM-P- GAAL-P-1234560 70 890 1012+ 130 140 15161718192021222324252627+ 2629300 31l + 3200NAMEPLATE ....................................................OILLEVELPLUG .................................................GEARCPSE. .................................................DRAIN PLUG ....................................................SCREW-GEAR CASE TO BEARING HOUSING .....................VENTPLUG .....................................................GASKETGEARCASE ...........................................TAPERPIN. .....................................................TIMINGGEARGROUP ...........................................SCREW-BEARING RETAINER TO BEARING HOUSING ..............BEARING RETAINER. ............................................SHIMSET .......................................................BEARING ......................................................MAIN SEAL-PER APPLICATION BELOWLIPSEALVERSION ..........................................MECHANICALSEALVERSION ...............................SCREW-FOOT TO BEARING HOUSING ............................FOOT GROUPVERTICALFOOTGROUP ....................................HORlZONTALFOOTGROUP .................................HOUSING-BEARING (GEAR END)LIPSEAL ...................................................MECHANICAL SEAL .........................................DOWELPIN .....................................................LIFI-INGLUG .....................................................SCREW-BEARING HOUSINGS TO IMPELLER CASE ....... _. .......IMPELLERCASE .................................................SHAFr ASSEMBLY GROUP (SEAL VENTS) ................. _.......SHAFT ASSEMBLY GROUP CONSISTS OF:(1) ASSEMBLY SHAFT - LONG(1) ASSEMBLY SHAFT - SHORTHOUSING-BEARING (DRIVE)LIPSEAL ...................................................MECHANICALSEAL ............ . ............................DRIVEKM ......................................................GREASEFITI-ING ................................................GREASE FITTING CAP ...........................................WAVY SPRING ..................................................DRIVE COVER ................. . ................................SCREW-DRIVECOVERTOBEARING HOUSING ...................DRIVE SEAL ................................ _...................PLUGS REQUIRED WITH MECHANICAL SEAL ............ _.........SHIM-IMPELLER CASEPAPER (.OOlY.O020) ................... .._ ..................PAPER (.003) ............................................. _.ALUMINUM (.OlO) ............................ _. .............OVERHAULKITLIPSEAL ...................... .._ ...............OVERHAUL KIT MECHANICAL SEAL ..............................1 200GAA496 200GAA4962 64ACl @AC1I 900893022831 9W8930220011 64ACl 64ACl6 75LM224 75LM2241 900639650102 9006396501021 2OOGAA715 200GAA7152 62V56 62V561 2OOGAA6008 2OOGAA60008 75A185N 75A185N2 900892021801 9008920218011 900891022900 9008910229CC4 12BA142 12BA1424 60DD713 60DD7! 34 900871020002 900871 o:ccc:6 75AlO 75AlO1 GAA81896 GM81 8961 GAA81897 GAA87 8971 900894021001 90089402100:1 204GAA006 204GAA0064 62M48 62M482 2OOGAA451 2OOGAA45114 75A34 75A341 900894021201 9W8940214011 GAA81899 GAA818981 900894020801 9QQ8940208011 205GAAoo6 205GAAO#61 900891023101 9006910231012 911659990606 9116599906062 4oP41 4OP412 900669170102 9w6691701021 900893021701 9008930217016 75A185 75A1851 900639010802 900639OlOaO26 64ACl 64ACl0 202GAA732 202GAA7320 2OQGAA732 2CQGAA7320 201 GAA732 201 GAA7320 2OOGAA6010 2OOGAA60100 201GAA6010 201 GAA6010.NOT SHOWN0 OVERHAUL KITS CONSIST OF BEARINGS, SEALS, GASKET, SHIMS, TAPER PINS AND BEARING RETAINER SCREW:+ MECHANICAL SEAL UNITS ONLY.X3-7-621 Page 24

SB-?-821 Page 252OOGAB81CbB(Ref. Drawing)

Order by Part Number and Description. Reference Numbers for your convenience only.MODELGABRef.No.No. Size -3H Size - 3M Size - 3LDescription Req’d GkBH-P- GABM-P- GABL-Pm1234560 7o 890 1012+ 130 140 15161718192021222324252627+ 2829300 310 354400NAMEPLATE ........................................OIL LEVEL PLUG. .....................................GEARCASE ..........................................DRAIN PLUG. ........................................SCREW-GEAR CASE TO BEARING HOUSING .........BREATHER. ..........................................GASKETGEARCASE .................................TAPERPIN ...........................................TIMINGGEARGROUP ................................SCREW-BEARING RETAINER TO BEARING HOUSINGBEARING RETAINER.. ................................SHIMSET ............................................BEARING ............................................MAIN SEAL-PER APPLICATION BELOWLIP SEAL VERSION ................................MECHANICAL SEAL VERSION .....................SCREW-FOOT TO BEARING HOUSING .................FOOT GROUPVERTICAL FOOT GROUP .........................HORIZONTAL FOOT GROUP ................. ....HOUSING-BEARING (GEAR END)LIPSEAL ........................................MECHANICAL SEAL ..............................DOWELPIN ..........................................LIFTINGLUG .........................................SCREW-BEARING HOUSINGS TO IMPELLER CASE .....IMPELLER CASE .....................................SHAFTASSEMBLYGROUP.. ..........................SHAFT ASSEMBLY GROUP CONSISTS OF:(1) ASSEMBLY SHAFT - LONG(1) ASSEMBLY SHAFT - SHORTHOUSING-BEARING (DRIVE END)LIP SEAL ........................................MECHANICAL SEAL .................. _...........DRIVEKN ...........................................GREASEFmlNG .....................................GREASEFITTINGCAP ................................WAW SPRING .......................................DRIVECOVER .................................... . ..SCREW-DRIVE COVER TO BEARING HOUSING ........DRIVE SEAL .......................... _.. _.... __.....BEARING DRIVEENDDRIVESHAFT ...................PLUG-SOCHD ........................... .._...._ ....SHIM-IMPELLER CASEPAPER (.OOlY.O020) .............................PAPER (.003) ....................................ALUMINUM (.OlO) ....... ........................OVERHAUL KIT UP SEAL .............................OVERHAUL KIT MECHANICAL SEAL ...................1 200GAA496 2OOGA4496 200GAA4962 64AC2 64AC2 64AC21 900873032901 900873032901 9008730329(1 64AC2 64AC2 64AC210 75LM224 75LM224 75LM2241 5L306 5L306 5L3061 2OOGAB715 2OOGAB715 2OQGAB7152 62V5.7 62V57 62V571 201GAB6008 201 GAB6008 201 GABGOOe8 75A185N 75A185N 75A185N2 900883031401 9cma3031401 9008830314c1 900881032200 900881032200 9008810322C3 12BA143 12BA143 12BA1434 900891030601 900891030601 900891030+X4 90087102OQO3 900871020003 90087102OOi8 655ED050 655ED050 655ED0501 GAB81 903 GAB81 903 GAB81 9031 GAB81 904 GAB81 904 GAB81 9041 900873033301 900873033301 9008730333C1 900883030101 900883030101 9008830301 c4 62M48 62M48 62M482 2ooGAA451 2OOGAA45 1 200GAA45 116 6!5SEDO40 655EDO40 655EDO401 9OOa73034301 9OQ873033801 9008730342C1 GAB81 905 GAB81 907 GAB819061 900873033501 900873033501 9008730335l1 9u0883030301 900883030301. 9008830303(1 9oaa39910304 9ooa39910304 90063991 ox2 4OE9 4QE9 40E92 4oP4l 4oP41 4oP412 900669170203 900669170203 9006691702(1 900873033701 900873033701 9008730337~6 75LM224 75LM224 75LM2241 6000725 6000725 6ODD7251 12BA153 12BA153 12BA1532 64AC2 64AC2 64AC20 202GAB732 202GAB732 202GAB7320 2OOGAB732 2OOGAB732 2OOGAB7320 201 GAB732 201 GAB732 201 GAB7320 203GABaOlO 203GAB6010 203GAB6010 204GABaOlO 204GAB6010 204GAB601o OVERHAUL KITS CONSIST OF BEARINGS, SEALS, GASKET. SHIMS, TAPER PINS AND BEARING RETAINER SCREL+ MECHANICAL SEAL UNITS ONLY.SB--7-621 Page 26

SB-7421 Page 27200GAB81 O-B(Ref. Drawing)

Order by Part Number and Description. Reference Numbers for your convenience only.MODELGACRef.No.No. Size -4H Size - 4M Size - 4LD-scription Req’d GACH-P- GACM-P- GACL-P-1234560 7o 890 1012+ 130 140 15161718192021222324252627+ 2629300 310 354400NAMEPLATE ........................................OILLEVELPLUG .....................................GEARCASE .......................................DRAIN PLUG .........................................SCREW-GEAR CASE TO BEARING HOUSING ..........BREATHER ..........................................GASKET GEAR CASE ............... .................TAPERPIN ...........................................TIMINGGEARGROUP ................................SCREW-BEARING RETAINER TO BEARING HOUSING ...BEARING RETAINER ..................................SHIMSET ............................................BEARING ..........................................MAIN SEAL-PER APPLICATION BELOWLIP SEAL VERSION ...........................MECHANICAL SEAL VERSION ..... ...............SCREW-FOOT TO BEARING HOUSING .............FOOT GROUPVERTICAL FOOT GROUP .........................HORIZONTAL FOOT GROUP ......................HOUSING-BEARING (GEAR END)LIPSEAL ........................................MECHANICAL SEAL ..................... ......DOWELPIN ..........................................LIFTING LUG. ........................................SCREW-BEARING HOUSINGS TO IMPELLER CASE .....IMPELLERCASE .....................................SHAFT ASSEMBLY GROUP ............... ............SHAFT ASSEMBLY GROUP CONSISTS OF:(1) ASSEMBLY SHAFT - LONG(1) ASSEMBLY SHAFT - SHORTHOUSING-BEARING (DRIVE END)LIP SEAL ........................................MECHANICALSEAL .................... .._ .......DRIVE KEY .. _........................... __...........GREASEFITTING .....................................GREASE FITTING CAP ........... , ............ _.. _....WAWSPRING ........................................DRIVE COVER .................. ....................SCREW-DRIVE COVER TO BEARING HOUSING ........DRIVE SEAL. .................................. _......BEARING-ROLLER ...................................PLUGSOCHD .......................................SHIM-IMPELLER CASEPAPER (.OOl Y.0020) .............................PAPER (.003) ....................................ALUMINUM (.OlO) ................................OVERHAUL KIT LIP SEAL. .............................OVERHAUL KIT MECHANICAL SEAL .................1 200GAA496 2OOGAA496 2OOGAA4962 64AC3 64AC3 64AC31 900883040701 900883040701 90088304070!1 64AC2 64AC2 64AC212 75LMll3 75LM113 75LMll31 5L306 5L306 5L3061 200GAC715 2OOGAC715 2OOGAC7152 62V58 62V58 62V581 200GAC6008 2OOGAC6008 200GAC60088 75Al15N 75A115N 75Al15N2 900883040201 900883040201 90088304020~1 9008810429CQ 900881042900 9008810429CC3 12BAl44 12BA14.4 12BA1444 60DD630 6ODD630 60DD6304 900871020004 900871020004 900871023CG-:8 655ED050 655ED050 655ED05C1 GAC81911 GAC81911 GAC819111 GAC81912 GAC81912 GAC819121 900883040501 9oo&a3040501 9W88304050 11 900883041601 900883041601 9008830416014 62M48 62M48 62M482 200GAA45 1 2OOGAA451 2QOGAA45116 655EDO4O 655EDO40 665EDO401 90088304220 1 9oo883o41801 9#8830420011 208GAC4028 207GAC4028 206GAC40281 900883040901 900883040901 9oo8mwo9011 9oo6mo41201 9oo883o41201~ 9008830412011 900639910304 900639910304 9006399103042 4OE9 4OE9 4OE92 4OP41 4OP41 4OP412 900669170304 900669170304 9006691703a41 900883040301 900883040301 9008830403018 75LM113 75LM113 75LM1131 6ODD716 6ODD716 6ODD7161 12BA154 12BA154 12BAl542 64AC2 64AC2 64AC20 202GAC732 202GAC732 202GAC7320 2OOGAC732 2OOGAC732 2OOGAC7320 201 GAC732 201 GAC732 201 GAC7320 202GAC601 G 202GAC6010 202GAC60100 203GAC6010 203GAC6010 203GAC6010a OVERHAUL KITS CONSIST OF BEARINGS, SEALS, GASKET, SHIMS, TAPER PINS AND BEARING RETAINER SCREWS.+ MECHANICAL SEAL UNITS ONLY.SB-7-621 Page 28

’,” _,/’A’ / ”,//y-y/IW-7-621 Page 29

Order by Part Number and Description. Reference Numbers for your convenience only.Ref.No.I234560 7o 890 1012+ 130 140 15161718192021222324252627+ 2829300 31l + 320 35MODELNo. Size -5H Size - 5M Size - 5LDescription Req’d G;.EH-P- GAEM-Pm GAEL-P-NAMEPLATE ........................................OILLEVELPLUG ....................................GEARCASE ........................................DRAIN PLUG .........................................SCREW-GEAR CASE TO BEARING HOUSING ..........VENTPLUG ..........................................GASKET GEAR CASE .................................TAPERPIN ...........................................TIMINGGEARGROUP ................................SCREW-BEARING RETAINER TO BEARING HOUSING ...BEARING RETAINER. .................................SHIMSET ............................................BEARING ............................................MAIN SEAL-PER APPLICATION BELOWLIPSEALVERSION ...............................MECHANICAL SEAL VERSION .....................SCREW-FOOT TO BEARING HOUSING ................FOOT GROUPVERTICALFOOTGROUP .........................HORIZONTAL FOOT GROUP ......................HOUSING-BEARING (GEAR END)LIPSEAL ........................................MECHANICAL SEAL ..............................DOWELPIN. .........................................LIFTINGLUG .........................................SCREW-BEARING HOUSINGS TO IMPELLER CASE .....IMPEUERCASE .....................................SHAFT ASSEMBLY GROUP ............................SHAFT ASSEMBLY GROUP CONSISTS OF:(1) ASSEMBLY SHAFT - LONG(1) ASSEMBLY SHAFT - SHORTHOUSING-BEARING (DRIVE END)LIPSEAL ........................................MECHANICAL SEAL ....................... ......DRIVE KEY. ... ......................................GREASEFIITING.. ...................................GREASE FilTlNG CAP ............... _................WAWSPRING .......................................DRIVECOVER .......................................SCREW-DRIVE COVER TO BEARING HOUSING ........DRIVESEAL .........................................PLUGS REQUIRED WITH MECHANICAL SEAL ...........BEARING-ROLLER ...................................SHIM-IMPELLER CASEPAPER (.0015/.0020) .............................PAPER (.003) ....................................ALUMINUM (.OlO) ........................... ....OVERHAUL KIT LIP SEAL .............................OVERHAULKITMECHANICALSEAL ....................NOT SHOWNo OVERHAUL KITS CONSIST OF BEARINGS, SEALS, GASKET, SHIMS, TAPER PINS AND BEARING RFTAINER SCRM+ MECHANICAL SEAL UNITS ONLY.GAE1 200GEJ496 2WGEJ496 200GEJ4962 64AC3 64AC3 64AC31 900883051001 900883051001 900883051001 64AC2 64AC2 64AC212 75LM113 75LM113 75LM1131 5L306 5L306 SL3061 200GAE715 2OOGAE715 2OOGAE7152 62V59 62V59 62V591 20lGAE6008 201 GAE6008 201 GAE60068 75A33N 75A33N 75A33N2 900883050501 900883050501 90088305050’1 900881052900 900881052900 9008810529OC3 8500397 8500397 85003974 60DD714 6000714 60DD7144 900871020005 900871020005 900871020X:8 655ED050 655ED050 655EDO501 GAEBI 922 GAE81922 GAEBI 9221 GAEBI 923 GAE81923 GAE819231 900883052101 9oo883o52101 90088305210:1 900883050301 9Oo8a3O50301 90088305030 14 62hl48 62M48 62M482 200GAA451 2OOGAA451 2OOGAA45124 655EDO4O 656ED040 655EDO401 900663051701 9OO663Q51801 90088305190’1 207GAE4028 206GAE4028 205GAE40281 206GAEOO6 2o6GAEoo6 206GAEOO61 2n7GAEOO6 207GAEOO6 . 207GAE0061 900639910305 900639910305 900&3991030!2 911659990606 9116S9990606 91165999060(2 4oP41 4OP41 4oP412 900669170405 900669170405 900669170401 900663OSO401 900663050401 90066305o4a8 75LMl13 75LM113 75LMl131 6ODD726 6ODD726 6ODD7268 64ACl 64ACl 64ACl1 12BAlS5 12BAl55 12BAl550 202GAE732 202GAE732 202GAE7320 2OOGAE732 2OOGAE732 2OOGAE7320 201 GAE732 201 GAE732 201 GAE7320 2OOGAE6010 2OOGAE6010 2OOGAE601 C0 203GAE6010 203GAE6010 203GAE601 CSB-7-621 Page 30

Gardner1800 GARDNER EXPRESSWAYQUINCY, IL 62301TEL: (217) 222-5400 . FAX: (217) 223-5897GENERAL PROVISIONS AND LIMITATIONSGardner Denver Machinery Inc. (the “Company”) warrantsto each original retail purchaser (“Purchaser’) ofits new products from the Company or its authorizeddistributor that such products are, at the time of deliveryto the Purchaser, made with good material and workmanship.No warranty is made with respect to:1. Any product which has been repaired or alteredin such a way, in the Company’s judgment, asto affect the product adversely.2. Any product which has, in the Company’s judgmentbeen subject to negligence, accident, improperstorage, or improper installation or application.3. Any product which has not been operated ormaintained in accordance with normal practiceand with the recommendations of the Company.4. Components or accessories manufactured,warranted and serviced by others.5. Any reconditioned or prior owned product.Claims for items described in (4) above should be submitteddirectly to the manufacturer.WARRANTYPERIODThe Company’s obligation under this warranty is limitedto repairing or, at its option, replacing, during normalbusiness hours at an authorized service facility of theCompany, any part which in its judgment proved not tobe as warranted within the applicable Warranty Periodas follows.BARE BLOWERSBasic bare blowers, consisting of all parts within, arewarranted for 18 months from date of initial use or 24months from date of shipment to the first purchaser,whichever occurs first.Any disassembly or partial disassembly of the blower,or failure to return the “unopened” blower per Companyinstructions, will be cause for denial of warranty.OTHER COMPONENTSAll other components are warranted for 12 months fromdate of initial use or 18 months from date of shipmentto first purchaser, whichever comes first.The Company reserves the right to withdraw the UncontestedWarranty where evidence indicates applicationoutside the stated performance area, or where there isevidence of abuseLABOR TRANSPORTATlONAND INSPECTlONThe Company will provide labor, by Company representativeor authorized service personnel, for repair or replacementof any product or part thereof which in theSUTORBILTSUTORBILTWARRANTYBLOWERSLEGEND SERIESCompany’s judgment is proved not to be as warranted.Labor shall be limited to the amount specified in theCompany’s labor rate schedule.Labor costs in excess of the Company rate scheduleamounts or labor proviaed by unauthorized service personnelis not provided for by this warranty.Transportation of Company’s choice, within the conditionalUnited States, is covered by this warranty for replacementof any blower which in the Company’s judgementproved not to be as warranted. For user locationsoutside the continental United States, the CcmTany willprovide transportation, by the carrier of its choice to andfrom the nearest Authorized Distributor and the Company’sdesignated facility. The Company may require thereturn of any blower claimed not to be as warranted toone of its facilities as designated by the Company,transportation prepaid by Purchaser, to establish aclaim under this warranty.Replacement parts provided under the terms of the warrantyare warranted for the remainder of the Warranty Periodof the product upon which installed to the same extentas if such parts were original components thereof.DISCLAIMERTHE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE ANDIT IS EXPRESSLY AGREED THAT, EXCEPT AS TOTITLE, THE COMPANY MAKES NO OTHER WAR-RANTIES, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MER-CHANTABILITY.THE REMEDY PROVIDED UNDER THIS WARRAN-TY SHALL BE THE SOLE, EXCLUSIVE AND ONLYREMEDY AVAILABLE TO PURCHASER AND IN NOCASE,SHALL THE COMPANY BE SUBJECT TO Ab!YOTHER OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITIES. UNDER NOCIRCUMSTANCES SHALL THE COMPANY BE LI-ABLE FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL ORCONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, EXPENSES,LOSSES OR DELAYS HOWSOEVER CAUSED. .No statement, representation, agreement, or understanding,oral or written, made by any agent, distributor,representative, or employee of the Company which isnot contained in this Warranty will be binding upon theCompany unless made in writing and executed by an officerof the Company.This warranty shall not be effective as to any claimwhich is not presented within 30 days after the dateupon which the product is claimed not to have been aswarranted. Any action for breach of this warranty mustbe commenced within one year after the date uponwhich the cause of action occurred.Any adjustment made pursuant to this warranty shallnot be construed as an admission by the Company thatany product was not as warranted.COPYRIGHT’ 1994 Gardner Denver Machinery Inc

SETTING THE INDUSTRY STANDARDSFOR OVER 60 YEARSThe Sutorbilt Legend line of rotary, positive displacement blowers is the result of morethan sixty years of experience in the design, manufacture, and support of superior industrialequipment. Every Sutorbilt blower is built under rigid IS0 9001 quality standards andexhaustively tested to meet strict performance criteria before it is shipped. We pride ourselves cthe fact that our line provides a wide variety of air solutions every minute of every day, in the Land around the world. The line consists of a series of 20 unit sizes, offering pressures to 15 PSIvacuums to 16” Hg., and flows to 3015 SCFM.Compare us to the competition and find out why no matter which measurement is used. rkSutorbilt Legend is the standard by which all others are judged.l EFFICIENCY l IS0 9001 QUALITYl PEWORMANCE l QUIETEST OPEMTIONl RELMBILITY l AVAIMBILITYl INTER~H~INGE~\BILI~ l BEST UNCONTUTED WARRANJYBelow are just a few of the industries that, over the decades, have depended upon Sutorbilt tcdeliver clean, oil-free air.INDUSTRYMilling and BakingResin and PlasticPower GenerationChemicalWastewaterPulp and PaperCement and LimeOil and GasSoil RemediationDry Bulk HaulingAPPLICATIONBlending and ConveyingProcessing and ConveyingFly Ash Conveying and AerationVacuum Processing and ConveyingAeration and BackwashingChip Conveying and Process VacuumFluidization and ConveyingGas Collection and SpargingVacuum Extraction and SpargingTrailer Unloading and Aeration

qHE %TORBILTPOSITIW DISPLACEMENT CYCLEINTAKEA constantvolume of gas isdrawn into thecylinder by theaction of theturning impellers., .-TRANSFERDISCHARGEA constant volume ofgas is forced out throughthe discharge port.X constant volume of trapped gas is transkaround the cylinder to the discharge port.TWO specially designed figure-eight impellers turn in opposite directions within amachined housing, transferring a constant volume of gas from the inlet to the discharge with everyrotation of the blower drive shaft. No lubrication within the cylinder is required as the rotatingcomponents are held in close tolerance to each other and do not make contact. The impellerpositioning is maintained by precision timing gears affixed to each impeller shaft. All essentialgear and bearing lubrication occurs externally to the cylinder assuring clean, oil-free gas deliveryunder all operating conditions. Compression occurs after the gas leaves the blower and encounterssystem resistance in performing its intended work.

SUTORBIIT QUALITY FEATURFS0Impellers are matched from cast iron to an e‘xact profile and arepermanently fastened to steel shafts. They are dynamicallybalanced for smooth operation in any assembled position.Provides extra strength and rigidity to handle continuolls wmaximum loads without fatigue or deflection. :IP; J-z~7 I rG=T0Head plates, machined from cast iron, are groundon the interior surface to precise operating tolerancesBearing fits are machined into head plates to assureeLxact bearing positioning. Provides accurate, Jxeddimensionclearances through all blower operatingtemperature ranges.0Impeller cases, machined from cast iron, are heavilyribbed to prevent distortion. Inlet and discharge ports Iare integral features of the cylinder. Oversized dowel r;pins maintain proper internal alignment, assure quietertrouble-free operation.< LIAnti-friction bearings are used exclusively Smaller sizesare fitted with single-row ball bearings and cylindrical roller bearings;larger sizes have double-row ball bearings and spherical roller bearings. 4Optimum bearing selection provides longer blower Iije and addedAoverhung Zoad capacit>.IFLEX-MOUNT’” DESIGN PROVIDE:Flex-Mount design givesthe Legend positive displacementblower and vacuum pump totalapplication fle,xibility It also assut3Horizontal ConfigurationRight Hand Dm-eHonzontal ContigurationLeft Hand Dri\-e

@ Timing gears, precision machined from alloy steel forgings, arepermaneilrly pinned to shafts. Assures non-slip timing evenunder the most strenuous loading conditions.@ Timing gears and gear end bearings are lubricated utilizing anabundant oil reservoir. A graphite gasketed, oil-tight housingencloses the timing gears. Drive end bearings are greaselubricated through fittings. Lip-type seals prevent oil and greasfrom entering the impeller chamber. Provides superior gearand bearing lubrication at nU operating conditions withminimal maintenance.G Flex-Mount design is adaptable to either verticalor horizontal installation. The feet are preciselv I Imachined and match the footprints of manycompetitive units. Drive shaft is extended forv-belt drive or direct connection. Allowsadaptability Of Legend blowers to allblower applications.i@ High temperature Viton” oil seals.Maximizes seal Iije in continuous, severe-dutyapplication5 to provide leak-free operation.AXIMUMVERSATILITY IN MOUNTINGecomplete interchangeability onexisting and new applications andompatiblity as replacements formost competitive installations.Vertical ConfigurationBottom Hand DriveVertical ConfigurationTop Hand Drive

PRESSURE l?FSFORMANCE DATAFor Air at Standard Conditions: Sea Level 14.7 F’SIA, 68” F Inlet Temperature, 36% Relative Humidity.For performance with gases other than air, or at non-standard conditions, contact your authorized Sutorbih distributor,-.-- DIA. INLET DE&&l&OUTLET . .6PSlG 1 7PSlG 12LP2LVP2*-s 0.03544c:pp ) 3--s ( 0.1702MPPMVP4MP 24-s 0.1174MVP-7 I5MP5MVP4--s 0.2103P+--I--5--s 0.363;$;p 1 6--F 1 0.7333HP 1 Y-S3liVP ’I;I$;p0.045I1 1X-S 1 0.069j5HHvpp 1 2x-s 1 0.140I5xXRE\\~ET, CONNECTIONS STD PIPE F=FL-\SGE CdY.LNECTIOU5

@VACUUM PERFORMANCE DATAFor Air at Standard Conditions: Sea Level 14.7 PSIA, 68” F lniet Temperature, 36% Relative Humidity.For performance with gases other than air, or at non-standard conditions, contact your authorized Sutorbih distributor.ZLP2LVP3LP3LVPI2--sDISPL CUFT. REV.0.0352!4"-s 0.1044LP4LVP 3-a 0.170.03500.7187LP7LVP 1.2008LPBLVPCMCZMVP10--F 1.7401--sDISPL CUFf. REV.3MP3MVP 2-s0.060-t---I-4MP4MVP 2x--s0.1175MP5MVP 4--s0.2106MPGMVP7MP7MVP6MPEMVP5--s6"-F3HP%HVP I'/'-s .0.0170.3830.733W-F 1.0400.045RPMCPM2”HGBHP2050 2367 11 5880 1411 7.11170 1916 9.51375 2273 11 11800 3012 14.6RPMCPM6”HGBHPE% g Ei:iE 0.9 1.15275 2 1.41760 76 1.6g$j

HORIZONTAL BLOWR DIMENSIONSElLHCLEFl HAN0 CENTRAL(OPTIONAL ASSEMBLY)RHCRIGHT HAND CENTRAL(STANDARD ASSEMBLYJCENTER TIMED FOR ROTATIONIN EITHER OJRECTIONCOHNSS3Ht 3MSSSSSSSH205 S5M5L237270SSSSF7H523 S7M7LBHBM671804820996FFSFa.S=SCFINTAk1,260FGE FEiiE ANt oun ET PlPE CONNECI-IONS SAME TYPE AND SIZE.7 The dimensions shown above are nominal. Dimensions for installation purposes will be furnished upon request.

WER~CAL BLOWER DIMENSIONSl------M K -‘to!STD. PIPE i 1RSO. KEY.l-wTOP HAND CENTRAL(OPTIONAL ASSEMBLY)I lrc-j-cji.b---iI! TBHCBOTTOMHANDCENTRALiSTANDARD ASSEMBLY)CENTER TIMED FOR ROTATIONIN EITHER DIRECTIONn I J K L Y N 0 P R S T U2310 y/4 1’%6 1% k6 625 ‘A %53,f6 ,625 ‘A 563MV 79 s6%7%’2",'63%63LV 95 s4tlv 106 s125 s10% 43h7% 3Sk 4%12% 8% 2’h 8uv 150 s125?4J 312% e=h 3 ’ 9%% 5HV 205 s8’52 3’n 3’h15"hE lo3h 2'h &'S4’n 3’h 9 5’h 6 IOk 15”/10 lo333 4 &6 l&6 6% 2’h 113/6 ‘I4 1.125 ‘A g/~~~?:E-l-Adz61/z 3% 9 5’A 8 lo’/2 15"/lS 103h 4 11%6 23?bS lo?+, 2'h 113,'6 % 1.125 !b 9/E x =:46HV 369 S 994 3%’ 4 11 874 11% 1494 2&4 12 3 9%6 id/6 !??/4 2’%6 2’h %6 1.375 ‘/e % X 1WV 426 s 13 5% 4 11 8?/4 11% 14Y4 2094 12?A 5 10’%6 i?&, 9 2’ke 2% %6 1.375 % % x 18LV 565 F 20 9!4n 4 11 6% 11% 14% 20?‘4 15 8 i4%6 29% 18 2’%6 2% k6 1.375 5h 3hX 17HV 523 s 12 4% 5’h 14 11 14’f+ 16 25’,+ 1g3b 4 10 21 ‘/‘J 5314 39'6 2'h =hJ 1.562 ‘h 94 x 17MV 671 F 17’h 7?? sk 14 11 14’/2 18 25’Iz 17 6 12% 26% 1 IV4 39'6 2'h ?!9 1.562 :i 94 x 17LV 604 F 24’,‘z 107%’ 5’h 14 11 14’h 16 25’h 17 0 16% 335h 18% 33/w 2k ?a 1.562 ‘4 ?,4 x 1WV 620 s 13’h 5% 6 16 12’4 16’h 2O’h 29!k 20 4 11”,‘6 24 ??G 3% 2% ‘At 1.750 b %x18MV 996 F 19 8k 6 16 12’R 16% 20h 29% 20 8 14’/tS &? 13’/, 3’/6 2% k 1.750 k 34 x 16LV 1,260, F 27 12’/+ 6 16 12’R lS’/i 20’/2 29’h 20 10 18%6 37’& 21% 3’/8 2’/1 3?5 1.750 ‘I2 3/4 x 1=XRE\b-ED CONNECTIONS STD NPT F=FLWGE CONNECTIONS STD PIPElST;\KE AND OYTLET PIPE CO?i?dECTlONS SAIvtE TYPE AND SIZEThe dimensions shown above are nominal. Dimensions for installation purposes will be furnished upon request.

50% LESS OPERATING NOISE100- Sutorbilt Legend + Comparable Unit90605063 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000Frequency In (Hz)The sound data above compares the Legend and a comparably sized blower operatingat 3275 r-pm and 12 PSIG. Improved blower design, heavier, suffer impeller and gear case,significantly reduce the sound pressure output of the Legend blower. The typical reductionis 3 dBA which represents 50% less noise than the competition.BEST UNCONTESTEDIN THE INDUSTRYWmPOLICYThe Sutorbilt Legend Series 2”- 8” gear diameters, are covered by anuncontested warranty 24 months from date of shipment or 18 months fromdate of installation. Replacement will be at no charge including freight.9

%UTORB~T PACKAGES,0lAND P!i4lZYTSSelect an Air Power Unit (APU)built to your exact specifications.lllFactory designed, manufactured andwarranted.Pressure or vacuum.l Quick delivery from an IS0 9001certified manufacturer.V-belt, direct or jackshaft drive.LUBRICANTProtect your Sutorbilt investment with AEONm PD, the only lubricantspecially formulated for all blowers in any environment.l100% synthetic for matchless service life.Retains its superior lubricating properties a minimum of four times longer than a premiumgrade mineral oil at all operating conditions.lllEliminates seasonal oil viscosity grade changes.Superior lubrication in severe, high temperature applications.Available from your local authorized Sutorbilt distributor.0Retain your Sutorbilt advantage with factory-genuine Sutorbiltreplacement parts.lllSutorbilt guarantees to supply the proper parts foryour specific blower every time. Replacement partsincorporate the most recent design upgrades.All parts meet original manufacturing specificationsand tolerances for guaranteed fit and function.Pre-packaged overhaul kits with detailed servicemanual are available from your local authorizedSutorbilt distributor.

UninterruptedSupplyLocal distributor inventory is backed byan abundant factory stock of Sutorbilt blowersmaintained at the Master Distribution Centerin Memphis to guarantee Sutorbilt availability24 hours a dayHighestQualityE\Ter)- Sutorbilt blower is expertl~~ designedand manufactured to IS0 9001 certifiedquality standards.Least Possible Costst state-of-the-art CNC machining centersal lU labor saving material processing systemsallow Sutorbilt to produce blowers quicklyefficiently and economicallyState-of-the-art manufactunnp means hqhea quality products.SB-2-222.5th EditionFor addttlonal mformatlon contact your local representative orGardner Denver Machtnery Inc., Customer Service Department,1600 Gardner Expressway, Oulncy. llltnols 62301(800) 682-9868 FAX: (217) 224-7814Servtce In all major c,:lesFor parts InformatIon. contact Gardner Denver,Master Dlstrtbutlon Center. Memphis. TNTelephone. (800) 245-4946 FAX (901 j 542-6159Speclficatlons subject to change without noticeCopyrqht 1996 Gardner Denver Machmery Inc Lltho In U S Ahttp:/hvww.gardnerdenver.comiiM 9/96

BLDG 1613Equipment DataA=G&OHM RemediationEES Services Corp.A-*--Component Group: Vapor Extraction Unit/Equipment Data 1Component NameManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberDescriptionSiltnctrBurgress ManningBMSS-4NADischarge Silencer far Positin Displacement BlowerOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorREP Inc.HAService/Maintenance VendorREP Inc.NotesI

BURGESS-MANNINGSITE STT-69TAG: SILI 16BMSS-4BMSSBC!LLETlNSILENCERl-110-8DESIGNBurgess snubbing prrnclple prevent; noiseInstead oi muffling ft. Gas ilow passesthrough an acoustjc absorption section, anarrangement oi poried tubes and snubbingchambers which at:enuate the noise over a‘.vlde irequencv rangy.CONSTRUCTIONSnubber IS ail-welded steel consiructron. Evterlorsurfaces are prime coated. Acoustrc absorptionmaterial IS polyester pack for service up to 300°F;metallic pack for service over 300°F. inspectionopentngs, mounting brackets and companionflanges are available at extra charge.40- ‘5,TYPICALIPERFORMANCE/ / ;IBURGESS-MANNINGBurgess-Manning,Inc.Subsidiary of Nitram Energy, inc.227 Thorn AvenueOrchard Park, New York 14127-2682(716) 662-6540 Telex: 62886281 Fax: (716) 662-6548III /! 1 I0;63 125 250 500 1000 200040008000OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES-HERTZ

BLDG 1613Equipment Data&Z-m OHhI Remediation\. - Services Corp.4-d-mComponent Group: Vapor Extraction UnitComponent NameManufacturerVacuum klief ValveREP InGModel Number 215-vSerial NumberDescriptionMAIO” Hg Vacuum klief VainOEM Vendor DataOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorMP Inc.WAService/Maintenance VendorREP 1~Notes

I-/ SPEC. NO.:tOO-106-01CAST IRON RELIEF VALVESV.ACITuM\[ APPLICATIONS 1For protection of low to medium pressure high volume blowersand compressors.iP.4RTS Sr .MATERMLSFIGURE 215-VI 16 Spindle Steel,Cad. Plated I1 DIMENSIONS 1MST'ALWTIONMSTRUCTIONSThis Safety Valve is a precision device. It has beencarefully tested. .Abuse while installing may makethe valve leak and void the warrzmty.I. Aoply a small amount of pipe dope to male threadsonly.2. Tighten by hand.3. Tighten no more than one extra turn with open-endmonkey wrench. Use wrench on valve index hex only.J. Any dischqc piping, if used, must not be “hung” onthe valve. Install and support independently.CAPACITIESSCFM.iIR60 DEG F.lu% ACCUMULATIONSETPRESSURE 2” 2-l 12” 3”“HGG6 440 666 965I10 1 620 1 938 1 1359 1Job#:Set Vacuum(“Hgg): I 1By: dC H Date: & 123 /4 ?-2405 !+vIurphy Boulevard l Gaineswile, GA 30504 * SOO-jjrj-99jj ;70-333-0020 x Fax 770-333-0022

BLDG 1613Equipment Data*m OHM Remediation

I SPECNO.:JOO-TECHNO- \STANDARD AMODELS AND ,MATERIALS GENERAL DMENSIONSNote:- S~,le 5050 is Standard with Cast Iron Body andBronze L’aive Plates. Consult facror~ for othermaterials of construction.and Fasteners. Teflon Thrust K.nshers art‘Standard.SEE SOTE Y3 Y. *18” 125 3” 21 j.‘8” 5 5i8” 15 1,‘s” 16 7’S”20” l’- 2 3 3i8” 23 75” 6 I,‘?” / 20 1:8” 1813'16-30" lqq -- 12" ,3-l 314" 10 114” ,30 li8” 25 518”1.11 L’F PI ITFNote: E - Minimum bore diameter of companion flanges.SEALING MEMBER DATA- Buna-N - 60 to 250 F ASTM DZCEO-BG! Im- 40 10 350 FASTMDZCWCA- Viton - 20 to 400 FASTMD2CCGHKCL‘&.clPPL:\TE- Teflon - 20 to .l50 F- Silicone - 90 to 550 FTFE Flourocarbon ResinASTMD2000-GE- FDA ApprovedWhite Neoprene40 ‘o 250 F ASTM D2000-B E. . .Note, I. Shaft must be in vertical position for horizontal tlowapplication.2. Plain face (non serrated) for style 5050 onlv. Raisedfaces [serrated) for all other carbon and stainless steelsizes.3 Llftlng lug feature optional on 6” - 30” sues.. 316 Stainless SteelMetal to metal)JO0 to 1000 F ASTM A2433 16* This temperature is for general guidance and may vary with applicationand body/internal material selections.- Consult factory for materials not shown.- Stainless Steel thrust washers are standard with metal to metal sealingoption.2405 Murphy Boulevard * Gainesville, GA 30504 * X00-536-9933 770-538-0020 * Fax 770-538-0022I

..-.,BLDG 1613Equipment Data>SS\A= C-OHM RemediationServices Corp.AWQ11a-NComponent Group: Vapor Extraction UnitComponent NameManutkcturtrSeries 2000 thgehelic GaugehyefModel Number 2020Serial NumberNADescription O-20 Inches of H20 VacuumOEM Vendor DataOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorMP IIKNA!3ervicclMainteaance VendorMP Inc.Notes

SEFUJZS 1000 MAGNEHELICSPECIFICATION SHEETI1 SPEC. NO.: 70-OOCl-01i@RER 1 Magnehelic Differential Pressure Gases SPECIFICATION FORREP-M.~G-toooj Indicate !ow air or gas pressures - ?os:rive. nqar!ve ?r II;:“-- I 11,'16" --/L/- / --*,2** 'Dimensions, Standard Series 20f~O Magnehelic Pressure Gages.(Slightly different on medium and high Fressure mode1s.jSERIES 2000 MAGINEHELICAND R&iiGEStbiodelNumber2000402000-O200 I3angeIflChCSoi Water-0.25-0.SO-l- AMODELSMinorDIV00s0102I/IIDESCRIPTION:The Dryer !vlagneheiic Gage is designed for high accuracy - guaranteedwithin 31 of ti‘uil scale. .A wade choice of Sl ranges is available to suit yourneeds precisely. Using Dwyer’s simple, frictionless Magnehelic movement. itquickly indicates low air or non-corrosive gas pressures - either positive,negative (vacuum) or differential. The design resists shock, vibration andover-pressures. No manometer fluid to evaporate, freeze or cause toxic orleveling problems. Widely used to measure fan and blower pressures, filterresinance, air velocity, furnace draft, pressure drop across orifice plates, liquidlevels with bubbler systems and pressures in fluid amplifier or fluidic systems.It aiso checks gas-air ratio controls and automatic valves.2040 040 I.0I 2050 I O-50 I IO IiMOUNTING:A single case size is used for most ranges of Magnehelic gages. They can beflush or surface mounted wtth standard hardware supplied. With the optionalX-610 Pipe Mounting Kit they may be conveniently installed on horizontal orvertical I l/4 - 2” pipe. Although calibrated for verkxl position, many rangesabove 1” may be used at any angle by simply re-zeroing. However, formaximum accuracy, they must be calibrated in the same position in whichthey are used. These characteristics make .CLagnehelic gages ideal for bothstationary and portable applications A -19/16” hole is required for tlush panelmounting. Complete mounting and connec:ion tittings plus insmrctions arefurnished W&I each instrument.PHYSICAL DATAAmbient temperature range: 20” to 140°F.’Rated total pressure: -20” Hg. to 15 psig.:Overpressure: Relief plug opens at approximately 25 psig.Connections: l/S” NPT female high and low pressure taps, duplicated - one pair side and one pair back.Housing: Die cast aluminum. Case and aiuminum parts Iridite-dipped to withstand 165 hour salt spray test. Exterior tinish is baked darkgray hammerloid.Accurxy: Plus or mums 2” o of the full scale (5% on -0 and 4% on 40 ranges), throughout range x 70” F.Standard accessories: Two l/S” NPT plugs for duplicate pressure taps, two l/g” pope threads to rubber tubing adapters, and three tlushmounting adapters with screws. (>LIounting ring and snap ring retainer substituted for 3 adapters in .MP 8~ K’ gage accessories.)Weight: 1 !b. 2 oz.1. Low temperature models avarIable as a special opuon.2. For aoplications with hi@ cyc!e rare wrhin sage :oral presac.. -sung, next higher rating is recommended.2405 !&rphy boulevard ‘ Gainesville, GA 30504 * SOO- j j6-9933 --o-jj&yJ~o * Fax ;;o-jj&~o’~

BLDG 1613Equipment DataOHM RemediationServices Corp.A-M-wComponent Group: Vapor Extraction UnitComponent Name NEMA Steel Adjustable Motor BareManufacturerOwrfy-Haun CompanyModel Number 254-82Serial NumberDescriptionNASteel Motor BaseOEM VendorOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorDataREP IncHAService/Maintenance VendorREP Inc.Notu

NEMA STEEL A.DJUST~U3LE MOTOR 1 s”;;,“$!~$f,&;BASES (STYLE B2)SPECIF’ICXTIONSHEETSTYLE B2 STEEL MOTORBASES]/1/r- GUSSETS ON j60 CC.’ rm3 B 460 S-W.ES ONLY3* 1 --.-iF--.IA..w-II-m 1 ,+Ai-,1 ,‘I’ I I,/’ ’ II: ” ::OBOL7~ I 1 ,’ I\--f + \_F-*o +o----- ‘\- 4u 31A.v.NON STOCK BASESDIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES: Bases are furnished with The liability of the Overly-Hautz Company to theone coat of corrosion-resisrant gay primer and zinc plated purchaser is limited to replacement of defective materialsnuts and bolts.supplied. One year from the date of our shipment ailliability shall terminate. There are no warranties whichBases listed may also be used if the motor frame is succeeded extend beyond the description on the face hereof.by S, T, U, US or any ocher lener combination as long as memotor complies with N.E.M..L\.CERTIFIED FOR: SITE ‘%TT &=) VI? MoT012\FRAME: 2-4 T BY: 3LH DATE: 6,/23)972405 Murphy Eiouievard * Gamesvllle,GX 30504 * 5OO-jj6-99jj 70-533-0020 * FU 7'0-533-0022)

BLDG 1613Equipment Data&Z%=Kc=OH&I RemediationServices Corp.Aa-ddwd--Component Group: Vapor Extraction UnitComponent NameManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberDescription23V Hi-Cap Wedge Stock QD SheanrHartin23v800505,23V800SDSNASheaves for Blower Drive[OEM VendorOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorDataREP Inc.MAServiw’Maintenance Vendor REP IncNotesI

13V Sr 2 3V HI-C-U WEDGESTOCK QD SHEA\?ZSSPECIFICATION SHEETSPEC. NO.: 40-0001-01j SPECIFIC4TION FOR/ 13V&23VHI-CAPj STOCK QD SHEeAVES-i--i-- -< - -, .-:=--;*-qDimensions in inches, weight in pounds.Dimensions for Martin sheaves are listed in the following tables with QD bushings in place. The type of sheaveshown below is indicated by a letter, and the construction is indicated by a number, as shown.* F =3/J” For I 3’4 SO0 SDS and I 3V 1060 SDS, F = 1316” for 1 jVI-100 SK and I 3V 1900 SK* E and .M dimensions are nominal and wll vary depending on sh& tolerances. Type E sheaves are drilled for reverse mounting only

BLDG 1613Equipment Data&B- OHM Remediation\. - Services Corp.A-d--Component Group: Vapor Extraction UnitComponent Name Q&j F&i b clupManufacturerwikaModel Number 213.53 IJ!Serial NumberDescription)IA30’ Ng liquid filled GaugeOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorREP Inc.WAService/Maintenance VeodorREP 1~Notes3/15/99,

Da-’ Type 213.53 2??C & 4”Liquid-fill’ed’ Gauges- COPPER ALLOY WETED PARTS- STAINLESS STEEL CASE- GLYCERINE-FILLEDWIKA Type 213.53 gauges feature a stainless steel case for protection inharsh environments. The glycerine filling helps dampen the effects of vibrationand pulsation. It also lubricates the movement which extends the life ofthe gauge.SITE STT-69 SITE W-r-69TAG: PI114 TAG: PI109TYPE 213.53, 0-i 5 PSIG TYPE 231 . 53,30-0”HGGSTANDARD FEATURESSize: 2%’ (63 mm)‘9 4” (100 mm)Case: Stainless steelRing: Polished SS, cnmpecWetted Parts: Copper alloyWindow: PolycarbonateDial: White aluminumPointer: Black aluminum\O-ring: EPDMLiquid Filling: GlycerineAccuracy: 2 1.5% of spanOptions Available from InventoryStainless steel front flange (FF)Stainless steel rear flange (RF)U-clamp bracket for panelmounting (UC)Brass restrictorABBREVIATIONSLM - Lower MountCBM - Center Back MountLBM - Lower Back Mount* Items shown with par-l numbers are avatlablefrom stock (subject to prior sale).l Items shown without part numbers areavailable on special order. Minimum orderquantities may apply.\rTypeSizeConnectionConn. SizePress. Scale30 “Hg30”-O-15 psi30”-O-30 PSI30’-O-60 psi30”-O- 100 psi30.-O-l 60 psi30”-0-200psi-15 psi30 psi60 psi100 psi160 psi200 psi300 psi400 psi600 psi800 psi1,000 psi1,500 psi2,000 psi3,000 psi5,000 psi10,000 psi15,000 psiSTANDARD RANGES AND PART NUMBERS*P I376701 G376702995zzT!3mc9767053976706197670709767088976709697671009767118LM ?9692007 96937399692015 96937479692024 96937559692032 96937649692040 96937729692058 96937809692066 9693798213.53Liquid-Filledr),, 18 Lx2114” NPTCBMPSI/BAR SUKG/CM: PSI PSUBAR P, SUKGfCMa!, 3693861969 1965 36936919691974 96937059691982 9693713I9691957 9693683 9767185 96921399691990 96937219693879 19767193 96921479767202 9692155.9767215 96921649767223 96921729767231 96921809767240 96921989768947 9692202. 9693934 /9767126 9692075 9693802 9767258 96922109767134 9692083 9693810 9768 165 96922289767142 9692091 9693828 9768939 96922363767150 9692105 9693836 9767266 96922453767169 9692113 9693845 9767274 96922533767177 9692121 9693853 9767282 96922619693887 /9693895 ;9693909 /9693917 :9693925 /9693942 196939509693968 j96939769693985 j/3693993tP-47

GTANDARD RANGES AND PART NUMBERS_-.-...A’-~..--~ G--_- c----s-213.53Liquid Filled4'-213.53 2 l/24m LMi;BM,LBM4.:‘.e!,;. -, .v....,, ,.4‘ c/,000 psig.000 psi9694085 -.. j- *969435896941669694175.i96941839694191‘96942059699231 9694213.9699249 19734435 19734444 1 9694i47: 9734452 1 96942559734460 i 9694264:973&78 1 9694272i 96942809734486 j * 969429896977439734495 1 9694302/ ~ 9694361t Yi:!I-E-213.53 2 l/24” LM/RF213.53 2 l/24’ CBM/LBM/FF.* - NOMINAL SIZE213.53’ ’WEIGHT / KEY ~ A’ / B j C I E ~ S T 1 W/- I53 31 113 ; 6 I -- / 14 I .\10’50’bs’/ :: / ,“, 12.10 / 1.23 / .51 .24 I 114” .55 IT213.53 _ WEIGHT KEY 1 A’ 1 B C/G,S!T,W \2%" 0.50 Ibs. mm / 63 62 32 47 6 1 -- ~ 14in 1 2.5 2.44 j 1.25 1 1.85 ~ .24 1 114” i 55N~TW)w (=I.)213.53 2 l/24’ CBM/LBM/UC

TEMPERATURESWITCHESTAG: TSI 13T7-24-TS-060-75 TO 205’F5eries temperature switches feature a laws. A wide selection of sensing bulbSAMA Class II vapor pressure thermal and armored capillary lengths aresystem. This system provides quick, available. The vapor pressure systemaccurate response to process tempera- design features small bulb sizes, makingture changes with negligable ambient installation easy and cost-effective.temperature effects. This is inherent inAll models feature Cl percent of span setthe destgn due to the precise relationshippoint repeatability with very high overthatexists between temperature andtemperature ratings.pressure according to the vapor pressureThese standard designs perform well inapplications where shock and vibrationcould be a problem and should be usedwith Ashcroft thermowells for bulbprotection and ease of installation andmaintenance.STANDARD TEMPERATURE RANGE SELECTIONNOTES:411 deadbands given in “F./ailable with remote mount thermal systems only..ot available with 2%” stem.4 Dual Switch Element Multiply single switchelement value by 1.6 for approximate deadband.THERM0WELLSThermowells must be used on anyapplication where the bulb of tnetemperature switch may be exposed topressure, corrosive fluids or high velocity.Additionally, the use of a thermowellpermits instrument interchange orcalibration check without disturbing orclosing down the process.Ashcroft temperature switches have bulbdiameters to match %” nominal borethermowells. The bulbs have a sensitiveportion length of 2%” which can be usedwith 2%” “U” dimensioned thermowellsor longer. For maximum accuracy athermowell “U” dimension should beselected to permit complete immersion ofthe sensitive portion plus 1” when measuringthe temperature of liquids: an extra3” should be allowed when measuringthe temperature of gases.Thermowell bushings should be usedwith remote mount temperature switches.We recommend the standard 3” bulb andCode 69 Series bushings (option XBX onpage 9) for use with any thermowell “U”Cdimension. A split rubber grommet allowseasy installation and “S” dimensionadjustment.To order a thermowell refer to PriceSheet TH/PS-1 for complete information.Bushmg shdesalong caplllarf

ORDER INFORMATION?wB-SERIES TEMPERATURE SWITCH MODEL NUMBER:TCJ specify the exact switch desired select entries from appropriate tables as shown in example below.F-II-4 ml q mmOrderCode:~emperatureswitch,type 400, watertightenclo-Switch ElementsULf CSA’ Listed S2.D.T:; 20”’ Narrow deadband AC 15A,. 1251250 VAC1 $61.I-ItAmmonia service 5%; 125/250 VAC’Hermetic$y sealed switch, 5A. 125/250 VACnarrow deadband1 20A. 1251250 VAC1 15% 125/250/480 VACj %A,.125VDCI%A, 250 VOCHeavy duty DC1 OA,. 125 VAC or DC,i’““’ ,%HP, 125VAC or DC/ 26”’ ( Sealed environment proc If 1 15A. 125/250 VACiI-27 High temperature300’F 15A. 1251250 VAC28!= Manual reset trip on 15A,f25/25QVACincreasing;-&Manual resettripondecreasing:15A, 1251250 VAC31 Low level (gold) contacts 1 A, l25/250 VACi 32 ., ‘Hermetically general purpose- sealedswitch, 5A, 1 lA, 301251250VDC VACJOrd&&de- System MateriaE .( TS]-316StStDjwMbunt : .,,StyleRigidIp$zy item KemoteMbunt’ Material- LineLength. Style 1 ’iTlO.Tl5T20T25p316’stst 5’Capillary316 St-St- 10’316StrSt 15’ 30:&t316StSt 20” SpringArmor316St. St 25’Direct Mount 1 Usetableon /O27’8’ 23~ - ~~~ -1040 4’ 2%”-;@ 060 6” 4/P090 9” 7f/Lc120 12’ 1 o%‘*Remote Mount030 1 3” p/yfvariabledeadband:Dual narrowdeadbank t5Ae 125/250 VAC! SP Dual sealed environment 15A; 1251250 VACproofi- / 63 Dual high temp: 300°F t5A. 125/250 VACp Dual general purpose 15A..f25/250/480 VAC.-‘AA,.125VDC!y V”, 250 VDC6!5r Dual ammonia service 5A, 1251250 VAC---$4,61Dual hermetically sealed 5A, 125/25o’VACI switch-narrowdeadband. I I68!4’ Uual hermetically sealed.I switch. oeneral oumoseNO’TES:1 Standard switch.Z Available with remote mount thermal systems only.3 Dual switches are 2 SPDT snap-action switches,not independently adjustable.AdJustableRange“F “C.-40 to 60 -fiLlto 160to100 -20 to 40L + 75to205 20 to 95150 to 260 65to 125235 to 375 t10to 190350 to 525 175 to 275r1 500 to 750”’ 1 260 to 400 14 Not available with type 400 enclosure.5 Not available with type 700 enclosure.6 Estimated D.C. rating, 25A. 28 VDC (not UL listed).7 Estimated O.C. rating, .4A. 120 VOC (not UL listed).8 Not available 350 to 525°F range.7

H-TYPE 700 DlMENSlONSPRESSURE SWITCH -PSI RANGES3.6 lb.1.6 kgURE SWITCH -4% 4% 4 3% 19/3* 25& 4.5 lb.I(124) (200) (111) (102) (83) (33) (59) 2.0 kg.TEMPERATURE SWITCH. - DIRECT MO klNT Ti%U?ERATURE SWITCH - REMO’ MOUNT-A 6 C D E F G H I5% 4% 4% 1% 4% 2'/16 3% 19/& 4(133) (124) (111) (41) (124) (62) (83) (33) , (102)-A BYC 0 E F 'b/H I5% 474 3 4% 1% 2'/16 3Y4\19/,, 4w(133) (124) (76.2) (111) (41) (62) (83) 1 (33) (102)1;

_-.BLDG 1613Equipment Data&=E- OHM Remediation\= Services Corp.- A-*--Component Group: Vapor Extraction UnitComponent NameManufacturerModel Numberlnlinc Vacuum Air filtersSolberg Hanufacwing, Inccsl-234P-400Serial NumberDescriptionInlet Air FilterOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorREP Inc.Solberg Hamhctwing, Inc.Service/Maintenance VendorREP IIUNotesI

SITEMT-69:e 1968 Solberg has beengnufacturing quality OEM‘d industrial filters for air%mpressor, blower and vacuumBpplications. By pioneering‘many filter manufacturing,techniques fand building theirB own production machinery,fulfilling their commitmentof continual productimprovement and promptresponse to customer needs.The Solberg line includesmost all sizes of inlet, inline,and exhaust system filters andelements, filter silencers, oilmist filters, high temperaturef-L.filters and more. There is achoice of media to suitspecific duty reqUirementS. Asthe filter specialist, Solbergcan also provide reliable productsfor individual needs andunique filter applications. Askfor an engineering evaluationof your requirements.TAG: FL-IV 07CSL-234P-400; - CSL SeriesCSL-235P-400FConnection size;400 = 4”. I F at the endof model # denotesflange connection.Element part #:Odd #‘s = Polyester,Even #‘s = Paper, Even#‘S + s = Wire Mesh.P = Polyurethane foampre-filter included.CSL denotes ClosedSystem “C’ design.

APPLICATIONSl Soil Venting+ Soil Remediation+ Vacuum Pumps & Systems* Intake Suction FiltersBlowers* Pneumatic Conveying Systems* Air Compressors* Remote InstallationsFEATURES* Use as an elbow in a packagewithout removing for service* Rugged all steel construction* Low pressure drop* Positive sealing - Vacuum tested+ Large dirt holding capacrty and easyfield cleaning, especially when mountedhorizontally or inverted+ 114” FPT tap holes on inlet & outlet fordifferential pressure gauge (3” & larger)OPTIONS..(Inquiries Encouraged)* Larger sizes available* Support stands* Stainless steel housings* Epoxy coated housings* Hot dipped galvanized housings* Unique centrifugal 2-stagefiltering system/baffle plates* Special fttings available fortiolume orders+ Various elements available- see Element bulletin* Activated carbon pad orprefilter to reduce odorprovides centrifugal flow toknock down large particulates.FLANGEDCONNECTIONS‘Currently E/16” scan to be 518”

c rPOLYESTER,m Dust Removal efficiency of poly-.E ester media at face velocity of:15 cfm/W-media_’ 30 cfm/fi2-media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 cfm/ft2-media ---------------PAPERDust Removal efficiency of papermedia at face velocity of:10 cfm/fY2-media15 cfm/ft’-media ....~~~-~-~-~~-~.20 cfm/fi2-media ----w--------m-I-Influence of Face Velocity on-Dust Holding CapacityFace Veloc&%l/f?-median AC Fine Test Dust0 2 4 6 8Parttcle Sfze !mlcrons)l Galvanized metal endcapsl Reinforced with epoxy coatedsteel were on both stdes of clothl Nominally 99+% efficient at 10micronsl Washable - lukewarm water andmilddetergentl Dust loading sapacrty 40-50%greater with polyurethane prefilter0 2 4 6 8Partlcle Sue (mlcrons)l Galvanized metal endcapsl Heavy duty industrial strengthpaperl Nominally 99+-O/o efficient at 10micronsl Reinforced with heavy gaugegalvanized expanded metall Dust loading capacity 40-50%greater with polyurethane prefilterADVANTAGESADVANTAGESl Less maintenancel Less expensivel More durablel More surface area per givenl Moisture resistant sizel Handles hot air and oil mistl Higher efficiencyfrom unload cycle ofreciprocating compressor;--NOTEAdditionselementsBrochure11 interchangeablelisted in ElementEL-10- PI: istisol EncapsP= Polyurethane Prefilter1151 West Ardmore Avenue * Itasca, Illinois 60143-1387t-800-451 -0642 . (Illinois 708-773-l 363) . Fax 708-773-0727

BLDG 1613Equipment DataComponent Group: Vapor Extraction Unit1 EaubmentDataComponent Name DiaI ThermometerManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberDescriptionTrericeBBS606NA5” Dial Thermometer O-250 fIOEM Vendor Data 1Original VendorSpare Part VendorREP Inc.NAService/Maintenance VendorREP IncNotes

TrE ri c pl DIAL THERMOMETERSBIMETAL TYPE ADJUSTABLE5” DIAL SIZEANGLElRotates360’J/Adjusts180°-iThe TRERICE 5” Adjustable Angle Bimetal Thermometer case may be rotated360° and angled over 180°, providing ease of viewing.DESCRIPTIONCASE: Type 306 Series Stainless Steel, highly polished, hermetically sealed.RING: Type 300 Series Stainless Steel, highly polished.WINDOW: Double strength glass is standard. Plastic is available on special orderon ranges up to 500°F.DIAL: White finished aluminum with black & blue markings. Dual scale OF & OC isstandard.POINTER: Balanced aluminum with black finish.RECALIBRATOR: An external recalibrator for indicator adjustment is furnishedstandard.ACCURACY: 1% of full scale.CONNECTION: Tyne 300 Series Stainless Steel, fixed %” NPT is standard, Aswivel type %” NPT union connection is available on special order. Union con.netted thermometers must be installed in a well. To order with swivel connectionadd SW to order no.; e.g., B8560405SW.STEM: Type 300 Series Stainless Steel, %” O.D. The internal bimetal coil is sili-Dial face cone dampened for maximum temperature sensitivity and minimum pointer vibis adjustableration on ranges thru 300°F.for easy viewing. CAUTION: On pressure or corrosion applications, a proper thermowell should beselected to protect the stem from damage and to facilitate the removal of thethermometer from the process without shutting it down.FLiquid filling is recommended for vibrational applications. Silicone liquid fillHOW TO ORDER: State quantity, catalog number,available on ranges up thru 500°F. When using a 2%” stem length thermometer,followed by the Range Number. maximum Immersion of the stem is essential for correct temperature indication.EXAMPLE: 25 88560405 (Range is 20 to 240°F CASE TEMPERATURE: Must not exceed 2OOOF (93%). Higher temperatures mayA - 10 to 115°C.) cause failure of the wrndow.ICATALOGfhMBERSIIGTHS I i35602 1 885604 / 885606 t 885609 1 885612 /NOTE: These thermometers may be supplied in 3” dial faces. See next page.RANGES SHADED ARE STOCK RANGES.STANDARD RANGEI DIMENSIONSman IGEOF SCALt- “I8.3.DUAL SCALE’ DIV. Fig. ht. e t1 01 t -100 to lOOoF & -75 to 40°C 1 5 1 70 -- / I 1002 -40 to 160°F 8 -40 to 70% 2 20 1 1003 t 25 to 125OF 8. -5 to 50°C 1 10 ‘12 504 0 to 200°F & -20 to 96% 2 20 1 1020 to 240°F 8 -10 to 1lS’C 2 20 1 200 to 250°F 8 -20 to 120% 2 50 2 2006 50 to 300°F 8 10 to 15ooc 2 50 2 2008 50 to 5CVF 8 10 to 260% 5 50 2 5009 t 150 to 750°F &. 50 to 4oooC 10 100 5n1 lo 1 t-200 to l@OO°F & 100 to 550°C mlxTMinimum stem lengths for these ranges is 4”.*Not recommended for continuous service above 800°F or 425OC.Single scale or special ranges are available on special order.Over temperature Llmlts: Ranges up to 250°F 100% of span, ranges above250°F 50% of span.SITEST-l--69Page 4TAG:Tlll5B85606-27 (0-250°F)

BLDG 1613Equipment DataAx OHM Remediation\# Services Corp.A-*--Component Group: Vapor Extraction UnitEaubment DataComponent NameManufacturerfim S&&sW.E.AndmonModel Number flottct v-4Serial NumberDescriptionVane Flow SwitchOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorREP IncHAService/Maintenance Vendor up 1~NotesL

’ 316S.S b wfth 43OSS magnet keeper (wetted partFor optional 9 16S.S magnet keeper. Specify: with all J 16SS wettedparts.Xe: A lw’ thredoiet IS normally requrreo lo mount a V4 switch.However, for some V4 cus@m vanes a 2/Z connection optionIS requrred as IS a 2M” fhfedolet.Options for Series V4 FLOTECP SwitchesAdd suffixes to model numbers0 6PfFC&ta%MT’ Hugh temperature 14004 (205°C) canstruchon]AvarIable on all SS modelsMV’ Gold CO~!X% fbr dry crrcurtsTR’ lime delay relay, DPUT. 3-240 seconds(‘Not U.L. C.S.A. or CENELEC LIsted)Finings For Use With V4 FLDTEL7’@ Switches1 !F Thredolet Specify pope size and matenaf2W Thredolet Specrfy pope srze and matenal2M” Bushing Requrred wrth custom wade vane V4’s.Carbon steel std. Other materials avarlable.Flange 2 Inch mrnrmum. Raised face reducmg flangesamrlable in Mnous srzes. pressure ratrngs. andmaterials.. Consuh factory&uabon rates are basedon mld water Wter at a sosclfic SPeClfiCgrawiy of 1 .O. For flurds of different speafic gravty, actuation aChJatiMl rates may be appmtimatedappmtimatiyjby drvrding the rate shown by the square root of the specrfrc gravrtyValues shown in both charts are nominal. If normal flows exceed actuationrates by less than lo%, custom vanes are recommended. Figures arebased on standard vertical installation in a 1YY’ t;lredolet in a horizontal runof pipe.FIVE i+YER VANE OESIGNEDFOR 1 fl To 8’ PIPES.US&E IN LARGER SIZES.Actuatfon rates are based on air at standard mndfhons. For gases at other pressures, temperatures, or specific gravttff.factory for equwalent flow approdmatfons.For custom vane models, please supply factory with following information: pipesize, flaw direction (horizontal, up, down), mounting, pressure, temperature,specific gravity, flow rates (maximum normal, actuation/deactuation*), etc.*When both values ate supplied, note which is critical.mnsuftAPPUCATION DRAWINGS FOR FLOTECT@’AUTOMATIC FLOW SWITCHESDyer Instruments. InC.P.0. Box 373/MichigaII City, Indiana 463WPhone 219 874&JIO/Fax 219 872-9057 . U.K. Phone (073+753808 . Australia Phone (02) 708-4799

SITETAG:STT-69FSl28MODEL V4-2-U 2 LAYERSDependable protection against flowvariation of stopping in pipelines forfluids, gases and flowing solids.Supplied with custom or universal multilayervanes for field installation in pipesfrom 1W’. Designed to meet NEMA-4watertight construction.Compact and reliable, the Flotect V4 Flowswitch operates automatically to protectequi ment and pipeline systems against damagei!i om reduction or loss of flow. Installed inthousands of pipelines and processing plantsaround the world, this unique magneticallyactuated switching design gives superior performance.Universal multi-layer vane accommodatespipe sizes from ll/f?” up. Customvanes are available with factory calibration.There are no bellows, springs, or seals to fail.hstead, the kee-swinging vane attracts amagnet within the solid metal switch bodyabove, actuating a snap switch by means of asimple lever arm.Features include: Simplicity of design and aleak-proof switch body, machined from barstock for pressures to 2000 PSIG, (140KG/C1M2), it eliminates the sibility of processfluid entering the switc r compartment. Thethreaded conduit enclosure cover permitseasy inspection or replacement of electricalassembly without shutting down the process,or removing electrical conduit. Power mustbe disconnected. The unit fits directly intopipeline with tee, thredolet or flange for easyinstallation. Pendulum-like -vane action respondsaccurate1 to fluid flow rate. The customvane or m d ti-layer vane is sensitive toExplosion-Proof; U.L. and C.S.A. Listed- Class I, Groups C, D; Class II,Groups E, F; G.CENELEC: EExd If6 T6 (T amb= 75°C).low velocity flows, yet it is rugged enough to withstandhigh flow surges. If desired, a delay timer can be wiredinto the installation. All units are explosion-proof antilisted with U.L. and C.S.A. for Class I. Grows C and D.Class II, Groups E, F, and G or are flake-proof toCENELEC EExd IIB T6 (T amb = 75°C).APPLICATIONSProtects motors, pumps and other equipment aga;low flow and no flow. Controls sequential operatiopumps, etc. Automatically starts auxiliary pumps ~IUengines or actuates alarm and signal systems. Stopswater cooled engines, machines and processes when coolantflow is interrupted. Shuts down burner when air flowthrou h heating coil fails. Controls dampers according toflow, 8 tops machines if cooling oil flow ceases.PHYSICAL DATATsrrtperaturs Limits: Standard 275°F (135°C) High temperature option (not U.L.,C.S.A. or CENELEC), 4CXl=‘F (205°C) max.Opemtlng Preasurs: Brass IOCO PSIG (70KGICM2)316SS 2ooO F’SIG (14OKG/CMz)Ratings to 5000 PSIG (350KGICMZ) available only SPDT. Only SS body.Ektrkal Rating: U.L AND CENELEC: 10A @ 1251250 VAC C.S.A.; 5A @ 125i250 VAC, 5A resist&e, 3A inductive @ 30 VDC. Optional ratings (not U.L.. C.S.A.or CENELEC); Mv option: Gold Contacts for dry circuits. Rated 1 amp @ 125VAC. 1 amp resistive, H amp inductive @ 30 VOC. MT option: 400°F (205°C) 5amp @ 1251250 VAC.Wlting: U.L/C.S..%. unit: 16 gauge copper wire, 6” (152MM) long, mechamcaityand sofdsr bonded to switch. CENELEC unit: Terminal board.Swllchbo6/:Oneplece~andboredBrassor316SSOthermatenalsonrequestVane: 316SS 1%” (4OMM) we. Std. trim inctudes 43OSS and silver solder. Othermaterials on requestPlplng Connsctfon: 1 %r” NFT std for mounting in 1 M” thrsdolet. For other mountirgsee next page. Threddlet fii available.Instsllafion: Wtiin 5’ of vsrtksi for proper opsration. Units for horizontal it-&llath(vertid pipas) on request.WeQht: 4 lb. 5 oz. (1.96KG)Optfons: All 316-S-S wetted parts. Teflon coated wetted parts. DPDT ccutts. Cartridgeheater to meft paraffin, etc. ?Trns delay relay.Suggested Specifiition: .IAutomatic explosion-proof flow switches shall beoperated to actuate one or two sin le pole double th u.snap switches. Motion of the vane s f all actuate switch byaction of a magnet linked to the switch inside the singlepiecesealed switch body, Switches shall be W. E. AndersonModel No. V 4 - .20 Dwysr Instruments, Inc./PO. Box 373/Michigan City, Indiana 4636OIPhone 219 879~8ooO/l%x 219 8729057 * U.K. Phone (0734)-753668 . Australia Phone (02) 706-4799

BLDG 1613Equipment DatakE& OHM Remediation\m - Services Corp.A-d-NIComponent Group: Vapor Extraction UnitComponent Name Differential Pressure SwitchesManufacturerDvrModel Number 195014”Serial NumberDescriptionNAExpiorion PrDff Differential Pressure SwitchOElM VendorOriginal VendorSpare Part VendorDataREP Inc.NAServicefMaintenance VendorREP Inc.Notes

Diff&ential Pressure Switcheswetilherproof. @ @ @Model 1950 Explosion-Proo Differential Pressure Switch combines the best featuresof the popular Dwyer series 1 900 with an integral explosion-proof and weather-proofhousing, making it an exceptional value for either application. It is U.L. and C.S.A.listed, F.M. approved for use in Class I Groups C and D, Class II Croups E, F, and Gand Class III hazardous atmospheres (NEMA 7 & 9). Weather-proof features include adrain plug and O-ring seal in cover. Electrical connections are easily made by removingfront cover. For convenience the set point adjustment screw is located on the outside of Calibrationthe housing. Twelve models offer set points from .03 to 20 inches W.C. and from .5 to 50p&non.PSI. The unit is very light and compact - about half the weight and bulk of other explo-Weightsion-proof or weather-proof switches with separate enclosures.SERIES 1950 SWITCHES - OPERATING RANGES AND DEAD BANDSPHYSICAL DATATemperaLure Limits: --lo’F to 140°F0°F to 14O’F for 195OP-6. 15. 25 and 50-3O’F to 130°F for 1950-02Maximum Surge Pressure:1950 - 10 PSI. 195OP - 50 PSI195OP-50 only - 90 PSIRated Pressure:1950 - 45 IN. W.C.. 195OP - 35 PSI195OP-50 only - 70 PSIPressure Connections: ‘.6” NPT.Electrical Rating: 15 amps. 125. 250, 460 volts.60 Hz. AC. Resistrve ‘/s H.F? 0 125 volts. % H.PQ 250 volts. 60 Hz. A.C.Wiring Connections: 3 screw type: common.nom. open and norm. closed.Conduit Connection: %” NP%Set Point Adjustment Screw type on top ofhousing. Field adjustable.Housing: Anodized cast aluminum.Diaphragm: Molded fluorosllicone rubber. $32model, silicone on nylon.Spring: Stainless steel.Installation: Mount wth diaphragm m vertical3% ibs. 02 model. J Ibs.. 7 oz.a single pcstlve pfesuremay requireFor quantity OEM aFsure switch is ideal zfluidic systems, corny. _“.,.., --- r”- -r ---- - - -- -_--._ ..~.~.it will switch on from positive, ne ative or &f&rential pressures: ForOEM orders, the small (1” square), 7 ow cost units are factory calibratedwith required set points ranging from 2” W.C. to 7 psig.Diaphragm is molded Buna-N; housing is mineral filled Nylon. Easilymounted in any position by 3/e”panel nut on XI? port or screws throughcase evelets.Life expectancy is a minimum of one million cycles zero to actuationpressure or 10 million cycles deactuation pressure to actuationpressure.‘Patent No. 3.862.387- \” -60°C)switch: Non-snap acting. Normally open, closes on Increase.Current Rating: Silver contacts: 5 VAC. 0.5A resistive; goldplated contacts: 5 VAC. 50 mA resistivePressure Connections: %” O.D. portsElectrical Connections: 3/~6” male push-on tab terminalsAccessories Included: Two 3/~s”female push-on connectors,one hex mounting nutSilver contacts $15.40 Gold contacts $16.90Specify setpoint when ordering. Minimum quantity 25 pieces.48P Dwyer Instruments. Inc. PO. Box 373&llchlgan Ctty. Indiana 46361iPhone 219 679.8000iFax 219 672.9057. U.K. Phone (01494)-461707 *Australia Phone (02) 9706-4799

B-SE&S TEMPERATURE SWITCH MODEL NUMBER:To specify the exact switch desired select entries from appropria!e tables as shown in example below./\L/T4Temperature switch, type 400, watertight enclosuremeets NEMA 3; 4,4X and 13 requirements.Temperature switch, type 700, explosion proofenclosure meets Div. 1 & 2, NEMA 7,91 requirements.Direct MountOrdeade System MaterialStyle(TS 3 316StStRigidRemote MountOrder Code ) System Material Line Length 1 Style, TO5 ) 316StSt 1 5’-.- I I CnnillarvT10 ) 316StSt. 1 10’ --‘:““’ with JTl5I( 316StSt j 15’ 302 St StT20 316 St. St. 20’ Spring- ArmorI T25 316 St. St. 2.5’L ~~~ 1 I. ,-120 1 1T’ 10%”Remote Mount030 I 3” I 2%”20 to 9565to125110to 190350 to 525 175 to 275500 to 750’” 1 260 to 400NOTES:1 Standard switch.2 Available with remote mount thermal systems only.3 Dual switches are 2 SPDT snap-action switches,nof independently adjustable.4 Not available with type 400 enclosure.5 Not available with type 700 enclosure.6 Estimated D.C. rating, 2.5A, 28 VDC (not UL listed).7 Estimated D.C. rating, .4A, 120 VDC (not UL listed).8 Not available 350 to 525°F range.

BLDG 1613Equipment Data>=a\A= -OHM RemediationServices Corp.A-d--.Component Group: Vapor Extraction UnitComponent Name Temperature SwitchesManufacturerModel NumberDnrrer IndustriesAshcroft l724Tr060 150 to 260 fSerial NumberDescriptionTempentun SwitchlOEM Vendor Data 1Original VendorSpare Part VendorREPIncNAService/Maintenance VendorREP IntNotes,

TEMPERATURE’S WITCHES* : -rs1\3‘lr7 2~TSOCO rg3 4dCQo1u-Series temperature switches feature aSAMA Class II vapor pressure thermalsystem. This system provides quick,accurate response to process temperaturechanges with negligable ambienttemperature effects. This is inherent inthe design due to the precise relationshipthat exists between temperature andpressure according to the vapor pressurelaws. A wide seiecticn of sensing bulband armored capillary lengths areavailable. The vapor pressure systemdesign features small bulb sizes, makinginstallation easy and cost-effective.All models feature 51 percent of span setpoint repeatability with very high overtemperatureratings.These standard designs perform well inapplications where shock and vibrationcould be a problem and should be usedwith Ashcroft thermowells for bulbprotection and ease of installation andmaintenance.STANDARD TEMPERATURE RANGE SELECTIONNOTES:411 deadbands given in “F.vailable with remote mount thermal systems only.Jot available with 2%” stem.4 Dual Switch Element Multiply single switchelement value by 1.6 for approximate deadband.THERM0WEL LSThermowells must be used on anyapplication where the bulb of thetemperature switch may be exposed topressure, corrosive fluids or high velocity.Additionally, the use of a thermoweilpermits instrument interchange orcalibration check without disturbing orclosing down the process.Ashcroff temperature switches have bulbdiameters to match Sg” nominal borethermowells. The bulbs have a sensitiveportion length of 2%” which can be usedwith 2%” “U” dimensioned thermowellsor longer. For maximum accuracy athermowell “U” dimension shoulo beselected to permit complete immersion ofthe sensitive portion plus 1” when measuringthe temperature of liquids; an extra3” should be allowed when measuringthe temperature of gases.Thermowell bushings should be usedwith remote mount temperature switches.We recommend the standard 3” bulb andCode 69 Series bushings (option X6X onpage 9) for use with any thermowell “U”dimension. A split rubber grommet allowseasy installation and “S” dimensionadjustment.To order a thermowell refer to PriceSheet TH/PS-1 for complete information.T3”8ushtng slidesalong caplllaiy-7“S”I,

TYPE 700 DIMENSIONS-I-PG: TSll3T724TSoU 19 k,YPRCSSURE SWITCH -P SK ANGESPRESSURE SWITCH -DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH -PSDIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH -INCHES OF WATER RANGES+-I--47/a 77/a4.5 lb.h24) (2OO)h) 1~02) 1 (83) 1 (33) 1 (59) 1 2.0 kg.TEMPERATURE SWITCH - DIRECT MOUNTAG 1 H 1 J1OUNT

BLDG 1613Equipment Data&a=- OHM Remediation\,- Services Corp.A-d--Component Group: Vapor Extraction Unit1 EQuiDment DataComponent Name BlowerMotorManufacturerModel NumberSerial NumberDescriptionRehnceP25GS4549GP2505450161N2IS HP, IlOO RPM motorforblower[OEM Vendor Data 1Original VendorSpare Part VendorREPlnc.MimeService/Maintenance VendorREPlnc.NotesC

Installation,Operation And MaintenanceReliance@ StandardIndustrial ACInduction Motorsll180 - 449 Frames (NEMA)112 - 280 Frame‘s (IEC)OfInstructionMarch, 1997Manual B-3620-23a! Rockwell Automat/onReliance Electric

ONLY QUALIFIED ELECTRICAL PERSONNEL FAMILIAR WITH THE CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION OFTHIS EQUIPMENT AND THE HAZARDS INVOLVED SHOULD INSTALL, ADJUST, OPERATE, AND/OR SER-VICE THIS EQUIPMENT. READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS MANUAL IN ITS ENTIRETY BEFORE PROCEED-ING. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN SEVERE BODILY INJURY OR LOSS OFLIFE.The products described in this manual are manufactured by or for Reliance Electric Industrial Company.RECEIVING AND HANDLING ‘ACCEPTANCEThoroughly inspect the equipment before accepting shipmentfrom the transportation company. If any of the goodscalled for in the bill of lading or express receipt are damagedor the quantity is short, do not accept them until thefreight or express agent makes an appropriate notationon your freight bill or express receipt. If any concealedloss or damage is discovered later, notify your freight orexpress agent at once and request him to make an inspection.We will be very happy to assist you in collectingclaims for loss or damage in shipment; however, this willingnesson our part does not remove the transportationcompany’s responsibility in reimbursing you for collectionof claims or replacement of material. Claims for loss ordamage in shipment must not be deducted from theReliance Electric invoicenor should payment of theReliance Electric invoice be withheld awaiting adjustmentof such claims, as the carrier guarantees safe delivery.If considerable damage has been incurred and the situationis urgent, contact the nearest Reliance Electric SalesOffice for assistance. Please keep a written record of allcommunications.EXTENDED STORAGE -AC MOTORSIf considerable damage has been incurred and the situationis urgent, contact the nearest Reliance Electric SalesOffice for assistance. Please keep a written record of allcommunications.STORAGE CONDITIONS -SHORT TERMThe following storage requirements must be followed:1. Motors are to be kept in their original containers orprovided with equivalent protection and stored in a2.3.warehouse free from extremes in temperature, humidity,and corrosive atmosphere.If unusual vibrations exist at the storage location, themotor should be protected with isolation pads.All breathers and drains are to be operable while instorage and/or the moisture drain plugs removed. Themotors must be stored so the drain is at the lowesipoint.STORAGE PREPARATIONImproper storage of electric machines will result in seriouslyreduced reliability of that equipment. For example,an electric motor that does not experience regular usagewhile being exposed to normally humid atmospheric conditionsis likely to cause the bearings to rust or rust particlesfrom surrounding surfaces to contaminate the bearings.The electrical insulation may absorb an excessiveamount of moisture leading to the motor winding failing toground. The following preparations should be followed:1.2.3.4.Minimize condensation in and around the motor byuse of desiccants or other humidity control methods.Motor space heaters when specified are to be energizedwhere there is a possibility that the storage ambientconditions will reach the dew point. Space heatersare an option.Coat all external machined surfaces with a material toprevent corrosion. An acceptable product for this purposeis Exxon Rust Ban #392.Measure and record the electrical resistance of thewinding insulation with a megger or an insulation resistancemeter. Minimum accepted Megohm level isthe insulation kV rating +l Megohm. If levels fall belowthe above, contact the nearest Reliance sales office.The recorded data will be required when removingfrom storage.

IIONLY QUALIFIED ELECTRICAL PERSONNEL FAMILIAR WITH THE CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION OFTHIS EQUIPMENT AND THE HAZARDS INVOLVED SHOULD INSTALL, ADJUST, OPERATE, AND/OR SER-VICE THIS EQUIPMENT. READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS MANUAL IN ITS ENTIRETY BEFORE PROCEED-ING. FAILURETO OBSERVETHIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULTIN SEVERE BODILY INJURY OR LOSS OFLIFE.INSTALLATIONINSPECTIONAfter the motor is unpacked, examine the nameplate datato see that it agrees with the power circuit to which it is tobe connected. The motor will operate with frequency notmore than 5% and voltaae not more than 10% above orbelow the nameplate data, or combined variation ofvoltage and frequency of not more than 10% above or belownameplate data. Efficiency, power factor and currentmayvaryfrom nameplate data. Performance within thesevoltage and frequency variations will not necessarily be inaccordance with the standards established for operationat rated voltage and frequency.Sk3 YTypical Effect of Voltage and Frequency Variation onInduction Motor CharacteristicsTFtJU-bdd34 lizbad bad wlcadSfamngRlre”dTemDme IUIIbada8asase7-20mmr,aemewe10-30pmr“UBaY20xblcTWS210-12..@wMQWWlc-12%NOTE: This table shows general effects, which will vary somewhatfor specific ratings.

Chain Drive: Mount the sprocket on the shaft as close tothe bracket as possible. Align the sprockets so that thechain will run true. Avoid excessive chain tension.Gear Drive and Direct Connection: Accurate alignment isessential. Secure the motor and driven unit rigidly to thebase.ROTATING PARTSA WARNINGROTATING PARTS, SUCH AS COUPLINGS, PUL-LEYS, EXTERNAL FANS, AND UNUSED SHAFTEXTENSIONS, SHOULD BE PERMANENTLYGUARDED AGAINST ACCIDENTAL CONTACTWITH HANDS OR CLOTHING. THIS IS PARTICU-LARLY IMPORTANT WHERE THE PARTS HAVESURFACE IRREGULARITIES SUCH AS KEYS,KEYWAYS OR SET SCREWS. FAILURE TO OB-SERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT INBODILY INJURY.SOME SATISFACTORY METHODS OFGUARDING ARE:1. Covering the machine and associated rotating partswith structural or decorative parts of the driven equipment.2. Providing covers for the rotating parts. Covers shouldbe sufficiently rigid to maintain adequate guarding innormal service.THE USER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONFORM-ING WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODEAND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES.WIRING PRACTICES, GROUNDING DISCON-NECTS AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIONARE OF PARTICULAR IMPORTANCE. FAILURETO OBSERVE THESE PRECAUTIONS COULDRESULT IN SEVERE BODILY INJURY OR LOSSOF LIFE.SUBSEQUENT STEPS REQUIRE ROTATINGPARTS AND/OR ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS TO BEEXPOSED. STAY CLEAR IF UNIT MUST BE RUN-NING OR DISCONNECT AND LOCKOUT OR TAGPOWER SOURCE IF CONTACT MUST BE MADE.Connect the motor to the power supply according to thediagram on the motor nameplate. For most 230/460 voltmotors, nine leads are brought out from the stator windingsso that the motor may be connected for either 230 or460 volts.‘GROUNDINGIn the USA consult the National Nectrical Code, Article430 for information on grounding of motors, Article445 forgrounding of generators, and Article 250 for general informationon grounding. In making the ground connection,the installer should make certain that there is a solldand permanent metallic connection between the groundpoint, the motor or generator terminal housing, and themotor or generator frame. In non-USA locations consultthe appropriate national or local code applicable.Motors with resilient cushion rings usually must be providedwith a bonding conductor across the resilient member.Some motors are supplied with the bonding conductoron the concealed side of the cushion ring to protect thebond from damage. Motors with bonded cushion ringsshould usually be grounded at the time of installation inaccordance with the above recommendations for makingground connections. When motors with bonded cushionrings are used in multimotor installations employinggroup fusing or group protection, the bonding of the cushionring should be checked to determine that it is adequatefor the rating of the branch circuit overcurrent protectivedevice being used.There are applications where grounding the exterior partsof a motor or generator may result in greater hazard byincreasing the possibility of a person in the area simultaneouslycontacting ground and some other nearby liveelectrical parts of other ungrounded electrical equipment.In portable equipment it is difficult to be sure that a positiveground connection is maintained as the equipment ismoved, and providing a grounding conductor may lead toa false sense of security.The user must select a motor starter and overcurrentprotection suitable for this motor and its application. Consultmotor starter application data as well as the NatronalElectric Code and/or other applicable local codes.5

OPERATIONA WARNINGSURFACE TEMPERATLRES OF MOTOR EN-CLOSURE MAY REACH TEMPERATURESWHICH CAN CAUSE DISCOMFORT OR 1NJURYTO PERSONNEL ACCIDENTALLY COMING INTOCONTACT WITH HOT SURFACES. WHENINSTALLING, PROTECTION SHOULD BE PRO-VIDED BY USER TO PROTECT AGAINST ACCI-DENTAL CONTACT WITH HOT SURFACE. FAIL-URE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULDRESULT IN BODILY INJURY.A WARNINGROTATING PARTS, SUCH AS COUPLINGS, PUL-LEYS, INTERNAL-EXTERNAL FANS AND UN-USED SHAFT EXTENSIONS SHOULD BE PER-MANENTLY GUARDED AGAINST ACCIDENTALCONTACT WITH HANDS OR CLOTHING. FAIL-URE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULDRESULT IN BODILY INJURY.Due to the inherent characteristics of insulating materials,abnormally high temperatures shorten the operating lifeof electrical apparatus. The total temperature, not thetemperature rise, should be the measure of safe operation.The class of insulation determines the maximumsafe operating temperature. Aging of insulation occurs atan accelerated rate at abnormally high temperatures. Ageneral rule for gauging the effect of excessive heat isthat for each 10°C. rise in temperature above the maximumlimit for the insulation, the life of the insulation ishalved.Unbalanced voltage or single-phase operation of polyphasemachines may cause excessive heating andultimate failure. It requires only a slight unbalance of voltageapplied to a polyphase motor to cause large unbalancecurrents and resultant overheating.Periodic checks of phase voltage, frequency and powerconsumption of a motor while in operation are recommended;such checks assure the correctness of frequencyand voltage applied to the motor and yield an indicationof the load offered by the apparatus which the motordrives. ‘Comparisons of this data with previous no-load and fullloadpower demands will give an indication of the performanceof the complete machine. Any serious deviationsshould be investigated and corrected.Stator troubles can usually be traced to one of the followingcauses:Worn bearings Operating single-phaseMoisturePoor insulationOverloadingOil and dirtDust and dirt are usually contributing factors. Some formsof dust are highly conductive and contribute materially toinsulation breakdown. The effect of dust on the motortemperature through restriction of ventilation is a principalreason for keeping the windings clean.Squirrel-cage rotors are rugged and, in general, give littletrouble. The first symptom of a defective rotor is lack oftorque. This may cause a slowing down in speed accompaniedby a growling noise or perhaps failure to start theload.This is caused by an open or high resistance joint in therotor bar circuit. Such a condition can generally be detectedby looking for evidence of localized heating.

.LUBRICATIONMotors covered by this Instruction Manual are equippedwith several types of bearings. This description covers regreasableanti-friction bearings only. Non-regreasableball bearings require no periodic maintenance. See I/MB-3654 for oil mist lubricated anti-friction bearing procedures.GREASE LUBRICATED BEARINGSThis motor has been properly lubricated at the time ofmanufacture and it is not necessary to lubricate at time ofinstallation unless the motor has been in storage for a periodof six months or more.Lubrication of anti-friction bearings should be done as apart of a planned maintenance schedule. The RecommendedLubrication Interval should be used as a guide toestablish this schedule.Cleanliness is important in lubrication. Any grease usedto lubricate anti-friction bearings should be fresh and freefrom contamination. Similarly, care should be taken toproperly clean the grease inlet area of the motor to preventgrease contamination.RECOMMENDEDLUBRICANTFor motors operating in ambient temperatures shown below,use the following lubricant or its equal:BALL BEARING MOTORSOPERATING TEMP. -25°C (-15°F) to 50°C (120°F)CHEVRON OIL SRI NO. 2EXXONUNIREX N2SHELL OIL CO. DOLIUM RTEXACO, INC. PREMIUM RBMINIMUM STARTING TEMPERATURE -60°C (-76°F)SHELL OIL CO. AEROSHELL 7OF BEARINGSLUBRICATIONPROCEDUREReliance regreaseable anti-friction bearings may be lubricatedwith the motor running or stationary. Stationarywith the motor warm is preferred.1.2.3.4.5.6.Locate the grease inlet, clean the area and replace thepipe plug with a grease fitting, if the motor is notequipped with grease fittings.If motor is equipped with grease drain plug, removeplug and loosen any hardened grease that may blockdrain. ‘Add the Recommended Volume of the RecommendedLubricant using a hand operated grease gun.Run the motor for two hours.Replace the pipe plug in grease drain.Grease may not relieve from drain. Use only volumeshown in Table 3.LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS1. Select Service Condition from Table 1.2. Select Lubrication Frequency from Table 2.3. Select Lubrication Volume from Table 3.4. Lubricate the motor at the required frequency with therequired lubricant volume in accordance with LUBRI-CATION PROCEDURE.NOTE: Mixing lubricants is not recommended due to possibleincompatibility. If it is desired to change lubricant, followinstructions for lubrication and repeat lubrication asecond time after 100 hours of service. Care must be takento lookfor signs of lubricant incompatibility, such as extremesoupiness visible from the grease relief drain area,or from the shaft opening.ROLLER BEARING MOTORSOPERATING TEMP.-25°C (-1 5°F) to 50°C (120°F)CHEVRON OIL BLACK PEARL EP NO. 2TEXACO, INC. PREMIUM RB

CROSS SECTIONAL ANDPARTS IDENTIFICATION DRAWING($ ;0ALTERNATE VIEW2 GREASE DRAINNOTE: Bearings shown are regreasable type. Not allitems shown may be present on motor. Not all items onmotor may be shown on drawing. Drawing is for generalreference purposes only.1:

31 i L J 1 “U3TAG: MI-RI 12RELIANCE 15HP MOTORI/ HPSYNCPRPMXP-XEXEXPLOSION-PROOF. EXTRA TOUGHCLASS I GROUP D/CLASS II GROUPS E, F & GT3C TEMPERATURE CODETOTALLY ENCLOSEDIVOLTAGE I FRAME ENCL.1 1.5 1 1200 i 2301460 i 182T / FCXP-XE:/ 2 1 1200 1 230/460 / L184T ! FCXP-XE)1 3 3600 1800 j i 230/460 / 182TI 1 1200 ; 230/460 1 213T j FCXP-XE>Design B l 60 tiz l 40°C Ambient l Continuous DutyClass F l 1.15 Service Factor l Ball BearingIEEE 4WJSCG - IP54 (IO)FOOT MOUNTED.MODELNUMBEFP18G636P18G637Pf aG5a2P18G534P21 G640/ 3600 / 230/460 / 184T / FCXP-XE)I PI a0583( 5 1 1800 / 230;460 i L184T i FCXP-XE)I P 1 a(35351 ) 1200 j 230/460 i L215T FCXP-XE> P21G639i 7.5/ 36001800I ; 1800! 120036002o , ::::I 1200i- 360025 1800la00/ 1200360030 i a00i a001200360040 I a00I a001200360050 i a00i a001200360030 18001200230/460 j 2137 ’ FCXP-XEX2301460 213T FCXP-XEX460 I 254T / FCXP-XEX%ji!: 1 i;;T 1 Eg;;;;E;460 2541 FCXP-XEX230/460 254T FCXP-XEX460 254T FCXP-XEX460 1 284T FCXP-XEX230/460 256T FCXP-XEX2301460 2561 FCXP-XEX460 256T FCXP-XEX460 2a6T FCXP-XEX460 284TS FCXP-XEX2301460 284T FCXP-XEX460 284T FCXP-XEX460 324T FCXP-XEX460 286TS FCXP-XEX2301460 286T FCXP-XEX460 2a6T FCXP-XEX460 326T FCXP-XEX460 324TS FCXP-XEX2301460 324T FCXP-XEX460 324T FCXP-XEX460 364T FCXP-XEX460 326TS FCXP-XEX2301460 326T FCXP-XEX460 326T FCXP-XEX460 365T FCXP-XEX460 364TS FCXP-XEX460 364T FCXP-XEX460 404T FCXP-XEXP21G581P21 G545P25G637P21 G582P2 1 G546P25G638PZaG629P25G581P25G546P25G540PZaG630P28G569P28G520P28G507P32G628P28G570P28G521P2aG50aP32G629P32G.567P32G515P32G505P36G623P32G568P32G516P32G506P36G624P36G574P36G563P40G2897I1L!i1.5 - 350 HPLIST PRICE NORMPRICE SYMBOL / STOCI(s 987 RXE32 j N1,049 1 RXE32 1 N1,003 RXE32 i N969 j RXE32 i Y1,289 i RXE32 N1,134 j RXE321,057 1 RXE321,588 i RXE321,364 1 FiXE321,379 1 AXE322,119 1 FiXE321,524 1 RXE32YYINNYNYYNNYYNYYYNNYYNNYYNNYYNNYYNNYNNOM. DIMENSION APPROX.EFF. NOTES SHEET WT. (LBS) 106.5 / j 613053-501 j 86 ’87.5 I 1 613~053-501 / 9’88.5 ~ ’ 613053-501 a6 I88.5 / 613053-501 1 7589.5 613053501 j 135aa. / 613053-501 ! 3188.5 j ’ 613053-501 j 14089.5 1613053-501 I113590.2! 613053-501 ’ 13590.2 / / 613053-501 2co90.21 611742-l I 23891.0 T,90.291.0T91.792.492.492.491.792.492.492.4i93.093.693.6193.0I93.0t93.693.693.694.1I-94.194 194.1-ES(IO) These motors meet the hardware requirements of IEEE 45AJSCG and are not provided with Marine P/an documentation.94.194.594.594.195.095.095.0I 613053-501 1451 613053-501 210j 611742-1 , 263 :263 /340 v340 I366263611742-1 350611742-1 611742-l 385 350 /611742-1 366 1611742-1 430 1611742-1 430 ,/ 611742-l 554 1611742-1 385 1611742-l 470611742-1 470611742-1 552611742-1 554611742-l 620 1611742-1 620 I611742-l,1? Rockdwell AutomationReliance Electric83-23

.Illil- --.. . ..^“m.~~*:- e-**.._ _._.._li __Yl_.“~a&..j^~,~..“~... . . . ..l.. l,“..aL+ r is Y .*>.“iry*worSITETAG:STT-69MTRll21ENGINEERING DATA RELIANCE 15HP MOTORTYPICAL PERFORMANCE DATATENV(‘) & TEFCSXE PLUS / XE . THREE-PHASEI I Amps @ 460V ! Torque (Ft-Lbs) Full Load I( Full 1I Synch i Frame j Load Full 1 Locked Full ) Break Locked Nom. i Power i NEMA /HP 1 RPM 1 Size RPM /(Load ~ Rotor / Load / Down ,/ Rotor / Eff. Factor CodeI 1 3600 I 56 / 3450 0.42 / 4.1 j 040 I 1.81 ) 1.00 770 / 74.4 ' N ,' l/4 1800 156 I 1750 1 0.44 / 3.4 ; 0.77 i I 3.31 /: 2.06 81.5 j I 66.0 1 M1200 56 j 1140 0.43 I 2.1 I 1.15 2.63 1.63 70.5 68.4 ( J3600 1 56 ; 3450 ) 0.52 1 4.4 ) 0.53 / 1.83 1.17 1 77.0 81.0 1 M182.5 j 68.2 Ni 113 1200 1800 1 56 1750 1140 1 0.51 053 , 2.5 4.3 ; I 1.60 1.00 ! 34::53 j / 27 ~ ' 81.5 764 : J3600 / 56 3450 0.71 ' 5.1 ' 0.76 , 2.29 i 1.46 ' 80.0 : 83.8 KI- l/2 1 1800 ) 56 1750 0.76 7.0 1 1.50 / 6.81 I 4.49 / 84.0 72.9 NI ; 1200 1 56 1140 0.80 I 4.6 , 2.20 I 6.38 I 4.19 : 84.0 70.1 J1 3600 i 56 I 3450 I 0.98 8.5 113 416 1 2.66 tjj/ 86.5 83.8 MI 304 1800 /1jj 9.5 I 2.26 7.13 /! 6.63 86.5 77.5 MI 1200 ;;,,43T ;;;;;I;6.4 : 349 9.50 6.08 84.0 66.0 J' 3600 ! 5611431 ( 3450 ( 1.2 I 10.5 : 1.54/ 3600 1 561143T 1 3450 I 1.8 / 18.8 2.322.0 16.0 1 4.532.2 15.5 1 6.772.4 i 134 I 9.09j 3600 56/145T 3450 i 2.5 25.02 1 E 561145T 1750 2.7 26.0 ) 5":i:Ll84T 1163 2.8 / 20.0 j 9.03900 L213T 865 ) 3.2 / 16.1 ~ 12.13600 182T 3519 I 3.6 j 32.0 4 48i 3 1800 182T i 1758 3.8 ) 31.0 j ~ 8.961200 213T 1 1170 4.2 31.0 13.5900 L215T , 861 ; 4.7 24.3 18.33600 184T 3494 6.0 ! 45.0 1 7.525 1800 Ll84T 1748 6.1 45.0 15.01200 L215T 1167 6.8 46.0 22.5900 254T 883 1 7.2 46.0 29.73600 213T 3520 8.5 63.0 11.27.5 1800 213T 1762 9.0 62.0 22.41200 254T 1174 9.8 62.0 33.6900 256T 881 9.9 59.4 44.73600 215T 3507 11.1 81.0 15.010 1800 L215T 1758 11.9 80.0 29.91200 256T 1173 12.7 78.0 44.8284T254T254T284T2b6T256T256TL”1 11200 /286TI1 900 1 324T / 881 1 26.5 140 119NOTES:(1) 56 thru 140T frame performance data is valid for TENV or TEFC.18OT and larger frame performance data is valid for TfFC only.-16.3 11.617.0 12.517.7 9.806.88 7.3117.5 12.523.0 14.626.0 14.512.6 10.0 87.526.6 20.8 87.530.5 20.0 87.533.0 17.2 85.516.4 a.50 08.531.4 21.3 80.S45.4 24.0 89.549.2 28.3 85.523.643.669.095.033.663.310012213.1 88.531.0 88.538.0 89.548.0 89.520.343.066.061.045.3 27.382.0 57.0122 86.0154 96.064.011615722580.015920727046.095.013514557.012614716087.5 884 L86.5 81.0 L84.0 57.0 ?' 82.5 a4 4 JI 87.5 ( 88.8 N87.5 81.2 L86.5 75.2 1 K84.0-67.8 Ja:.: N89.5 I K183.9 , K74.5I K70.3 / H j75.1 I-I I93.6 H87.1 Hal.2 G /This performance data is for standard designs and should be used for estimating purposes only.Actual ratings may vary slightly from this data.89-26@? RockweR AutomationReliance Electric

SOIL AND GROI:ND\v.-\TE:R S.~~IPLIS~; AND .lS.AL\~SIS PL;iNC‘ONSTRUCTIOS’ AND OPERATIOS OF BIOSPARCISG, :tIR SP,WGISC;,AND SOIL VcAPOR ESTkXC’t’ION RE~IEDI.4TION SYSTEhISWITH AGGRESSIVE FLL:ID V=IPOR RECOVERYH.ADNOT POIKT Ft’EL F.AR~I/BI:ILDISGS 1 I15 AND 1613MARISE CORPS BASE,C,A.klP LEJEI:NF:, NORTH C.-IROLIS.APrepared Ibr:Prepared b\.:OHM Remecfiation Ser\.ices Corp.5445 Triange Parkway. Suite 400Norcross. GA 30092James A. Dunn, Jr.. P.E.Project ManagerTerence A. WhittManager of Field AnalyticalServicesJohn P. Franz, P.E.Program ManagerAugust 1998Delivery Orders 0014 (Building 1115) and 0011 (Building 1613)OHM Project No. 20764 and 20704

TABLE OF CONTENTS‘I‘,iBLE OF CONTESTS ..................................................................................................... 11 .O ISTRODI:CTIOS ....................................................................................................... l-l2.0 PRO+JEC’T &fhNAGEMENT ..................................................................................... 2-12. I PROJCC‘T OBJEC.‘I‘IVE .-\ND SC‘Ol’t: i:I- CVORK ................................................ 2-l2.2 L>ESCR1P’1‘10N OF mm.-um-;\ws PRESE~T............................................... 2- I2.2 mxmc-r~ rwc m:scx~Pm~s. ........................................................................ 2-2-.- -, ; PROJECT ORG.-\NIZAT10X .................................................................................. ‘-43.4 D.-\.I-.-\ QL::\I.I-I.k’ OBJECTIVES I-OR ~l~_i\SI~~REIlEN-I‘ D:Z.f.-\........................ 2-S3.0 SA41PLING ................................................................................................................ ,3-l1. 1 S.-WPLING METHODS :\ND PROCEDL~RES ..................................................... 3-I3.3 S.-AMPLE IDENTII~ICATION.. .................................... ...................................... .... 7-c)3.3 SAMPLE PRESERV;\TION :\ND I-tO~m.111NG TIhlES.. .................. ....... ............. 3-O3.1 FIELD QC S.XkIPI.ES.. .......................................................................................... :-Iii7.5 D~:C’ON-I‘.-\~lIN.~~~~IoN .............. ......................................................................... .:- I i3.6 C’RC)SS-C~SN’I‘.-~~lIN.4.I.I(l>~ ~lI~-I.clI%_.-~7‘IO~. .................. .............................. .;-I 13.7 S.XklPLE 1,OG BOOK ........................................................................................... .:- ! :3.8 SAbIPLE LABELS.. ............................................................................................... 3- 143.9 CL-STODY SEALS ................................................................................................ 3-l-C3.10 CI-1;2Ih’-OF-CI:S’I‘ODTI’ PROCEDURES ........................................................ ..... 3- IS3.1 1 PACIUGING. H.--\.XDLING. AND SHIPMENT OF SXdPLES ......................... 3-l h-1.0 DATA ACQUISITION ............................................................................................... 4-l4.1 ANALYTICAL hlETHOD REQUIREIMENTS.. ..................................................... -i- 14.2 QUALITY CONTROL REQWREMENTS ............................................................ .4- 14.3 INSTRUMENT -rES.rING. INSPECTION. AND AMAINTENANCE.. ................... -I- 14.4 INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION ............................................................................. -b 15.0 DATA MANAGEMENT .............................................................................................. 5-15.1 LABORATORY DATA REDUCTION ................................................................... 5- 15.2 LABORATORY DATA VALIDATION ................................................................. 5-15.3 PROJECT DATA REVIEW.. ................................................................................... 5-35.4 DATA REPORTING.. .............................................................................................. 5-45.5 DATA STORAGE AND ARCHIVE.. ...................................................................... 5-46.0 DATA ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES ................................................................... 6-l6.1 ACCURACY ............................................................................................................ 6-l6.2 PRECISION.. ........................................................................................................... ,6-26.3 COMPLETENESS.. ................................................................................................. .6-36.4 CRITERIA FOR REJECTION OF OUTLYING MEASUREMENTS.. ................. .6-36.5 METHOD DETECTION LIMITS AND PRACTICAL QUANTITATIONLIMITS ..................................................................................................................... 6-36.6 LABORATORY AND FIELD CONTAMLNATION ............................................. .6-37.0 PERFORMANCE AND SYSTEM AIJDITS ............................................................ 7-l7.1 FIELD PERFORMANCE AUDITS ......................................................................... 7-l7.2 FIELD SYSTEM AUDITS.. .................................................................................... .7-l

TABLE OF CONTENTS-, ;7:iI..-\L3OR :\ I ORY P~-r~f.of~~,l.-\N(.‘L: .,\I .I )I 1. .......................................................... 7-J1 ~\BOR~\l‘ORJ~ 541-S I E:,\l .-‘\I-I>1 I‘S,. .................. . ................................................ 7-28.0 C‘oKKEC”rIVE :ACTION ......................................................................... s ............... 8-18.1 C~RIIFI~ rnx -ICON mmu.. .................. .................................................. c. 3 -2c < ’.-’()I ..-\I.1’1‘~~:\SSI .R.-1TC‘f-I REPOR ....................................................................... s-2SHIPPING INSTRI~:C’fIONS FOR SENDING S;GlPLES TO -f ‘HEAPPENDIX CCALCUI,il\TIONSFOR AFVR EMISSIONSAPPENDIX DSOPSQP-650 STANDARD ANALYTICAL DATA DELIVERABLE REQUIREMENTSQP-618 BAILERSSUPELC’O 2 LITER AIR SAMPLER 1MANUALAPPENDIX ECONTRACTOR ELECTRONIC DATA DELIVER. iBLE STANDARDS ANDPROCEDURES

-\ I’ I’ f+: N f 1 I s 13C’I-STOf)1~ SE:.-11,C’H,~IN-OF-C‘~‘STOI)~’ RECORDOH>1 .C;HIPPfNG L.ABELSHIPPING INSTRt’C’TIONS FOR SENDISGS.AYvII’LES TO THE: I.;lBOR.-4TOf

.-\PPI~:NI~IS I)

;\I’PESDISEC‘ONTR.-IC’TOR ELECTRONIC D.AT.4 DELIVERABLEST=\ND.ARDS AND PROCEDIrRS

Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1115 I-1 OHM120764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

l Reduce contamination concentrations It ithin the core arcas of the lo\fcr portion of rigJissol\,cd phase plume using biospqing technologiesl Reduce contamination concentration of the fringe areas of the upper and lo\\:erportion of the petroleum hydrocarbon plumes by the process of natural attenuationand degradationl Initiate a monitoring program to evaluate progress of the remedial activitieslConduct risk assessment and computer modeling to verify that free product removaland natural attenuation of the dissolved phase groundwater plume will be protectiveof receptors2.2 DESCRIPTION OF CONTAMINANTS PRESENTSubsurface soils and groundwater at the project site are believed to have been contaminatedfrom petroleum stored within various former underground storage tanks (USTs). Sitecharacterization activities conducted at the sites has indicated fret-phase productaccumulations and ground water contaminant levels of benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene.xylenes, and naphthalene in excess of North Carolina Administrative Code (NCAC) 2LStandards. The maximum reported concentrations of the above listed constituents are 17,300parts per billion (ppb), 20,700 ppb, 2,140 ppb, 10,800 ppb, and 303 ppb , respectively.Subsurface soil investigations revealed noncompliant TPH-gasoline concentrations of 14,176milligram/kilogram (mg/Kg) and a TPH-diesel concentrations of 4,187 mg/Kg petroleumwere detected.Hadr.ot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1115 2- 1 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

Table 2.1Site KehahilitationGodsmg. kg: Parts per million (ppm)l&I: Parts per billion (ppb)* Go& ofremediation are to achieve target concentration or less** Based on well gauging event June 2, 1997NMT: No measurable Thickness2.2 PROJECT TASK DESCRIPTIONSThe following tasks will be performed in support of the remedial actions at the Hadnot PointFuel Farm/ Buildings 1115 and 16 13 sites at Marine Corps Base, Camp Lejeune, NorthCarolina:l Remove free product using aggressive fluid/vapor recovery techniquesl Perform soil vapor extraction in the selected areas for the reduction of vadose zonecontamination.l Perform air sparging for the containment and reduction of dissolved-phasehydrocarbon constituents within core areas of the upper portion of the plume.l Collect generated hydrocarbon vapors and discharge them to the atmospherel Perform biosparging within the core areas of the lower portion of the dissolved phaseplume to reduce contaminant levels.l Sample and analyze groundwaterHadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings I 115 2-2 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

I._. 7 7 1 Descriptionof the Remetfiation StrategiesI‘hc rcmedi;Ltion strategies arc described belong :\sgrcssi\.e fluid’~xpor reco\.er>‘. also kno~vn x dual-phase estruction. multi-F3tinx extraction. \ acuum txhxnced cstraction or biorlurping. is a free productrcco\‘cry technology that uses \‘acuurn pump(s) to remo\~e various combinationsof fluids. i.c.. fktx-phase petroleum prcjcluct. conraminattd ground water andt adose zone Lxpor from the surtixe. The extracted fluids are collected in the tank.of the specially equipped \.acuum truck for transport to :1 disposal faciIit>,.Collected vapors are discharged to the atmosphere.The primary goal of AFVR is to rapidly remove free-phase liquids (free product)from the Lt’atcr table or smear zones of the capillary fringe. Aggressivefluid/vapor reco\.er>’ \\ill also remove Lxdose zone vapors and ground waterbecause of the high vacuum rate. free product will also be volatilized.l Reduction of vadose soil contamination in selected areas will be preformed usingsoil vapor extraction technology.Soil vapor extraction is a soil remediation technique which uses vacuum pressureto volatilize interstitially trapped hydrocarbons in the soil and remove them fromthe subsurface. Slotted pipe is installed, horizontally or vertically, in areas of soilcontamination and connected to a vacuum pump which provides suction on thevadose zone soils. The vacuum pump draws volatile hydrocarbons from thesubsurface and discharges them to the atmosphere.l Containment and reduction of dissolved ground water contamination in the coreof the upper portion of the plume using ground water air sparging coupled withvapor collection.Contaminant free air is injected into tne aquifer through a strategically locatednetwork of vertically or horizontally installed air sparging wells. The injected airHadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings I 115 2-3 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

0 Biosparging Lvill be used for the reduction of the diss~~l~.e~i-pli~~s~ gruund \\atclcontamination in the most contaminated arcas of the lower portion of the plum.Hiosparging is; similar to air sparging: ho\\e\.cr. contaminant fret: air is in.ici:ttlilinto the subsurface at a Ic)\\.er fln\~ rate to enrich the ground \\ater \\ ith I)\! gcn. Iiis anticipated that the air pro\,idcci to the subsurface \vill encourage the cro\\ th art’niicroorganisms. \\ hich in turn ivill use the h~~drocarbon contaminants as 3 cx+x~tisource for cnr;rg!. and rt2productiori.l Natural attenuation will be uxd !i)r the IYinge arcas of the upper portion of thedissol\,ed contaminant plume and for the fringe areas of the lolver portion of the’dissol\,ed contaminant plume belo\\. 50 feet deep.Natural degradation/‘attenuation or intrinsic bioremediation. is a passive remedialapproach because natural processes are allowed to act upon and reduce theconcentrations of contaminants. The natural processes responsible for thedegradation and attenuation of petroleum hydrocarbon substances released in thesubsurface include aerobic and anaerobic biodegradation, dispersion,\,olatilization, and adsorption. Intrinsic bioremediation has been shown to be aneffective tool for the remediation of ground water at sites where conditions favorits implementation, and has been adopted by the NCDENR as an acceptableremedial strategy.2.3 PROJECT ORGANIZATIONThe project manager is the primary focal point for control of the project activities. Theproject manager will be supported by the QA Management team which will provide reviews,guidance, and technical advice on project execution issues. Members of this staff will be onan “as-needed” basis to assist in smooth project execution. The project manager will besupported by the project team consisting of a supervisory, health and safety, technical, andQA/QC staff to ensure that the project is safely executed in compliance with applicable laws,regulations, statutes, and industry codes. Individuals of the project team are responsible forfulfilling appropriate portions of the project QA program, in accordance with assignmentsmade by the project manager. The project manager is responsible for satisfactory completionof the project QA program. Specific responsibilities may be assigned by the project managerto the deputy project manager and other members of the project staff. An organizationalchart of the project team is presented in Work Plan.Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1115 2-.1 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

Projject .C/cirtcigcr - Juttws A. Dmtt, Jr., P.E.I’he pro.ject manager is responsible for the overall dixction of this prc).jcct csccuted uncier hissuper\ ision. He pro\,ides IIlL’ mxrngerial acim;nlstrati~.e skills to cnsurc that rcsourccallocations. planning. csccuti~>n. and r2portin, t1 mtxt contract requircmcnts. He is ultimatcl baccountable ti2r all work acti\.itt2s undertaken on this project. -r‘k global clLl;llit!.-r~lateiir-csponsibilitics of the proicct manager can include. but arc not limirctl to. the follow\ ing:0 Organization of the pro,jtxt staff and assignment of responsibilitieslI.~trclcrstancling of ct)ntract and scope of \\ork for a specitic prqject0 Identification. dncumentation. and noti tication to the cliciit and project staff and i).-\personnel of change5 in the scope of \iorli. pro.jcct ClocLl1~l~nt~itio~~ and acli\.itii‘.l Supervision of preparation and appro\,al of‘ project-specilic procedures. \vork plansand Q.4 prqject plans.0 :\pproval of prqject &sign bases. design parameters. clravvings. and reports.l Approval of project remedial action’construction methodologies.l Dissemination of pro.ject-related information from the client such as design bases.input parameters. and draivings.l Liaison for communications with the client and subcontractors. Liaison between theproject staff and other internal groups.l Decision of whether or not drawings require independent review.l Investigation of nonconformances, notification of QA personnel, and implementationof corrective actions.l Determination of the effect of nonconformances on the project and theappropriateness for reporting such items to the client, and providing appropriatedocumentation for reporting.l Determination that changes, revisions, and rework are subject to the same QCrequirements as the original work.0 Serve as final reviewer prior to release of project information.Hadnct Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1115 2-5 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

.I‘ite Supervisor - Rrittr!v E. SmithI hc site hupt’r\.isor is responsible for the da> -L~J-&J management of this specific deli\,cr>.order. I le \\ ill t‘nsuri‘ sufficient resource allocations to maintain project sclbxl~~lc’ nnd bucigcr.He icill pro\idc ilail!. feedback to the project m‘inager on project progress. issues requiringresolution. etc. The clualitJ~-related rtzsponsibi1itii.s of thc site ziuper\-isor inclildc. but 3r~’ noIlimited to. the follo\\ing:0 Liaison for cc)~7~municntions xith OFILl prc),jcct staff and other internal groups as \\r:ilas Lvith the NTR and on-site inspector.l Super\-ision of day-to-day site activities in accordance Lvith project and programrequirements.l Preparing the Contractor Production Reportl Preparing the Quality Control Reports.l Initiating corrective actions for non-conformance identified on-site.Project Chemical QA Officer - Theresa D. RojnsThe chemical QA officer is responsible for implementing the project chemical QA program.She is responsible for informing the project manager of any site-specific QA issues. Herresponsibilities include, but is not limited to, the following:l Reviewing subcontractor’s QA Manuals and/or Laboratory Quality ManagementPlans (LQMPs) and if possible, performing audits on the labs.l Certifying the level of QA that has been achieved during the generation of analyticaldata.l Initiating and overseeing all audit functions.lStopping work if quality objectives are not being met.Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1115 2-6 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

Project Chemist - Terence A. Whittl‘lx project chemist is responsible f;>r implementing tht- project plarx and ensuring that thequality assurance and data quality objwti\.es art‘ kin g met for the project. tic is alsoraponsihlc fOr informin g the chemical Q;\ officer elf an\’ jite-speci tic problems and ti,tcoordinating Q,\ efforts \vith the contrxtcd laboratory. kIis specitic responsibilities inclucic.but art’ not liniitcxi to. the folloL\.ing:0 :ksiiring the continuity ot‘chain-of-custod\, e\.idencelWorking Lvith the QC engineer to compile and submit required QA Reports (QARs).l Compiling. re\,ising. updating. and submitting SAPSl Implementing corrective actions as required by the QC engineer or chemical QCofficer.lOngoing QA/QC training of new and current personnel.l Reviewing laboratory invoices for completeness and accuracy.Laboratory Coordinator - Elena RodriquezThe laboratory coordinator is responsible for procuring a certified laboratory based on therequirements needed for the project. Her responsibilities include, but are not limited to, thefollowing:l Selection of qualified laboratories and control of laboratory services requests.l Assist coordination of laboratory with field sample shipments.l Management of laboratory data in conjunction with the project and field chemist.l Liaison between the field and the laboratories when changes are required in the SAPand Purchase Orders.Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 11 I5 2-7 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

l Implement cc~rrecti\~e actions 2.‘; required b>. the prc!icct chemist0 Ilnsuring that the samples xc‘ hnndl~d. pack+cil. and shipped according to the 5.\F’l hnsuring that the Iaboraror~~ supplit’s the sampii’ containers. shipping supplies.chain-c,f-custody, records. and the rcquii-4 QC’ snniplt2s (i.e.. trip blanks 1,Sample Tecltrticicrw - TBDThe sample technician \\.ilI be responsible for:lCarrying out all sampling in accordance Lvith approved procedures and methodologiesas defined in the S.4P.l Generating field blanks. equipment rinsate blanks. and acquiring field duplicatesamples as required by the SAP.l Completing sampling logbooks. sampling forms, labels, custody seals, andchain-of-custody forms and other paperwork as required by the SAP.lPackaging and Shipping of samples to appropriate laboratories.2.4 DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES FOR MEASUREMENT DATAData generated from those tasks described in Section 2.2 will be used to assess theeffectiveness of the treatment system, and to identify and assess the need for continuedtreatment or select other alternatives. Project specific quality objectives are listed inAppendix A, Table A-2. These include the quantitation, project action, accuracy, precision,and completeness limits by which the data will be evaluated.A Naval Facilities Engineering Service Center (NFESC)-certified or US Army Corps ofEngineers-Missouri River Division (USACE-MRD)-approved laboratory will be used for allsample analyses. The laboratory will also be North Carolina-approved. A copy of theHadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1115 2-X OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

Fret: product Lvill be recovered using xxcuum enhanced fluid extraction system. ‘fhistechnique in\.olt,es using a mobile. truck-mounted vacuum extraction system to extract fretproduct. contaminated ground\vater and contaminated soil vapors during periodic sitetreatment visits. During each site treatment visit, the vacuum truck is mobilized and t’luidsare evacuated from the extraction \\-ells using a high vacuum pressures and air flow rates.Site treatment visits Lvill be conducted on a Lteekly basis for the period of 180 days or untilthe product is eliminated to below 0.01 feet (measurable).Free product will be gauged weekly before each site treatment visit. Temporary extractionwellheads and piping and manifold will be constructed to allow for extraction of fluids.After each site treatment visit, piping and manifold will be removed.The procedure for gauging the wells is outlined below.1)2)3)4)3Locate and uncap each well at the beginning of the task and let them equilibrate forat least 30 minutes.Look for a mark at the top of the well casing (TOC) that indicates the measuringpoint. If no mark is found measure from the north side of the TOC.Tes: the oil/water interface probe with the test button or switch on the unit (refer tothe owners manual if needed).Unreel the line slowly until the unit indicates that the probe has reached the productlayer (signaled by a steady tone and light). See note 2.Move the probe up and down to find the precise top level of the product. Record thelevel of the product to l/l 00 of a foot. See note 3 .Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 11153 3-l OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

Notes:1 ) If‘2 potentinmetric .surlacc map is to lx prepared. it kvill t-w txcessnry to carrect forthe depression of the \vater surtrtw b)- ox.crl>-in g free product. If the product is t-3 fueloi! or lighter. multiply- the thickness of the free product la),cr by 0.80 (the assureddensity of the free product la>.er). .-\A the result to the calculated elevation of‘thd\\xtcr surface as actualI>, nicilsurtxl.2) If the probe is allo~v~d to “free fall” or if the tape is bent at a sharp angle. the signalwires in the tape can be damaged or destro>.ecl.3) Some tapes are marked in eighths of an inch. II~ese readings must be converted to1~100 of a foot units.4) If the relative concentrations of contaminant or thicknesses of free product areknown from previous work. it is a good practice to start lvith the least contaminatedLvell and Lvork toivard the most contaminated. This will minimize possible crosscontamination.3.1.1.2 Collecting and Analyzing AFVR Air SamplesDuring the AFVR system operations. the exhaust from the vacuum truck will be sampledevery 15 minutes for the first two hours and every thirty minutes there after for temperatureand flow measurements. A sampling port will be installed on the exhaust pipe of the systemso flow and temperature measurements can be made. This port will also be used to collect airsamples using Tedlar bags for on site analysis for organic vapors. The sampling will beperformed by direct fill method from the sampling port. If the sampling port is not at groundlevel scaffolding or a scissors-lift will be used to gain access to the sampling port.Organic Vapor MeasuremeniIn order to expedite system start-up, balancing, and optimization, a flame ionization andphotoionization detector (FID/PID) will be used to obtain organic vapor measurements. AFoxboro TVA 1000 Vapor Analyzer with an FID (O-.50,000 ppm range) and PID (o-2000ppm range) or equivalent will be used to perform :he measurements The FID/PID will alsobe used to monitor the system during the O&M phase.Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 11153 3-2 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

xotc:a. If the m~iple port ciws not ha\.e the pwisurI: to inJlate the hag. a 1 ;ic~imi btlx I\ ill ‘,-Yrqiiixci. If this is the case. tbllo\\ the manufacturer’s instructions. .-\ Supclz~? 2 I iti‘i.Air Sampler Operations hlanual is wclosed in Appsndis C’.Proceriwr for .Inm’ysis of Bag Sanlples using cm Orgmic Vrrpor hd’zrr1, Calibrate the FID/PID per manuf‘acrurer’s instructions.-. 7 Connect the Tedlar bag to the FIWPID probe using $4 inch Teflon tubing. Record theconcentration reading.3. If the sample is over the range of the FID/PID ( usually 5.000 ppm for the FID and3,000 ppm for the PID). connect the dilution probe to the FID/PID tip as per themanufacturer’s recommendations and analyze the sample. Record the results andfinal dilution factor. See note (a).4. Evacuate the sample bag and purge three times with clean air or nitrogen.5. Test the bag for cross-contamination with the FIDiPID before reuse.Note:a. The dilution probe kit has several dilution orifices. Choose the dilution ratio that bestmeets the sample levels. If a dilution kit is not available, use clean sample bags todilute the samples.3.1.2 Start-up and 0 & M of the Air SpargingBoil Vapor ExtractioHIiospargingSystem MeasurementsDuring the start-up and throughout the operation and maintenance of the Air Sparging/SoilVapor ExtractionBiosparging system, the water level, dissolved oxygen, vacuum, andpressure will be monitored to balance, optimize, and evaluate the performance of the system.In addition, air samples will be collected from the system discharge points for off-sitelaboratory analysis of organic vapors. These measurements and sample collections will beperformed as per the following procedures:Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 11153 3-3 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

Notes:a. If the re1ativ.e concentrations or contaminant are known from previous vvork, it is agood practice to start with the least contaminated tvell and work toward the mostcontaminated. This will minimize possible cross-contamination.b. If the probe is allowed to “free fall” or if the cable is bent at a sharp angle, the signalwires in the cable can be damaged or destroyed.3.1.2.3 Vacuum iMeasurementRecord the vacuum readings at the well heads and monitoring wells. The frequency ofmeasurement will be at the discretion of the Technical Lead for the project.3.1.2.4 Pressure MeasurementRecord the pressure readings at the air injection weils. The frequency of measurement willbe at the discretion of the Technical Lead for the project.Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 11153 3-4 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

Procrdwcs for Siwnplitt, u C,king Sutnttm” Cmi.stf~rAir samples will be collected from the sampling port on the exhaust pipe of the SVE: j>.stcntb>. direct till method. Detailed instructions for the preparation and care of the Summa’Canisters and the sampling method are presented below:Pwp~wr~tion of the Sunwncr”“ Crrttistersl i’\ll ne\+’ Summa’canistcrs must be individually checked for contamination by thesubcontracted laboratory before use. One of each batch of 10 Summa3 canistersthat are subsequently cleaned must be analyzed to check for contamination.l All sampler tubing. fittings, and wetted parts of valves must be solvent washed inhexane and heated to >lOO”C. These parts should be assembled and flushed withnitrogen for at least 8 hours prior to use in the sample train or in the canistercleanup apparatus.l Each canister‘s valve and fitting will be inspected for damage before cleaning.Any damaged valve will be replaced with a previously cleaned valve. Afterreplacing any valve, the canister will be cleaned and analyzed to verify that it isfree of contamination.l If any canister is used to sample a high concentration source, it must be cleanedand analyzed to verify it is free of contamination before it can be used again.Summa@ Canister Clean-Upl The canisters should initially be pressurized to >2 atm with humidified nitrogen(see note) then evacuated to 1 atm. This filling and evacuation sequence shall berepeated five times to dilute any residual contaminants. The addition of the waterfrom the humidified nitrogen may also displace some of the more reactiveHadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 11153 3-5 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

Sow: The nitrogen should be ccrtiflcd c~9.999?~6 piirc by the manufacturer. .Imolecular sie\,r scrubber ~ho~dd be attachtxl to the nitrogen after the rcgllatnr torc’nio\.e ati>. trace impurities.a A Chain-Of-Custody &cord should be completed detailing time of ximpling.sampling inter\al. and signed by the person taking the sample.lAfter the sample has been collected. the SummaE canister should be capped. theprenumbered tag should be completed. and the canister should be placed in a shippingcontainer with a copy of the Chain-Of-Custody Record and sealed with samplecustody seal.Grab Sample Collectionl Before a grab sample for VOC analysis is collected in a Summagcanister, thecanister inlet valve should be fitted with a pre-cleaned stainless steel particulatefilter. At the sample collection location, the main valve should be opened and thecanister allowed to fill. After about one minute (when no audible sound ofrushing gas can be heard), close and cap the main valve of the Summa9 canister.After sample collection, all canisters should be checked to verify that each has ~7prenumbered tag with all information filled. Out. Place tht canister in a shipping containerand seal the container with sample custody seal.3.1.3 Groundwater Sampling and AnalysisBuilding 1115A total of 25 groundwater samples will be collected from the monitoring wells listed below:Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 11153 3-6 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

Sampling equipment tvill be thornughlq. decontaminated between samples using theprocedures described in Section 3.5 or disposable sampling equipment ivill be used. Fieldsampling personnel Lvill Lvear disposable sampling gloves during sampling and ivill changegloves between sample locations to minimize the potential for cross-contamination. OtherPPE may be required for sampling per the site HASP. Contact bvith sample will be avoided tominimize the potential for cross-contamination.Building 1613Prior to the start up of the remedial system, the six monitoring wells listed below will besampled to obtain the baseline information and adjust design parameters. The sameprocedures used at Building 1115 will be followed.1613-11613-21613-51613-61613-101613-19Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 11153 3-7 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

3. I .5 Contractor Generated Soil SamplesDuring the construction of the :\S’SVE sq.stt’m. aca\aions Lvili be performed to install thepiping and vaults. .-Ill soil remowd from the esca\.ation \\.iII be transferred to the stockpilepad. sampled for disposal parameters, and sent to an off-site facility for disposal or reused it‘not contaminated..To profile the soil for disposal or reuse. four grabs and one composite sample cvill becollected from the stockpile. Clean samplin g glove Lvill be worn for all sampling. The grabsample for volatiles analysis will be collected using the following procedure with the EncoreSampler:Procedure for Encore Sampler1. Select a random sample point.3,. Open Encore reusable package and remove the core device and cap.3. Place the T-handle with the plunger pulled back.4. Push into the soil to be sampled, packing the soil intc the sampler.5. Remove from the soil. brush off the sides and put the carnr seal onto the sampler.6. Label and reseal in the original package.7. Place into the cooler for shipment.The composite sample for the remainingprocedure:analyses will be collected using the following1. At the four (4) random sampling points, collect a grab from each of the resultingholes using the shovel or a stainless steel spoon.HadnQ,t Point Fuel Farm Buildings 11153 3-8 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

3.1.7. Water Treatment Plant Samplesl\‘;tter l‘reament Plant samples v,ill be collcctcd. as IIWCI dcrcrmined b\, the tcchni~al loadSamples Lvill be collected from the sampling ports proLid& on the s>.stem hi. direct tillmethod. Field sampling personnel [vi11 \i.cnr disposable samplin_ c c doves during saniplin~and Lvill change glo\-es bet\\.een sample locations to minimize the potential for crosscontamination.3.2 SAMPLE IDENTIFIC;\TION.--\ppendis E contains the Contractor Electronic Data Deli\,erable Standards and Proceduresfor Camp Lejeune. Sample designations and formats will follo\v these procedures. TheEncironmcntal Management Department (EMD) of Camp Lejeune will provide OHM withthe standard names already assigned to existing sites and bvill provide OHM with the nextavailable names for each type of sample on new locations.3.3 SAMPLE PRESERVATION AND HOLDING TIMESSamples collected for off-site analyses will be sent tc the laboratory within 24 hours aftercollection to ensure that the most reliable and accurate answers will be obtained as a result ofthe analysis. The holding time begins from the date and time of collection in the field.All environmental and treatment system samples, except for aqueous samples for metals, willbe preserved to a temperature of 4°C prior to shipment to the analytical laboratory, using iceor refrigeration. This temperature should be maint-ined during shipment by placing ice inleak-proof containers, and placing it above and below the sample containers. Other samplepreservation requirements and holding times applicable to the sample matrix and analyses arelisted in Appendix A. Tables A-l. 1 and A-l 2.Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 11153 3-9 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

Field Blcrnks (.4rnbirnt Blmks)F’ield blanks . sometimes referred to as ambicn1 blanks. art samples of contaminant-li.eL’media ( reagent oracle \vater) ivitch arc prepared at the site and handled in the field in thesannc manner as all other field samples. Field blanks are collected during the course of fieldsampling and. to the e.xtent possible. in the actual sampling locations. Field blanks arecollectt~i by placing contaminant-t’rce medium ( re.tgent grade I\-ater) in the satnt’ type ot‘container as ticld sample. Field blanks are preserved and stored in the same manner a.s ticIdsamples. .\t a minimum. one field blank per contiguous site from each sampling event iscollcctcti and is analyzed for those interfering contaminants that could potentiall\~ be presentin ambient air at the sampling site. .-\ppro\;imate number of‘ field blank samples planned tohe collected is presented in .-\ppendis ;\. Tclblrs :\- I. I and A- 1 .2.Equipment Rinsatr BUNNYEquipment rinsate blanks are the final analJ,te-free \\ater rinse from equipment cleaningcollected daily for each matrix sampled. ,111 equipment rinsate blank is collected in the sametype of sample containers. and in all other ~vays is handled in the same manner as other Geldsamples. The equipment rinsate blank must be collected during the sampling event (aftercollection of at least one fiield sample) after the sampling equipment has beendecontaminated and prior to collection of the next field sample.All equipment that comes into contact with field samples must be decontaminated prior touse. The use of disposable equipment is acceptable. but does not obviate the requirement fordecontamination prior to use, or the requirement for collection of equipment rinsate blanks.Equipment rinsate blanks for disposable equipment are collected by passing contaminant-freemedium through or over the decontaminated equipment. One equipment rinsate blank iscollected per day. per sampling event for each matrix sampled that day. Equipment rinsatesare analyzed for the same parameters as the sample collected that day. Approximate numberof equipment blank samples planned to be collected is presented in Tables A-l. 1 and A-l 2.Appendix A.Field DuplicateDuplicates for soil samples are collected, homogenized, and split. All samples exceptvolatiles are homogenized and split. Volatiles are not mixed, but select segments of soil aretaken from the length of the core and placed in 4 oz glass jars. The duplicates for watersamples are collected simultaneously. Field duplicates must be collected at a frequency ofone sample per day per matrix or 10% of the field samples per matrix. All the duplicatesshould be sent to the primary laboratory responsible for analysis, along with the samples.Approximate number of field duplicates planned to be collected are presented in TablesA- 1.1 and A-l .2, Appendix A. Duplicates will be sent to the off-site laboratory blind.Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 11153 3-10 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

3.5 DECONTAMIN.~TIONKcmo\t’ gross contamination b! scraping or brushing.C‘lean \c-ith tap \\ater and phosphate-ti-ee I:iboratc~r>- dctqcnt (licluin0s 1. using ,: , I\-ith tap ivatcr.Rinse \i-ith 1: 1 nitric acid (1ISO;) metals grade (only if samples are to be anal~ zrdfor metals).Rinse thoroughly with tap \i’ater.Rinse thoroughI>. \l.ith deionized/distilled water.Rinse twice Lvith reagent grade isopropanol or methanol.Rinse thoroughly \\.ith organic-free Lvater and allow to air dry. (Do not rinse M.ithdeionized/distilled Lvater. If organic-free lvater is not a\,ailable, allow equipment toair dry.)Wrap equipment with aluminum foil prior to storage or transportation to samplelocations.Decontamination fluids will be collected in properly labeled 55-gallon drums, and staged in asecure area until final disposal unless other arrangements are made.3.6 CROSS-CONTAMINATION iMINIMIZATIONCross-contamination is the introduction of contaminants into the sample through thesampling and/or sample-handling procedures. It can cause an otherwise representativesample to become non-representative. The most important means of minimizingcross-contamination are as follows:l Sampling expendables, i.e., sample glox/es, pipettes, string, dip jars, etc.. must not bereused. Used expendables should be labeled so they are not confused withnon-contaminated trashHadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 11153 3-11 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

. .-\cti\,ities that could contaminate samp1e.s arc prohibited in tht: sarnpl~ handling :!nJpreparation area. These ncti\,ities an& the possible contaminants include:3.7 SAMPLE LOG BOOKIt is necessaq for the sampling crew to maintain daily field notes. Items that must beincluded are sampling protocol, any changes to the procedures, meetings. instructions, safetyprecautions. personnel protection. and activities pertaining to the samples. The person takingnotes must be knowledgeable enough about these activities to know which details areimportant.Repetition of information recorded in other permanent logs should be avoided, but enoughshould be recorded to present a clear and accurate picture of technical activities. At a laterdate, should a question arise concerning a specific event or a procedure used. it will beanswered from these notes. The following information should be logged into the logbooksand/or database:lDate and time of sampling0 Sample number, locations, type, matrices, volumes, sample ID and descriptions, typeand number of sample containers, names and signatures of individuals performingsampling tasks, Chain-Of-Custody (COC) and air bill numbers, preservatives. anddate samples were sentHadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 11153 3-12 OHM120764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

0 1.6~1~ ot‘ protection used ( with justiGcation)l’hese nott’s must be dated and signed (cach page) for \didit\~. A11 logbooks will be ho~udand pre-numbered. All log book entries will be made bvith indelible ink and legibly v.ritten.The language will be factual and ob,jcctiL,e. No erasures Lvill be permitted. If an incorrectsntr>’ is made. the error Ltill be crossed out with a single strike mark. initialed. and dated.When audits are performed. the auditor’s remarks and decisions must also appear in thesenotes. These audits should be follo\ted up by Lvritten report submitted by the auditor.including opinions and conclusions. A copy of this report should be placed in the projectfile and one copy kept in the sampling file for easy reference. This information will also beentered in to the data base program that been prepared for the site. It will be entered daily b>the field chemist or sample technician. This person will be the point of contact for allsampling and analytical information. Report outputs from the database is an acceptablesubstitute for the sample logbook.3.8 SAMPLE LABELSAny samples placed into a sample container will be identified by a sample label. Samplelabel will identify the following information:. PROJECT NUMBERl DATE- Month, day, yearl TIME- Military timel SAMPLE NUMBER- See Section 3.2 for designations. SAMPLE DESCRIPTIONl SAMPLER- Sampler’s name. PRESERVATIVESl ANALYSIS REQUIRED- See Appendix A. Tables A-l. 1 and A-l 2Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 11153 3-13 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

3.0 C’L:SToDY SE.iL,S(‘ustod). seals xi’ narro\\ strips 01 :tdhesi\~e tapt’ (jr‘= ~~1:~s tiber used tn demonstrate that notampering has occurred. The\. _ ma\ _ be used on samplin, (7 equipment. sample transportcontainers. and indi\,idunl sample containers. They should be signed and dated b> thesampler and placed from one side. across the top. and to the other side of the samplecontainer c)r across the openings ol‘the sample transport containers. L-!n example custod>- octalis presented in .-\ppendis B.In order to generate legally,. defensible data of the samples collected throughout the project.the possession of samples must be traceable from the time the samples are collected untilthe>. are introtiuccd as e\,idcnce in legal proceedings. ‘1‘0 maintain and document samplepossession. chain-c~f-custocl~- procedures arc follo\wd as described belon-:A sample is under >.our ciistodq. it‘:l It is in >.our actual possession. orl It is in your \sie\v. after being in your ph>xical possession. orl It \vas in >.nur physical possession and then J’OU locked it up to prevent tampering. orl It is in a designated secure areaAn example of a COC form is presented in Appendix B. The following information isrequired on the COC:Prqject NameProject Location- City and State in which the project site is locatedProject NumberProject Contact-OHM employee responsible for overseeing the sampling operation.This person should be the individual to whom questions are to be directed or verbalresults are given ( Project Manager, Site supervisor, or Project Chemist)Site Telephone Number- The telephone number of on-site office trailer or numberwhere person responsible for samples can be contacted.Sample Date-Month, Day, YearSample Time- Military timeSample Identification- Sample number and locationSample Type-Designation of sample as grab or compositeSample Description- Sample matrix, and a brief description of the sampling locationSample Preservation- Preservatives usedAnalytical Parameters Requested -- Analytical parameter, method numbers, andspecific compounds of interest, if applicable.Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 11153 3-14 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

The COC’ Lvill be sealed in ~1 ziploc ba g and taped in place on the underside c~f‘ the top or‘ ihcs,mple transport contaitler (cooler).S:imples ivill be packaged 3s to minimix Shiftin, (I ot‘the samples during shipment. .-\nabsorbent. such as \.ermiculite or kitty litter. \\,ill lx placed at the bottom ot the shipmentcontainer in order to absorb any liquids in the event of sample brenkngc. ;\I1 samples \i ill 1~indiCdually placed into appropriateI> si& riploc bags and sealed.Samples. which must be kept at 4°C. \Gll be shipped on ice in insulated containers. Ice ivillbe placed in a container such as a Liploc ba g and sealed so that water Lvill not fill the shippinscontainer as the ice melts. The ice frill be double bagged to insure the ice does not leak.Aqueous samples for metals anal>xis. except hesa\,alent chromium, shall not be shipped orstored under refrigeration.Samples will be shipped via an o\,ernight shipping agency to the appropriate laboratory.IATA regulations will be follo\ved as they are more applicable to OHM’s method of sampleshipment. Instructions for filling out shipment documentation are included in Appendix B.These instructions are for shipping samples with unknown’or limited hazards. Allinformation will be entered as directed. No changes or substitutions to these instruction willbe made irrespective of their significance. A copy of the OHM sample shipping label isincluded in Appendix B.Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 11153 3-15 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

..\ir .sampl~s \\ill be scrcenccl usin g a FID or@c h\~drocarbon anaivzer. The proc~clur~s ti,~thescl non-?;tanclard nnal>3is 1iaL.e been included ill Section 3 discussions. S\!E emissions 1~ illhe measured \vith ‘I‘(& 15 >lethoci using Summa? c:anisters. EP:\ ~~lethod 18 \\,ill not by il~d.4.2 QL’xLlTY CONTROL REQUIREhlENTSProjt’ct Qualit> C‘onlr’ol (C)C’) requirements !;lr precision. accilrac~-. compktencs~. ;dcluantitation limits arc listed in Appcndis :\. l‘nble .I-?. QC procedures and acc+3tancClimits must IT met as specified in the individual methods. In addition. the laborator>. mustmeet the specilication and requirements as described in the NFESC. 10% document.4.3 INSTRUMENT TESTING, INSPEC’I’IOW, AND MAINTEN.4NCEProper maintenance is critical to the performance of minimization of downtime of ailequipment. whether it be for measurement or support. Inspection will be performed . at aminimum. prior to use of the instruments. Preventii’e maintenance will be performed asrecommended by the manufacturer of the respective equipment. All routine maintenance andmajor repairs performed on field screening or analytical equipment will be recorded in boundmaintenance logbooks that have been specifically designated for that instrument. Equipmentthat fails calibration or becomes inoperable during use will be removed from service andsegregated to prevent inadvertent use. or \viIl be tagged to indicate that it is out of calibration.Such equipment will be repaired and recalibrated or completely replaced.4.4 INSTRUMENT CALIBRATIONAll calibrations on field instruments will be performed . as a minimum, on a daily basis.Every calibration will be recorded in the maintenance logbook for each instrument. Qualitycontrol check standards from a separate source will be used to cheek initial calibration. andacceptance and rejection criteria.Monitoring instruments, such as the OVA or FID, 02/LEL meter, Monitox, etc. will becalibrated as specified in the HASP. Off-site analytical instruments will bP calibratedaccording to the method specifications and the laboratory’s QA Manual.Hadvot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1115 -I- I OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

l &sociated documentation is complete and accurate in respective log books. .+Issociated chromatograms and strip chart recordings are labeled with data.instrument number. run parameters and analyst5.2 LABORATORY DATA VALIDATIOKAil dat, generated for the project within the laboratory will be extensively checked foraccuracy and completeness. The data validation process consists of data generation,reduction. and three levels of review.The analyst who generates the raw data has the prime responsibility for the correctness andcompleteness of the data. All data generated and reduced will follow protocols specified inthe laboratory SOP. Each analyst reviews the quality of his work based on an established setof guidelines. The guidelines are:l Sample preparation information is correct ,nd completel Analysis information is correct and completel The appropriate Standard Operating Procedures have been followedHadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1115 j-1 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

l QC results are \\ithin

lName of the anal~ st0 Signature of laboraror~~ reprexntati~x2l Dual column confirmation resultsl Calibrations (when requested)l Instrument performance checks (when requested)lQC Batch numberThe report from the laboratoryCOC for the samples analyzed.will be paginated and will also include a copy of the original5.3 PROJECT DATA REVIEWProject Chemist Data Review ResponsibilitiesThe project chemist is responsible for initial review of the data from the laboratory. Thisreview includes:l Verifying that all requested data are reportedHadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1115 j-3 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

Project QC Ertgineer Datcl Review Rr.sp:ports’Silitir.s‘The Project QC Engineer is responsible for interfacing with the prqject chemist, projectmanager. and the laborator>.‘s QA Officer to reso1L.e an>’ QL4iQC issues affecting the dara.He/she is also responsible for finalizing an>’ Q:‘\!QC issues Lvith the laboratory and/or theproject chemist. This includes obtain& T a corrective action from the parties involved.5.4 DATA REPORTINGThe preliminary data bvill be faxed to the project chemist. This data may or may not haveundergone the full laboratory re\,iew process and may contain errors and discrepancies.Prior to the use of data results for any decisions, the data Cl1 be reviewed by the projectchemist and assessed against the project goals and data quality objectives. A copy of thepreliminary data, including review comments from the project chemist will be submitted tothe site and/or the project manager.The hard and final copy data will be evaluated by the project chemist and assessed againstthe preliminary data. project goals and data quality objectives. Any errors, discrepancies,and nonconformances will be brought to the laboratory’s and project manager’s attention.When QA issues have been satisfactorily settled and data evaluation has been completed, theproject manager may release the data to the client and/or regulating agencies.5.5 DATA STORAGE AND ARCHIVEAfter OHM has completed its work for the project. all documents generated will beassembled in the project file. Individuals may retain clean (no handwritten comments) copiesHadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1115 5-4 OHM/20764dadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

Project lo$xK~ksDrum logs and other ti~rmsSample identification documentsC’haiu-c~f-cu~tod rccordb.\nai)%cal logbooks. lah~~rator~- data. cnliulLliions. gaph5. CtcC’orrcsponclenciInter-i)tIict’C’lientRegulating agCncic5Rtxorci of contidcntial materialReport notes, calculations. draftsReferences. literatureSampie (on-hand) in\ cantor!.Check-out logsLitigation documentsMiscellaneous ~- photographs. maps. dra\vings. etc.Once deposited in the file. documents must be checked out. The final report is usuallygenerated by use of computer. A back-up copy of the report on diskette is filed along withthe project file. The original report remains in the hard drive of the computer until such atime is required to download it on a diskette. This diskette is also archived. All informationunder the corresponding project number is maintained in the archive system for five years.All archives are accessed by the archives file master list which is maintained in a separatelocation from the archives.Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1115 5-j OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

6.0 0.4 72 .-fSSESSME/VT PROCEDCiRESKcliabilit!, in anal>,tical determination is maintained through strict ndhcrence to qualit>.control procedures. Procedures are designed to control both the accurac~~ and precision 11tanai~ tical results. i:or the \xlicfation of the data. 2 kno\\n method spike is routinely nnnl~xcito ensure the accurac>. of results. I‘hc procedure ;< to run the standard QL-I,‘QC’ and sample;tnal>,sis \i irh each lot of sample> xnt to tht: lahorC\tnr~-. If more than ten indir,idual anal\ s-i’\xi‘ ma&. additional standards Lb ill tw :tnal~xxi at a rate of one standard per ten anal~~scs.Some procedurcs call ti)r the ust‘ of either a surrogate spike or the standard addition of a!4wwi quantit!. of the anal>%2 to a split of the sample beins anal>wd.C’ontrol charts \vill be prepared usin g an &mate \)fthe spike rtlco\‘ery obtained from theliterature or dettxmint‘d by repeated a~ml~~ses run in the laborator>-. J%ch time the anal>xtruns a method spike. the results is wtert’d 011 the control table. If a standard additiontechnique is used . a plot of instrument rtxponse \‘crsus ridded anal+ concentration is ina~i~in order to determine nnal~~t: concentration in the oriyinal sample. ‘I‘hcse are furtheresplainec! in the lahoratq’s (),\\I.Replicate anal>.ses \vill bc perfL)rmccl on at least 10 percent of the samples processed b>, rhclaborator>-. .-I record of the precision of most a~~al~stzs is kept by calculating and plotting theindustrial statistic 1 (\vhich is equi~~alent to the coefficient of Lariation). Blanks are also run\vith each batch of samples or indi\,idual sample analyzed regardless of the level ofcertification of the data.The purpose of spikes. blanks. and replicates is to pro\.ide a sound scientific basis fromwhich the degree of certification of the resultant data can be objectit,ely concluded. Theseare not management decisions. but follow naturally from the results of the above QCprocedures.6.1 ACCURACYData accuracy is a reflection of the efticiency of the analytical procedure. It is determined byuse of spiked samples and standard reference materials or laboratory control samplesperformed at the rate of one set every 20 samples. A control chart is generated usinghistorical laboratory data where warning and control limits are established to assess dataaccuracy.The accuracy (check standards) samples will have concentration values of the mid-standard.During analysis, a minimum of 10 percent of samples are accuracy samples. The accuracysamples are staggered through the analysis, not placed one after another. After a minimumof seven accuracy samples are analyzed, the percent recovery is calculated for each sample.The accuracy criteria is determined by calculating the standard deviation of seven or morepercent recovery values and setting the upper and lower control limits using the followingequations:Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1115 6-l OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

6.1 .l Kecover:~ ControlControl limits Lb-ill be determined 1-w ach matrix. determining the de\irltion for sc‘\‘u 01more percent reco\‘ery 1.d ws.6.2 PRECISIONDuplicate and replicate samples anal>.zed by the laboratory assess the precision of thesampling effort. Control limits for duplicate/replicate Relative Percent Difference (RPD)sare listed in Appendix A. Table A-2. Once a sufficient amount of replicate data becomesavailable, field precision control charts are constructed similar to the laboratory precisioncharts. For any given concentration, the mean and the standard deviation(s) of the replicatesare calculated. Data from each sample set are pooled with the previous sample sets togenerate control and warning limits for the next set. Control and kvaming limits for watersamples are set at * 2s and * 3s, respectively. Control limits for solid samples are moreliberally established due to matrix heterogeneity. Data outside any control limit are subjectto QA review.Precision is based upon the results of the RPDs as calculated from the percent recoveries ofthe matrix spike and duplicate samples. The control limits for precision is based on historicallaboratory data.MS and MSD samples on a per batch or a minimum frequency of 5 percent are analyzed toassess precision. Duplicate results are compared and the RPD is then determined. The RPDwill be entered into the laboratory’s data system and will be used to define the precision ofthe analysis. Minimum limits are listed in Appendix A, Table A-2.Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings I 115 6-2 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

There are man> statistical test5 for reJection ofouti! itis data points (obtain4 f‘rum .L ~1 otriieasuremenls from a singIt population. A test rt‘c~~tnmended in “Statistical 41a11ual of‘thc.-\ssociate of Official .-Inal>-tical Chemists. ” 2nd Edition. I!.. J. F’oitden and E. I-I. StCincr.1975, pg. 86. is the Dixon Test. This test is not dependent on the distribution of the data andcan be ~lstxl thr as fe\v as three measitremcnt5. :1 more complete description for this broacfl~applicable test can be found in the referenced test.:\nother reference is the CiSEP.4 National Functional Guidelines for Data Validation ofOrganics and Inorganics. A-\lso. speci tic programs may have quality objectives with criteriafor rejection of outlying measurements.6.5 METHOD DETECTION LIMITS AND PRACTICAL QUANTITATIONLIMITSMethod detection limits (MDLs) must be established by the laboratory. This should. at aminimum, be established on a yearly basis. MDL is the minimum concentration of asubstance that can be identified, measured. and reported with 99% confidence that theanalyte concentration is greater than zero.Practical quantitation limit (PQL) is the lowest level that can be reliably determined withinspecified limits of precision and accuracy during routine laboratory operating conditions.The PQLs are generally 5-10 times the MDL. The PQL is the most applicable limit ofreporting for this program.6.6 LABORATORY AND FIELD CONTAMINATIONIt is not unusual to find the followinganalytes at trace levels in the samples:l Methylene chlorideHadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1115 6-3 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1115 6-4 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20703

I‘hcse include a detailed re\.ic\t, o t‘ each operating cnmponcnt ot‘ the netLvork. :\uditing 1~ iI IuItiniatcl>. assist in determining it‘ each element within a SJ stem is functioning appropriatcl!per the Q-.\ program requirements.7.1 FIELD PERFOR~IANC’E :\I:DITSF‘iclcf performance audits are perform4 on an ongoing basis during the prolect as field data 15~eneratec!. rtx~uceci. and analx~i. .-\I1 numt’rical analvses. including manual calculations xidocumented. .-\I1 records of numerical anal,‘,sis art’ legible. of‘ rcprociuction qualit\.. andsupporting to complete permit logical reconstruction lx. a qualitied incli\~idual other than theoriginator.Other indicators of the Ic\.el of field performance are the analytical results of the blank.duplicate. and replicate samples. Each blank analysis is an indirect audit of effectit.eness ofmeasures taken in the field to ensure sample integrity. The results of the field duplicate andreplicate anal>+ is an indirect audit of the ability of each field team to collect representatilresample portions of each matrix tJ,pe.7.2 FIELD SYSTEM AUDITSSystem audits of site activities are accomplished by an inspection of all field activities by theProject Chemical QC Officer. This audit is composed of comparisons between current fieldpractices and standard procedures. The following is a list of criteria to be used in theevaluation of field activities:l Overall level of organization and professionalisml All activities conducted in accordance with work planlAll procedures and analyses conducted according to procedures outlined in thisdocumentl Sample collection techniques versus the site sampling and analysis planl Level of activity and sample documentationHadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1115 7- 1 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

7.3 LABOIUTORY PERFOR>l.-!NC:E c\C’DITThe laboratory performance audit verifies the ability of the laboratory to correctl~~ identit)and quantitate compounds in blind check samples submitted by an auditing agent?. If thelaboratory participates in Performance Evaluation (PE) programs such as USEPA WS/LVPstudies . AIHA. PAT studies. etc.. results from these studies \vill be generally acceptable b!OHM. However. during the course of the project. it may be necessary for the Project QA,‘(Officer to send PE samples to the laboratory to evaluate specific parameters.The contracted laboratories Lvill undergo performance audits throughout the projectconsisting of field QC samples. Occasionally PE samples will be supplied by the client oresternal organizations Lvhich Lvill be spiked with the same hnalytical parameters that arebeing investigated on site. External laboratory performance audits by auditing agencies suchas the USEPA, USACE-MRD, DOD. NFESC, etc.. are not routinely scheduled. HoweverOHM and its subcontracted laboratories will submit to any external audit upon request by theUSEPA or the client.7.4 LABORATORY SYSTEM AUDITSThe laboratory system audit is a review of analytical laboratory operations to verify that thefacility has the necessary equipment, staff, and procedures in place to generate acceptabledata. It is also to determine that each element within an activity is functioning appropriatelyand within the guidelines of applicable methodology, approved procedures, and the siteQAPP. An on-site inspection is routinely performed by the laboratory’s QA Manager andmay also be frequently performed by the OHM Project Chemical QA/QC Officer. If thelaboratory participates in certification programs, audits performed by the certifying agenciesmay satisfy the criteria of systems audits for the project.Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings I 115 7-2 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1115 7-3 OHM/20764dadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

a.0 C’ORRECT/b’E .4CTIO1\If. during system and performance audits, deficiencies or problems are discovered, c0rrectiL.eaction Lvill be initiated immediatel\,. The appropriate field and laboratory personnel will benotified immediately and an in\,estigative process Lvill be implemented immediately to findsolutions to these issues. The in\,estigative process will consist. but is not limited to. thefollowing:l Determining Lvhen the problem occurredl Determining which systems were affected by the probleml Determining the cause of the probleml Determining a corrective action to eliminate the probleml Assigning the responsibility for implementing the corrective actionl Implementing the corrective actionl Evaluating the effectiveness of the corrective actionl Investigating alternative corrective actions if the original action was not sufficient ineliminating the problemHadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1115 8-l OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM/20704

. .\dclitional training ol‘ptxsc~nnel0 R. be qneratrd by the laboratory or the kield personnel.Copies of the C’AR \i,ill be gi\.en to the Project QC Officer and Project Manager. lvho willdistribute it to the client. A cop>’ of the C.AR \vill be placed in the project files for futurereference.The CAR should include. but is not limited to:l A description of the problem, deficiency. or issuelProposed resolutionslResulting actionsl Effectiveness of the resolutionsl Personnel responsible for implementation of the corrective actionsl Personnel responsible for monitoring the effectiveness of the actions.8.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE REPORTThe Project Manager, Project QC Officer, and Prnject Chemist will converse on a regularbasis to review possible and potential problem areas and to ensure that all QA/QC proceduresare being carried out. It is important that all data abnormalities be investigated to ensure thatHadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1115 8-2 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1613OHM120704

Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings 1115 8-3 OHM/20764Hadnot Point Fuel Farm Buildings I6 13OHM/20704

operation and maintenance manual sve/air sparge treatment system ...

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?